Come what may! 

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, October 3, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I am the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. Jesus talked about the fact that so many Christians see no connection between him and modern technology. Certainly, the same could be said for many Buddhists who also see no connection between the very non-technological appearance of me 2500 years ago and a highly technological Western society, modern society of today. Yet I hold a spiritual office for this planet as the Lord of the World. What is the goal of my office?

Obviously, to raise people up in consciousness and I am in full support of the goal of eradicating poverty. And of course, I am fully aware, as Saint Germain and Jesus have explained that, in order for this to happen, in order for people’s material standard of living to be raised, we need new forms of technology because there is only a technological solution to this.

You will notice that when I appeared 2500 years ago the entire population of the earth was very, very small compared to today. Therefore, most people at the time, at least in the area where I appeared, actually had a relatively comfortable standard of living based on an agricultural society. You have seen various periods in the world where there have been these agricultural societies where people might not have had an affluent material lifestyle, but they were not starving either and they were not really fearing where their next meal was going to come from. The price they paid, of course, was that they spent most of their waking hours working to maintain a physical standard of living, a physical living.

It is clear that in these societies the only real way that people could focus on spiritual growth was that they retreated to some kind of monastery or retreat setting where they did not have to spend all of their waking hours on their physical sustenance. This was the model that was fairly realistic at the time, but since then, of course, with the immense growth of the world population, you now have a situation where an agricultural society cannot provide a good material standard of living for that many people. Nor can of course, the material or technological society provide it. Nevertheless, it must be said that if the resources that are available were distributed more evenly than poverty, at least in its extreme forms, could certainly be mitigated considerably.

As always, the problem is not only technology, the problem is the mindset, the ideology and especially the ideology that takes on many specific forms, but that all of these forms validate the existence of a small elite that has a very different standard of living than the general population. You have these, what I call the general overall ideologies, that are beyond the more specific ideologies and elitism. And a division of society into separate categories or classes is precisely one of these underlying ideologies. This of course, was partly what I attempted to help people or societies rise above at the time. You will see that when I appeared on earth there was a society, an agricultural society, dominated by Hinduism and Hinduism had this very, very clear division of human beings into the four casts and you even see the caste system today carried on and supported by the Hindu religion. Naturally, what I attempted to do was to create a religion that would not accept or be based on such a division of people.

When you look at Buddhism you see that of course the consciousness of division has crept in and there are those who distinguish between Buddhists and non-Buddhists, there are different sects or variations of Buddhism. Some see themselves as superior, the other sects as inferior and so forth. And there are those who consider that the priest class of the Buddhist religion are somehow superior to the general population, but even the general population is superior to those who are not ready for any kind of spiritual teaching. Again, you find these divisions in society and this is, of course, what I attempted to help people overcome by helping them overcome the duality consciousness.

It is, of course, the duality consciousness that is the foundation we might say and also the method for creating this kind of division. I want to give you some teachings here that build upon what we have given before but go a little bit beyond it. You may look at some of the teachings we have given about fallen beings, the ones who really took planet earth into a downward spiral by bringing here a more extreme interpretation of duality. We have said that societies had slipped into duality before but not the aggressive forms of duality and this is what the fallen beings brought here. We have said that the fallen beings form a power elite in embodiment and they form various groups in the emotional, mental and identity realms. We have also said that their goal is to gain control over the earth, the people of the earth, as a part of their larger agenda to prove God wrong.

What I wish to discuss here is the topic of control. It may seem that there are certain societies on earth where there is a small elite that has near total control. This can be the dictatorships, you can see the communist nations, for example, the Soviet Union under Stalin, Germany under Hitler, China under Mao and many other examples, North Korea under the current regime. You may think, based on this, that the fallen beings are able to attain a very high degree of control over societies. There are people who think that the fallen beings have a high degree of control over the societies that came to be democracies and that these societies are really dictatorships, but the reality is that even in a country as controlled as the Soviet Union, the fallen beings did not have total control.

They never have had total control on earth and they never will have and why is this so? Well, it is because the fallen beings are victims of their own psychology. What have we said that the fallen beings have done? They have fallen into the duality consciousness, they have become completely enveloped in, overpowered by, blinded by, entrapped by, identified with, the duality consciousness. But what is it that happens in the duality consciousness?

You take the total area of human awareness, you focus on one particular area, and you elevate this to the status of being an absolute, it is true, it is a superior ideology, the superior religion, whatever you have. And you use this to say that here is the standard against which we are going to measure what is right and wrong, good and bad and you would think that the people who capture this, what has been called the privilege of defining the problem or formulating the problem, that they have control because when they control the standard against which everything is measured, they have the opportunity to control people’s thinking.

However, in duality, you can never have total control for the simple reason that when you take one element of a whole and elevate it to a superior status you are creating a fundamental and unavoidable imbalance. We have talked about the second law of thermodynamics that seeks to return everything to its lowest possible energy state, but we could also say that this actually is an illustration of the cosmic law of balance. It is not that the law of balance or even the second law of thermodynamics, for that matter, seeks to return everything to an undifferentiated state. The cosmic law is set up to ensure growth towards higher and higher states, but it is set up to ensure sustainable growth, continued growth, progressive growth.

What you do in duality, is that you separate yourself from this continued sustainable growth and you create an imbalanced state where you say that, instead of the growth of the whole, you want a localized growth of this particular ideology, this particular group of people, this elite, and this can only happen by taking something from the whole. In other words, a small group of people are taking something from the whole and this is what violates the cosmic law of balance, because when the whole is not in balance the cosmic law will pull it back towards balance.

There will always be a pull that pulls any imbalance back towards the state of balance. This is what we have described as a feature of the duality consciousness, that when you create one dualistic extreme, at the same time it generates an opposing dualistic extreme. This is what the philosopher Hegel described as the dialectic where one idea or a theory becomes a thesis which generates an antithesis, there is a struggle between them, the result of this struggle is a new state, a synthesis, but this synthesis becomes the next thesis that generates another antithesis leading to another struggle and so forth, and so on, ad infinitum. Now Hegel believed that this is how progress happens and the only way that progress can happen. This was the limitation of his insight.

This is only how things work in an imbalanced state because when you have balance there is still growth, but there is no struggle, there is no opposition, there is no tension between two extremes. Everything that happens in a balanced state on a natural planet seeks to lift the whole. It is only when you seek to lift one part of the whole at the cost of the rest of the whole that you have imbalance, opposition and the dialectic struggle. What Hegel and Marx did was to look at the imbalanced state that appears on earth and try to use it to create a more ideal society that did not have the conflict. This of course can never be done, one form of imbalance cannot lead to harmony and wholeness, it can only lead to another form of imbalance.

Why do I say that the fallen beings are not in control? Because whenever they take one particular idea, group of people, religion and elevate it to a superior status they are creating an opposite. That means that they can never attain the state that they dream about where they now have permanent control that can never be threatened. There will always be an opposition or threat to their control. This, of course is unbearable to the fallen beings so they must always seek to destroy the opposition. That is why you see all of these dualistic ideologies always contain the idea that there is a right and a wrong. There are those people who are working for the right, those people who are working for the wrong and those people working for the right must destroy the people working for the wrong, so there is an ongoing struggle. It is simply built into duality. But, now look at the psychology of the fallen beings. What is going on in the psychology of a fallen being? Well, like other masters have said, when you as an avatar came to earth you received the cosmic birth trauma, but when the fallen beings in the sphere where they fell were confronted with the ascended masters and the fact that there was a power greater than theirs, they also received a trauma or they created a trauma, which is really what you did as well.

Ever since then the fallen beings have been trying to compensate for this trauma where they felt a loss. They are attempting to attain control in order to get themselves into a state of mind where they can feel at peace so they are not divided, traumatized in pain because of their trauma. This of course cannot be done by the fallen beings because they are doing this through the duality consciousness, which must create opposition. There is always a pair of opposites. So, this means what?

It means that a fallen being, a particular fallen being, now goes into elevating a particular, let us say, religion as the superior one. It then believes that if it can create a state on earth where everyone is a follower of this religion and there is no challenge, no opposition to it, then it will have peace of mind. Then it will be in control. Then it can feel that it has all power, which is the only way a fallen being can conceive of having peace of mind. It is not really that a fallen being is striving for peace of mind, but it is striving for some kind of equilibrium where it feels it has control and the only way you can conceive of this is having unchallenged power. No matter how much the fallen being struggles, it can never achieve this state in the physical and therefore, it can never achieve the psychological state where it feels it is in control, it is in power, it is unchallenged.

What does this mean? This means that, as we have said that fallen beings, the psychology of a fallen being, is really the ultimate definition of split personality disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder. A fallen being may seem to be in control, as for example, Stalin was in a physical way in control of the Soviet Union because whatever he said people would do. But if you look at Stalin’s psychology you would see that he was absolutely not in control of his state of mind because he constantly felt threatened, he was constantly afraid, he was constantly seeking to eradicate potential threats by killing even his close associates. Mao, Hitler, much the same thing. What you see here is that the fallen beings are trapped in this obsessive compulsive need to seek to create a state of we might say, tranquility or at least not being threatened, but they seek to do this by destroying something else.

Of course, any peace or equilibrium cannot be created through destruction but the fallen beings will never see this from the duality consciousness. In a sense, we could say that it may seem like a fallen being has control on the outer, but on the inner that fallen being is constantly reacting and of course, if you are reacting to circumstances beyond your control, how can you be in control? It cannot be done. The fallen beings are never in control of their own psychology. They are always reacting to real or perceived threats.

When I say “real” it is of course in quotation marks, although you may say that there are some threats that are actually physical and there are some threats that fallen beings simply make up in their minds. Really, when you as a spiritual student realize this, you realize of course that the psychology of a fallen being is not fundamentally different from the psychology of human beings. It is just more extreme. You as a spiritual student, as long as you have the birth trauma, you are also in this state of mind of reacting to circumstances that seem to be beyond your control and you are doing this to create some sense of equilibrium, tranquility, peace of mind.

When you realize this, you realize that there is a very old consciousness on planet earth, a very old momentum, even a collective beast that seeks to pull people into creating this sense of tranquility through a variety of means. One of them for example, is physical means where you seek to build a castle with thick walls that no enemy can penetrate, you seek to gather to yourself supplies so that you can stay in there for a very long time like the so-called leaders of medieval society did in their fear-based reaction. Or you may do it in many other ways, through science, through technology, by gaining insurance for this or life insurance or insurance for anything you can imagine or hoarding enough money so you think you can buy your way out of any problem. But you may also seek to do this through a religious or spiritual teaching. You see how Jesus was talking about the Christians who have gotten themselves into a state where they have what they think is a sense of equilibrium because they are sure they will be saved when Jesus comes back and they are sure all they need to do here is maintain their comfortable lifestyle and perhaps give some money to charity.

You see in Buddhism, how many people, even many of the Buddhists in monasteries have created a similar state of seeming equilibrium and tranquility because they think that all they need to do is to continue to live their monastic lifestyle and fulfill the requirements for prayers and chants and exercises and meditation and this and that. In other words, it is the outer path, the automatic path where you think that you can make it to heaven or nirvana without looking at your own consciousness and changing it.

Of course, as we have now said several times, there are students who have found ascended master teachings and have attempted to do the same thing with ascended master teachings and this is of course, possible. It is easier to do with previous dispensations, much harder to do in this one because this one we have, for the first time at least in recorded history, attempted to do everything possible to expose these psychological mechanisms so that the only way you can stay in this teaching and build a sense of tranquility is by ignoring or denying considerable aspects of the teaching. Those of you who are open minded will of course, realize that you cannot be a fully open door if you are using the teaching this way. You need to get yourself into a state, which most of you already are in, of being willing to continually look at your psychology, resolve what needs to be resolved, come up higher, so that you can truly be the open doors.

What you can also attain in this manner is of course, a more real state of inner peace. We have said that there will always be illusions you need to overcome until you ascend but we have also said that this does not mean that you have to live the rest of your time in embodiment in this deficit state of mind where you feel like you are behind, you are inadequate, there is always something you have not done or should have done. What you really can come to is this point of acceptance. Accepting yourself as a student who is willing to walk the path and always look for the next thing you need to see in yourself, in your psychology. Once you can get beyond this point where you have what we have talked about as the resistance to seeing something in yourself, then you will actually have a certain inner peace because if there is nothing you are afraid to look at in yourself, there is nothing you cannot overcome in your own psychology and if there is nothing you cannot overcome in your own psychology, there is nothing in the world that you need to fear.

Why do people fear external conditions? They have various reasons. They say I am afraid of falling ill, of being in pain, of this and that. Well, yes, understandable. But nevertheless, why do they fear an external condition that is not yet manifest? Because they are afraid of how it will affect them psychologically. As we have said before, it is not the external condition that causes you pain. The pain exists in your mind. Even physical pain exists in your mind, or at least elicits a reaction in your mind. That is what makes it unbearable. You are actually always fearing your reaction to external conditions rather than the external conditions themselves. But if you know that by looking at your reaction and the separate self behind it, you can overcome that reaction, why do you need to fear the reaction? And if you do not fear the reaction, why do you need to fear the condition?

Truly, what some of you are ready to begin to acknowledge is that there is no reason to fear any condition on earth. This is partly what Jesus demonstrated by allowing himself to be crucified. You might say that if being crucified and enduring this temporary pain was what qualified Jesus to ascend, was it not worth for him to go through this temporary pain? You may look at Jesus after he ascended and he could look back at those days in pain, but what would it matter to him? In the ascended state, what does anything you have encountered on earth matter to you anymore?

What have we said is the real purpose of the earth, of what you are going through on the earth? It is the raising of consciousness. Part of the raising of consciousness is that you have to overcome something in yourself—the separate selves, whatever. In order to overcome it, you have to see it. In order to see it, what needs to happen? Well, sometimes you can see it through an internal process. But there are some things you cannot see or that you at least can see faster when they are triggered by external conditions.

What is the purpose of any experience you could have on earth? It is to make visible inside yourself some condition that limits you—which is why you go into an unpleasant reaction—so that you can see that condition, resolve it and be free of it. And once you are free of the condition inside yourself, the outer condition is irrelevant. If you have no negative reaction to the condition, what does it matter anymore? It is not holding back your spiritual growth.

When you begin to contemplate this, you can come to this point where you can make a conscious shift and you can say, “Why do I fear all these conditions that might come to pass? Why do I need to fear all these conditions? Whatever may happen, will cause a reaction. When I see that reaction, it is an opportunity to look for the illusions, the separate selves that cause the reaction, resolve those illusions, let the separate self die and then I am free. Why do I fear that certain things would happen to me if they would actually serve in my ultimate liberation and my ascension? Why do I need to fear any condition? Can I not simply say, “Come what may! Come what may!”?

Try and sit down sometime in a peaceful setting, close your eyes, focus on your heart and then say, “Come what may.” And then look for the reaction that comes from outside your heart, especially from your lower chakras, from your emotional body. See what reaction you get. Try and follow that reaction. Try and see if you can identify a separate self. See the belief behind it. What is it you really fear? Why do you think, this is such a terrible condition that needs to be avoided? What is it in that condition that you are really afraid of and you will see that it is your inner reaction, but your inner reaction, you can do something about. You may not be able to do anything about the outer condition, but you can do something about your reaction. Isn’t that what our teachings are all about?

Why do you really fear it? Why do you think you need to fear it? And this can gradually and grant you it will take some time for all of you, it can lead you to the point where you can say, “Well, anything I encounter on earth is just an experience. It is not really real in the sense that it has power over me that it can define me.” And when you can look at anything that might happen as just another experience amongst so many experiences, then you can overcome this fear that so many people have associated with the future, where they fear that something might happen.

When I was in embodiment, I spent six years in the forest, sitting there starving my body, facing various conditions in the body. I learned through this, that no condition in the body has power over my mind unless I give it that power. I gained through this a certain detachment from the body and what could happen to the body. And beyond that, to what could happen to me in the physical octave. For the latter part of my service, certainly after I came back to teach, I had no fear of the future. You could say, “Well, that is easy enough, you had an easy life.” Yes, but I was still in embodiment in a particular collective consciousness and it was constantly impinging upon me as it does on everyone. And it was only because I did not react to the demons of Mara, that I was free of this.

Regardless of what happens in the outer conditions, you still have the potential to become free from your reaction and therefore, you cannot be tempted by the demons of Mara. What is it that causes a reaction? Why do you react negatively to some circumstances and not to others? It is because in your mind, you have a standard that says, “This should happen to me and this should not happen to me.”

When something happens that is in the ‘this should happen’ category, you feel a positive feeling. You have a positive reaction. But when something happens that is in the ‘should not happen’ category, you go into a negative reaction and you think this is the only way it can be. But why is this the only way it could be? It is the only way it could be in the duality consciousness, where you have a standard and a value judgment. But when you free yourself from duality this will fade away. Why would one circumstance be positive and another be negative? Why would one lead to an unbalanced ecstatic reaction and another to an unbalanced negative reaction? Why is there anything you need to try to avoid? Whatever may happen is an experience and whatever will happen to you is whatever circumstance that is suited to bringing something out in your psychology that you have not seen. Is not that a positive?

You may say, “But there are still experiences I do not want to have on earth.” That is understandable. But there is a difference between fearing something and seeking to avoid it and deciding I do not really desire to have that experience. When you do the latter, you can be willing to say, “Well, what do I then need to do to avoid this kind of experience? I need to look for what it is in my psychology that will be brought out by that experience and then I need to resolve the psychological condition so that I do not need to experience the exterior condition”.

There is no punishment here. There is no force in the sense that everything happens for the resolution of psychology. But if you resolve psychology, you do not need to have the outer event happen. Unless you are doing this to carry some kind of burden for others. There are always exceptions to every rule, but for the majority of you, if you resolve the psychological condition, you will not need to experience the external condition. It is that simple.

Based on this, you can see that it is possible and it is realistic for many of you who have applied this teaching for some time, to attain this state of equilibrium, peace. But it is not based on denial. I have said that many Buddhists have a sense of equilibrium, many Christians have it. But it is because they are denying something in their own psychology. They are ignoring it. They are refusing to look at it and therefore, they have the illusion of tranquility without real tranquility. But it is possible for you by applying our teachings to attain this state of mind. Where these outer things do not disturb you. You have no reaction. You can look at the demons of Mara parading before you and not react. This means you then have the mental freedom to actually ask yourself, “What kind of life experience do I really want for the rest of this lifetime?” And many of you will be able then to make a shift and realize “This is actually what I want to experience because it is part of my growth to experience this. It is a desire I have and by going through it and experiencing it, I can free myself from the desire”.

Many of you will find that you come to this point where you just know that it is time to make a change in your life, whatever it may be in your outer situation. You can make that change and you can have a vastly different experience than what you have had before. And this experience is part of your growth. It may also be part of you expressing the gift you want to bring as part of your divine plan. Some of you may look at: “What kind of experience do I want to have and say, I want to have the experience of expressing a certain idea.”

But in order to do this, you have to make some changes and then you can make those changes. I am not going to specify what kind of changes it needs to be. You, of course, will notice when you are ready to make the change. It is not something you force with the outer mind. It is just something that happens when you have attained that state of inner peace by resolving your psychology and then you consciously ask yourself the question, “What kind of life experience do I want, as the next phase of my life?”

Many of you will find that once you are clear, once you are undivided in your mind, circumstances will simply click into place and you will find yourself in a different situation. This is effortless manifestation of different circumstances. It is flowing with the River of Life, where you are not resisting anything. You are not trying to force something to happen. You are, so to speak, watching it happen. You are watching things unfold.

Now, is this just some fantasy I am setting up here? Is it just something that applies to a few people? No, it applies to all of those who are willing to apply the teaching and resolve the psychology. Why is this actually possible? Why is it possible that if you change your state of mind, it can have the effect of changing your external circumstances? This is not what people normally call mind over matter. You see an entire movement out there of people who are trying to gain this power of mind over matter where they can force the universe to give them what they want. They can forcefully change lead into gold, or this or that—whatever they dream about. But this is the fallen beings attempting to use what we have sometimes called black magic to materialize certain results.

What I am talking about is an effortless manifestation that has no force in it. You see, when you have the resolution of psychology, you no longer need to force anything. Because you are not seeking to avoid anything. You are not seeking to force anything on anyone, or to force something away from you. You are not seeking to force it to come to you or force it to stay away from you. Why is it possible that when you make the shift in the mind, external circumstances can click into place?

Well, it is possible because of a concept that I gave so many years ago of the interdependent originations. This is a very profound concept. We have talked about it before. We have encouraged you to contemplate it, and I encourage you again to contemplate this gradually. You need to recognize that you have grown up in a modern world, which is very much based on, not only a force-based look at life, a force-based paradigm, but also a paradigm based on separation. What did I say about the duality consciousness? Look at the entire tapestry of human existence—you pull one thing out of it and elevate that and at the same time, put other aspects down. You are creating an imbalance, but in the interdependent originations, there is no imbalance, everything is connected.

But you have been brought up with this view that things are not connected. They are separate entities. They exist separately. There are separate things that can be affected by separate causes. When you look at science, modern science, you will see that it is based on this separated view. You think you can look at the tapestry of the universe, you can pull out one particular event, one particular condition and you can isolate it and say, “This is an isolated effect and this isolated effect has this isolated cause. The effect is brought about exclusively by that cause and the cause has an effect exclusively on this condition.” This is the separate view, still promoted by Western science, even though it has been disproven by Western science, namely, quantum physics.

You need to perhaps spend some time contemplating this and realizing that the view of separate causes and separate effects was useful for a time. It was a necessary phase in the shift from the religious, medieval worldview to the more rational, scientific, modern worldview. It is not that you need to say that this was completely wrong. It was not wrong for society to go through this phase, but it is just a phase or at least, it is meant to be and it cannot take society or science beyond a certain level.

You, as a spiritual student, want to contemplate how to free your mind from this belief. You may say, again, why are you fearing a particular circumstance? Is it not because you think that there could be this separate cause that could affect you as a separate being and you as a separate being would have a reaction to that cause? And you as a separate being would rather avoid it, would rather avoid that cause? You are seeing yourself as a being who is existing in a larger whole. You know that. You are living on a planet with seven billion other people, there are various physical conditions, there is something called the weather and if it rains, and you go outside, you become wet. You know you are living in this whole, but instead of looking at the whole, you are focusing on specific aspects of the whole, and you are looking at yourself as a separate being that exists inside the whole and you think that this separate being, there are certain things that should happen to it, and certain things that should not happen to it.

You are seeking to bring into manifestation the things that should happen and seeking to force out of manifestation the things that should not happen, according to your standard. But you are not realizing that, in a sense, you could say that you are an individual being and you have individual free will, but you exist in a whole where there are seven billion other individual beings with free will. Does it really make any sense to think that you could isolate yourself from this whole and not be affected by the free-will choices made by other people? Is it really realistic to think this way?

Many people have thought this way. As I said, the ones who built these thick castle walls and attempted to isolate themselves, they thought they could isolate themselves from the whole, but of course, they could not. They might give the impression for time that they could, but in reality, they could not. The entire idea that you could isolate yourself from the whole, protect yourself from certain conditions—bring about other conditions—is an illusion. You are, whether you like it or not, part of this tapestry of humanity. What I am suggesting here, and what happens to those who rise to a certain level of Christ consciousness and begin to put on the Buddhic consciousness, is that you can shift your outlook on life.

You can start contemplating that there is a different way to look at life than looking at it from the viewpoint that I am a separate individual and I seek to avoid certain things and have certain others. You can realize that it really does not make any sense to say that as a separate individual I want this and I do not want that. Because the reality is that when everything is interconnected, this might very well mean that what you want requires someone else to not have it and what you want to avoid, requires someone else to have it. In other words, you could look at the fact that if everything is an interconnected whole, and you are in this whole, you are not really a part of the whole, because you are not apart from the whole. You are simply an integral aspect of the whole. It does not really make sense to say, “What do I want as a separate individual?”

There is an entirely different way to look at life, and it is to look at life as a connected individual, as one who is connected to the whole. This means that it does not really make any sense to say, “Could I raise myself up and become a billionaire, by taking money from others?” You might be able to do this as some people have done, but you are not really separated from the whole. When you are creating an imbalance in one way, you will experience an imbalance inside yourself. When you create an imbalance that affects other people, you will create a psychological imbalance that affects yourself. You will also create a physical opposite, which may affect you at some point in the future, but this may be delayed to another lifetime, so you do not see it. But you will experience the psychological imbalance and you will see that all of the people who have, for example, attained great wealth at the cost of others, they have psychological imbalances that are affecting them constantly.

There is a whole different view of life than the separate view that you have been brought up with, programmed with and been exposed to for many lifetimes. It takes some mental retooling to shift, but what I am giving you is the beginning stages of this. You can begin to contemplate and shift out of this. You can then begin to cultivate this awareness that you are not really here to raise up yourself, at least not in a way that creates an imbalance that affects others. You are here to raise the whole.

Now, how does this tie in with the spiritual path and the path to Christhood where we have said that at the beginning stages of the path, your most important task is to separate yourself from the mass consciousness? Well, it may sound as if you are separating yourself from something and in a sense, you are separating yourself from the mass consciousness. But what is the mass consciousness? It is the consciousness of separation. When you separate yourself from the consciousness of separation, are you actually separating yourself from something, going away from something, or are you going into the consciousness of oneness, of connectedness? You cannot really separate yourself from separation. You can only go into the consciousness that is beyond separation, which is oneness. You realize that in order to raise the whole, you need to separate yourself from the mass consciousness so you can raise your individual consciousness and as you do this, you create the pull that pulls up on the collective.

The subtle difference that comes in is that some students will be seeking to do this based on the motivation that they want to raise themselves as separate individuals. This is what we have said before that at the 96th level, you need to resolve that enigma where you are no longer seeking to raise yourself as a separate individual, you are seeing the connection to the whole. This is the Christ consciousness, not the ultimate state of it, but certainly the beginning stage. When you make the switch, you realize that everything is interconnected. In a sense, you could say that the psychology of all people on earth is interconnected. There are certain separate selves that almost all people have. There are few separate selves that all people have and there are many, many separate selves that most people have.

What is it going to take to raise humanity? What is it going to take to raise the collective consciousness? It is that the separate selves are resolved. Well, how can this process happen? It cannot happen collectively, because there is not a collective awareness, people are divided by the collective selves. There is no chance of ever creating this sense that, at least in the foreseeable future, we all have a separate self and we all need to overcome it. You do however, see certain collective shifts, but those collective shifts were brought about through a gradual process where a few individuals started shifting and then this created the momentum that eventually shifted more people.

Humanity is raised because some people are willing to look at their individual separate selves and resolve them. This creates a pattern, a track, a matrix, a momentum in the collective. If one person has seen through a particular separate self, there will be another person who finds it easier to overcome that separate self, because the first person did it. And then there will be a third person who finds it easier still and this will spread like rings in the water, until you reach certain collective shifts where suddenly this becomes almost common knowledge, or at least it becomes talked about. You can see even in your lifetime, most of you, how, in the field of self-help literature, there has been certain shifts where suddenly this becomes fashionable to talk about a particular issue. Right now, you can see how the topic of narcissists is becoming much more commonly known. But that all started because some people were willing to work on themselves and pull everybody up.

This means you can now go back to my concept that there are certain conditions you would rather avoid and then you can say, “Well, there is a condition that I would rather avoid but it happened to me anyway, so what does this mean?” Well, perhaps it means that even though I have wanted to avoid this with my outer mind, in my divine plan, I had actually vowed to take on this condition in order to help resolve the psychology behind it, and thereby raise the whole. In other words, what is happening to you is not something that is directed against you, it is not something you need to resist. It is something you need to embrace and say, “What can I learn from this? What can I see in myself that I needed to see from this? How can I help resolve something in the collective and thereby raise the collective?” It is again, part of the ‘come what may’. When you say ‘come what may’, it does not mean ‘come what may’ as long as it is pleasant. It means ‘come what may’. And I will meet it with a positive state of mind, seek to make the best of it, and be content that what I have endured, is part of raising the whole.

This will shift you into this state of mind where you are not resisting anything. And of course, you cannot have peace of mind when you are resisting or seeking to avoid anything. How could you? How does this tie in with a topic of becoming the open door? Well, is it not obvious that the more resolution you have in your psychology, the more open you are to saying ‘come what may’, the more of an open door you can be? It is always the challenge when we are in physical embodiment, that we are blinded somewhat by the whole circumstance we are in, the collective consciousness, our own four lower bodies, and we do not see clearly with a conscious mind what we put into our divine plans. We do not see the larger connection of how something we go through, something we experience helps raise the whole. What you can come to cultivate is this mindset that you are open to not only receiving these wonderful ideas from the ascended realm, but you are also open to going through whatever circumstances you decided in your divine plan that you wanted to go through and take on in order to help raise the collective. This can even be a disease that you take on.

What I am seeking to give you is this view that you can make peace with being on earth, even though planet earth is as dense and as difficult of a planet as it currently is. This does not mean that I am asking you to deny the conditions found on earth. As you raise your consciousness, you come to see all conditions more clearly. But you also come to see them without the value judgments of the duality consciousness and this is what some people have not understood. Some people have gone through what Saint Germain so carefully explained, with the beginning stages of Christhood, where you still think in black and white terms. You still think this is true, this is false. If this is true, then the opposite must be false. This is how you think at a certain stage. It is the beginning of discernment, but it is not really Christhood because Christhood is when you go a little higher, and you start seeing beyond the value judgment. As long as you are still in this black and white state of mind, you will have the value judgment that that which is false is also bad, it is evil, it should be avoided, it should not be here.

As you go higher in Christ consciousness, you realize that whatever is here is an outplaying of free will. As you go even higher into the Buddhic levels, you start losing this entire evaluation of what should or should not be here. When you connect to the interconnectedness of the whole and the out playing of free will, you realize that in a certain sense, from a certain viewpoint, there is nothing that shouldn’t be here. Because whatever is here is an outplaying of the consciousness of the people on earth and it is outplaying it to make it visible. Given the way the reality simulator works and people have gone into duality, whatever is here, is here as an out playing that makes something visible that otherwise is difficult to see. From that perspective, it should be here.

Now, you can take all the evaluations that many people take on the way to Buddhahood, where you might say that the process of going to Christhood and Buddhahood is that you start connecting to the whole and therefore, you go through a period where you also feel compassion for other people. You can look at the world today and you can look at many, many people. Some are in various religions, some are not in any religion and you can see that many of these, we might say progressive, well-meaning people, they are driven by compassion. They feel compassion for the suffering of others and based on their compassion, they are saying, “Oh, but this condition should not be here, it is wrong that people suffer this way. These diseases should not be here, this poverty should not be here, this torture, force, and warfare should not be here.”

And of course, you can take this viewpoint and say that, according to an ideal principle, according to how a natural planet is, no, these things would not be here if earth was a natural planet. But again, what is our goal with earth? Yes, ultimately it is to turn the earth back into being a natural planet, but this is not the real goal. The real goal is the raising of consciousness. We as ascended masters are not sitting here saying, “Oh, the earth is such a dark planet, we need to do whatever we can to turn it back to a natural planet as quickly as possible, come what may.”

We are actually saying, given that the earth is what it is right now, has the conditions it has, how can we use this to raise people’s consciousness by making visible the psychology that has created those conditions? And when you connect to that you can avoid being trapped in compassion because, truly, many well-meaning sensitive people are trapped in compassion. This messenger was trapped in this for the first years of his life, even the first years of his path, even after finding an ascended master teaching. Many of you can recognize the same thing. You will feel such a strong sense of compassion for other people’s suffering, that you are actually willing to use force to remove the suffering.

Why haven’t we, who are ascended masters and who supposedly also want to remove people’s suffering, why haven’t we used our immense powers to remove poverty from earth? Well, because as we have said, our primary goal is not to remove poverty, the outer condition of poverty, but to help people transcend the consciousness that precipitated that poverty. We are seeking to use the poverty to make that consciousness visible so that people can look at it and resolve it. This is our goal. This is how we work. Many of you have not understood this, but you can come to understand it, you can come to look into it and you can come to accept this, that you do not need to have your compassion become obsessive compulsive, where you feel driven to do something to alleviate a certain form of suffering, and you cannot be at peace until this has happened.

Many of these well-meaning people that I am talking about, even ascended master students, they go into this state of obsessive compulsion where they cannot be at peace as long as there is this or that problem. This messenger experienced a period in the Summit Lighthouse where they were making hours-long decree vigils to combat world communism, to prevent a nuclear war and to bring forth certain other changes. It is not that this was not necessary and valid work. But the messenger has realized that he was in an obsessive-compulsive state of consciousness, and he saw many other people do the same. You are not at peace when you are in this state of consciousness.

Surely, we want our students to make the calls for various conditions but have we ever said we want you to make them from this obsessive-compulsive state of consciousness? Why would we want our students to do things from a state of imbalance, when we ourselves are in balance? We want our students to have what we have, balance of mind. Surely, you can say that in the ascended state, we do not even have balance of mind because there was no imbalance possible. You are living in a different environment where imbalance of mind is possible and there are many, many forces that are impinging on your mind to pull you into imbalanced reactions.

But what we are seeking to help you attain is that you are free of all of these forces, the demons of Mara, so that you can sit under your bo tree and be unaffected by these demons of Mara, by the prince of this world who comes and wants his pound of flesh. We have given you the tools to achieve this, it will take time. But by being consciously aware of it and making it a conscious goal, you can attain it much more quickly.

Many of you are closer than you think, many of you are closer than you think.

As we have said before, ‘ask and ye shall receive’. Ask the master who is closest to you, to help you attain this to see what it is in your attitude that takes you out of peace. But do not forget to ask the messenger, who has also attained a high degree of this peace, and is willing to work with you to attain the same. Again, what does it take, ultimately, to be the open door for planet earth? Ask and be willing to receive.

As a final remark, I want to give you all our great gratitude for your being willing to take part in this process that this conference has been. By so many of you tuning in, by so many of you giving these invocations together, you have truly accomplished a magnificent work for raising the collective consciousness. You have gone beyond our original goal, you have exceeded that goal and for this, you have our gratitude. We hope that you also can feel in yourselves that this conference has raised your consciousness beyond what you originally expected.

Certainly, the messenger sits back, as he often does after these conferences, and is in awe about how much new teachings we brought forth. He sometimes feels that so much has been brought forth, how could we possibly have more but he is always happy to experience that we have more and we are willing to give it. We hope you have had that experience as well, that you are joyful over having experienced the flow of the Spirit, the unfoldment of these ideas. I hope you realize that some of you may feel that you have received something you did not ask for. But you have only received what you did not ask for consciously, you have surely asked for it unconsciously. And for this, again, our gratitude and therefore, I seal you and I seal this conference in the joyful peace of the Buddha.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

Ask and you shall receive


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels, October 3, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I am the Ascended Master Jesus.

How do you become the open door? By always striving for more. There is no status quo that God or the ascended masters want to maintain for earth. What is one of the greatest limitations for the manifestation of the golden age? It is this very old belief that goes far back beyond Christianity, but has been reinforced by many Christians, that there is some final Edenic state that God wants to manifest either here on earth, or by dissolving the earth and taking everyone, or at least the good Christians, to a higher realm. If you look at the collective psyche on earth, you will see that there is this current of people who are striving for some idyllic, ideal, Edenic state. They truly believe that there must come this final state. And either then this state will be maintained for a thousand years, or more. Or the world will be rolled up as a scroll and cease to exist.

If you consider, which, quite frankly few of those who call themselves Christians do, what I actually said two thousand years ago, you would see that in a sense, I called for drastic changes to society. I did not call for these directly in a political or revolutionary way. But I still called for drastic changes, because what I encouraged my disciples to develop was this sense of oneness between them, this sense of community, this sense of oneness with all life. What did I say? ‘Inasmuch as ye have done it unto the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me’. Because I wanted to show that people are all part of the body of God. People all have the Christ within them, the Christ potential within them.

What does this mean when you truly look at it? Well, you go back to the society that existed in Israel, when I walked the earth in a physical body. What kind of society was it? It was a highly segmented society, with a clear class of people at the bottom and then various degrees of higher classes, reaching to the very top. You can debate which one was the highest class: was it the Romans, was it the Jewish priesthood, who was it? But nevertheless, there was clearly an upper class, some divisions in the middle, and clearly a lower caste of those who were considered outcasts by Jewish society. Why do so many of my parables talk about those who were outcasts, like for example, the Good Samaritan who helped a man when no Jew would help him? It was to show this, that we need to overcome, humanity needs to overcome this idea that human beings can be divided into separate categories, where some are good, some are evil, some are important, some are unimportant, some are worthy, some are unworthy, whatever classification you want to apply.

When you look at the world today, you see that very same kind of division of society, even division of the planet into different groups. You have many, many societies, in fact you have all societies where there is a clear elite. You have a democratic society that is based on the idea that all men are created equal, and that they have been given equal rights by their Creator. And yet you have a clear upper class, not only in the political establishment, but especially in the financial, economic establishment. You have in most democratic nations, some people who are poor. You look at the world, and you see that in many nations, most of them not democratic, but still, you have a majority of the people who are poor. You have billions of people in the world who live beneath the poverty level, who can barely feed themselves or their children. And this is clearly a segregation, a division of society into different classes. There is the smaller division within a society, there is a larger division on a planetary scale.

But this is not the kind of society that I encouraged my followers to create. I attempted to guide people into creating a more egalitarian society based on what? Well, essentially based on the Christ consciousness. What is it you achieve as you grow towards higher levels of Christ consciousness? Well, you achieve first of all, within your own psychology, the oneness between your higher being and your lower being, but also horizontally you achieve a sense of oneness with other people. And when you achieve this sense of oneness, how can you create, how can you accept a society with such clear divisions? It simply is not possible. The divisions will fade away, as the consciousness is raised.

This is what you have seen in many of the democratic nations, where there is less division in some of these nations than there was in the same nations 50 or 100 years ago. This is actually an expression of Christ consciousness, even though many of these modern democracies are secular societies, where most people do not even see themselves as Christians. But that is because they do not see themselves as Christians, based on a definition promoted by the official Christian religion. And they do not look beyond the Christian religion to realize the universality of Christ, and therefore realize that they have actually manifested a higher degree of Christ oneness than many of those who call themselves Christians.

If we look at this, we can realize that if my goal was to create a more unified, egalitarian society with less divisions between people, has the Christian religion helped or hindered that goal? And then we must, if we take a neutral look, say that the Christian religion has actually done more to hinder that goal, than to help it. What do you see in most Christian churches? A clear division in their minds between themselves as good Christians, and those who either are not Christians, or who are not good Christians, according to the definition of their particular church.

We of course see a division of the Christian religion into many different churches and sects. Each believes they have the highest possible understanding of the message of Christ. Many of these Christians you see, are the ones who believe in the end times. Any day now, I am going to appear in the sky, judge the righteous and the unrighteous, send the unrighteous to hell, take the Christians into heaven, and roll up the world as a scroll. Well, what is the effect of this psychologically? It is of course, that it pacifies these Christians in terms of producing changes to society in the here and now.

Why should we really strive to improve society, when the world is going to end in a few years, even in our lifetime? What you see in these Christians is a very peculiar psychological mechanism. They have an Alpha aspect, where they think that they are saved, they are the saved ones. When the world ends they are the ones who will go to heaven. I will come, I will appear to them, and I will take them to heaven. Really, what striving do they need to do here on earth when they are already saved? They are already ensured to go to heaven. Why bother to help other people to improve society when you know you are going to heaven?

Then you have the Omega aspect of this, that when you believe that the world is going to end fairly soon, well why seek to make dramatic changes to society? What have these Christians done? They have managed to put themselves in various positions where they can work together, for example in businesses, support each other and create a very comfortable, materialistic lifestyle for themselves. They are comfortable materially, and since the world is going to end shortly, what does it matter that there are other people who live in poverty? We will just focus on our comfortable lifestyle, going to church every Sunday, and when the world ends, we go to heaven. What is there to strive for on earth?

You see that there are other Christians that do have some internalization of the message, that I wanted Christians to help others. But what kind of help are they trying to give? They are doing so-called charitable work. They are going out to countries where there is poverty, where there are various problems, and they seek to alleviate these. I am not saying this is completely unacceptable, or completely out of touch with my message. But there is eternally a difference between putting a bandaid on the wound or removing the condition that caused the wound to appear, again and again. There is a difference between giving a person a fish, or giving that person a fishing net. Why is it that Christians have become so passive in their form of charity? They are not really seeking to change societies. They are just seeking to alleviate the suffering. But the conditions that cause the suffering are seemingly beyond their power to change.

Ask yourself a simple question. When you see some of these afflictions that people are suffering from, do you believe it is beyond the power of Christ to change these conditions? Do you believe that Christ only has the power to hand out band aids? Or do you believe Christ has the power to create real changes that remove the cause of the suffering? If you believe the former, you have not grasped the power of Christ. For what is the power of Christ? The power of Christ is the raising of awareness. What do you see in these nations where poverty has largely been removed and replaced by a much better material lifestyle? This has come about as a result of what? A raised awareness. A raised awareness of the technological aspects of how to create a better society, but also the political and social aspects, where we do not accept that a part of the population in our country lives in poverty.

This is the power of Christ, working through people. There are many Christians in the United States who believe that they are the real Christians. They have the fundamentalist, literal interpretation of the Bible. They are the ones who are saved. They look down upon some of the European nations that have a social safety net, that have public healthcare. And they think these nations are not Christian because people do not go to church every Sunday, and many do not even see themselves as Christians. So how can these nations be Christian? But in reality, in their actions, these nations are far more Christian than the United States, where everybody is out for himself, including many Christians who are out for not themselves necessarily personally, but their community, their church.

When you look at the world at large, what is the one thing that I, as still holding the Office of the Planetary Christ, would like to see happen in the phase we are now moving into? Well, the main thing that I would like to see happen, is the eradication of poverty. What is it more than anything that prevents people from discovering the spiritual side to life, the spiritual path, raising their consciousness? It is the fact that when you live in poverty, how can you focus on things like that? Some people can, but most people cannot. The reality here is that what I, as the Planetary Christ, want to see happen is the eradication of poverty. Many other things of course, but the really big change that I would like to see happen is the eradication of poverty. How can this come about?

Well, one aspect of this is of course, technology. You take the magnificent discourse of Saint Germain, where he talks about the need for a new kind of energy technology. There is no way that poverty on a planetary scale could be alleviated completely, could be eradicated with force-based technology. There is not the energy, the fossil fuel, there are not the other resources that are needed in order to eradicate poverty for all of the more than seven billion people on the planet. It is clear that one aspect of eradicating poverty is to bring forth new technology.

There needs to be more energy that is available in order to drive the growth in society that is necessary to give people a good material standard of living. Now, I know very well that in many of the more modern nations, there is a growing awareness among many people about environmental issues. So many people today have been pulled into this fear-based vortex, that the pollution created by fossil fuels has reached a critical mass, where there is about to be, any day now, an environmental catastrophe.

It is not quite so different from the Christian mindset that the world is going to end any day, they just have a different reason for thinking the world is going to end. But many, many people who actually could be part of this process of eradicating poverty have been pulled into this blind alley, where they think it is not physically possible to eradicate poverty. Because they think that the only way that poverty can be eradicated in the less developed nations, is through the same process that has been done in the developed nations, which means more and more energy consumption of fossil fuels. And since this is going to create more emissions, that is going to create more greenhouse gases, more global warming, then they do not even want this.

There are many of these people who consider themselves the more progressive, open-minded people, who if they were honest with themselves, would recognize that with the attitude they have to the environment, they do not want the ‘Third World’ to be raised out of poverty. They may not consciously think this way or say this, but this is the consequence of their attitude to the environment. They do not want the ‘Third World’ to be raised, because they think the environment is more important than human beings. The effect of what they believe is, that they are willing to keep the entire ‘Third World’ living in poverty in order to save the planet.

This is what Gautama Buddha so carefully described as the ideological mindset, where you create a theory of how the world is supposed to work, and then you want the world to live up to it. You have these, in their own minds, very progressive, very aware and concerned people, and they think that it is far more important that their rich countries use whatever resources it takes to combat emissions instead of using those same resources to combat poverty in the ‘Third World’. Now, it is clear that they have some basis for their concern, as I said: With force-based technology, you cannot eradicate poverty. However, these people are not part of the solution, they are part of the problem. Because in their minds, even though they call themselves open and progressive, they are not open to an alternative to force-based technology.

Tell me my beloved, why is it that these modern nations are devoting considerable resources into researching green energy, renewable energy, but they are not devoting anywhere near those resources, if any at all, into researching free energy, non-force-based energy, non-polluting energy? Well, the reason for this is that the progressive people in these nations are not even open to the idea. They have become trapped by the ideology of scientific materialism which says: There cannot be anything beyond the material universe. What are these people really saying?

They are saying we have a very serious problem in the material world. This problem is caused by certain material conditions. But the only possible solution to this problem is a material solution. Well, what is that mindset, my beloved? It is antichrist. Because what is Christ? Christ is the openness to something beyond the material universe. The most universal description you can give of the Christ consciousness is: openness to something beyond the material universe.

What power does Christ have on earth? Unlimited power. Because there is no material problem that cannot be solved by an influx of something from beyond the material universe. Christ, the Christ consciousness, in terms of higher awareness, can solve every material problem, but only when there is that openness to solutions that are not strictly materialistic. What you see is a peculiar phenomenon, where there are these people who consider themselves open minded and progressive, but they still have an absolute barrier in their mind. They realize there is a problem, they realize there is a need to find solutions. But they are not open to looking for these solutions beyond a certain barrier: ‘Oh no, there could not possibly be a non-material solution to a material problem’.

What is the effect of this? It is that these people who consider themselves progressive, are playing right into the hands of the power elite and ultimately the fallen beings.

What does the power elite always want? They want control and they want to profit unreasonably off the population. What is the power elite trying to do right now? They are trying to monopolize alternative energy production. What is the power elite doing on a larger scale? They are trying to use the environmental issue to restrict people. Do you see what the entire environmental issue is doing, and what the Christian movement is doing? They are based on this idea that there are some things that should be done, or some things that should not be done. In other words, there is a problem, and there are some things that are creating the problem, making it worse, and some things that can help the problem.

But what is it that can help the problem? It is that people stop doing what they are doing to create the problem. Whether you think the world is going down in an environmental disaster, or whether you think people, or the world is going to hell, it is all because there are some other people who are doing what they should not be doing. And the only solution is to restrict them and force them to do something else. So, we have to force them to stop using fossil fuels and use renewable energy. This, when you look at the world, historically, is what the power elite has done over and over again, create this artificial situation that people must be restricted, to avoid a disaster. So many ideologies have been based on this very mindset.

But now look again at the environmental issue. What is the problem here? Yes, you may say it is fossil fuel emissions, polluting the atmosphere, creating global warming. But what is the real problem? The real problem is that the world is imprisoned in a certain approach to energy generation. They think it can only be done through force, by taking energy that is already encapsuled in matter, and forcefully freeing it to do work. But as Saint Germain explained, there is a vast potential for stepping up to an entirely different approach to energy generation. Why hasn’t this already happened? Why are these modern nations not devoting whatever resources it takes to researching alternative energy? Because the power elite has managed to make the scientific establishment believe that such energy production is impossible, is ridiculous. Again, what is this? It is antichrist, the consciousness of anti-christ, the force of anti-christ.

Just allow yourself to imagine, I speak here of course into the collective consciousness, allow yourself to imagine that there was a source of energy that did not pollute, it could do everything that combustion engines, nuclear reactors and electrical machinery can do today. And it could do it in a way that does not pollute. Would you not want this if you are environmentally conscious? Why would you not want it? Of course, you want it. But who would not want it?

Well, the power elite, because the nature of this kind of energy is, it cannot be monopolized. It can no more be monopolized, than the light from the sun can be monopolized by a single corporation. This is what the power elite that currently controls energy production is frantically trying to do, they are trying to prevent the emergence of this form of energy, because they want to maintain a monopoly on energy production. This is the main reason why countries have not shifted into focusing on researching these alternative energy sources. What can bring about this shift? Well, imagine that all of the people who are environmentally conscious, demanded this shift. Would this not have an impact?

The reality is, that I as the Planetary Christ, as Saint Germain, as the hierarch for the Aquarian age, we both want the eradication of poverty. We both realize that this requires a certain technical solution. But it also requires a shift in consciousness, it requires many shifts in consciousness. And one of the shifts that is required, is something that may seem to be more Saint Germain’s area. But I am nevertheless the one who will talk about this topic.

And the reason I want to talk about it is because when you look at many Christians out there, even the ones who are a little more open to spiritual ideas, even many people in the spiritual movement, how do they look at Jesus Christ in relation to technology? Well, most people think that I have nothing to do with technology, because technology was developed long after the time when I walked the earth. They see no connection between Christ and technology. Many Christians think that much technology is actually anti-christ, is of the devil, and that they are meant to live a more pure lifestyle, pretty much like the Amish, or some of these communities that try to live like my disciples did 2000 years ago.

The reality is of course, that I, as the Planetary Christ, am very much in support of technology. And much of the technology that has been released during the Piscean age, was released through the office of the Planetary Christ. Saint Germain has been ultimately behind this technology, but he worked through that office before he became the hierarch of the Aquarian age. Christ is not against technology. I am for the improvement of people’s living conditions. And this is another thing that needs to be stated. I am not against the improvement of current conditions, material living conditions on earth. There is nothing inherently anti spiritual about improving people’s living conditions. On the contrary, as we have said, if you are spending all your time and energy, struggling to make a living, how can you have anything left over for spiritual pursuits? You need to have a certain comfortable standard of living, to have anything left over to pursue the spiritual path. And I want of course, all people who are willing, to have the opportunity to pursue the spiritual path.

Back to the technology. You have an ancient idea that is normally ridiculed by modern science, namely, the concept of alchemy. There is the idea that there is a ‘philosopher’s stone’, and if you can only find it, you can transform base metals into gold, and become incredibly rich. Now, as we have explained, there is actually some validity to the ideas that the ancient alchemists had. Many of them were not seeking to transform base metals into gold, they were seeking to transform the base metal of the human consciousness into the Christ consciousness. However, if you look at it historically, you will see that many of the people who were the early alchemists actually made discoveries that set the stage for the emergence of modern science. So is there really any point in ridiculing these alchemists?

They were simply experimentalists, they had a certain paradigm behind their experiments, but it was the best that they could come up with at the time. And it caused them to experiment and therefore, expand their awareness, make discoveries that then took experimentation and knowledge to a higher level. What is not to like? Is it not what scientists are doing today? They have a certain paradigm, that is the best they could come up with based on their level of awareness and their knowledge, and they use that as a foundation for experiments.

Now, there is one difference, in the sense that the early alchemists were much more open to learning from their experiments and questioning their paradigm, than many materialistic scientists are today. There is a vast difference between having an open-ended paradigm that you are willing to expand, based on your experiments, or having a closed ended paradigm, where you want your experiments to validate the paradigm. And if they do not, then you discard them, they could not be valid results.

What is the basic idea of alchemy, really? It is that matter is not a fixed substance. It is a pliable substance that can be transformed into different states, and perhaps one form of matter can be transformed into another form of matter. Well, what has been discovered by modern science since the time of the alchemists? Einstein came in with his simple formula, showing that matter is not really matter. Matter is a form of energy. Everything that people call matter, is actually made from energy that has taken on a certain state. What is energy?

Energy is vibration. Based on Einstein’s theory, it would actually be more constructive to adopt a somewhat alchemistic worldview, and say: “That beyond all of the visible forms, there is a base form of energy that has no specific form, no measurable, detectable form—at least not detectable with materialistic instruments. But it is this base energy that has taken on the various forms that we see as not only matter phenomena, but also as what we normally call energy”. This is essentially what many of the alchemists believed, 500 to 700 years ago. It has been ridiculed by modern science, but what is this ridicule based on? It is based on a worldview that is dominated by separation. Everything is made up of separate substances, matter is entirely separate from energy, the material universe is entirely separate from the spiritual realm. “Oh no, there is no spiritual realm. Matter, the matter forms, are inviolable. Lead will always be lead, gold will always be gold and never the twain shall meet”.

What the alchemists believed was, that matter is much more liquid, fluid, pliable, changeable. And when you look at the consequence of Einstein’s theory and quantum physics, you must ask yourself, if you are willing to be objective, you must ask yourself: “Wait a minute, why would not it be possible to transform one kind of matter into another, if we could find out how to deal with matter at the energetic level? In other words, if we can go to the level where the basic substance starts taking on a particular form, and if we could do something at that level, why would we not be able to change one form of matter into another? For that matter, why would we not be able to change one form of energy into another? Or rather, why would not we be able to bring energy from this basic level, into the material world, where it could now be used to do work, as electricity or magnetism can”?

If you look at the situation today, of poverty, you can say: “With the present energy production found in the world, with the energy resources that are found in the world, it would be impossible to eradicate poverty. It would be impossible to give all people on earth the same material standard of living as you see in most European countries”. Correct, this would be impossible. But as we said, if you had access to far larger energy sources, suddenly it does not seem quite as impossible, does it? But there are still people who will say: “Well, but there simply is not enough matter substance in the world to do this, to create this technological change. There is not enough iron ore. There is not enough precious metals. There is not enough other metals needed for computers and transistors and phones and all of this”. Again, correct, or at least there are not enough resources that have been discovered.

But what if you could, in the future, not so distant future, create a society where you are not dependent on the resources that are already in the matter realm, that are already found in the earth, where you do not have to dig mines that go deeper and deeper into the ground in order to get various metals? What if such a society was possible? How could it come about? Well, we are not talking about creating something out of nothing. But we are talking about taking a substance that is plentiful on earth and by manipulating that substance at a basic level, transforming it into another substance that is not as plentiful and that is more needed in order to raise the material standard of living.

When you look at Einstein’s theories, when you look at quantum physics, you must ask yourself: “Why would this not be possible”? True, we do not know how, science does not know how. But how will you ever find out how to do something before you ask how it could be done? How will you get an answer to a question when you do not want to or do not dare to ask the question?

“Ask and you shall receive” is a fundamental spiritual law. Why is this so fundamental? What have we said, everything on earth revolves around the free will of human beings in embodiment. Christ, as a force, as a cosmic force, has the potential to transform the earth in ways that most people cannot imagine. But it cannot happen until people ask, and they cannot ask until their minds are open and they become the open doors for receiving the answer. And if they have allowed themselves to have their minds closed, either by the fallen beings, by the power elite manipulating them, or by the collective consciousness that wants to maintain status quo and be comfortable, then they cannot even ask.

Why do you still have poverty on earth? Why do you have environmental problems and think there is a global catastrophe looming? Is it because there is no power in the universe that could solve these problems? Nay, my beloved, it is simply because you have not asked. You have not asked the right questions. You have not been willing to enter a process of asking the questions that could shift your paradigm, shift your understanding of the world to where you could come to ask these very precise questions of how exactly do we use an unlimited energy source? How exactly do we transform one form of matter into another? If you had been willing to go through this process, you could already by now have been able to ask the questions and receive the answers. True, this does not mean that you cannot receive those answers, but it cannot happen until there is a critical mass of people who are willing to shift their consciousness and open their minds to even the potential of asking the question.

If you look at the Christian religion, what is the greatest irony of the Christian religion? Well, I actually came to set people free from the power elite that had them under control through the Roman Empire and the Jewish religious establishment. What has the Christian religion become? One of the most powerful tools ever created by the power elite and the fallen beings to keep people trapped in a limited state. What did I come to teach people? What did I come to demonstrate? There is a power from beyond the material realm that can come into the material realm and be directed into solving problems. Material problems do not have only material solutions. In fact, ultimately, they have only non-material, supra-material solutions.

This is the essence of the message of Christ. True, it was not stated that way 2000 years ago, but how could it have been, given the collective consciousness. But given that the collective consciousness has been raised, it is now possible to reinterpret the message of Christ and realize that I came to show people, there is a power beyond material power and it can enter this world through the minds of individual human beings, but you must open yourself to this power. Otherwise, it cannot do anything in the world because of free will. Ask and you shall receive. Ask not and you shall not receive. Not because God or some spiritual being withholds it from you, but simply because you are not open to receiving. How can you receive it if your mind is closed to the gift? How can you receive it if you do not think you need the gift, or if you do not think you want the gift?

You have Christians, millions of them around the world who sit there feeling holier than thou. They are sure they will be saved shortly when I roll up the world as a scroll, which by the way will not happen. And they are sure that they can be comfortable in their comfortable lifestyle, and be comfortable feeling they are doing something for charity and that is all they need to do. Then you have millions of non-religious, non-spiritual people who feel they are very progressive, because they are so concerned about the environment. They are also feeling holier than thou, being sure that they have the right way to look at it and that the only realistic way to save the world is to restrict the use of fossil fuels and restrict technology. None of these people are willing to acknowledge that by their very attitude, they are upholding the state of poverty that divides the world into a comfortable class, an upper class and a bottom class, the outcasts. And these people who call themselves progressive and holy, they are not willing to admit that they are the ones who are forcing a vast part of the world’s population to continue to live in poverty, simply because they have not been willing to ask for a different solution.

Now, you have people in Islam, in Buddhism, in Hinduism, who have their own religious beliefs. But what I am pointing out to you is that when you look at the world, you see many of these groups of people, who have an attitude, a mindset, where they are not open to dramatic changes in society. And by not being open, they are serving to maintain status quo.  Well, what is the Planetary Christ? It is the one who sees oneness, the oneness of all life, and therefore wants to raise up all life. I want to raise all people out of poverty, not just a few hundred million in the rich part of the world. But how can this happen? Only within the law of free will, which means that people must be willing to ask. I have the power, the Christ consciousness has the power, to raise people out of poverty, but somebody has to ask. Somebody has to ask for the technological solutions, the knowledge, but somebody has to be willing to make the shift in consciousness and accept that this can come about and accept that the dramatic changes that need to happen for this to come about, will happen.

You cannot have a situation as you have right now, where you have a small group of very rich nations who are sitting there, where the people are enjoying their comfortable material lifestyle, thinking the goal of life is to retain more and more luxury items that they do not really need, and at the same time eradicate poverty. You may say, again, like Saint Germain said: Is it really just our goal to eradicate poverty?’ Nay, our real goal is actually to raise consciousness. But how can this come about? Well, as we said, in the poor part of the world, the only way to raise consciousness realistically for the broad population, is to raise their material standard of living, so they have some energy left over to pursue spiritual pursuits. Many will not use it for several lifetimes, but eventually they will do so, as you see many people in the rich nations turning to what we have called self-actualization. We want to raise their consciousness and we want to do it by giving them better material conditions.

But we also want to raise the consciousness of the people in the rich nations. Their consciousness has been raised compared to what it was a hundred years ago, but we have now hit kind of a ceiling, where these people have such a high material standard of living, that the only way they can grow further is by either stop focusing on the material side of life and start focusing on a personal spiritual growth, or, as the Omega aspect, focus on how they can use their material good to help those who are less fortunate.

You see that we are not looking for some purely magical solution, where suddenly poverty is eradicated. It has to be eradicated, partly by the people in the richer nations, changing their attitude and reaching out to help others, because that is the only way they can raise their consciousness, by helping others. And those in the poor nations, they can raise their consciousness by being helped, by allowing themselves to be helped. This is also a broad and complex topic, because I am not seeking to give the impression here that it is only the people in the rich nations that are the problem. Or it is only they who have not asked. The reality is, that if you look at the psychology of many of the people in the poor nations, they also are not open to changes, because they are not open to changing their own psychology, their own paradigm about life, their own sense of identity, as being poor, as being disadvantaged and as being those who cannot really do anything, do not really have any choices in life.

And you see many of these people who have a particular religion, for example, that they are so attached to, that it actually blocks them from saying: “We have a real problem in our country, but there are other nations in the world who have solved that problem, could we not learn from them? Could we not ask for help? Oh no, we cannot, because we are a Muslim nation, and our religion is superior to these ungodly people in the West who have no religion anymore. We cannot ask for their help, we cannot learn from them because then we will have to become secular societies like they are, and give up our superiority based on our Muslim religion”.

You see, ask and you shall receive applies to all people around the world. Why is there poverty in a great part of the world? Because the people have not asked. Why is there great poverty in many Arab nations? Because Islam prevents them from asking. Why is there poverty in India? Because the Hindu religion prevents them from asking. Why is there still poverty in China? Because the communist mindset prevents them from asking, and so forth.

You can take this around the world and see, every nation, every culture, every group of people, they have a certain outlook on life that they are not willing to question, and therefore they are not willing to ask for help. And if you do not ask, you cannot receive, there is no basis for receiving. People are today, like those who have decided they want to hear the radio, they want to hear this radio program, but they do not have an antenna. Well, how can you then listen to the radio if you do not have an antenna to receive the signal?

My beloved, with this I have given you what I wanted to give you. Again, a very profound multi-layered message, that will take some contemplation. Those of you who will get the most of it are those who will consider it many, many times, consider aspects of it. But truly, how do you get the most of a message like this, and the other messages we have given? Is it only by listening to the physical form of the message? Is it only by reading it, even reading it over and over again? What have I just said?

Ask and you shall receive. Do not just take our dictations as: ”This is the final word, I need to listen to it, the physical form, I need to read it.” When you study a dictation, ask the master to reveal to you what is said between the lines. It applies to you as well, as ascended master students: Ask and you shall receive. Some of you still have ideas you are attached to, that prevent you from asking. But many of you have already proven to yourselves, that when you do ask for our help, you will receive. Certainly, this messenger has proven it for anyone to see if they are willing to look. For how could one person, one human mind, have brought forth all of this teaching? It must come from another source. And why did it come through him? He was willing to ask with an open mind, and what one has done, all can do. This is also a reality of Christ.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

Let go of the fear of being proven wrong

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, October 3, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I am the Ascended Master Saint Germain.

What is the greatest hindrance for the manifestation of my Golden Age? It is closed minds, peoples whose minds are closed to anything new, any experimentation, closed to questioning the old, questioning the status quo, this is the greatest obstacle. But what is the second greatest obstacle? It is open minds, people who have open minds, but whose minds are uncritically, undiscriminatingly open.

Unfortunately, you see this, in general, not only in spiritual and New Age movements, but in all areas of life. There are many people whose minds are closed, but there are some people whose minds are open. But, those people who have open minds, they are often open to anything and everything that is out there. And so, as a result of that, many of them end up being very confused, being pulled in all kinds of different directions. After a while, they end up being overwhelmed. Their minds experience a kind of mental emotional fatigue, because now they have been pulled by these various theories in so many different directions that they cannot handle it anymore.

You have seen just within the last year, how there were people who were pulled into the conspiracy theory of QAnon and who believed this. Who were taken on an emotional roller coaster ride by these posts, and this claim of this secret cabal that was running the world, and who then ended up believing the claim that Donald Trump was the one who could save the world from this. Then when he was no longer president, at least some of them were willing to acknowledge that they had been taken for a ride. But then they ended up in many cases, feeling so empty, feeling so depleted, and they ended up with a question that you see in many people with open minds – and the question is this, “If I could believe in a theory like this, how can I trust myself? How can I trust my own mind”?

This, my beloved, is one of the big obstacles to me being able to bring forth the ideas for the golden age. Can I bring forth new ideas to those whose minds are closed and who cling to their privileged position or the status quo? Of course not.

You look at it historically, who are open to new ideas? Well, certainly not the ones who cling to the old, who want to maintain the privilege they have. We have given the example that the scientific establishment was not able to bring forth the ideas that led to the creation of the airplane industry. It took two bicycle mechanics who had no formal education, but their minds were open to what those in the establishment were not open to. Now, fortunately for the Wright brothers, there was no Facebook or internet at the time, or their open minds might have been pulled into all kinds of distractions and blind alleys. They might have ended up being so spread out, so confused that they would not have had the necessary focus to actually invent the airplane.

If you were to look at many of these inventors and pioneers in any field, and I encourage you to do so, you would see that at least some of them have been so open to various things that they have become unbalanced, they have become unfocused, they have become scattered, they have become emotionally disturbed, and they have ended up falling far short of their actual potential.

Go and find some of the movies about famous people, inventors, pioneers. Go and find some of the biographies written about them and study this phenomenon, because you can benefit from it. You can benefit in the sense that you can realize that in many cases, these people really were not so special. You realize that when somebody has achieved something, the power elite always wants to idolize them. You can go back to the time of Jesus, you can go back to the Buddha, and you can see that yes, here were two people that achieved something out of the ordinary. But what have the followers done afterwards, they have put them up on a pedestal, they have idolized them. The same has been done with just about anybody who has achieved something out of the ordinary.

And what is the purpose? It is to create this idea that these people were special, they were in a special category and that is why they could achieve what they achieved. That is the only reason they could achieve what they achieved. And what does that mean? That means that you, who are not as special as these very special people, you can achieve nothing. Don’t think you can do anything. Who do you think you are?

That is what the fallen beings and the collective beasts are projecting into the collective consciousness, projecting at individuals 24 hours a day. Any time there is one person who comes into embodiment with a certain potential, the fallen beings, the dark forces will target that person with these projections. Who do you think you are? Why do you think you are anything special? Why do you think you can do something out of the ordinary? You are not special, there is nothing about you that is special. You are not qualified, you are not good enough, you can’t do this, you can’t do that.

This creates a very particular psychological reaction in many people. Many people, many of  you ascended master students, but many people in the world in general, have for several lifetimes been exposed to these kinds of projections from the dark forces. They may also have been exposed to various situations where they attempted to do something, and they were brutally put down by the dark forces. So, this creates a trauma in these people, not just a one time trauma, but an ongoing pain, an ongoing trauma.

What is the reaction to this? Well, the reaction is often that some people give up completely trying to do anything out of the ordinary. They accept, “I am just a normal human being, I just want to live an ordinary life. I do not want all the conflict, the opposition, the ridicule, the putting me down. I do not want to expose myself to this. In this lifetime I am just going to be an ordinary human being”.

But, there are other people who come in, and they cannot do this. They have decided as part of their divine plan that they will not submit to this, they want to do something. But what drives their desire to do something? It is the pain, the trauma they are feeling.  It often for avatars, goes back to the birth trauma, but it has taken on more of a life of its own, with many more selves created in succeeding embodiments. And so, many people come in with this compulsive drive to do something. But they have a subconscious memory, that whenever you try to do something out of the ordinary on this planet, you will be brutally put down.So this time they are determined not to let themselves be put down. So what do they do? They think it is not enough to create some little improvement, no, we have to truly change the world. We have to really find something that is so revolutionary, that it can completely overturn the old, completely turn back all attacks on it, and really revolutionize the world.

A typical example of this, is the many, many people in the Western world in the 1960’s, and 70’s, who came into embodiment with a strong desire to reform the Western world, the democratic world. But, because they had this deep pain from past lives, they had the desire to find something that would really be decisive, they were pulled into the vortex of communism and socialism. They were pulled into thinking that the only way to truly reform the world was a communist revolution. And this was for these people, a completely blind alley, because now they focused all their attention on reforming these Western democracies based on a Marxist model, which was profoundly anti-democratic from the start.

They used the freedoms they had been given by their democratic societies, to seek to undermine the democratic societies. Whereas, what was really in their divine plans, was to seek to reform these democratic societies making them even more democratic, more free, more aware. But there are many other such blind alleys that people are pulled into. As we have said, people are pulled into fighting for these causes that are ripples on the surface. But beyond that, many people are pulled into these conspiracy theories, that promise some revolutionary change in the world.

My beloved, you who are ascended master students, most of you will if you are honest with yourselves, be able to see this dynamic in yourselves. You come in with a strong desire to change the world. That is why you are open to an ascended master teaching. But because you have the pain you carry with you from past lives, and the pain of being rejected, the fear of being rejected, some of you are open to more than just ascended master teachings. You are also open to some of these conspiracy theories that are out there, some of these seemingly revolutionary ideas.

But if you look at them neutrally, they are not truly revolutionary because they are simply not realistic. They are out of touch with where society is at. There are still many, many people in the world who have grown up in democratic societies but who have been pulled into thinking, that even though you have a democracy, there is still something fundamentally wrong or flawed in your society.

Now, I admit that some of these people have used our teachings to validate this view, because we have given many teachings on the fallen beings and the power elite, and how they are seeking to influence society behind the facade. And there is a group of fallen beings, there is a power elite seeking to influence even democratic societies, there is no question about this. But my beloved, when you have a democratic society, you have democratic means for changing that society. Therefore, you do not need to go into the state of mind that there is something fundamentally wrong with your democratic society, that it has somehow now become a dictatorship, and that it is completely run by a power elite. Because no democratic society is completely run by the power elite or the fallen beings.

How can I say this? Because if a society was run by a power elite and by the fallen beings, it would never have become a democracy. They would have been successful in preventing the emergence of democracy on a planetary scale, if they had total control. Therefore, the very fact that you have democratic societies, that you have the idea of basic human rights, freedom of speech, freedom of the press, all of these ideas, proves that they do not have total control. And if they do not have total control, then you do not need some revolutionary measure to overthrow their reign. You need to use democratic means to gradually improve society.

What have I and other masters said many many times? Any form of government is a reflection of the collective consciousness of the people in that nation. So, you have a country that has a strong power elite, that has a grip on the economy and the financial industry, but is this some evil conspiracy, or is it simply a reflection of the level of the collective consciousness? The people have not risen their awareness to the point where such a power elite can no longer control the economy.

So, again – what have we said during this conference? What is the purpose of the reality simulator? Is it to produce a certain result in the outer, to produce a certain society in the outer? Nay, it is the raising of consciousness. So, you take a country, you can say it has a strong power elite, they have a grip on the economy, they have the grip on the political system, they are running everything behind the scenes, it is almost like a dictatorship. Well, maybe so. But what is the goal of Saint Germain as the overseer of the Age of Aquarius? Is it to overturn that power elite in a flash? Or is it to gradually raise the consciousness of the people, so that they will have the awareness to gradually remove the power elite?

You see, perhaps you do not see, but you can come to see, my goal is to raise the consciousness. There are many ascended master students in past dispensations, who have thought that my goal was to create a very specific society based on their vision that they had at the time, based on the teachings that could be brought forth at the time. They thought that my goal was to create a very specific society, which actually if you look at it, was kind of like a dictatorship, only it had a benevolent dictator, a dictator who was attuned to Saint Germain and therefore was doing what I wanted him to do.

But, you see my beloved, the whole idea of the philosopher king as we have said before, has become outdated. It is not my goal to create a society that has a philosopher king who is open to my directions, and whom I can direct around like a marionette. My goal is to create democratic societies, where the people have the highest possible level of consciousness, an ever increasing level of consciousness, so that through their heightened awareness, they can determine what kind of society they want to live in. Because this is how people grow in consciousness and it is the growth in consciousness that is the main concern, not manifesting a particular outer result.

We have said it before, but have you heard it? Will you hear it this time? Why is this so important? Because again, go and look at all of these inventors, people who have brought forth something. Look at their lives. First of all, you see that they were all human beings like yourself. What do I mean when I say they were human beings? Well, they were products of their psychology, their psychological conditions. They had a certain psychology and so do you, so does everyone else. What was special about this or that person, they had a certain psychology.

Now, if you look at the psychology of these inventors or forerunners, or whatever you call them, you can very quickly begin to identify certain trends. You will often see that they were very unbalanced people. You will see, that there are psychologists or coaches, business people who think that this was an advantage. They had an obsessive compulsive personality and this was what drove them to continue to try and try until they achieved their results. Some people think that this is actually beneficial psychology. But from a spiritual perspective, it obviously is not. It is a very unbalanced psychology driven by these separate selves, that often go back to the birth trauma, or it is even fallen beings that became inventors. Because fallen beings are often completely obsessive compulsive. You could argue that their entire psychology, everything in their psychology is an obsession and a compulsion.

When you see this as an ascended master student, then you can say: “Is this really what I want to emulate”? You can look at these people’s lives, and you can see that often they started out being somewhat able to focus on their work. But later they became completely unbalanced to the point where they could not even function in daily life, and they could not perform their work anymore. They literally, in many cases, went insane because they became so unbalanced. Often they were able to hide this, because now they had made some money and they could, like one famous aviator, isolate themselves in an ivory tower where nobody could see how insane they had become.

Nevertheless, you can see that there is a tendency that when people are unbalanced, they become more and more unbalanced until they literally cross the line to what you would call a form of insanity. We have seen ascended master students do the same. This is not what you want to emulate. You can look at this and you can say: “ I need to be careful that I do not become unbalanced, as I have seen these other people become unbalanced.” And how do you then avoid it?

Very simple. The imbalance comes from separate selves. There are always at least two separate selves that are fighting against each other, and it is what eventually creates such a division in the psyche that you become imbalanced, perhaps crossing the line to insanity. So, use our teachings, use our tools to identify those selves and see it, overcome it and then establish that balance, that inner peace, where you are not driven by a compulsion to do what you are doing. You are, as we have said flowing with the River of Life.

Now, in this respect there is a phenomenon that I wish to comment on. And it is that, there are ascended master students and many other spiritual people who have taken a certain spiritual teaching, a teaching about raising your consciousness, manifesting – whether it is Christhood, whether it is enlightenment, however it is portrayed in their teaching, but a higher state of consciousness. They have taken the teaching, they have studied it, they believe they have a good intellectual grasp of the teaching. The teaching has often prescribed certain spiritual exercises. It can be decrees, it could be chanting, it can be meditation, it can be whatever.

These people have then faithfully, and we might even say obsessive compulsively, performed these exercises and they have done it for quite some time. And there comes  that point where they start feeling, now I have attained something, I have raised my consciousness. So, now I actually have (as we say in this dispensation) Christ discernment. I have manifested a degree of Christhood. Perhaps they even think they have manifested the full Christhood. This is a very dangerous state of mind to be in, because when you go into this mindset of thinking that you have reached a certain level, you become unreachable. You become unreachable from both the Alpha and the Omega aspect.

In other words, there are no people around you who can tell you that you are not as smart as you think you are, because you will not listen. You will only look at how you can refute their arguments. At the same time, you also become unreachable to the ascended masters, because we also cannot show you that you have not achieved what you think you have achieved, that you are not manifesting full Christhood, that you still do have certain areas where your discernment is lacking, your discernment is unbalanced.

And what often happens in the minds of such people, is that they may intellectually understand what we have said about black and white thinking, but they fail to apply it to themselves. They actually think that Christ discernment means that you have a black and white view, where this is right, this is wrong, this is true, this is false, this is Christ discernment, this is not. They become very sure in their minds that they are right. But if you look at the psychology of these people, you will see that they have not used our teachings on the primal self to go back and resolve that primal self.

What now happens in the minds of these people, is that they become convinced that they have Christ discernment. They become convinced that a particular issue is the way they think it is, the way they see it, that they are right about the way they look at it. They take this stand, which they believe is the Christ stand where they for example decide this is right in this case. I will not give a specific example, you know them, if you are willing to look for them, “This is the way it is, this is right.” They now go out and declare it publicly, on Facebook or wherever and now they are trapped.

Because what have we said is the essence of the primal self? You came to earth with the best of intentions, you were hammered down by the fallen beings, this was so painful to you that you created a primal self. The first and foremost job of the primal self is to make sure that you can never experience that kind of pain again. What does this mean? It means you could never be wrong again, in an absolute way. The fallen beings portrayed and made you believe that you were wrong in some ultimate absolute way, some black and white way. You created the primal self and it has one job, and it is like a computer, it will keep doing its job. “I could never be absolutely wrong.”

Now, we have said before, you could never have the same pain again that you had at your cosmic birth trauma, because by the fact that you had it once, you know what it is and therefore it can never be as bad again.  It could never be as big of a shock, as big of a contrast, between a natural planet and an unnatural planet. In a sense, we could say that the birth trauma for an avatar, is simply to experience the contrast between a natural and an unnatural planet. It is something you just have to experience. It is like they say – when you are standing there in the spring in your bathing suit, wondering whether to jump in or not, that you just have to jump into the water because it is cold at first, but then you get used to it. Well, that is kind of what it is like coming into embodiment on an unnatural planet, only it is of course, much more painful.

And so the primal self is created to perform an unnecessary task. That is why it needs to be resolved, because it is completely unnecessary, you have no use for it really. But as long as it is not resolved my beloved, it colors everything you do, the way you look at yourself in relation to planet earth, it colors it completely. The primary task of this self is to make sure you can never again be wrong in this black and white way.

Well, first of all we have said the duality consciousness, the black and white thinking is unreal and therefore you are not really wrong. It is the fallen beings who create a completely artificial impression that you were wrong. It is an illusion. But of course, the primal self does not see this, it is like a computer doing its task “I can never be wrong in an absolute way.”

How can the primal self achieve this? Well, first of all, it is an impossible task, because in the duality consciousness anything can be proven by denying enough contrary evidence. There can always be someone who comes up and accuses you or creates some kind of situation, and the fallen beings are experts in creating these situations where it seems like you are wrong. Now, of course, you can then deny this and the primal self can deny this. But how does it do it? Again, by ignoring, by denying certain evidence. The fallen beings, their psychology is based on denial and what they manage to do to you is, you create a primal self that is also based on denial.

Now, come back to the present embodiment. You have gotten yourself into thinking that you have applied the teachings, you have attained some level of Christ discernment, and now you take one of these stands. “This is right.” What then is your greatest fear? That the issue that you have declared “This is the truth” that this could be proven wrong. Because it is not about the issue anymore. It does not really matter with the issue. What matters is your feeling, your need to not be proven wrong, that is all that matters. And then you go into this very defensive state of mind based on denial where no matter what anybody says to you, you cannot see it, you will not see it. This is what we have seen happen to not a large number of students in this dispensation, but a few in this dispensation and many in previous dispensations.

And the effect of this is what? These students have made some progress, they have reached a certain level on the spiritual path. But now they stop, they cannot go on because they cannot get beyond this reaction of denial. My beloved, there is a certain phase of Christhood where you start having some discernment. You can see: “Oh! This is clearly something that is not in accordance with a higher reality.” You would say at that level, “This is clearly wrong.”

You can see that most people have very little Christ discernment. They have no ability to discern between this or that. And then there comes a phase where you start having some Christ discernment but you are still colored by the black and white thinking of the duality consciousness. You can only conceive of this in terms of right and wrong. This is right, this is wrong, this is true, this is false. And that is why you then declare these, you make these absolutist declarations. “This is true.” And once you have made this and you think you make this based on Christhood, you cannot bear if this was proven wrong. You cannot bear to admit that you took a wrong stand. You must continue to defend it, often for the rest of this lifetime, which means you cannot progress.

There is a very clear dividing line, between students who actually manifest higher degrees of Christhood and those who do not, and it is your willingness to admit that you were wrong. Now, just look at the planet you are on. Take the many teachings we have given, the fallen beings have created numerous illusions based on the duality consciousness. We have told you so many things about the duality consciousness, how it can take one particular idea and exclude other ideas and make it seem like this is absolutely right. The fallen beings have created so many of these ideas. You have grown up in a society, how could you possibly have avoided being affected by some of these ideas, both in this lifetime and in past lifetimes?

We are not requiring our students to fulfill some unrealistic standard. We are not saying to our students, “Now you have found an ascended master teaching, from now on you must never be wrong.” We have never said this. On the contrary, we have given you opportunity after opportunity to overcome this entire mindset of right and wrong. What is it that you have when you have an opinion, a viewpoint, a standpoint, when you take a stand and say “this is truth and the opposite is error.” What is that? It is something that exists in your four lower bodies, primarily in the emotional, mental and lower identity bodies.

Is this who you are? Well, if you have grasped the teachings about the Conscious You, you know it is not. Why would you, the Conscious You who is pure awareness, be fully identified with one of these opinions that exists in the emotional and mental bodies? Why would you think this is you? Why would you think that your survival, or at least your psychological  survival, depends on this idea being right? Well, you, the Conscious you cannot think this way. It can only think this way when it is looking at life, looking at itself through that primal self.

But what have we also told you? You have the ability to step outside of this, you have the ability to step outside and see that Christhood is a gradual process. We have never said anything else. There are students who still believe that it should be like flipping a switch, and from one moment you are not the Christ and the next moment you flip the switch, you find that secret switch, and now you are the Christ. It has never worked that way. You gradually become the Christ by making decisions, by looking at them, by evaluating them and making better decisions.

You have never had a person who attained Christhood who was always right. You become the Christ by making decisions, looking at them, admitting when they were not the highest possible decisions and then learning from that, making higher decisions. That is how you become the Christ. But some students still think it is the black and white, you are either the Christ or you are not the Christ. Therefore, once you have taken a stand that you believe is based on the Christ consciousness, you must not be wrong, because then you are not the Christ.

Well, my beloved, you really are not the Christ – ever, as long as you are in embodiment. Because there is always some illusion you have not seen and therefore you are not fully the Christ. Christhood is not an absolute state. It is a gradual process and it will be ongoing as long as you are in embodiment. This, the Conscious You is capable of grasping, if you are willing to step outside, to make an effort to step outside, or rather to stop making an effort, and allow yourself to step outside the primal self.

As long as you are looking at the situation through your primal self, you cannot grasp it. There is a very simple dividing line here. If you do not grasp or accept what I am saying here, it is because you are looking at this dictation through your primal self. Very, very simple. Because if you are not looking at it through your primal self, you will not be identified with the need to always be right.

And so, you go back to these inventors and you see the same psychology in many of them. Especially when they were in the realms of politics, philosophy, some kind of area of society, they had this need to be right. But you see it in many scientists as well, who have a need to be right, for example about materialism. Or, you can look at Einstein, who had an absolute need to be right about quantum mechanics, that it was not the final theory. Well, of course it was not the final theory, nothing is the final theory, but not the way Einstein saw it. You see that many of these people, they had some barrier in their mind. We have talked about barriers in the collective consciousness, you see many, many people because of their unbalanced psychology, they have a barrier in their mind, “I cannot go beyond this, because this is absolutely right.”

The moment my beloved, the moment you allow your mind to think “this is right, this is the absolute truth”,  at that moment, you have created a barrier that your mind cannot cross until you break down the barrier. And then you are not the open door are you? Because what if I had an idea that I wanted to give you that was beyond this absolute truth that you have a greater nuance, a greater understanding. An idea that was at a completely different level that made all of the previous understanding on the topic obsolete.

There were scientists in the 1800’s, who had a barrier in their mind. The world is made of two completely separate substances matter and energy. If Einstein had had the same barrier, he would not have been able to receive the theory of relativity. But Einstein had a barrier that made it impossible for him to receive the theories of quantum physics. Other scientists were open to this. But to this day, no scientist has been open to receiving the idea that will take science beyond quantum physics, because of course there is something beyond quantum physics.

There are still ascended master students who believe that the Golden Age of Saint Germain is some absolute goal that will be achieved in a black and white way, in the sense that up until a certain point, we do not have the golden age society, but there comes a point where now we have the golden age society, now it is manifest in its final form, and it will then remain that way for the rest of the Aquarian Age. I have talked about it before, but many have not grasped it, that this is not the way it is. The golden age society is an ongoing, unfolding process. It will continue beyond the next two thousand years. But for the next two thousand years I will be the overseer, and then another ascended master will take over and take society even higher.

And so there is always more to grasp, always more to know. But if you think you have the absolute truth and that you have this because you have Christ discernment, you do not have the absolute truth, you have an absolute barrier. Because to your mind, this seems absolute and you dare not go beyond it. Because if you did go beyond it, if you did admit that this was not the absolute truth, what is it you fear? You fear being plunged back into the pain of your birth trauma, and you think you cannot bear it, even though you can. So, you are stuck, you are trapped, you are in a catch 22, you are crucified in your own mind by your own mind.

Who put you on the cross? Who hammered the nails into your hands and feet? Well, your separate selves did. But does the Conscious You have hands and feet? No, it is pure awareness. It is just a matter of realizing, “Hey! I don’t have a body that can be nailed to the cross. I can just shift right out of it.” But what does this require you to do? It requires you to acknowledge, “ I did not have the highest possible view of this situation, there was more to understand.”

For some of you, this will be painful. And those of you who have made the most progress, are the ones who have been willing to go through this pain, to go into the pain, to look for the separate self behind the pain, to look for the belief, to resolve it and let it go. This is how you can become free of the pain.

But there is a period where you cannot become free of the pain without looking at it. And you cannot look at it without feeling the pain. You must be willing to go through this. If you keep walking around it, then you cannot go through it. You cannot walk around it and go through it at the same time. You cannot have your cake and eat it too. It is impossible. But what does the pain come from? It comes because you got yourself into thinking that you had Christ discernment, and you were right about this issue. Could you not consider changing that viewpoint? Could you not consider accepting that Christhood is an unfolding process?

There are no absolutes in Christhood. You understand what I just said my beloved? Perhaps you do not but you can come to understand. There are no absolutes in Christhood. Many people will object to this. If you were to tell this to the students of previous dispensations, they will say this is a false teaching, this must come from the false hierarchy, this can only be an impostor of Saint Germain because of course there are absolutes in Christhood, that is what Christhood is all about, giving us the absolute truth compared to all the lies and manipulations of the fallen beings.

You understand perhaps, perhaps you do not understand, but you can come to understand that there is a difference between the duality consciousness of the fallen beings and ongoing raising of awareness. In the duality consciousness, everything is relative, relative to what? In the duality consciousness, everything is relative to something else in the duality consciousness. Only that something else is not seen by the duality consciousness as relative, it is seen as absolute. So, in the duality consciousness, everything is relative, everything is unreal, but for those trapped in the duality consciousness, there are certain things that seem to not be relative, they seem to be absolute. The duality consciousness elevates certain relatives to the status of absoluteness and then all the other relatives are relative to that absolute. That is how the duality consciousness deceives.

So, yes everything is relative, and everything the fallen beings come up with is a relative truth. But I am not saying that everything in the Christ Consciousness is relative in the same way. What I am saying is that Christhood is an interim stage. It is an interim stage between the human consciousness where you are trapped in duality and the ascended state. In the ascended state, you are not in Christhood, strictly speaking, you are in the ascended consciousness, which is a fundamentally different state of consciousness than what you see on earth.

Christhood is a series of steps that brings you from the human consciousness to the ascended state. But even in the ascended state, there is progress as we have said towards higher levels of consciousness. I am an ascended master, I am a Chohan, I have attained the Buddhic consciousness. But my beloved, when I travel to some of the higher realms and meet these masters, like Surya, the Great Divine Director, Alpha and Omega, I am in total awe of their level of consciousness. And I know very well that I have not manifested the highest possible level of consciousness, there is so much more to strive for. I also know I can attain this, but that it will take a considerable amount of what you call time.

Christhood is a process of qualifying for your ascension. Once you are in the ascended state, you do not really need what we call the Christ mind. Because you do not need to discern between the relative and that which is not relative. You see that Christhood is a process that takes you to ever higher levels of consciousness until you reach the 144th level and can ascend. You still grow in the ascended realm, but it is not through the Christ mind, because the Christ mind is the mediator between unascended and ascended. If you, you, my beloved, you, if you do not grasp this, you cannot fulfill your highest potential in this lifetime. It cannot be done. If you set up these absolutes, and you stop there, you will not achieve the parts of your divine plan that are beyond that barrier.

What will have limited you? Was it the fallen beings? Was it the ascended masters who suddenly left you behind and did not want to give you any more ideas? Nay, what limited you was you, your psychology, your separate selves. But they are of course not you. So, it was not really you that limited you. It was the outer you that limited the outer you, but you allowed it to happen.

My beloved, the reality of Christhood is that if you are not willing to be wrong, you cannot be right. It is not necessarily that your viewpoints need to be viewed as right or wrong. But as I said there is a phase on the path where this is the only way you can see it. And that is why you get yourself into this trap of thinking that when you take an absolute stand, and if it is proven wrong, then you are wrong. But you are not wrong. You just made an experiment. Yes, you made it more difficult for yourself by declaring that you were absolutely right and you do not need to do this, but it was all you could do at the time.

The question is do you want to keep defending this illusion that you were absolutely right, and that this is Christhood? Or do you want to just admit, “Well, you know, I thought I was in Christhood but I was not really, there are higher levels of Christhood, there is more to understand about this.” Then you can move on. And you can more quickly, once you realize this dynamic, make progress on the path to Christhood. This messenger has said many times that there is no viewpoint he holds today that could not be expanded upon by a higher understanding. He knows he may tomorrow come across some idea out there that will expand his present understanding. He knows that we of the ascended masters could at any moment give him something that would expand his understanding.

What I want you to do here is watch carefully your reaction to when I say this. Is there in your mind this thought that “Aha, then the messenger will one day come to see what I see about this topic. Then he will one day see that I was right. He just has not gotten there yet”. But my beloved, this is your reaction, in your consciousness. You will not make progress on your path by changing the messenger’s mind or anybody else’s mind. You will make progress on your path, only by changing your mind. Do you not see the irony here? You claim to be a spiritual student, you are walking the spiritual path. What is the essence of the spiritual path? It is, you go from one level of consciousness to another. What does it take to go from one level of consciousness to another? You have to be willing to change your mind.

What sense does it make that you claim to be walking the spiritual path, but there are certain topics where you think you have an absolute view and therefore you are not willing to change your mind. It is cognitive dissonance. It is an illusion, it blocks your growth. My beloved, in a sense you could say that Christhood is about overcoming selfishness. But there are many enigmas on the path. In a sense, you could say that in order to overcome selfishness, you have to go through a period where you are completely selfish. So, look at yourself and say: “What is the most important thing I can do for my personal growth? It is to stop thinking that I have to change other people and focus exclusively on changing myself”. That is how you make the most progress on your path. What does it profit a man that he changes the minds of all people in the world, but has not changed his own mind? And the same for a woman.

If you have an absolute in your mind, how can you be the open door for Saint Germain’s Golden Age? You look at everything that humankind knows today, you will get all of the knowledge that has been accumulated over these past few centuries of the scientific age. You would be overwhelmed by how vast and complex it is compared to what they knew a few hundred years ago. There is not one single thing in all of this knowledge that is an absolute, there is not one single thing that could not be expanded upon, or even replaced by a higher understanding.

Everything that human beings think they know, is just one particular way to look at the universe and how it works. It is just one explanation among many possible. The explanation you have today has certain limitations, because it is based on certain premises. And the premises always set a limitation to how high the theory can go. This is the basic fact, the basic realization about the expansion of knowledge. You must, you can do nothing else, you must start out with some foundation for your worldview.

You go back, you look at philosophies, you look at theories, you see that they always define certain initial conditions. This is what we believe is reliable knowledge that we can base our theory upon. You cannot do anything else. But, you need to recognize that when you formulate those basic conditions, these basic truths, these self-evident truths, it is based on your present level of first, understanding of the world and second your level of consciousness.

You can only see what you can see based on your level of consciousness. And you can only express what you can see based on your understanding of the world, the language of concepts, words and ideas that you are using. Before the scientific age, they had a certain worldview, a certain way of looking at the world, and based on this they formulated certain theories. Go back to the Greek philosophers and see how they had a certain worldview, based on this they formulated certain theories. But now, so many years later you can see the limitations of those theories and the worldview that they had, because it has been expanded and you know more about the world.

There is always the danger in every age that they think we have reached the highest possible stage. We now have the final truth about how the universe works. This theory is the final theory, this is an absolute natural law. What is the greatest limitation today for the manifestation of the golden age? It is science itself, or rather, the unwillingness of scientists to think beyond what they think is their absolutes. It can be materialism as an ideological overlay, but also specific theories. Just take one example of this, the second law of thermodynamics, the first law of thermodynamics. Both of these laws relate to energy. Energy in any interaction is always conserved, you cannot get more energy out of a process than you put into it. At the same time, entropy will increase in a closed system until it reaches the lowest possible energy state.

Well, these laws were formulated at a time when technology was much more primitive, much more imprecise than it is today. Have they truly been questioned? Have they truly been re-examined based on modern technology? Have they been measured? Have you experimented? Or do you just assume that they are still absolute laws? As we have said, scientists have used the second law of thermodynamics to reason that the entire material universe is a closed system. But cosmologists have observed that the universe is expanding at an ever increasing rate. And this expansion must be driven by energy, so if the universe is a closed system, where does the energy come from that drives the expansion? Instead, the universe should have been in a steady process of deceleration since the Big Bang.

Of course, as we have told you, the simple answer is that the material universe is not a closed system but is part of a bigger energy system. There is constantly energy streaming into the material universe from these higher energetic realms, higher vibrations that are being lowered into the spectrum of the material universe. Well, does that mean that you could never get more energy out of the process that you put into it? Of course not. If you can learn to harness the energy that is constantly streaming into the material universe from a higher source, well then you can have free energy as it is called. Can you not already do this by harnessing the energy of the sun? Are you here on earth, putting anything into the sun in order to receive the sunlight? If you look at the earth as an energy system, then sunlight does not conform to the first law of thermodynamics.

Of course you can say well, the earth is not a closed system that is why it receives sunlight from the outside, yes, yes, yes, of course. And if you keep going up towards the universe as an entirety, you will see that it is not a closed system either. That is why there is expansion. You see again, why do scientists have this belief in these absolute laws, these absolute barriers? Because scientists are human beings and human beings are psychological beings, and they are driven by their psychology. They also have the same dynamic, the fear of being proven wrong. Once a person has declared: “Materialism is an absolute truth, there is not and cannot be anything beyond the material universe.” He goes into that exact same dynamic, of fearing to be proven wrong and he will resist even scientific discoveries that proves his theory wrong.

My beloved, the biggest obstruction to science is not religious people. Or at least not the religious people who follow the Christian religion or other religions. The biggest obstruction to science is religious people who follow the religion of materialism. That is the biggest obstruction I face as I am sitting here in the ascended realm, not really sitting, but being, and I am looking at how can I release the ideas that will take the planet to the next level. If you step back from planet earth today, if you look at planet earth as an entirety and say: “We can go back in time, we can see that there have been certain stages in the evolution of earth, there has been a certain progress, there was a certain jump from this to the next, that has brought society forward.”

There was a time when people had not discovered fire. The discovery, in other words, the release of the energy, the knowledge of fire, was a major step forward. There was a time where people were hunter gatherers, they had not discovered agriculture, agriculture was a major step forward. Then there was a time where they could only use animals or human power to produce work. The discovery of the steam engine was a major progress, then electricity, then fossil fuels and the combustion engine, then the nuclear fuel and nuclear reactors. You can see that what can actually drive the progress in society? What determines how far a society can go? Well, it is the energy sources to which you have access, how much energy do you have to drive progress in society.

You can see based on this when you project this into the future, that it just does not make any logical sense that you have reached the apex for energy production, that there is no higher forms of energy production. But what you have reached the apex of, is the production of energy through force based means. Where you take something and you break it down, you burn it, you explode it, you split the atom, you use force to free the energy that is stored in what you call matter, and then you use that energy to perform work. Why have you reached the limitations of this? Because this form of energy production is subject to the first law of thermodynamics, the conservation of energy. You cannot get more energy out of a force based process, than is stored in the matter you are breaking down. That is correct. But given that the universe is not a closed system, it is indeed possible to step beyond this force based approach. And this is the next logical step for the progress of the human race, for the progress of society.

Technology that harnesses unlimited energy, energy that is not stored in matter, and does not have to be released by force because it is available in means that are not force based. This is the next logical step that the planet needs to make. It is a giant leap. It is a giant leap in consciousness. And what is the biggest limitation I face in terms of taking the planet through this? You realize I hope, that I have all of the knowledge, all of the ideas right here ready to release, the knowledge is there. The earth was round when people thought it was flat. The atom was there before it was discovered. Free energy is here, even though it has not been discovered.

What is the biggest limitation I face in releasing this knowledge? It is that so many scientists have created an absolute in their mind that this is impossible, that this is a hoax, that this cannot be. Why have they created this? Because if there is a source of energy beyond the material universe, then materialism is wrong. And they will not entertain the idea that materialism could be wrong. Therefore, they are willing, even though they may not realize this consciously, but they are willing to hold the planet in a much lower state just to defend their idea. It is exactly like the Catholics that they so abhor, who were willing to keep society in a medieval state in order to defend the infallibility of Catholic doctrine. They are doing the exact same thing.

Why are they doing the exact same thing? Because they are the exact same people who are sitting now in the scientific establishment, who were a few hundred years ago sitting in the Catholic establishment. They are doing exactly today what they did back then, upholding an absolute idea and defending it with all means available to them. Do you see why I do not want you, who are our direct students, to fall into that same trap? Do you see why I want as many people as possible around the world who attain this openness to these new ideas, that are beyond the status quo?

There is a famous book about the structure of scientific revolutions, that says that for a time, scientists are simply expanding on the present paradigm. But it comes time where this has gone as far as it can go, and now it is necessary to question the paradigm and expand the paradigm. Well, this is exactly the situation faced by science today. Not only in regards to energy technology, but to many other things. In fact, all other aspects of society. So much progress, so much research has been done that you have almost reached the limits of what can be discovered in the present paradigm.

This paradigm is bulging at the seams, threatening to burst but it has not burst yet, because not enough people who are part of the scientific field have opened their minds to these new ideas. Will it happen? Yes, of course it will. Can you who are ascended master students speed the process along? Yes, either directly if you have some experience with the field, or by making the calls for it. I am not saying that if you have some standing in the scientific community, you will need to go out and promote ascended master ideas. I am again telling you to be balanced, take one step at a time, one idea at a time that brings society forward.

You do not need to attain everything in one afternoon. You need to take it very gradually and say: “What are people open to? What could explain some of the questions we have? How might we conduct new research one step at a time, rather than this revolutionary approach where it is all or nothing. It has to happen all right now or it is no good.” This is the black and white approach that we have done so much work, given so many teachings to help you transcend. And we sincerely hope that you can transcend it, because it is not the black and white approach that provides me with an open door, it closes the door, either from one side or the other. It is the balanced approach, the middle way, that is the open door.

With this, I have given you a very long, very complex discourse that you will need to study many times, listen to many times, listen beyond the intellectual mind to truly gain the full benefit from. I leave it up to you of course, whether you want to benefit from this, or whether you want to brush over it like some of you do with our dictations just looking for something new, something exciting that can make you appear as the wise ones among men. We know that many of you are truly our sincere students. We know that many of you are open, and you may sit there and feel, is he talking to me? Is he talking about me? Well, yes and no.

There are of course students who are more unbalanced, whose minds are more closed. But all of you can benefit from these ideas because you are at a certain level of consciousness right now. You are closed, your mind is closed to certain ideas that are beyond that level. But how will you receive them? How will you rise to the next level? Only by opening your mind, by questioning what you now know, what you now think. The most constructive thing you can do as an ascended master student is realize that you do not have the full grasp, the full understanding of the teachings of reality. That is why you are in a movement based on progressive revelation. How will you receive progressive revelation unless your mind is open to a progressively higher understanding.

You may listen to progressive revelation with the outer mind without grasping it. But in order to truly internalize it, and allow it to raise your consciousness, you have to be open. That there is always something beyond, and once you get there, you will feel very relieved. But of course, how do you get there? Only by resolving that primal self that somehow got fixated on an absolute. As long as you have the primal self, you will have a need for some absolute in your mind, in the world, and as long as you have that, your path will be a struggle. You are struggling between opening your mind to a higher understanding and holding on to the absolute. And we wish all of you would come to that resolution, where you have let the primal self die so you can accept there is no absolute, there is nothing I need to hold on to. It is as this messenger realized many years ago “It is not what I hold on to that will get me to the ascended state. It is what I let go of that will get me to the ascended state”.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. I am grateful for your attention, that so many people have been willing to tune in to this conference. I have used your chakras as broadcasting stations to broadcast this message far and wide into the collective consciousness. It has already awakened some people in various fields that were right on the precipice of making a new discovery, accepting a new idea. And so, it has already had an effect, and the effect will continue to spread as rings in the water. I hope you will allow yourself to be carried along with those waves on the water, that are spreading out from the center that I am. Saint Germain I AM, the Hierarch of the Aquarian Age I AM. The architect of the Golden Age I AM.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

What life experience do you want?


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Maitreya through Kim Michaels, October 2, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I AM the Ascended Master Maitreya. I have often been called the Great Initiator but this, of course, is something that needs to be understood. Great is a word that has many connotations on earth often invoking a comparison to those who are not so great. My intention is of course not to be seen as greater than any other ascended master, for these comparisons have no meaning in the ascended realm but I do fulfill a certain role in that it is my task to help people pass what we might call the overall general universal initiations.

I would like to begin this discourse by quoting what we inspired Shakespeare to write so many years ago: “There is a tide in the affairs of men, which taken at the flood leads on to fortune.” I ask you to consider and to visualize the ocean. I know some of you live far from the ocean but you have either seen the ocean or you have certainly seen videos, movies, recordings, of the ocean. I ask you to visualize that you are standing before or you are sitting upon a vast ocean. The ocean is calm. The ocean is calm but there is still a gentle wave that rolls in once in a while with a regular interval. A wave comes rolling and it lifts a boat that is on the ocean or rolls onto the shore, not with a breaking wave, not with a crashing sound but just a gentle sound up the beach, back out before the next wave comes.

You see that even though the surface of the ocean is calm because there is no wind driving it there is still a wave action. These longer gentle waves from a storm that has long passed are moving the ocean up and down. Now I ask you to mentally step even further back from the ocean and realize that beyond these waves there is the tide, which over time, over a longer time span raises the entire ocean. You have a wave on the ocean but even that wave is being lifted by the tide or it sinks back down with a tide. The wave is still there up and down but there is a greater movement up and down than the wave and it is the tide.

This image has many implications for life on earth. You will see for example, that if we take this image and apply it to the situation that most people face today, they are not sailing on in their daily lives a calm ocean with big gentle waves. They are sailing on a turbulent ocean with many, many small waves that are quite chaotic, that give them and their boat an abrupt movement, some side to side, that is tossing them back and forth. Many people eventually come so close to a shore that the waves start crashing and their boat crashes against the shore. This is the situation that most people find themselves in today and why is this so?

It is because there are so many things impinging upon their minds, so many thoughts, so much information, so many opinions they have to evaluate and adjust to either accept or reject. Everything is being more polarized. There are such strong opinions being communicated through social media or in other ways that people feel obligated to put their attention upon and to have some kind of opinion: “Am I for or against this? Am I for or against that? Is this right, is this wrong?”. All of these things that are impinging upon people’s attention today.

How can you walk the path of initiation in this environment? Well, the simple answer is you cannot. Nobody can walk the path of initiation in such an environment. What does this mean for you who are spiritual students? Well, as we have talked about before, you need to decide what you put your attention upon. Do you have to read every post on Facebook? Do you have to have an opinion about every issue that comes up in the day?

You see, my image of the ocean and the tide shows you that even when the ocean is chaotic and has these many turbulent waves, there is still the tide that lifts the entire ocean and takes it back down. Most people today, especially because of their phones, their computers, their exposure to various kinds of media, websites, social media whatever you have, their attention is so scattered that all they see are the small turbulent waves. But what happens to the turbulent waves when the wind stops blowing? Well, they very quickly die down.

If you look at society in a longer perspective, how important are all of these issues? In the long run, in a long perspective how important are these issues that may seem very important today or yesterday or tomorrow but in the long term, how important will they be? What I seek to give you here is that when you are a spiritual student, you need to be very selective with your attention. You need to evaluate, what is important for me, for my spiritual growth, for the fulfillment of my divine plan? I only have so much attention. I need to be careful what I place it upon and you will see that if you are a spiritual student, it is more advantageous for your long-term growth that you do not allow yourself to be pulled into these temporary issues, but you focus on the more longer trends, the trends that in the long run will make more of a difference.

You may say when you look at the ocean, that when you are standing there looking at these turbulent waves, they do attract your attention and they may seem they are very important but compared to the tide that lifts the entire ocean, how consequential are they? So you have a tide in the affairs of men that gives long-term change and you have the turbulent waves that have no long-term effect. They are not important in the long term. Be careful how much time and how much attention you spend on these short-term issues. What is a short-term issue?

Well, you need to decide that for yourself but you need to recognize that what has happened with the advent of the Internet and especially with social media is that people’s attention span has been shortened dramatically. If you put much of your attention on this, your attention span has been shortened dramatically. Your attention has become addicted to stimulation. There always needs to be something new, something different, something that gives you a stimulation in the moment but has no lasting effect or value. You cannot live, you cannot walk the spiritual path as a person who is focusing on these short-term issues.

In the long term, how important is the issue of wearing a mask, getting vaccinated, who is president of this or that country? All of these issues, are they important in the long term? I understand that some will say yes but I am asking you to step back and consider how important are they for your long-term spiritual growth so how much attention should you put on them? How much attention should you put on these issues? You understand, perhaps you do not understand, but you can come to understand that one of the primary ways that the fallen beings seek to derail people on the spiritual path is to pull them into fighting some battle or other, not necessarily a war, but some battle for against this or that issue but the issues are not long term, they are not really consequential for what happens in society.

How do you as a spiritual student envision your long-term growth? How do you envision that you rise to higher levels of the spiritual path? Well, as Sanat Kumara explained, you are right now at a certain level. You cannot see very far ahead. You cannot really, right now, envision what your state of consciousness will be like when you climb 10, 20, 30 steps on the path. That is why it is important not to focus undue attention on what seems important to you at your present level. Why does a particular issue seem important to you at your present level? Because you have some kind of illusion that makes this issue seem so important. When you rise some steps on the path and you will overcome that illusion, how do you think the issue will seem to you at that time? Not very important, certainly not as important as it does now.

You may think, oh, but this is an important issue and it will always be important to me. Well, then, you have done exactly what Sanat Kumara said, you have decided with your outer mind, how you are going to look at life at a higher level of consciousness. You have limited yourself so that you may attain a certain growth but your conscious mind cannot accept it and shift accordingly. This is what we strongly advise you to consider, especially those of you who find yourself having these very strong opinions about particular issues that are up in society and that it may seem important to many people right now but that will not seem so in the future.

You see, there is always a balance to be found when you are walking the spiritual path. One balance is between focusing on temporary issues or more long-term issues but there are many other aspects of this balance. Some of you have all of this lifetime had a certain sense of balance. You can look back your lives and even in childhood, you can see that you always had a reluctance to being pulled into what other children were into whether it was this or that playful activity or some fashion trend or wearing this or that clothes, you were always reluctant to go along with a crowd. You wanted to step back, have your own opinion, have your own view of things and not be swung back and forth by the trends in the collective consciousness. Many of you can see this.

Some of you can look back and say that you have not quite had this balance. You have had more of a tendency to be pulled into things by other people, by trends in society but then you can cultivate that balance and this is part of what the path is all about. You come to find a certain balance because you have made contact with something inside yourselves that is timeless. Sanat Kumara talked about the experience of pure awareness. Well pure awareness is timeless. In the long term, what really matters?

In the perspective of Saint Germain’s Golden Age, which is a period that will last for 2,000 years, what really matters of the issues that currently seem so important to so many people? A hundred years, two hundred years, five hundred years, a thousand years years into the golden age how important will it be whether people were wearing a mask or not, whether this or that person was president, whether some of these issues that seem so important to people today came to this result or that result? What will it matter? Well, it will matter no more to the people at that time than it matters to you who was emperor in the Roman Empire two thousand years ago.

You need to have a certain long-term perspective in order to be on the spiritual path because the spiritual path is a gradual climb. The more directly you can walk up the hill, the faster you will get there. Imagine that you have two people, they both have to climb the same hill, one goes pretty much straight up the other goes back and forth zigzagging all over the place and takes three times as long. Which person would you rather be? I am not saying you should be this or that, I am only explaining to you that you cannot be both. You cannot make the fastest possible progress on the spiritual path and allow yourself, your emotions, your attention your mind to be pulled into all of these temporary issues.

What does this have to do with a topic of being the open door? Well, you might say: “Well, certainly, I can be an open door for expressing opinions about these issues that are up in my time and what if that is part of my divine plan?” Well, if you strongly feel that it is part of your divine plan you should follow that feeling until you have a different feeling. But for the vast majority of you, your divine plan is more of a long-term plan. You have certain goals not only for your personal growth but also what you want to bring forth in this lifetime and they often relate to long-term issues.

Why do I say this? Because when you make your divine plan before this lifetime, you are looking at these long-term trends. You cannot predict exactly what is going to happen on Facebook in the year 2021. How could you predict this when you made your divine plan? Many of you made your divine plan when Facebook had not even been invented. Could it not be predicted something like that, yes of course, but the many details of what issues are brought up right now in today’s world could not be predicted so you did not make your divine plan to engage yourself in these short-term issues, you made it in order to have an impact on certain more long-term issues. You made your divine plan, not based on the temporary waves, but on the tide, the rising and the sinking of the tide.

What is one of the most important thoughts you can keep in mind about the spiritual path? It is what Jesus said: “In your patience, possess ye your souls.” What is the effect of the shortening of the attention span? It is that people have less patience than they had in previous decades or generations. But if you have no patience with yourself, how can you truly grow? Do you think that I as the initiator am swayed by the issues of the day? Or do you think I have a more long-term vision for how to raise you to a higher level of consciousness?

Naturally, I have the latter. I, we as ascended masters, are not concerned about many of these issues that are temporary, that do not have a major impact on the long-term trends. We are focused on the long term.  That is what will help you be an open door for the golden age. Certainly, there should be a lot of short-term ideas that are part of the golden age but you who are our spiritual students, you have the opportunity because you know the teachings and the path to focus on the long-term trends that have a bigger impact.

You have so much attention, what can you put it upon, what is important to you? This is not something that is forced upon you, I am not seeking to force this upon you. I am simply reminding you of what you yourself incorporated in your divine plan and one of the challenges is that when you come into embodiment, you can be swayed by all these temporary issues and ignore your divine plan. Consider this my reminder.

Now, I want to shift gears and talk about one of these general initiations that all of you face on the path. There has been a tendency, especially in previous ascended master dispensations, to think that initiations are temporary, they are in a specific situation. You are in a specific situation, how do you react to that situation? You can react in a higher way or a lower way and this is your test, this is your initiation. How do you react? And surely there is some value to this situation-based view of initiation. However, as the Great Initiator, my focus is on the long-term trends, the larger initiations on the spiritual path and there are certain larger initiations.

Now, I know that the linear mind always wants to do what the linear mind does. The linear mind wants to take the concept of 144 levels of consciousness and it wants to apply this and say: “Well, every initiation must be related to one of the 144 steps.” However, there are larger initiations that are not associated with one particular step. They are initiations that are more general on how you view the spiritual path. Certainly at the 48th level you have a certain vision of the spiritual path and at the 60th or 120th level you have a higher vision. But nevertheless, there are initiations that go beyond the 144 levels. I have attempted to explain some of these in my book, Master Keys to Spiritual Freedom. 

There are many people who have studied this book in Korea, some of you have grasped what I am talking about, all of you can come to grasp some of it. But I will mention one particular initiation here. We have said before, Jesus has explained, that we are like used car salesmen. In order to get you to come into the teachings, we have to give you something that appeals to you at your present level of consciousness. You are not ready to grasp these overall initiations, so we give you something. One effect of this is that, when you, and I am talking all of you, come into the teachings of the ascended masters, dedicate yourself to walking the path, there are certain things you are not ready to look at in yourself.

There are people who come in, they are not ready to look at anything in their psychology. They are still focused on doing the outer things, giving the decrees and invocations, studying the teachings and they think this will give them the growth they desire. We need to accommodate these people, at least for a time and allow them to come in, give the decrees and invocations, study the teachings, discuss in groups, and so forth but our hope is, of course, that they will at one point reach this major turning point on the path where they realize that spiritual growth means a change in consciousness and a change in consciousness cannot happen unless you consciously look at your psychology, look at your consciousness. You see the illusions you have, you overcome those illusions by seeing a higher reality. This is the only way that spiritual progress truly can happen.

You can make some progress by giving decrees and invocations, because you are clearing out the energies in your four lower bodies that are pulling you away from the spiritual path. But nevertheless, there comes that point where you will not make progress beyond a certain point, unless you recognize that the spiritual path involves looking at something in yourself, seeing it, and consciously choosing to let it go. To let that separate self die, to let the illusion go, to let your strong opinion go, to surrender. Basically, the essence of the path is to come to see something in yourself that limits you and then let it go, to surrender it.

However, this is also a phase because all of you, even when you make this shift and you acknowledge that you need to look at things in yourself, all of you, the messenger included as he well knows from his own path, there are certain things you are willing to look at and there are certain things you are not willing to look at, you are not ready to look at. And again, this is perfectly fine. We do not expect that you can come into the path and within a very short period of time you can make this very profound shift where you are now willing to look at anything in your psychology.

What does this mean? This means there is an interim period where you are open to looking at some things in your psychology but there are certain things you are not ready to look at and for many of you, the reason you are not ready to look at them is that it would be unbearable for you to acknowledge that you have this tendency in your psychology. I do not want to give you particular examples. I deliberately do not want to give you particular examples because it is quite individual, how this manifests. But all of you have, in past lives, maybe even in this life but certainly in past lives, come to accept a certain standard of what it means to be a spiritual person.

Think back to your past lives, you may not know what they are but how likely is it that in the past you have been involved with various spiritual or religious organizations? Then look at some of the religious organizations that are in the world today and imagine that you, for several lifetimes, were a devout Catholic. What kind of view of yourself would you have been programmed with by the Catholic Church or by the Hindu religion or by the Buddhist religion or by this or that spiritual movement?

It is inevitable that all of you, all of us who have been in embodiment on earth have come to take on a certain standard for what it means to be a spiritual person, how you should behave, how you should not behave. As we have explained many times, this is the primary weapon used by the fallen beings. All of these standards ultimately came from the fallen beings. They have only one purpose, to abort your spiritual growth and how does this standard abort your spiritual growth? Well, let us now say that a standard defines that, as a spiritual person you should never have done so and so.

I will give you one example here. As a spiritual person, you should never have killed another human being. Many people in this lifetime feel this way. Many spiritual people in this lifetime feel they would never kill another human being and they are right because in past lifetimes, you have risen above the level of consciousness where you would not kill another human being, not even in self-defense. You have simply risen above that consciousness where you can even consider killing another human being. So far, so good but what about past lives?

Look at this planet, look at this turbulent past. Is it realistic to think that you, for thousands upon thousands of years have been embodied in situations where you were never in a situation where you had to kill another human being, that you were never pulled into any wars, that you were never attacked by robbers who tried to kill you and you killed them in self-defense? How realistic is it that you could have lived on this planet for many lifetimes and not killed another human being? It is not very realistic which is one of the things that are explained, in a veiled way, in the book about My Lives (My Lives With Lucifer, Satan and Jesus) that you are all pulled into these dualistic battles, you were all pulled into fighting the fallen beings, one way or another.

Now, we have a person here who has this standard in his or her mind, that as a spiritual person I should never kill another human being. But in your subconscious mind you still have one or even several separate selves that were created in a very difficult, very dramatic, very chaotic, very violent time and these selves are programmed to believe that not only is it necessary to kill other human beings in certain situations, it is even justified to do so. Well my beloved, how are you ultimately going to qualify for your ascension? What have we said? You must let all of your separate selves die so if you have these separate selves that are related to killing another human being, they need to die. But how can you let them die if you are not willing to look at them?

And how can you look at them if you have this standard that as a spiritual person you should never have killed another human being and that having done so is the most terrible thing that could happen? And therefore you feel that if you were to acknowledge that in the past you have killed other human beings and you actually have these selves that think it is justified and necessary to kill other human beings, you would feel that you would have to condemn yourself so harshly, possibly in the most harsh way possible so how can you look at this? And if you cannot look at it how can you overcome it? That means you are at an impasse, you are at a stalemate.

You are not seeing certain initiations you have to pass, namely letting these selves die. You are not willing to see them. I am seeing these initiations because I see all of the initiations you need to pass. I see all of the separate selves that you have but you do not want to see them and you do not want me to see them either. You want to think that if you are not looking at them, I cannot see them either. What I am pointing out to you here is that there is a phase on the spiritual path where you as a spiritual student have certain things you want to hide from yourself and hide from me or whatever ascended master is your primary initiator. There is something you want to hide and again this is acceptable at a certain phase of the path but there comes a point where you cannot go beyond a certain level unless you deal with this very issue and I am not talking about specific issues. It is not just a matter of seeing that in the past you created certain separate selves related to killing other people and overcoming those selves.

The general trend that I am seeking to point out to you is this unwillingness to look at certain issues because you think you should not have them. And one of the most important turning points, one of the most liberating turning points you can come to on the spiritual path is where you make that shift and say: “I just want to get over this human consciousness so I am willing to look at any aspect of the human consciousness that I have left.” We have attempted to give you many, many teachings to facilitate this shift. I am not trying to put some kind of burden upon you that you should have made the shift or that you should make it in a split second. I am simply telling you, that for some of you this is the next step for you and what can then help you overcome this reluctance to look at things?

Well, what have we given you? Your true individuality is anchored in your I AM Presence, it has not been altered by anything you have experienced on earth. So far so good. In other words, regardless of what you have experienced on earth, what has truly been lost, what has gone wrong? As far as your true individuality and your I AM Presence, nothing has gone wrong. Your experiences on earth have given you, your I AM Presence, positive experiences that are stored in your causal body. Whatever you have experienced on earth, however dire the situation was, there was a positive learning experience that is stored in your causal body. What has gone wrong, what has been lost here?

What have we said also? The Earth is a reality simulator. Everything here is a simulated experience. Matter is changeable. There is nothing that is permanent. There is nothing that cannot be changed. There is no amount of karma that cannot be balanced. There is nothing you could do, there is no choice you could make that could not be replaced by making a more aware choice. We have given you so many teachings that are aimed at this one thing helping you make the shift where you say: “Does it really matter what I have done in the past? Does it really matter what selves I have left? Is it not all just part of the human consciousness?”

Look, earth is a very difficult planet. I have been in embodiment for many lifetimes on earth, in many different societies often chaotic, violent, turbulent. Is it not likely that I have experienced almost anything that human beings can experience on earth? Is it not likely that over those many lifetimes I have faced almost every possible situation one could face on earth? And is it not therefore logical that I have had to create separate selves in order to psychologically survive in those situations, in those environments. What else could I do? I was there, I was in a physical body, I could not run away from the body or the pain of the body or the torture of the body or the threats to the body. I had to do what I could do in order to survive, not just physically but even psychologically in that situation given the level of consciousness I had.

We have told you, you descended at the 48th level even if you came as an avatar that had a much higher level of consciousness on a natural planet, you still had to descend to the 48th level. That means you responded to situations on earth with a 48th level of consciousness. Maybe you descended below that. So what! This is allowed within the free will of earth. What is there, with all the teachings we have given you, what is there you could possibly have done on earth that would be so bad that you could not overcome it? And if you could not have done something that was so bad that you could not overcome it, how could you have done something so bad that you could not look at it? If you have done something that you can overcome and if the only way to overcome it is to look at it, how could it be so bad that you cannot look at it? All you need to do is look at it and then you can now be free from it. But if you do not look at it you will keep dragging it with you and it will keep weighing you down.

What is so bad about looking at it? What could be so bad about looking at it? Well, my beloved, it is because you have allowed the fallen beings to project their standard upon you and you have created a separate self that says: “As a spiritual person there are certain things I cannot have done. They are so bad that I could not possibly have done them.” Why have you created this self? Because the fallen beings have, as we have used before the expression: “hammered you down” in past lives and made you feel absolutely unworthy. Made you feel like you have done the worst possible mistake anybody could make, perhaps even made the worst possible mistake by coming to this planet and so forth.

In order to psychologically survive that birth trauma you had to create a self that said: “But I am not one of the worst persons on earth because there are certain things that I have not done that I could not do and therefore I can survive psychologically holding on to this belief that there are certain things I have not done or would not have done.” This is very easy to do because you have not done some of the things that the fallen beings have done. Do you understand what the fallen beings are doing? They are projecting upon you that you could not be the worst possible person on earth because it will be unbearable to you and then they are giving you an example of somebody who has done something worse than you have ever done so there is an easy out but the net effect of this is what?

You have created a certain self that says: “There are certain things that I could not have done as a spiritual person.” And this means there are certain things you cannot look at in your own psychology from past lives. You are simply afraid to look. There are two zones in your consciousness. There is a zone with issues you can look at because they would not cause you to condemn yourself and there is a zone, a forbidden zone of issues you cannot look at. You cannot even look at, have I killed people in a past life? Have I done this, have I done that? You cannot look at it. You cannot consider it. Now some of you, it may not be the issue of having killed other people. It can be many other issues and again here is where I do not want to be too specific because it is individual for each one.

But the thing is, this is a manipulated situation, manipulated by the fallen beings. You have been manipulated into creating this catch-22 in your own psychology. Now some of you might feel: “But I should never have allowed myself to be manipulated into this. I should never have allowed the fallen beings to manipulate me so I must be a bad person since I did this.” Some of you may even be unwilling to consider that you could have done this and deny the whole thing. But all of us who have been in embodiment have been manipulated by the fallen beings.

My beloved, listen to this: all of us who have been in embodiment have been manipulated by the fallen beings. Why is this? Because those of us who have embodied in this sphere do not have the experience, the sophistication or the aggressive intent of the fallen beings and we could not possibly imagine that there were beings who could be like the fallen beings before we encountered them. How could we have protected ourselves from the onslaught of the fallen beings? We had no frame of reference for beings who were like that. This is one of the effects of embodying on an unnatural planet.

We were told this before we came here but we could not in our minds really grasp it. Again, we had the courage to say: “Well, maybe I do not fully understand what I am getting myself into but I am willing to do it for the initiation that it can give me.” But then when we come down here and we are exposed to the fallen beings and their trauma we forget these intentions. We forget how it was to be up there on a natural planet and be all cool, calm and collected because now we are in the quagmire, the chaos of earth. We are tossed hither and yon by the waves. We forget about the tide and the long-term effects of why we decided to embody here, to help raise the earth.

It is all natural, it is all understandable, we have all done it. Every ascended master has done what you have done. Will you please accept this? Because then you can accept that we are ascended masters today because we overcame it and that means what one has done all can do so you can overcome it.

How do you overcome it? The same way as you overcome any other self, you have to take a look at it. You have to get in touch with what is the self in you, what is the standard you have that defines something that is absolutely unthinkable, absolutely unbearable, something you could never have done and therefore you cannot look at. Then you can decide with your conscious mind: “No, I have been on the spiritual path for some time, I have passed many initiations, I have overcome many selves, why should I not be able to overcome this self as well? It is just another self.” This messenger went through a period where he said this to himself over and over again: “It is just another self. It is unreal. It is not me, it is not who I am so why should I not look at it? What does it matter what selves I have? They are all unreal. It is all part of this human consciousness, this human nonsense, this human unreality.”

Do you understand my beloved, what I am saying? All of these separate selves are unreal. It gives no meaning to say that one form of unreality is worse than another form of unreality. This is of course the standard that the fallen beings have projected upon life on earth. Earth is a reality simulator. You are allowed to have any experience you want for as long as you want it. The purpose of having many experiences is to come to a point where you say: “I do not want this anymore.” Once you come to this inner resolution: “I do not want this anymore” you have passed the initiation of the reality simulator, that particular initiation.

What does it matter what experiences you have? They are all unreal. There is no standard in the reality simulator. The fallen beings have imposed a standard in order to trap you who are the avatars, the most advanced of the original inhabitants, those of you who are approaching Christhood, so that you, instead of just letting go will start analyzing, evaluating and judging yourself or other people.

Why do you see so many spiritual movements, including ascended master organizations, previous dispensations that had such a judgmental environment where everybody was judging everybody? Well, precisely because they had not seen through this standard of the fallen beings that there are some things that are better or worse than others. But if everything is unreal, how does better or worse relate? How do you overcome reality? Not by destroying what is evil or elevating what is good. You overcome unreality by letting go of both polarities that are defined by the duality consciousness.

What have we said before? The most difficult students to help on the spiritual path are those who believe they are doing everything right. They already understand the path. They know how everything should be done. They have never done anything wrong and therefore they are judgmental towards other people who are not doing what they are doing. Yes, it can be very unpleasant to look at a separate self and acknowledge: “I have a separate self that feels killing other people is justified” or any of the other numerous separate selves that relate to something that is clearly negative. But it is far more difficult to acknowledge: “I have a separate self that believes that if I am a spiritual person and I always do this and I never do that then God has to save me.” So many people have separate selves who have made this bargain with God: “God, if I do this and I do not do that then you have to let me into heaven.” And a separate self believes this, but of course this has no bearing on reality as Sanat Kumara said, none of this has changed spirit.

There are some of you who are afraid that you could have some negative selves that you could not bear to look at. There are some of you who have never even considered that you could have some positive selves that you think you do not need to look at because they are already perfect, they are already the way they should be. But, my beloved what have I just said several times? It is all unreality. It all has to go. You cannot take any of it with you to heaven. Many, many people have not understood this point. You can go and look at all spiritual movements out there and you can see that the vast majority of them are trapped in thinking this: you have to avoid or destroy the bad and cultivate the good and then you will go to heaven. There are a few spiritual movements that tell you otherwise and they tell you exactly, and some of them have been doing this for centuries, they tell you exactly what we are telling you in this dispensation.

It all has to go, what human beings called bad, what human beings called good. It is not a matter of destroying the bad and cultivating the good. It all has to go for you to enter heaven. This is one of the most important turning points you can come to on the spiritual path, where you fully acknowledge this. You fully acknowledge that all of your human consciousness, all of your separate selves have to go and the only way they can go is for you to look at them, not all at once, but a little bit here and a little bit there.

You see, as an initiator, I have quite a lot of experience helping human beings on this planet and I am quite skilled at presenting people with the initiations they are ready for and not overwhelming them. I will not overwhelm you. But many students come to this point on the path where they have looked at everything in the sphere of their consciousness that they are willing to look at and there really is not anything more for them to resolve. What does this mean? Does this mean they are home free? No. It means they have come to a point on the path where they feel very comfortable. They feel they are very spiritual precisely because they do not see anything in their psychology that is unresolved. But the reason they do not see it is that they are not willing to look into the forbidden zone and when they are at this point, I cannot help them. I cannot present them with these forbidden initiations because they are not willing to look at it and I do not violate their free will.

What does this mean? It means I essentially have to step back and wait until they are ready to look at something else. For some it does not take that long, for others it takes decades, the rest of a lifetime. I have seen many, many students, both ascended master students and in other spiritual movements, make considerable progress for a time by resolving the things in the zone that they are willing to look at, but then come to the point where they resolved everything in that zone and now they think they are home free. They think they have made it. They think they are very spiritual and they stagnate and they stand still at that level for the rest of that lifetime. Some go into the school of hard knocks, and get such hard knocks that they again become willing to look at something. But some manage, for decades, to stand still while feeling that they are advanced spiritual students.

What can we do to help such people? Nothing, no thing, because we respect free will. What does this mean for you? Does this mean you now have to say: “Oh is this me? Have I done this?” Well, it does mean that you can make a conscious decision and say: “Maitreya, show me the next initiation whatever it is. I am willing to see the next initiation, the next separate self I need to look at. I am willing to see it, whatever it is.” If you do not feel I am your primary master then say the same to whoever is your primary master. This gives us the authority and we will find some way to show you, perhaps directly from within as we have talked about, perhaps through other people or situations, but we will find some way to show you.

But what we hope, my beloved, what we hope for all of our advanced students, all those who have really applied themselves, who have been willing to look at everything in the open zone, we hope that you will all come to this shift where suddenly you realize, as I said: “It is all unreality, it all has to go, and nothing in unreality is really worse than anything else so what does it matter what I have?” What you do about this is you take the tension, the risk, out of facing your initiations. Can you not recognize that many of you have a certain fear about the spiritual path? You have a certain fear about the initiations you might have to pass or failing your initiations or facing the teacher or maybe the teacher will be harsh on you and will condemn you. But my beloved, what have we said so many times? It is only the fallen beings to judge and condemn you. We of the ascended masters, do not. What we want is for you to come to this point where the risk is gone, the fear is gone, you are just saying: “It is all human nonsense. Let me just look at it and be free of it instead of dragging it along. I have dragged it along long enough.” This is all we desire.

You all have the potential to make that shift. It does not matter what level of consciousness you are at, what level you are on the path, whether you are new or not new. You can still consciously make that decision that you want to take the risk out of the path, the fear out of the path because you are willing to look at it. We will not present you with an initiation you are not ready to face and that you cannot pass. True, there are certain initiations that you should not look at until you are at the higher levels of the path but we will not give those to you before you are ready for them, so what is the risk? The fallen beings have created the entire consciousness of the risk and the fear.

If you go back to the Summit Lighthouse there was fear in that organization. There was fear among the students, fear that they could fail their initiations. That was the best that could be done at the end of the Piscean Age but in the Aquarian Age, what room is there for fear? What need is there for fear? It is meant to be the age of the Holy Spirit. What does fear have to do with the Holy Spirit? The Holy Spirit bloweth where it listeth. Fear gives rise to the desire to control. You cannot control the Spirit so why do you need the fear? Why do you think the Spirit responds to fear? The Spirit does not respond to fear whatsoever. I do not respond to fear. I am not in fear. I have no fear in my entire being that is why I am ascended. I do not want you to have any fear in your entire being. Only the fallen beings want you to have fear because then they can control you.

What is there to fear on earth when everything is unreal? Why do you need to fear what is unreal? Why are there some aspects of unreality that you need to fear and some aspects of unreality that you need to long for? Why are there some you need to avoid and some you need to strive for? What sense does it make? It is all unreal. What could possibly happen to you that was so bad that you could not overcome it? Nothing. So why do you need to fear? I understand very well that you have selves that will object to this because they will come up with all kinds of reasons why there are things you do need to fear: “Just imagine what could possibly happen. You need to fear this.” But if you are willing you can use this projection from these selves to expose these selves and say: “Aha! You want me to be afraid! Well, that proves to me that you are a separate self so I am going to look at you. I am going to take this chance to ask Maitreya to show me the illusion here so I can let go of this fear. I can just let this self die and the fear dies with it.”

What is fear? What does fear project at you? There is a condition you need to fear and you need to either protect yourself from that condition or seek to destroy that condition. But what does it do? It focuses your attention on the condition not on the fear but the fear is not the condition. The map is not the territory as the saying goes. The fear is the problem. The condition is not the problem. The fear is what affects you because it is inside your mind. The condition is outside your mind. What have we said about the spiritual path? It is all about realizing that the things that are outside your mind cannot affect your mind unless you allow them to do so. The problem is the fear which is inside your mind through a separate self. You do not need to do anything about the outer condition in order to overcome the fear, you need to look at the separate self and say: “There is nothing to solve here. I am letting you die. Bye, bye.”

We have said this before. Did you get it before? Did you get it now? If not, ponder it. Listen again and again, read again and again, ask me to help you have that experience of snapping out of your normal state of consciousness, experiencing that pure awareness that is neither this nor that and therefore gaining that perspective that it is all unreal. Many of you have followed these teachings for a time. You are ready to make that shift if you have not already. For many of you it is just a small shift in consciousness and you shift out of this and you see it, the unreality. “Why do I fear what is unreal? Why do I seek to avoid looking at what is unreal? Why am I letting what is unreal limit me or even define me? Why am I letting the unreality of earth close my mind to the flow of the Spirit which is real?”

We have said before: nothing that is unreal can affect that which is real. What is real about you is what we have called the Conscious You and the I AM Presence. The outer personality, the physical body is not real compared to the core of your being. It is something you have taken on but it is not real and it is not the real you. You are real.

Again, we have given you a very esoteric message, a message with many layers, many facets. What is the purpose of a message like this? Something that many people have not understood, especially many people who have grown up in a Western culture with a very linear analytical mind. They think the purpose of any teaching is so that they can grasp it with a linear analytical mind but the purpose of an esoteric teaching, a mystical teaching, is to neutralize the linear esoteric analytical mind so that you can experience something beyond that mind.

We understand that our teachings are not easy to grasp, to categorize, to analyze. We see students who try to grasp them with a linear mind, who try to compare one teaching to another. They look for discrepancies and consistencies but this is misunderstanding the purpose of a spiritual teaching. The purpose of a spiritual teaching is not to give you an entirely consistent, coherent teaching about every aspect of how the universe works. The purpose of a spiritual teaching is to shift your consciousness, to shift people’s consciousness at whatever consciousness they are in, whatever illusions they are stuck in to give them something that can help them reach beyond.

Even if you had an entirely logical, rational, consistent teaching that explained every aspect of the spiritual path, how would that teaching help you take just one step up on the spiritual path? It is not by understanding from a distance that you shift in consciousness. Some students have not understood this, why have they not understood it? Because the linear mind cannot grasp the limitations of the linear mind so when a student is trapped in the linear mind, he or she cannot understand this. You can only grasp it when you have had the experience of something beyond the linear mind. If you have not had that experience, you can make the decision if you are willing to stop focusing on the outer teaching and interpreting it and evaluating it with a linear mind and use the tools and techniques we are given to seek to have that experience of something beyond.

Perhaps you need another teaching or another teacher to help you with this. There is nothing wrong with saying “I need something else” and you go there for a time. We have given a teaching through this messenger that, as any teaching must do, assumes that the students who come into that teaching are at a certain level where there are certain things they are ready to grasp. But there is no guarantee when you put something out on the Internet or in books that people cannot find that teaching before they are ready for it and therefore they can come into the teaching with a certain preconceived attitude that they want to fit the teaching into their existing view of the spiritual path. And this means that they cannot take advantage of the teaching, they cannot make use of the teaching because their minds are not open to it.

Now, their minds can become open if they are willing to make the decision but for some people it is better that they leave, that they go elsewhere at least for a time. We have not in this dispensation created any kind of culture that this is the highest or the ultimate teaching and that you should be in it and once you are in it you should stay in it and be loyal to the teaching or the masters or the messenger. We have deliberately not created this kind of culture. There is nothing at all to stop you from saying “I need something else, I am not grasping it in this teaching, I need something else” and then you go look for that.

But many of you, the vast majority of you, have come into the teaching because you are ready for it and that means you need to ponder, really ponder the things we have said especially during this year where we have talked so much about shifting your consciousness, making these subtle shifts in consciousness. And if you will ponder this you will find that your consciousness will shift if you will ask for our help and continue to use the tools to resolve these separate selves that are blocking you, that are closing your door. Many of you have reached that point where, what is keeping your door close to the flow of the spirit is that you have these separate selves that are in the forbidden zone that you have not been willing to look at. By taking this one teaching, truly internalizing it and deciding that you are willing to look at this, you can make major progress. You can make progress beyond what you can even imagine right now and this will open up so many avenues for you.

Now, I know this has been a long discourse but I still want to give you one more idea. There are many of you who do not have it in your divine plan that you should become teachers of any kind. I am not trying to set up an idea that all of you should become teachers, spiritual teachers or other kinds of teachers but there are certainly some of you who have it in your divine plan to become teachers of some kind. You teach something that relates to spirituality and spiritual growth. Many of you have struggled with how to implement this. Many of you who have found an ascended master teaching have felt a certain obligation or pressure to incorporate the ascended master teachings in what you are teaching in your field. Now, we have before attempted to take this pressure off of you by saying that it is not our goal to convert people, to recognize this messenger, this particular teaching or become members of a certain organization.

This is one of these pressures that belong to the Piscean Age, not to the Aquarian Age but nevertheless there are many of you who have struggled with how to incorporate some of these ideas from the ascended master teachings into whatever you are teaching, in whatever field you are teaching so for this, for these kinds of people I want to give a general idea here. First of all, again there is no need for you to teach in some field in the world and acknowledge where the teachings are coming from. There is no need for this. I know very well that there is an old tradition in India where a guru always acknowledges his guru and the tradition of gurus but this is not what we are asking you to do here. It is a matter of bringing forth ideas adapted to the specific context where you have experience and expertise.

The idea I want to present to you here is this: “What life experience do you want?” This is the heading. You look at people in today’s world, like I said they are tossed hither and yon by all these turbulent waves. So many things are coming at them, you need to have an opinion about this, you need to have an opinion about that, you need to have this kind of diet, that kind of diet, you need to live this way and that way, this is spiritual, this is not spiritual. All of these things are constantly being projected at people pulling them in different kinds of directions where most people feel confused, most people feel overwhelmed. As an alternative to this you can present people with the idea that, “What if we do not have to solve all of these problems or these issues? What if we do not need to have all of these opinions about this or that? What if we instead step back and look at what kind of beings are we? How do we function?” And as we have talked about before, the most universal recognition you can come to is that human beings are spiritual beings because everything that takes place in our lives takes place inside our psyche.

We are also experiential beings because whatever situations we are in we are experiencing that situation. What are we having at any given moment? What are you having as a human being? You are having an experience of life, a life experience. What if, as a human being, you could step back and say: “Is it possible to change my life experience without doing anything about the outer circumstances? Where is my life experience taking place? Well, inside my psyche. It is not logical that my life experience is affected by conditions in my psyche? In many cases I cannot change the outer conditions. Of course, my life experiences are related to the outer conditions but I cannot always change those conditions. What if I, at least as the first step said: What can I change inside myself in order to change my life experience? How can I change my life experience by changing something inside of myself? Thereby recognizing that there are at least some things in my psyche that I have the power to change even if I do not have the power to change external circumstances”.

And then you can go into whatever your field is and relate this to your particular field. Is it management, is it coaching, is it psychology, is it this, is it that. You can help people acknowledge that the most important aspect of their lives is their life experience and that their life experience is not exclusively dependent on external circumstances but also on the internal circumstances of their psyche. You can help them realize that they can do something to change the internal circumstances and when they do so they will change their life experience for the better.

And this can then help people start to consider, “What kind of life experience do I want? What do I really want? Have I been brought up, programmed to think that I have to live my life a certain way? That this is the only kind of life experience I can have. I am in a race, a rat race, always pushed along by circumstances beyond my control and I never know what is going to happen next. But if I step back from all of this and really consider, is this the kind of experience I want to have for the rest of my life? Or do I want a different kind of life experience? Then what would that mean for me personally? What changes could I make? What changes could I make in my attitude to life, my outlook on life?” And you can then build upon this very simple basic foundation and relate it to this particular field.

Now, I am deliberately not going to give you a lot of details here because I want you, those of you who know this is part of your divine plan, to use your expertise and experience to relate it to your own situation to other people’s situation to the field where you have expertise. But you can look at this, what I have given you in a matter of five minutes and you can say, well it is pretty basic. There is nothing really revolutionary about it but compared to most people’s current life experience, this is actually truly revolutionary. I started out saying “there is a tide in the affairs of men, which taken that the flood leads on to fortune.” Well, for decades there has a tide that has been building where many, many people, millions of people around the world have become ready to make this shift that I have just described: looking at their own situation, starting to consider how they can take command over their life experience and how this can dramatically change their lives for the better.

The tide has built, the tide is there, it is at the flood. Those of you who know it is part of your divine plan to teach, you can ride this tide on to fortune, not necessarily monetary fortune but the fulfillment of your divine plan. But then again, why should you not profit from it, so that you can continue doing what you are doing?

As Jesus said, the workman is worth his hire. I know that much more could be said about this, perhaps more will be said but again I do not want to be too specific because those of you who have the experience and the expertise in specific fields, you will know how to relate this to your field. You are ready to go within, especially when you make the shift that there is nothing you are not willing to look at, you will very quickly be ready to receive directions directly from me and other ascended masters as to how you can apply this to you individually. My beloved, for those of you who sense that teaching is part of your divine plan I am asking you to tune in, to feel the wave coming up, to feel the rising tide of how this is ready to break through in the collective consciousness and many people will embrace it when it is given in a universal form.

It is something that can and ultimately will have a revolutionary effect on society. Naturally it is not only ascended master students who are ready to take advantage of this, many other people have made themselves ready to take advantage of this wave. It is simply the next shift that is ready to happen. That has already started happening. Sense the wave, tune into the wave. Tune into how this applies to you, how this is part of your divine plan and then do not force it. Just allow yourself to be carried along by the wave by the river of life. With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you, many different messages for different people at different levels but surely there is something here that applies to each one of you if you have bothered to listen or read this release from my heart.

With this, I seal you in the joyful flame that I AM, for we are all joyful in the ascended realm although our joy is beyond what you call joy on earth, but then, everything in the ascended realm is beyond what can be put into words on earth. I AM beyond words. I AM beyond a name. I AM Maitreya, but I AM more than Maitreya, much more than Maitreya.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

Shifting out of superiority and inferiority dynamic


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Sanat Kumara through Kim Michaels, October 2, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I AM the Ascended Master Sanat Kumara. I come with gratitude for your giving of this invocation, and for the many people who have made calls to me over the years, not only in this dispensation, but in others as well. This has allowed me to step in and release many energies, some ideas, to earth that various people have picked up on. Many of them are not necessarily ascended master students. And one of the real services you can give as ascended master students is to realize that the golden age requires a large number of ideas to be received by human beings in embodiment, to be implemented, to be carried out.

And many times, you as ascended master students are not in the best position to either receive an idea or to carry it out. And therefore, you cannot be attached to whether you are the one who gets the idea and gets the glory, or whether someone else does. When you have the vision you have as ascended master students, you can cultivate this willingness to make the calls, to raise your consciousness, to study the teachings. And to have the vision that those who can receive a certain idea will indeed receive it, will implement it, will act out upon it and a greater number of people will accept the idea so that it will actually spread. This is part of the vision you hold. This is part of your service.

This ties in with the first topic I want to bring up. How do you become an open door for planet Earth? Well, you have to overcome what is often called the inferiority-superiority complex. We see, and we have seen, over the many decades that we have given direct teachings, that there are two clear tendencies among ascended master students.

Some students are very, very eager to apply the teachings, to study the teachings. They put on a facade of being very eager, very good students. But they often do this because they have a superiority complex. They have a desire to be better than others, more advanced students than others, and therefore they are driven by this desire to use the teachings to raise themselves up and gain some sense of superiority.

The other tendency we see is that there are many students, often a majority of them, who accept the teachings, study the teachings, practice the decrees and invocations, but they do not really accept that they themselves could have direct contact with the ascended masters, could receive ideas or impulses from the ascended masters or could do something significant for the ascended masters. They are happy to follow an organization, follow a messenger or guru, do what they are told and they do it faithfully, but they do not really shift their minds into accepting that perhaps they do not have to always be followers.

You see, there are those who want to lead, there are those who want to follow, and unfortunately this often creates a very unhealthy and imbalanced state in organizations. I am not even just talking ascended master organizations, but you see the same thing in many other organizations around the world. What I would like to address here is this dynamic, the inferiority-superiority dynamic.

Now, in a sense, you could say that there is no superiority complex, there is only an inferiority complex. It is not really a matter of whether people feel superior or inferior, because all people have over many, many lifetimes of encountering the fallen beings on this planet, been manipulated into a state of feeling inferior. It is not really a question of whether people feel inferior or superior. They all feel inferior. The question is how they deal with it. And some people deal with it by accepting their inferiority, making themselves followers. Others deal with it by rejecting their own inferiority, seeking to create this facade of superiority so that they can feel superior on the outer, and thereby deny the inferiority complex that is still there deep within their psychology.

Now, there are of course fallen beings in embodiment. There are of course a small number of fallen beings who have been attracted to or sent into ascended master teachings and organizations, and you might say, when you look at these fallen beings, that they certainly have a superiority complex. They do think they are superior, you would say, but if you look closely, even at fallen beings, you see that deep within them there is actually an inferiority complex that has been covered over by so many layers of denial, that they also feel inferior. And they are the archetypal example of those who are reacting to the inferiority by covering it over, by seeking to build a sense of superiority in this world using the things of this world.

What we desire to see in our students is of course that you find a balanced state. And we saw, for example, in a previous dispensation, which was the last dispensation we could give in the Piscean Age, that there was a fairly large group of students who felt superior. There was a culture in the organization that: “We have the most advanced spiritual teaching on the planet, we are the forerunners for Saint Germain’s Golden Age, we are like the disciples of Jesus and therefore we are clearly the most superior students on the planet”. This is not nearly as prevalent of course in this dispensation because we have given you so many teachings that can help you overcome this. But I still want to address the inferiority feeling.

You understand that the fallen beings have a main agenda on earth to control human beings, to control avatars, to control the original inhabitants of the earth. They want to control everybody. As we have said many times before, this is difficult to attain through physical control, so there must be an element of psychological control. And the most important element of psychological control is the inferiority complex.

When you can make people feel inferior, when you can make the broad population feel inferior to a small elite, then you can control the broad population. The elite can control the broad population through this sense of inferiority. Look back at so many civilizations you have seen in the past all around the world, how there has been this belief that there is an elite that has special qualities, special powers. They are different somehow. They have blue blood, they have a different birth, they have a different lineage, and therefore they are so special. They can do what nobody else can do.

Just look beyond the border to North Korea and what do they believe about the leader up there? Again, a special person from a special lineage, special by birth, and therefore his word is always perfect. He can never be wrong, he can never make a mistake and so forth. You see this very, very old belief in elitism that there is a small elite that is superior and therefore the vast majority of the population is inferior.

Now, there is a certain process for climbing out of this inferiority. Some people, in order to climb out of inferiority, swim to the opposite extreme and they attempt to build this sense of superiority. This is essentially why we allowed this culture of superiority to form in the previous dispensation, because we saw that there were people at the end of the Piscean Age who needed to have this sense of superiority, this experience, in order to find back to a balanced state where they no longer needed to see themselves as superior, but they also did not see themselves as inferior. We allowed them temporarily to have the sense of superiority so they could overcome the inferiority.

What we look for in this dispensation is that you can find a more balanced approach where you do not need to go into superiority, but where you gradually achieve a balanced sense of who you are, and what do I mean by a balanced sense? Well, it means of course that this is what Christhood is all about.

There are certain stages of Christhood, as we have said before. There is a stage of Christhood where you begin to raise yourself above the collective consciousness. As we have said, there is a very, very strong collective beast, collective vortex, that pulls people into feeling inferior. And in order to walk the spiritual path and reach beyond the 48th level of consciousness, you have to separate yourself from this downward pull of the collective consciousness. And this means that you do end up knowing more than the average person, you have greater self-discipline than the average person, you have certain insights beyond what the average person has and therefore, you could say that you attain a certain superiority, if you want to use that terminology.

As you walk from the 48th to the 96th level, you build a certain sense that you are different from most people. It does not necessarily have to be superiority, but for many students, it becomes a sense of superiority. Now, this is acceptable at that stage. But in order to go beyond the 96th level you need to start going beyond this. You cannot go beyond the 96th level if you have a strong sense of superiority, or if you have a strong sense of inferiority. You need to find a more balanced approach and that balanced approach can be found in only one way: through experience.

You cannot do this theoretically. You cannot do this intellectually. You cannot do this through understanding alone. There comes a point where you cannot get out of your stalemate of your catch-22 unless you experience what we have described as the Conscious You, stepping outside of your four lower bodies, and experiencing pure awareness. It cannot be done, my beloved, it never has been done intellectually. You can achieve certain things intellectually, you can make yourself believe that you are not inferior or you are not superior, but it does not shift your consciousness until you experience pure awareness. Why is that?

Because pure awareness is, as we have described so many times, beyond duality. There are no polarizations, there are no extremes of duality. And when you experience pure awareness, you also experience that all of the divisions and polarizations of duality, they just fade away. They just become obsolete, they become irrelevant. They no longer matter to you. And when you have enough of these experiences, this carries over to a shift in your consciousness where you can gradually begin to shift away from this.

What does it matter whether I am superior to other people? What is the value of this in pure awareness? What does it matter that I am inferior to other people? How does this matter in pure awareness? You experience directly that there is a level of consciousness that is beyond the human level, and in which all of the things that are so important to human beings are utterly and completely unimportant. They just fade away.

This is one of the characteristics of enlightenment. That you see beyond what the Buddha called “the pairs,” where there are always the two polarities. And you see that it is not a matter of this polarity being right and the other being wrong. They are just obsolete, they are irrelevant, they are unreal. It is not a matter of right and wrong, good or bad. But it is a matter of what is real and unreal. And when you experience pure awareness, you experience that there is a reality beyond the human consciousness, beyond the collective consciousness, beyond your own present level of consciousness. And that reality you experience as more real than your normal state of consciousness.

This is really the only thing that will shift you out of superiority and inferiority. Because when you come to this experience, and have it a number of times, you realize that it does not matter whether you are superior to others or whether you are inferior to others. It is simply not important to you anymore. It is not even important to evaluate yourself based on a scale of who is inferior and who is superior. I am not saying this happens in one glorious epiphany. It happens gradually over some time. Many of you have started going through this, all of you have the potential to go through it and recognize that if all human beings came from the same source, who can be inferior, who can be superior?

These concepts, these divisions, these polarizations are simply irrelevant. They are only relevant to a certain level of consciousness. But when you experience pure awareness, the duality consciousness itself becomes irrelevant. And when the duality consciousness itself becomes irrelevant, then all of the divisions that spring from the duality consciousness are equally irrelevant. What does it matter?

Look at all of these scenarios, all of these cultures that have been created by human beings throughout the ages. Go back, read some of the history books, read what they believed in past civilizations of thousands of years ago, of their leaders, of how their leaders were superior somehow to the population. You find it everywhere, in every nation, in every part of the world, you find it. And then look at this civilization that may have been a large and flourishing civilization five thousand years ago. Is it relevant to the people of today? Are they even concerned about this? In a few cases, they may be, but, in many cases, they are not. The Roman Empire. Well who cares about the Roman Empire today? The Incas, the Aztecs, some of the civilizations in Asian China, in Asian Korea, in Asian Japan? Who cares? What does it matter?

Can you not see here when you see what has happened to these great empires of history, can you not project into the future? Like we have said, when you understand the tendencies of the past, you can project them into the future, so can you not see that a thousand or two thousand or five thousand years from now, your civilization will be equally unimportant to the people of that time. This means that you as ascended master students can then look at your civilization, look at your culture, and you can say: “What does it matter to me? What does it matter to me? What is that to me? I will follow Jesus into the Christ consciousness.”

You can look at your culture, your society, your civilization and see how even in democratic nations there is this very, very subtle system of beliefs that some people are still superior and the majority are inferior. There are some people that are smarter. There are some people that are better equipped to lead these large corporations, or lead the government, or whatever you have. There is still this very, very subtle culture of inferiority and superiority. Know your place and accept your place in society. This is there, in every nation. Even the most modern democracies, they have some version of it. It is often not spoken of because many of the democratic nations want to create the facade that everybody is equal and therefore, they do not want to acknowledge it. But they still have it. You will see that in every culture, wherever you are around the world, you have been programmed with this sense of inferiority compared to the leadership.

How do you become an open door for planet Earth? Well, you need to look at this. You need to overcome it. Because otherwise, you might very well have a subtle, subconscious, unrecognized belief that: “Oh, I was born in an ordinary family. I am just an ordinary person. I was not particularly smart in school. How can I receive an idea from Saint Germain that will help bring the golden age? How could I be worthy of this? I will just sit here and give my decrees and invocations, but I will not even consider that I could receive some kind of idea.”

The other polarity of this is the overeager students who think that they are the ones, they are worthy to receive an idea. And they are always so focused on how they can receive an idea that will give them glory and honor and make them looked up to. And either way, whether you consider yourself superior or inferior, the very feeling of being inferior or superior, this very sense of value judgment that you impose upon yourself, it closes your door. It prevents you from being the open door.

What have we said so many times? What has the messenger said so many times? What does it take to take a dictation from the ascended masters? You have to be in a neutral state of mind. Well, this may sound well and good, but relatively few people can even begin to grasp what it means to be in a neutral frame of mind. But you all have the potential to cultivate that, gradually cultivate this ability to step beyond, not only the inferiority and superiority, but even the preconceived opinions about how things should be done, can be done, what cannot be done, and just be neutral and receive an idea.

Many times, you will see, if you study science, for example, that a scientist has been working on a particular problem in his field. He has been working very frantically focusing all of his attention on it. He knows there is something he cannot grasp, but he cannot get it. His mind cannot get it. Then he takes a break, goes somewhere, does something entirely different and suddenly, the idea pops into his mind. And he sees it in an inner intuitive experience.

And it is the same thing for everyone. You need to recognize that receiving an idea requires an interchange. First, you focus. You study a topic. You think about it. You focus your attention on it, but there comes a point where you just have to let go. And then there is room, then there is an opening for the idea to enter your mind. You see why is this so? Well, it is because when a scientist, for example, is studying a particular topic, he has a theory about what should happen, what his experiment should show, what should be the new breakthrough. What is it that closes his mind? It is the preconceived opinion. He is not open. He is not neutral. He wants a certain result to be manifest.

Do you understand how this relates to you as ascended master students? If you have this superiority overlay, you want a certain result to manifest. If you have the inferiority overlay, you also want a certain result not to manifest. But you have a preconceived opinion. What did Jesus say many, many years ago? “I can of my own self do nothing.” This is another way to deal with the inferiority-superiority complex when you are an ascended master student. What have we taught you?

We have taught you that you have four lower bodies. We have taught you that in those four lower bodies are not only separate selves but there are also many, many beliefs and ideas, patterns that you have set up over many lifetimes for how you interact with the earth, with the environment in which you are in embodiment. This is fine. I am not trying to say that all of this is wrong. I am just pointing out to you that you have this apparatus in your four lower bodies that gives you a certain view of yourself, who you are, what the planet is like and how you can interact with the planet and with other people. And it forms an overlay. We have called it a perception filter.

This, as we have been trying to tell you many times, it is not who you really are. It is just something you have taken on in relation to earth, in relation to being in embodiment on earth. The entire value of the teachings about the Conscious You is that there is a part of you, you can call it whatever you want, but there is a part of you that can step outside of your four lower bodies, outside of your normal mind and personality. This very teaching has been found in every mystical teaching known on earth. It has been given various names and it does not have to be called the Conscious You, but in every mystical teaching, there is the concept that there is a part of you that can step outside of what you normally call “you,” your personality, your individuality, whatever you call it.

When you experience this, that there is more to you than the outer mind, then you can recognize that this outer mind can do many things. Or rather, you can do many things through the outer mind. But you can also begin to see that there are often certain limitations to what you can do. When you act through the outer mind, you often create certain consequences that are no longer really what you want. And this is what Jesus was trying to explain, what the Buddha was trying to explain, what many other spiritual teachers have been trying to explain, is that there comes a point on the spiritual path where you start separating yourself from being identified with the outer personality.

You direct your attention within. You direct your attention to the core of your being which is your I AM Presence. There are two ways to act as a human being: you can act through the outer personality, or you can step outside of the outer personality and allow the I AM Presence to act through you. It is the Father within me, the I AM Presence within me, who doeth the work as Jesus said. These are the choices, the basic choices you have. Now, most people do not have that choice because they do not have any knowledge of, or connection to, their I AM Presence. But you as ascended master students, the higher you go on the path, the more of a choice you have. Will you act through the outer personality? Will you step aside and let the I AM Presence act through you?

You may say that there is a certain enigma here, and that is that there comes a point where you have started grasping these teachings, whether it is one mystical teaching or another. But let us take how we have expressed it in this dispensation. You are starting to grasp that there is a core of you that is the Conscious You. You have started experiencing pure awareness. And you have started experiencing that you can distance yourself from the outer personality and not act through the outer personality. You do not react, so to speak, because the outer personality really cannot act, it can only react. You could say that the basic choice you have is, will you react through the outer personality, or will you act by letting the I AM Presence flow through you? The reason the outer personality can only react was that it was created in reaction to the conditions you have encountered on earth. It was created as a reaction and therefore it always reacts. This is the teaching of the separate selves that are programmed like a computer. Whenever they are triggered, they react a specific way every time.

But the confusion that comes in at a certain point, and there is a certain stage where you need to be willing to go through this magnificent confusion, and the confusion that comes in is, who is the “I” now? You have a period, and most people are still in this, where you are completely identified with the outer personality. When you say “I,” well, this is the outer personality. Then there comes this period where you begin to realize there is more to you than the outer personality. But who am I then?

Am I the I AM Presence? No, because the I AM Presence is in the spiritual realm. Am I the Conscious You? What is the Conscious You? We have said it is pure awareness. We have almost portrayed it as if it is nothing. It is sort of a point. What is it? Who am I now? And my beloved, this is simply a necessary phase. You need to be willing to go through this confusion. Everyone who has been in embodiment and ascended has had to go through this confusion. Sometimes it can take years, even decades.

Who am I when I say “I”? I know I am not the outer personality, but then who or what am I? And there is not a teaching that we can give you that resolves this instantly. What really needs to happen is that you come to a point where the question becomes irrelevant. It doesn’t matter who I am, what I am, because I just am. From moment to moment I just am, whatever I am. I may be acting this way one moment, I may be acting this way in the next moment. But whatever I am, I am. You do not need to analyze, you do not need to reflect, you do not need to have the idea that you should always be the same.

This is the final element that I want to give you in this discourse. Because I know I have given you some very subtle, complex concepts. But many of you are ready to start pondering them. The final element is that when you look at the world, we have said in our previous releases here that there are barriers in the collective consciousness, there are vortexes, there are maelstroms in the collective consciousness that seek to pull you in, but there are also barriers to what people can see and what they can think. And one of the barriers, the really subtle, the really insidious, the really crippling, paralyzing barriers is this idea that you should always have a reason for doing what you are doing. And you should be consistent in what you are doing.

In other words, you decide to react a certain way in a certain situation. Well, you should be able to come up with a rational, linear, logical explanation for why you act that way. And then once you have done that in one situation, you should always act the same way in similar situations. This is what the culture demands from you. This is what society demands from you. This is what other people around you will demand from you. They demand you have a reason. They demand consistency.

Behind all of this is ultimately the fallen beings who want to control you. Because, they say, you should always have a rational explanation for why you do what you do. But what does this really mean? It means you need to have an explanation that is acceptable here on earth, in your particular society and culture. And if that particular society and culture is influenced by the fallen beings, then you can only act in ways that are acceptable according to their standard and their definition. And then, of course, once you have done it one time, you should be on the track for the rest of your life and always do the same thing.

Well, my beloved, what is it that was said about the Holy Spirit in the Bible? The Holy Spirit bloweth where it listeth. What does that mean? Does that mean that the Holy Spirit does not follow any rules? Well, we can discuss whether the Holy Spirit follows any rules, but what we can say for certain is that the Holy Spirit does not follow man-made rules. It does not follow the rules defined by the fallen beings.

The fallen beings want to shut out the Spirit, so that it cannot flow. This is their main goal. The main threat to them is someone who reaches that level of consciousness where something from the spiritual realm can flow through them. That is their main threat. That is what they want to stop with all the means available to them. They want to make everything predictable, everything controllable, and this of course has no impact on the Spirit whatsoever.

This is one of the big breakthroughs you can come to on the spiritual path, on the path to Christhood, where you not only understand intellectually, but you see it. You see that Spirit is completely independent of, and unaffected by the theories and beliefs of human beings on earth, and fallen beings for that matter. None of the beliefs on earth have any impact on the Spirit. If you want a visual illustration of this, then take a big hammer, the biggest hammer you can lift, go down to the beach one day, and then strike the ocean as hard as you possibly can with that hammer. Sure, it will make a big splash. But after a few seconds, what will the ocean do? Just go back to being calm. Well, that is somewhat of an illustration of the Spirit, except for the fact that no matter how big of a hammer you create on earth, you cannot even make a splash in the Spirit. It is completely unaffected by what human beings do.

The fallen beings have this very, very old belief, and many people have taken it over, they think that what they, what you, do here on earth can affect the spiritual realm. It will affect the angels, it will affect God. The fallen beings want to believe that they can change God’s opinion and put them in charge of his creation. Many human beings want to believe that God pays special attention to them and gives them favors. It is all unreality, my beloved. It is all unreality. We have said it before. We are ascended masters. We are not the wish-fulfilling god. We are here to help you free yourself from the human consciousness, not to grant you the favors that you think are important through the human consciousness.

Spirit is unaffected by human beliefs and opinions. What does that mean? How do you become an open door for the Spirit? By, to the greatest degree possible, freeing your mind from all of these man-made rules. This is what we call going into a neutral state of mind. It has been called many other things in mystical teachings: listening Grace, listening pure consciousness, pure awareness. Many other things. The name is not important. What is important is that you can cultivate consciously, all of you, this going into a neutral state of mind and just being open to the Spirit.

Now, surely there are people who cannot do this because their minds are too open to the astral plane or the mental plane. But you who are ascended master students, you who have practiced our decrees for protection, called to Astrea, given our invocations, worked on resolving your psychology, you can benefit, most of you, when you have a certain resolution of psychology, where you are not tied to these lower forces, you can benefit from setting aside some time where you sit down in a comfortable position, or you lie down, and you just go into this neutral state of mind. I know I say “you just go into,” and in reality it is one of the most difficult things to do because of the many pressures on your mind from the outside that want to pull you out of neutrality. But still, you can at least start the process.

You can set aside some time. And one way to do it is to give the novena, as we have talked about. We have a novena to the Great Divine Director where you give the Great Divine Director decree nine times (or 14 times. There are two decrees to the Divine Director and you can use either one for the novena: decree 1, decree 2).  After that, you go into just sitting there with a blank page and a pen, and you write down whatever comes to you. You can similarly do a novena to me, by giving my decree nine times, and then just writing down without any judgment, without any preconceived opinions, whatever comes to you.

But it does not even have to be that formal. You can also simply go into a state of listening. You do not have to write down but sometimes writing it down can help neutralize the mind. But if you can, then just go into a neutral state of mind. What can be helpful is that you lie down or you close your eyes, sit up, close your eyes, and you just pay attention to your thoughts. Many forms of meditation have you pay attention to your breath, and if that helps you that is also fine, but pay attention to your thoughts. And whenever a thought comes, you mentally say: “I surrender. I surrender it”. You do not need to think it. “I do not need to think about this. I don’t need to resolve anything. I just surrender it. I just let it go. I surrender, I surrender, I surrender.” You can do this.

This messenger has done it many times throughout his life, and is still doing it. You can do this on a regular basis, just for a few minutes, or even longer periods, whatever you feel like. But you are just surrendering. You have no idea about what should or should not happen. You are just surrendering. You are just going into neutral. You do not have the idea that an ascended master should appear to you and give you some glorious idea. You do not have any preconceived idea about what should or should not happen. Notice what I said: what should or should not happen. You do not have the idea that nothing should happen, or that you are not worthy to receive any idea. But neither do you have the idea that you want it.

If you can cultivate this inner listening, you might find that, as we have said, at first you will gain some insights into what you need to resolve in your psychology. And if you are willing to do this, then over time it will begin to shift and you will get other ideas about what you can do. What you can do in your life, what you can do for the ascended masters, what you can do for Saint Germain.

And how can you tell, in your present state of mind, how far this can go? You understand that, right now, right here, you are listening to this dictation, or you are reading it. Right now, you are at a certain level of consciousness among the 144. Whatever your level of consciousness is, you recognize that as you continue to walk the spiritual path and apply the teachings we have given you, you will gradually raise your consciousness. But what have we told you? When you start at the 144th level and go down, you take on one illusion to get to 143rd level. And you keep taking on one illusion to go down to your present level of consciousness. That means that if you are, say, at the 80th level of consciousness, there are quite a number of illusions that you still have that prevent you from seeing clearly.

You need to recognize here that, at your present level of consciousness, you cannot possibly see what it will be like for yourself to be 10 or 20 or 30 levels higher than you are now. What you should be able to recognize and accept with your conscious mind is that, as you continue the path, you will go higher and one day you will be 20 levels higher than you are today.

What is important for you now? It is that you do not allow your outer mind, or whatever forces are pulling on your mind, to make you believe that there are limitations to what you can do. It is very, very important that you recognize that at the present level, you have a certain vision. And at this particular level, yes, there are things you cannot do. But it is very important you realize that, as you raise your consciousness, your present vision will no longer limit you. And therefore, you cannot with the outer mind decide: “Oh, I’ll never be able to do that.” So many people throughout the ages have looked at Jesus, for example, and the whole story of his miracles. And they have said: “I’ll never be able to walk on water.”

Now, it is not particularly relevant in today’s age that you are able to walk on water, so I am not asking you to cultivate this idea that one day you should be able to walk on water, and if you are not able to walk on water, you are a failure. Perish that idea. But there are many other ways to express Christhood. And it is very, very important that you do not look at Jesus and the idolatry, the cult of idolatry, that has been built around him or built around the Buddha, and decide with your outer mind that: “Oh, I couldn’t possibly do what Jesus or the Buddha did.” It is in fact very important that you do not seek to compare yourself to them so that you think that, if you attain Christhood or Buddhahood, you should be able to do what they did.

Because, how can you at your present level of consciousness know what the Spirit will do through you when you go 20 levels higher? How can you see this? The reality is you cannot possibly see it because of the illusions you have not yet resolved. But it is still possible for people, and people do it all the time, to make this decision with the outer mind: “Oh, I couldn’t possibly do that. I could never do that.” Well, you should never say never, because by making such an outer decision, you can actually limit what your outer mind can accept. And this means that you can now have a situation where you have actually risen 20 levels higher on your path, Spirit is able to do something through you that it could not do that it can do now, but your outer mind cannot accept this. Your outer mind cannot accept your attainment, and therefore this blocks the Spirit from working through you.

This messenger could have said, when he sat there in the Summit Lighthouse listening to hundreds of dictations given by Elizabeth Clare Prophet, some very high dictations, very powerful dictations. He could have said: “Oh, I could never do that.” You could go back and compare, and you could say that some of her dictations were very different from what this messenger is giving. Some would say they are higher, some would say they are more powerful, but is it really relevant to make a comparison? This messenger was not meant to do exactly what Elizabeth Clare Prophet did. He was meant to allow the Spirit to work through him the way the Spirit wants to work through him.

There is no point in comparing what the Spirit does through one person to what the Spirit does through another person. The Spirit bloweth where it listeth. There is no point for you, in comparing yourself to Jesus, to the Buddha, to some other spiritual teacher, or to this messenger. There is no point in these kinds of comparisons. You do not know what the Spirit will do through you in the future. And, more importantly, you do not know what the Spirit will not do, so do not decide with your outer mind what the Spirit should do, or should not do through you. It is one of the most common ways that spiritual people limit what the Spirit can do through them.

Be willing to take this dictation, take the other dictations from this conference, and look at: “How am I limiting the Spirit?” This messenger, quite a number of years ago, came to this conclusion. He was able to tune in and receive this thought where he had to start looking at: “How am I limiting the Spirit? How am I limiting how the Spirit can flow through me?” And by contemplating this, it was one of the main factors that brought him to the state of mind where Jesus could start training him for his particular mission. Now, your mission will be different, but it is important for you to look at the limitations you have for how you are restricting the Spirit, or how you are seeking to direct the Spirit to flow in certain directions and produce certain results that your outer mind desires.

This messenger, before he started his training with Jesus, came to the epiphany, the realization that so much of his efforts on the spiritual path had been ego driven. He had a desire to be a good student, to appear to be an advanced student. So many of the things he had done had been driven by this. And as we said, this is in order between the 48th and the 96th levels, you need to raise yourself above the collective consciousness. Many of you will have similar feelings, similar sensations, and you will be able to see it if you are willing, and you will be able to do what this messenger did. To just surrender it, to just let it go, and realize: “There is nothing I want to do on this planet.”

And when there is nothing that I – the outer personality – wants to do on this planet, that is when Spirit can say: “Well, will you then allow me to do something through you?” Now, you do not have to come to the point where you give up on everything, every human desire. But there needs to be some opening for the Spirit to work through you in ways that you have not foreseen, that you are not seeking to control.

My beloved, the fallen beings are attempting to control the Spirit. You, as an ascended master student, really do not want to try the same thing. The Holy Spirit bloweth where it listeth. That means that for the Holy Spirit to blow through you, you have to be willing to let it blow in ways that you cannot predict, you cannot foresee, you cannot control. If you want to control the flow of the Spirit ahead of time, the Spirit must stand back and wait until you are open. It can be no other way, my beloved, because the Holy Spirit will not violate your free will. And then you might say: “Well, did this messenger know what he is doing today when he started in 2002 or 2001? Did he know what was going to happen?” No, he did not. So how did he make a free choice? But he made the free choice to set aside his human desires and ambitions, and to open up to Spirit and say: “Come what may, you may flow through me.” This is also a free choice.

It is only the outer mind that wants to control the outcome, that wants to predict the outcome. That wants to know ahead of time what the outcome will be, that wants to have a guarantee. There is no guarantee. The devil will offer you a contract. The Spirit offers you no contract. Are you open now? Then the Spirit will flow through you. If you are not open tomorrow, the Spirit will not flow through you tomorrow. If you are open ten years from now, the Spirit will flow through you again, whatever openness there is. There is no contract, there is no obligation, there is no straitjacket. So many people think that in order to be an open door for the ascended masters, it is if you take on a straitjacket. Now you have to do everything just right. What have we said? The only question is, is there an openness, is there an opening, is there an open door? Then the Spirit can and will flow. Often it is not a matter of having to do something, it is a matter of not doing something.

The paradox is of course that most people start the spiritual path by having so many misqualified energies in their emotional and mental bodies, so many illusions, that they do need to do some cleanup, so there is a period of time where you do have to do something. You have to give the decrees and invocations to resolve the energies. You have to work on your separate selves and your illusions. You have to study the teachings. You have to make an effort for a time in order to clear out the debris in your four lower bodies that will close your mind, because that is also one way to close your mind. But once you have done that, it is not a matter of doing things anymore, it is actually a matter of not doing.

“No thing done, nothing undone” is a concept in Buddhism that you might ponder. “No thing done, nothing undone.” Some of you are ready to start pondering this enigma, others of you are not there yet, so you can ignore it. But there is that point where you are not the doer. But nevertheless, you recognize also, there are certain things that have to be done in practical life, and you just do them, and then you focus on your spiritual activities after that. But you are always somewhat open, you are always listening, there is always some opening in your mind. You might be focused on some practical matters in your life, but there is still some part of you that is open to receiving a new insight, a new idea. Many times, in the midst of a daily activity, you can still receive some insight, some impulse.

This is what we seek to get you to, where you begin to have that, we might call it, listening grace, that inner openness where there is some openness to the Spirit, to the I AM Presence, to the ascended masters. And who can tell what the Spirit can do through you? Certainly, no other human being can tell you what the Spirit can or cannot do through you. What do I mean when I say no human being can tell you? Well, what are your four lower bodies, your outer personality? It is a human being, so your own outer personality cannot tell you what the Spirit can or cannot do through you.

With this, I have given you the thoughts I wanted to give you. I realize this is a very, we might say, esoteric or mystical dictation that requires quite a lot of pondering. For some of you, it may not resonate with you because you are not at the level yet where you need it. But for others it will be exactly what you need in order to get up to another level of the path. I leave it entirely up to you what you will do with it. But as I said, if you will make an effort to focus on my Being, my Presence, then I will do whatever can be done to give you the insights you need in order to step up to a higher level of service and attunement. With this I seal you in the joyful flame that I AM.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

Let go of the old!    


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master PadmaSambhava through Kim Michaels, October 1, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I AM the Ascended Master PadmaSambhava.

I AM the Buddha PadmaSambhava. I AM the Vajra Guru PadmaSambhava. There is reality, there is myth, there is fact, there is fiction. There is an elaborate construction created in Tibetan Buddhism, other forms of Buddhism around PadmaSambhava – the name PadmaSambhava, who PadmaSambhava was, what he did, when he appeared, how he appeared, why he appeared, which manifestations he took on and so forth.

If you look at this elaborate, quite elaborate material, you have to say that the vast majority of it is fiction, it is myth. This does not mean it is completely useless in the sense that there are people throughout the ages who have been able to make use, constructive use of the material.  But there are also many people, in fact the vast majority of people who have become trapped in the outer form of the material. Who have become focused on the outer form of the material and who have not been able to see beyond the outer form.

This is, of course, the challenge that we who are ascended masters, we who are spiritual beings face, have always faced and will always face on an unnatural planet. We will face this as long as the earth is still an unnatural planet, because there is then that barrier, that gap where you cannot directly perceive that matter is a form of energy and that the material realm is not separated from the spiritual, but is an expression of the spiritual, an extension of the spiritual, a manifestation of the spiritual.

And so you go to some of these myths and ideas that have been created, and you see that there is a tradition that Gautama Buddha or Shakya Muni as he was called in these traditions foresaw the coming of PadmaSambhava. Some traditions hold that Gautama actually foresaw the coming of a future Buddha who would be even more enlightened than himself. But as these traditions say, since Gautama was fully enlightened, there cannot be anything more than fully enlightened, so  this could not be the real meaning. But it shows how important PadmaSambhava was in the mind of the Buddha. This is a typical example of how the linear mind takes spiritual concepts and attempts to make them linear, so that the mind can grasp and control it.

What is the reality? Well, the reality is that Gautama was a being who took physical embodiment. We have taught you as ascended master students that Gautama first took embodiment a very long time ago on earth, that he descended into the duality consciousness, was trapped and lost in duality but after many lifetimes of this, he started awakening from duality. After even more lifetimes, he had reached the level of consciousness that qualified him to incarnate in his final incarnation and become the Buddha – because in that incarnation he attained Buddhahood. Therefore, Gautama is an example for all human beings to follow. Gautama is meant to be an example for all human beings to follow, that all can attain enlightenment. Why? Because everything has the Buddha nature within it. So every human being has the potential to reach the state of consciousness that Gautama called Buddhahood, or nirvana or enlightenment.

So, Gautama was meant to serve as the example. What has the linear mind done with Gautama? Well, the linear mind wants to compare. No religion appears in a vacuum, so Buddhism appeared in a country, in a spiritual tradition, in a region that was dominated by Hinduism and had been dominated for a very long time by the Hinduist mindset. Gautama presented an alternative to the Hinduist mindset, but the linear mind of those who became the self declared followers of Gautama wanted to compare the Buddhist religion to the Hindu religion. What does compare mean? Well, it needed to be better, it needed to be higher, it needed to be more advanced than the Hindu religion.

Therefore, they created this myth that Gautama was not just a human being who through many incarnations reached the level of Buddhahood.  Gautama was special from his birth, he had perhaps not even as some say any previous incarnations, but incarnated as an enlightened being.

He was very special in the way he was born, there were miracles surrounding his birth, just as there were miracles surrounding the birth of Jesus and all of these things. So, what has the linear mind done with the example of Buddha? It has made it null and void because Gautama was so special that nobody could emulate him and follow his example, you had to be either born that way or you had no chance of reaching the same state as Gautama.

So, as a result of wanting the Buddhist religion to be superior to the Hindu religion, in fact to be the ultimate religion, Gautama had to be the ultimate enlightened being, he had to be fully enlightened. Therefore, when Gautama himself said that one would come that was more enlightened than him, well, the linear mind cannot accept such a claim because it can only consider enlightenment in one way. That if the Buddha was the ultimate spiritual teacher, then he must have reached the ultimate level of consciousness. The reality is of course that the simplest explanation of what enlightenment means, is that you have reached the highest level of consciousness possible on earth, and beyond that of course is the ascended realm.

In the ascended realm, there is a long progression through various planets associated with this unascended sphere, into the higher previous spheres that we have told you about. So, there are many, many, many, many, in fact innumerable beings in the ascended realm that have a much higher level consciousness and therefore a much higher level of enlightenment than what was demonstrated by Gautama in his final embodiment. Or Jesus in his final embodiment. So, up until the full Creator consciousness and even beyond there is the possibility of a transcendence of consciousness. And so, from the very beginning of this myth of the appearance of PadmaSambhava, there was misunderstandings that crept into the interpretation of it.

What is the reality? The reality is that everything has an Alpha aspect and an Omega aspect. The Omega aspect of what we can do from the spiritual realm is through an incarnation. A person incarnates who in past lives have attained a high level of consciousness. In his or her final embodiment that person demonstrates the highest level of consciousness that could be achieved on earth, or at least a very high level of consciousness, then after that the person ascends. This is the Omega aspect, there is an actual physical incarnation.

The Alpha aspect is that in certain circumstances, under certain conditions, an ascended master can be allowed to appear to people in embodiment. This is not an incarnation. PadmaSambhava was an appearance, it was not an incarnation. I did not take physical incarnation in a physical body. I did not even take on (as has been done on rare occasions by ascended masters) a physical body. My appearance was strictly spiritual – which means what?  It means it was not physically visible. Most of the people, if they had been exposed to my appearance would not have been able to see it. You could have two people standing next to each other, one person saw nothing out of the ordinary, the other saw or rather experienced the appearance of PadmaSambhava.

What is the purpose of this? It is to demonstrate the way that spiritual progress happens on earth. It happens through the physical incarnation and through what we today call progressive revelation, ongoing revelation. If you really look at this – what the Buddha said, he was acknowledging the need for and the process of ongoing progressive revelation. He came to bring forth a certain teaching, a certain truth. But a higher teacher would come, an ascended teacher would come and bring forth an even higher truth than what Gautama was allowed to bring forth given the collective consciousness of the time. This is how it has always been. So, the reality here is that PadmaSambhava as I am, I was, I am an ascended master. Where and when I had ascended is not relevant to the current discussion, but it was a long time ago, in a galaxy far, far away, and I appeared on earth as an ascended being, as an ascended master. We did not use that terminology because it was not used back then but nevertheless.

So, the concept I came to bring is that there are certain hidden teachings (terma) that can only be found by students who have made themselves able to find it (tertons). This is what we today would say: There are teachings revealed from the ascended realm that are not descended into the physical, that are not written down, that are not spoken by a messenger in embodiment. They are strictly existing in the identity realm and only those who are able to raise their consciousness to that level and tune into them directly will be able to grasp these teachings.

So, you have an enlightened teacher who appears in a physical form, gives certain teachings. The purpose of this teaching is two-fold. First there is, as was also the case with Jesus, he taught the multitudes in parables. So, certain teachings are given for the broad population who are not ready to understand a higher teaching. This gives them something that they can lock onto and they can use to raise their consciousness if they are willing. But then there is a higher teaching, as Jesus expounded all things to his disciples, when he was alone with them. So did Gautama expound all things to his disciples when they were alone together, and there were only those who were ready for the higher teaching.

But beyond this Jesus and Gautama both acknowledged that there would be other teachers, higher teachers, “I will pray the Father that he will send you another Comforter,” and so forth. Therefore, there has always been that ongoing progressive revelation for those who are able and willing to raise their consciousness and grasp it.

Now, what is it that we would like to see happen as a result of the revelation we have given through this messenger? Well, we would like to see that at least a certain number of students are able to take the outer teaching we have given, go beyond the teaching and grasp what we are giving directly from the ascended level so that you do not need to go through a messenger.

This is somewhat of a unique opportunity, because most previous messengers that we have had throughout the ages have become attached to their position, to the outer teaching they brought forth, wanting it to seem like the highest. Since this messenger has transcended that need, that desire, we can state it openly and clearly, that it is of course not our goal that all of our students should remain dependent on this messenger in physical form in order to contact us, the ascended masters. We want our students, as many as possible to be able to contact us directly.

This does not mean that you will all start taking dictations or bringing forth teachings that will compete with this messenger’s teaching, because that would create confusion. It does mean that many of you have the potential to receive something directly from us, that you can then use to enlighten a specific area where you have experience and expertise. This, for example, applies to all religions, there is a great need for a renewal of all religions. If you take Buddhism, you will see that Buddhism has by and large gone through the same process that Hinduism went through and become fixated on, entrapped in the outer form of the teaching. This of course was never the intent. The focus on the outer form is not the purpose of a teaching – it is the transcendence of the outer form that is the purpose of the teaching.

And so, some of you will have experience with Buddhism, various forms of Buddhism, Zen Buddhism – others, and you have the potential to bring renewal. You may benefit from the teachings that this messenger has given in order to open your mind. But some of you have vastly more experience and knowledge of Buddhism than this messenger has. Therefore you can bring forth, you can receive from us ideas and teachings that he cannot receive unless he spends considerable amounts of time studying the topic, which is not really what we need him to do. The same of course goes in Christianity, Hinduism, Islam and it goes in many other areas of society.

Obviously science – there is a great need, some of you have training as scientists. You have the potential to receive something from us. This does not mean you now need to stand out and say: “I am a physicist but I still believe in ascended masters.” You just bring out the ideas as if they came from yourself, from some inspiration. Because the important thing is to get the ideas out. This is also something that you will find, most of you, will be a relief for you, because there is a certain opposition and resistance to the idea of ascended masters and someone being a messenger for the masters which of course this messenger has had to deal with since the very beginning. And it will be much easier for you that you do not have to declare where they come from, but can simply present the ideas and let the ideas do what the ideas can do. So naturally all areas of society, education, healing, culture, philosophy, any aspect of society, there is that potential.

The concept that I introduced those many years ago, was that there are certain people who are treasure hunters. They are looking for these hidden treasures. Now, many in Buddhism have of course interpreted this to mean that we are talking about some physical treasure that you can find, or even some physical scripture that you can find in some hidden cave in the Himalayas when suddenly it opens up to you. This is not what was meant at all. It is a teaching, often not even given in words but sometimes given in words that you receive directly from the ascended realm. This is what we desire to see from as many of our students as possible.

It does not mean you need to separate yourself from this messenger, look down upon the messenger, tear him down, prove him wrong or anything like that. It just means that you recognize here that there is that potential to go within, use the outer teachings to establish that inner connection and you receive something directly from us.

Now, what exactly does this mean? Have we not had a similar idea in previous ascended master dispensations. Well, of course we have. Unfortunately many people in those dispensations have interpreted this in a certain way. They have interpreted it in such a way that they thought that they were ready to receive these ideas, whenever they heard about the idea it must be because they were ready to receive it. And therefore they just needed to give decrees, or study dictations, or hear dictations and tune in to the master and receive the ideas.

But you see my beloved, how did this messenger become a messenger? This is something that you rarely consider and that he sometimes does not even realize himself. What were the first impulses he received from the ascended masters?  It was not some advanced revelation or insight or some teaching. It was insights about his own psychology and what he needed to resolve in his psychology. This was a period that for him lasted for more than fifteen years before he was ready to go into direct training with Jesus, and become the messenger that he became, which he of course has gone beyond today.

So, what is the first revelation you will receive from the ascended realm? It will be hints, directions, sensations, visions, impressions about what you need to heal in your own psychology. This is the training. This is what everybody has to go through. You did notice, did you not, I said everybody. None is exempt. If you think you are exempt, you are deluding yourself, and you will go into a blind alley and possibly make a connection to the false hierarchy imposters, who will gladly tell you how great and special you are to keep you trapped in that blind alley for the rest of this embodiment.

You will all have to go through it. Many of you have already started the process, many of you have already received many impressions from us, have used them constructively to raise your consciousness. I am not saying that all of you start at the bottom right now, but you all have to be willing to look at something in your psychology. If you are not willing to do this, well then you are blocking the door to your mind. The door to your mind is not open.

What do we mean with the door to your mind? Well, of course the door to your mind can be blocked at the identity level, at the mental level, at the emotional level, or at the physical whereby we mean the conscious mind. Ultimately, in order for you to shift your consciousness, you need to have a conscious insight. You need to make a decision that you are willing to let go of something old and embrace a higher understanding, a higher vision, a higher awareness. You need to be willing to let go of the old. Did you hear me my beloved?  You need to be willing to let go of the old.

This is the single biggest limitation we face as ascended masters. Students who are not willing to let go of the old. So many things people are attached to and not willing to let go of. We are ready, we are willing to give you that higher insight. You have prepared yourself, there is a clearance in your identity body, in your mental body, in your emotional body. But at the conscious level your outer mind is attached to something that you are not willing to let go of, and therefore you cannot consciously anchor the insight we are giving you. An example – strong opinions.

Some of you have over this last year or two expressed strong opinions about Covid, vaccines, wearing masks. Some of you have expressed strong opinions about the United States election and a certain President. I am not here to argue with you about these opinions. I am simply here to point out, anytime you have a strong opinion that you are not willing to look beyond, that you are not willing to question, you are not willing to consider there could be a higher view.

Anytime you have this, you are blocking the flow. You are not a terton, you are not a treasure hunter because you think you already have your treasure, which is your opinion. This is your treasure. You feel “this is absolutely right, this is very important to me”. So this is your treasure and you are holding onto it. You clutch your ideas as the Zen Buddhist’s say. Whatever is your treasure, my beloved, we accept your free will and your right to hold on to it for as long as you need the experience of holding on to that treasure.

I am not telling you what to do or not to do. I am simply pointing out that you cannot have your cake and eat it too. You cannot hold on to anything on earth and receive higher ideas from the ascended realm. It – cannot – be – done.

Perhaps some of you are getting a little tired of hearing this. Perhaps some of you think we have said it many times over these last couple of years.

Well, that is because we are at a certain point here, where many students have become willing to move beyond the level of teaching we have given so far. But we have not yet reached a critical mass of students who are willing to do this. Therefore we cannot take this to a higher level and release a higher level of teaching. The messenger is capable, the messenger is willing. But there needs to be the Omega aspect of enough among the student body who are willing to look beyond the old ideas, not grasp them, not clutch them.

Many of you feel you have a good grasp of what ascended masters are, what we teach, how the universe works. You understand all the creation of previous spheres, fallen beings and all of these things. But there is more to be given. So the question is, when will enough of you want that more so that we can give it?  Again, we are not telling you what to do or not to do. We are simply making the situation clear to you. In the meantime what we are also saying is, that those of you who are open to our higher teaching, well, do not wait for the rest. Go directly within and grasp that teaching. There is a limit to what we can bring out in a physical form through the messenger. But there is no limit to what you can receive individually within. The only limit is the openness of your mind.

And so, the reality of the situation on earth is that the vast majority of people in embodiment today, have these what we have called “mental holy cows” that they are holding onto, that they are grasping, that they will not let go of. And this is what blocks the shift into the golden age consciousness. As Gautama Buddha so carefully explained in the webinar on ideology, so many people are attached to an ideology which can be – not what is traditionally seen as an ideology, but ideas that they do not believe should be questioned. And as Kuan Yin expressed in her magnificent discourse, so many misunderstandings, so many limitations, so many barriers in the mind about matter, the nature of physical matter and what can be changed and what cannot be changed.

Let me tell you what can and cannot be changed on earth. Everything can be changed. Every – thing – can – be – changed. There is nothing that cannot be changed. Because the moment you raise matter to a lesser density, things become possible that seem impossible today. Why do you think there are more resources under the ground that have been discovered than ever before? Well, you might say that it is because they have technology such as various sensors and ground penetrating radars and this and that. But the real question is why do they have that technology today and not fifty years ago? Well, because the collective consciousness has been raised and as a result of the collective consciousness having been raised, matter is not as dense.

This means that this technology now works, where as it would not have worked fifty years ago because matter was more dense and these rays could not penetrate matter at the time. There are so many, so subtle, so far reaching ramifications of these thoughts and ideas that we realize it is overwhelming to most people. It may also be overwhelming to you who are our students. But again, you do not need to know everything about every area of society. What have we said many times before?  Pick an area that really appeals to your heart, focus on that, educate yourself in that, become an expert.

You do not need necessarily, (even though I am not saying you should not) but you do not need to go to a university and get a PhD in this area. But you make yourself an expert, so you know more than the average person. You are smarter than the average bear in this area. And therefore you can speak with greater insight and make people think.It is not a matter my beloved, of convincing people, of converting people. It is a matter of making them think.

If you are not aware of it, study the dialogues of Socrates, study what is called the Socratic method. Socrates did not have the purpose to convince people to believe in a certain philosophy, or religion, or theory. He only wanted to make people think beyond their present ideas. So, he did not tell them what to think, he questioned their existing beliefs and ideas, pointed out inconsistencies, contradictions, lack, and therefore he made some people think. Others became angry, wanted to reject him and ultimately condemned him to death, but this is not as likely to happen to you in the modern world. And so be of good cheer, be willing to question, be content with getting people to question ideas.

My beloved, it is extremely important as spiritual people, to do away with the entire consciousness that your efforts have to have a physical, measurable result. There is a very, very strong consciousness in the physical, in the emotional, mental and lower identity realms created by the fallen beings, that unless you have visible, measurable results, your efforts have failed. What have we told you over and over again? The real decisive factor in the progress of earth is the raising of the collective consciousness. Whatever you do, educating yourself, opening yourself  to new ideas, studying a topic, you are raising your own consciousness, thereby you are pulling up on the whole.

Already there, you have had an impact. Giving your decrees and invocations has an impact. You may not see a direct physical result. We understand very well that you have grown up in this culture (especially those of you who have grown up in the West) where cause and effect, you have to be able to isolate a single effect, you have to be able to find a single cause. But what have we told you in these last few years, interdependent originations, everything is connected in a very complex web of life. You cannot in this interconnected world, single out a separate cause and a separate effect, it does not exist, it is a fiction. It is  as mythical as the talks about PadmaSambhava, or Gautama being so special. It is a scientific myth instead of a religious myth but it is still fiction.

There are no separate causes, there are no separate effects. What you can do is say: “What is the effect on my consciousness, can I see that my involvement with the teachings, my making use of the teachings and tools has raised my consciousness.” Well, there you have a measurable result and that is the only result you need. But you need to know of course, that when you raise your consciousness, you will raise the consciousness of others. You can also, as you start speaking to other people, see that perhaps you helped other people, perhaps you inspired other people. But again, do not fixate your mind that now you are going to talk to this person, and now you have to convert them to believe in ascended masters and believe everything about ascended masters that you believe, and they have to start doing decrees, and they have to do this and they have to do that.

That is not what we are saying. We are saying, become ambassadors for ideas, spread ideas. If people are interested in where you got the ideas from, you can of course tell them, but it is not your purpose to promote ascended masters, ascended master teachings, this messenger, specific books. The messenger is content with remaining as anonymous and relatively unknown as he is for the rest of his lifetime. He does not need it personally, and you do not need it personally either when you get rid of these separate selves that cause you to think you need it.

You need to simply be here, raise your consciousness, make the best contribution you can make. But my beloved, this is sort of the motto for all ascended masters, although we do not really need a motto – but anyway it is: “When the gift is given, your task is fulfilled.” It is not a matter of how the gift is received or not received, that is not your responsibility. Because what is the ultimate law of this universe: free will. You do not want to make the karma of trying to control how another person reacts to what you are giving them. You need to set them free, let them be. Be content that you sow the seed, perhaps it will grow into a plant later, but that is not your responsibility. That is the other person’s responsibility, it is their free will. You should be concerned only with one thing, giving the gift, being the open door.

It is not a matter of what happens. You are the open door which means, light and ideas are streaming through your consciousness into the energy system of earth. Once they have left your door, your responsibility is done. It is not a matter of having to have a certain result, or having something come back. Many of you are so used to another of these hidden things that people never question, and it is that you are supposed to have a reaction whenever you do something.

As we have said before, if you do not see a consequence of the choices you make, how do you know you have made a choice. But that is at a lower level  than when you start manifesting Christhood. Because when you manifest Christhood, you are content with giving, and when you have given the gift, you have no concern for the result. That is part of what Christhood means.

But we see many students who for decades have remained attached to a result. There are still people from previous dispensations, who dream about the day when their teaching and their messenger will be recognized as the most significant spiritual figure in the Aquarian Age. Where they will be recognized as the advanced students, just like the disciples of Jesus. They were the ones who broke through, they were the ones who saved the planet for Saint Germain, and all of these things that they dream about. But as long as you have that, you will be trapped at a certain level of consciousness – because you will want a response from earth.

What have we said? You need to overcome your attachments. You need to come to the point where the Prince of this world and the demons of Mara have nothing in you, whereby they can tempt you into a reaction. Well, what is the most basic reaction you have? It is that you want a reaction from the world, from the physical realm, from other people. As long as you have that attachment, the demons of Mara have something in you. Because how easy it is to manipulate people to reject you. But even if you could get all people to validate one of your strong opinions, that too would keep you trapped. So, whether you get a positive validation or rejection, you are still trapped in the response game. You want a response.

Action – reaction. You take an action, you expect a reaction from the universe. It is natural, we understand it. What have we said many times? You may say, I am contradicting what we have been saying, that the universe is a mirror, whatever we send out will be reflected back to us. Yes, my beloved, that is true at a certain level of consciousness. But as you attain the higher levels of consciousness, the higher levels of Christhood and Buddhahood and overcome your attachments, you will be completely unmoved whatever the response is or is not. You are not concerned with a reaction. You are not seeking to get validation, to achieve a certain result. That is non-attachment.

Certainly, easy for me to say as a being who has not been in physical embodiment on earth. But I have been in physical embodiment on other planets, and I know how easy it is to become attached to things. Nevertheless, the fact that it is easy to become attached to things, does not change the basic fact. You will only be free from things when you are free of your attachment to things. There is no other way, there never has been, there never will be.

If you find yourself having strong opinions about anything, whatever it may be, consider why you have those strong opinions, those strong beliefs. Why is this topic so important to you? Figure out what it is you are trying to get as a response from the world through this topic. Are you trying to get validation? Are you trying to get other people to agree with you, to like you, to see you as smart, to see yourself as smarter than them or what? What is it that your separate selves get out of having this attachment to something on earth? There is always a self that gets a benefit. What you have to do is become conscious of this and say: “Is this benefit really what I want to continue to allow to dominate my life, or do I want to simply let this self die?”

How do you become the open door? Well, your door has to be open, your mind has to be open. What is the very essence of the teachings of the Buddha? How to have your mind become open. What is the essence of the teachings of Jesus? How to have your mind become open to the flow of the spirit. “What is that to thee, follow thou me.”  There is no other way, it is so simple. So basic, yet so difficult for so many spiritual people to grasp, so difficult. You look at the world, you look at the history of spiritual people on this planet, and you look at how difficult it has been for people to grasp this one thing, this one element of the path.

You look at the time of the Buddha dominated by Hinduism. What had Hinduism become? It started with some scriptures or oral traditions of the Vedas that were actually meant to be a direct revelation. It became gradually mixed with other things. But gradually more and more of an elaborate construction was built upon it. And suddenly there were conflicting theories and the Brahmins had discussions about this or that. How was it in the spiritual realm, was it exactly this way or was it exactly that way, and you had all of these academic, intellectual discussions.

The Buddha looked at this and said: “With all of these different opinions that are out there, how could this ever be resolved? How could I bring forth a teaching that could resolve all of this quagmire, all of this discussion, all of this chaos, various opinions, split factions that held one opinion over another and they were fighting with each other”?

“What could I do here”? Gautama thought to himself. “How could I possibly bring forth something that would make a difference and not just become another cause for division and conflict and discussion”? So, his insight that he received (incidentally from me and other ascended masters) was to bring forth something that did not attempt to settle the disputes of the Hindu religion, but actually side-stepped the issue “is there a God and how is the spiritual realm” and simply said: “Let us be practical, let us focus on something that can change people’s consciousness, that can raise people’s consciousness. Then when we have raised our consciousness, perhaps we will become better at looking beyond all of these outer divisions.” So, this is the aim of Buddhism in its pure form.

Of course, you look at Buddhism again, and you see the elaborate construction that has been built upon it, and where that original element has been vastly forgotten. But it could be rediscovered, could it not, by those who care about Buddhism, who have insight and background?

So, do you not see the same here with ascended master teachings? “Oh, this dispensation is the only right one, this messenger was the highest messenger, no later messenger exists, there has not been a later messenger than this one.” All of these arguments, all of these divisions. There is only way beyond this, and that is that people individually tune in to the ascended realm. Because we are beyond the human quagmire. Only when you make contact with us, will you have an experience that there is something beyond not only the human quagmire but your own outer mind.

Your outer mind may be ferociously attached to a particular opinion. But it is just an opinion on earth. You can only be attached to it as long as you have not had an experience that there is an entirely higher level of consciousness where this opinion just does not matter because it is just one among so many other opinions. So, the only thing that will make a difference is that you experience this. You experience what we have called the Conscious You. Pure awareness that is not pulled by all of these divisions and opinions and attachments. It is the only solution. The only progress.

We want all of you to have that experience. Some of you have had it, you know exactly what I am talking about. But you will also see that the people who have had the experience are not the ones who are out there promoting strong opinions about anything. And so those who have this attachment to their opinions, this desire for validation, you need to consider what it is you want to do with the rest of your life. Are you willing to take your path to a higher level? Because we have now told you in many different ways that you are not at that level now. Are you willing to shift?

We have given you teachings and tools that will allow you to do this. That will empower you to do this. Just listen! Listen to the teaching again. Really listen. Open your mind to listening instead of looking for validation of an existing opinion. How else will you become an open door? Many of you dream of receiving these high ideas, these advanced ideas that will give you fame or fortune. But how will you receive them unless there is an opening in your mind? And how can there be an opening if you are attached to all of these outer things? It cannot be done my beloved. You are trying to do the impossible. You have an impossible dream. Then you allow yourself sometimes to get into this; “I should have results by now. If the teachings were really working, I should have had results. Since I don’t, there is something wrong with the messenger, there is something wrong with the teaching, perhaps ascended masters don’t even exist” and so forth and so on.

It is not that the teachings are not working. It is that you are not working them. You are not applying them. You are not listening. You are as Mother Mary said; “seeing without seeing, hearing without hearing.” It is not just you. You look at the 99.9% of the people on earth, they see without seeing, they hear without hearing. You take all the Buddhists who have followed these teachings, you take some of the Buddhists who are in their minds very devoted to PadmaSambhava. Do they hear what I am trying to give them in their inner minds? Nay, because they are so attached to the form. The outer form. The outer form. Do not conform to the outer form.  If you are a terton, if you are a treasure hunter, if you seek the termas – do not conform to the outer form.

Well, my beloved sometimes you may wonder why we keep saying the same thing. You may wonder if we are expecting different results and therefore qualify for Einstein’s definition of insanity. But we do not actually expect the results. We give a teaching from a certain perspective, with a certain energy and it reaches some people. This teaching that I have just given reached some people that have not been reached by the previous teachings and this is how progressive revelation works. There were many people that were not touched by this teaching and that is perfectly the way it should be.

But there is a vast, vast potential for spiritual students, not only ascended master students, but many other spiritual students, who would become more conscious and become willing to step back and consider: “What is the spiritual path really all about, have I really grasped it, have I really grasped what it means to transcend myself, to shift my consciousness, to raise my consciousness?  Do I really see the need to come to see something I cannot see now? Do I really grasp what it means? That it is not a matter of gaining the ultimate insight but of continually seeing a higher and higher revelation. That this is an ongoing process as long as I am in embodiment. Have I accepted that? Or am I still dreaming about reaching some ultimate state where people will fall down and worship me?”

So many of you have it in your Divine plans to reach much higher than you have reached at this particular moment. But you will not reach it without stepping back and re-thinking, asking questions so you come to see what you cannot see now. You are where you are because you cannot see beyond a certain barrier. You will go beyond it only by seeing beyond it.  And that means being willing to open your mind and ask some questions you have not asked.

This messenger as he has written about and talked about, started out with a very naive understanding of spiritual growth and what it meant. How could he not, given that he grew up in a Western society that denies all spirituality. There came a point where he realized that the essence of the spiritual path is to look at something in yourself, to see it even though it is very unpleasant and your ego rejects it. Rejects the idea, resists it. But if you are willing to see it, look at it, work through it, work through the pain of it, then you will actually suddenly find you have changed. You have shifted. You are at a higher level than you were before. Perhaps a higher level than you thought you could be at.

This is the essence of spiritual growth. It is not glorious, it is hard work. It is one small step at a time. There are no enormous breakthroughs and glorious epiphanies. Well, there may be some breakthroughs and epiphanies, but as you go higher on the path, they become less and less glorious because there is less and less contrast. So, nirvana is not all it was cracked up to be – to use a popular expression, nirvana is grossly overrated by people who think it is some ultimate state of bliss. But nirvana is a completely neutral state of mind compared to the dualistic, polarised state of consciousness that most people have. There is no high or low, there is no pleasure or displeasure. There is no suffering. But neither is there the artificial elation and success that you can gain on earth. It is neutral, at least compared to what most people experience on earth. There is of course an ongoing joy, a sense of fulfillment. But it is not something that has an opposite.

In the ascended state, your consciousness has no opposite polarity. There is no contrast. There is no swing between this or that, and this is one of the things that you have to give up. You have to give up the drama. The drama that you are so special, you are doing something so special. So I have given you much to ponder if you will re-read or listen to again this release. There is much hidden between the words. Hidden between the lines. And if you will use this dictation and the recording of my mantra given before it, you can tune into me.

You can find the hidden treasure that I long to give you. You can become one of my tertons, some of you already are, so continue the good work, for I am not holding anything back from you. You are the ones holding something back from me. That is of course your choice. Your right to make that choice. I am again only saying: “Do you want this, or do you want that?” Because you cannot have both, that is the essence of life on earth, certain things are mutually exclusive. Closed mindedness and spiritual growth are mutually exclusive. Attachment to ideas and spiritual growth are mutually exclusive.

So, my beloved with this I seal you in the joyful flame that I Am. For PadmaSambhava I AM. I AM the Vajra Guru which means “I claim my right to manifest myself on earth through those who can tune in to my Presence, my Being.”

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

Dare to question the unquestionable!


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Kuan Yin  through Kim Michaels, October 1, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I am the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. I am also the Buddha Kuan Yin.

There will be some opposition to this from traditional Buddhist circles if they were ever to hear or read this, which of course they are likely not to do. Nevertheless, there would be opposition because they would refuse to consider that a woman could be or become the Buddha. This of course is one of these ideas that block the golden age. Not that this idea exclusively blocked the golden age, but it is an example of the type of ideas, this absolutist idea that something cannot happen.

I have traditionally been seen as the Goddess of Mercy. Well, what is mercy? Mercy is change. The essence of mercy is change. If you are in a terrible situation where you are suffering, naturally you want to get out of that suffering. But how can you get out of the suffering if there is no change? So when people cry out for mercy, what are they crying out for? Change. But how can change come about? Again, we have this traditional view: “There are gods and goddesses in the spiritual realm, they have all the power. We human beings have no power. But if we appeal to the gods and goddesses then sometimes at least, they will step in and produce some kind of miracle that gives us mercy and relief from our suffering.”

This very idea is truly one of the big blocks to the golden age, to an improvement of situations. For how can change come about on a planet where the absolute law, the only absolute law really is free will? Why do you have the conditions you have right now? Because of choices made by human beings. For example, in order to give you an example that most people should be able to see, why do so many people suffer as the result of war and conflict? What causes war and conflict? Is there some natural law that states that there has to be war and conflict? Is it God who creates war and conflict?

Well, some would say that in the past, the God of some religions have caused certain people to go to war with other people. But nevertheless, when you step back and look at the reality here, you will see that war and conflict is the result of choices made by human beings.

How could I as the Goddess of Mercy step in and remove war and conflict when in doing so would violate the law of free will, that I am committed to upholding as an ascended being? When people pray for mercy, they think I have some magical power to step in, but because of the law of free will what magical power do I have? Many will say: “But there are all these examples of supernatural events. Look at the scriptures of various religions of how there was always some supernatural miracles in the past and does this not prove that God has the power to step in?”  Well, why is it that most miracles are in the past? Is it not because miracles are meant to illustrate the power of the mind, not the power of God.

What is the essence of a miracle or what most people would see as a miracle? It is the setting aside of natural law, or natural conditions. That is how many people will see it. But is this reality? When the Buddha performed certain miraculous events “supposedly”, when Jesus performed certain miraculous events “supposedly”, many people see them as these very special people who were not like other people, who had the power with their mind to set aside natural law. But is this what a miracle is meant to illustrate? Nay, it is meant to illustrate that the mind has the power to set aside natural law.

There is a traditional view among many religious people that this or that is a miracle. If somebody walks on water, if somebody levitates into the air, if someone is healed mysteriously, if someone is protected or rescued from calamity, this is a “miracle”. But perhaps it would be wise to expand your view of what is a miracle. When you look at how people live today, in most modern democracies, compared to how many people live in those countries who are not modern and who are not democracies, would you not say that the change in living standard is a miracle? Certainly, I can assure you that if you go back a couple of generations and ask your own grandparents or great grandparents to look at the living conditions you have today, they would say it is a miracle.

Because the improvement that you see in your society and that you have been brought up to take for granted is something that they could not have envisioned. They would not have believed it was possible. They could not have accepted that this could happen to them. Why did it not happen to them? Was it just because the time was not right? You can observe it has happened to you. Why did not it happen to your great grandparents? Was it just because the time was not there? The time was not ripe? Ask yourself why time was not right for your grandparents. Could it be because they could not have accepted that they could live in such a society? Of course, I understand that they could not accept this because they had been programmed from childhood to accept the status quo of their societies and that things could not be radically different.

But if they had been able to make the shift in the mind that the current generation has made or has grown up with, would it not have been possible that a more advanced society could have manifested one hundred years ago? Certainly it would have. It is not God that decides the progress of human society. It is not natural laws that decide the progress of human society. It is the human mind collectively and individually that decides the conditions of any society. Society cannot shift until the collective consciousness shifts. Therefore, what does it take to be an open door for planet earth? It takes that you are willing to look at your society, to look at the culture in which you grew up and to look at what they consider impossible.

What is it that they consider could not happen? What is it that they dare not, or cannot even envision could potentially happen? It may not be that people are thinking “Oh this is impossible”. It may be that they are not even thinking about it. What is one of the necessary shifts that you need to make in order to become an open door for planet earth? Well, it is that you need to look at your society and consider: “What was the view of life that I was given from birth, perhaps even for lifetimes embodying in a similar society and culture? What are the elements of that view that people consider impossible, or that people could not even consider as a possibility, because they cannot even imagine it?”

And then you need to realize that, if you want to be an open door, you need to question these things. You need to question these barriers that have been built in peoples minds, these walls, these iron curtains that have been built in the mind, the collective mind, but which affects the individuals. It may seem a paradox but certainly there are many paradoxes on earth. It may seem a paradox that, in order to become an open door for planet earth, you first have to go through a period of closing your mind to the collective consciousness. But you need to pull your mind away from the collective consciousness so you do not accept uncritically all of these barriers that are found in the collective consciousness of your nation, your area, your culture. There are so many of these barriers. They are so subtle, that there is hardly anyone, any individual on earth, who is aware of all of them. They are so varied, so subtle, but of course, there are some common elements. I could not possibly comment on all of them for every culture, but I can at least comment on some of them as I have already done so, in this release.

Now, one of the most subtle barriers found in the collective consciousness is that you have grown up with an experience of matter. You do not even realize what happens. But to illustrate this, there is a philosophical question that has been asked by philosophers. There is a rather universal agreement among human beings, in most societies, that the plants that grow on your lawn, on peoples lawns and is called grass has a certain color that in English is called green. Of course it is called differently in other languages, but they all have a certain word that they agree refers to the color green. All people have been brought up to see grass as being green.

There is a concept of color associated with certain plants or certain other things: this is “green”. But philosophers have for quite some time considered whether all people see green the same way. In other words, when you look at your lawn, do you see the exact same shade of green that another person sees looking at the same lawn? Is it possible that there is something in the mind of the individual that colors the way they see colors, so that they see slightly different shades of green, or perhaps even different colors?  You know, some people are colorblind, and they do not see green.

You have been brought up to look at matter a certain way. Wherever you grew up on planet earth, you have been programmed to look at matter a certain way. It is hard, it is dense, it can be changed, but only through a forceful process that involves certain tools, certain technology, but it is still force. There is a tree, a tree is hard, you can knock on it with your hands. But if you knock hard enough, your hand hurts, so you cannot knock over a tree. You cannot cut down a tree with your hands. What do you need to do?

Well, only when people invented the stone axe made of flint did they become able to cut down a tree. Later, they invented bronze axes, then iron axes, then saws made of iron. Now they have bigger and more powerful tools that allows them to cut down a tree. Once you have cut down the tree, you can take the wood, you can use other forms of tools or technology to shape it into different shapes. What is it based on? It is based on force. You are forcefully cutting down the tree. You are forcefully splitting or cutting or shaping or grinding or sanding the wood. It is all based on force. You have been brought up to accept that the only way to change matter is through force. You take matter and you break it down.

My beloved, look at most of the technology you have in the world today. Is it not destructive technology? It takes a substance. It forcefully breaks it down. How do you create this iron axe head that you need in order to cut down a tree? You must forcefully dig the iron ore out of the ground, you must forcefully heat it to a very high temperature so it melts, then you must cast it into an iron axe head, which you would then fit with a handle made of wood. By the way, how did they get the first axe handle when they did not have an axe to cut the wood with? But besides that, you force it. And then you force the tree. You cut the tree down forcefully. You shape it forcefully with other metal tools. What have you been brought up to think here? The only way to create something that is useful to you is to forcefully break down something else.

You are being brought up to believe that you live in a world where there are certain matter phenomena that were created by natural processes in the past or that are being created constantly by the natural process of growth. But the only resources you have available to you are the natural resources that were created in the past or are being created continually by plant and animal life. All you can do is take these natural resources and break them down, which means you consume these natural resources. Once you find a mountain that has iron ore in it, you must start forcefully digging out that iron ore, but there comes a point where the mountain has run out of iron ore. There is nothing left. Then you have depleted that resource. When you cut down a certain amount of trees, well, there may not be trees growing up fast enough, and there may be no trees left in large areas.

This is the view you have of your interaction with what you might call nature or your physical environment. You as a human being are separated from that environment, your mind has no influence on the growth of trees or the appearance of iron ore, therefore, you can only forcefully use the resources that are provided by the planet. And what does this lead to? It leads to the entire mindset, which is becoming more and more prevalent in modern society, that one day you can run out of resources.

Now, what does this mean? Well, I am the Goddess of Mercy. When I look around the world today, I see that an increasing number of people, especially in the modern nations, are becoming more and more concerned about, on the one hand, running out of resources, on the other hand, polluting the environment, destroying the climate and ultimately, humanity. As the Goddess of Mercy, I would like people, at least as many people as possible, to shift out of this state of fear because is it not a state of fear? These people will say they are not afraid, they are concerned, they are engaged. But if you step back, if you look at their emotional bodies, you will see that they are driven by fear. Some of them have a legitimate concern and a legitimate love for nature and the environment, but they are still affected by fear because in the collective consciousness there are some very powerful energetic vortexes that pull people into this fear of calamity.

There have, if you look at history, been many different calamities that people have feared. People have feared the devil or hell, they have feared the wrath of the gods, they have feared war. They have feared famine, natural disasters. Many of these things they have feared. And there are some very powerful vortexes that have been created. And it is simply a matter of these vortexes, these demons, these collective beasts, morphing into taking advantage of whatever people fear in the present society. And right now, you see that going back 200 years, for example, most of the modern nations were far more fear-based because they were affected by a religion such as the Christian religion which promoted this kind of fear. Many people have gone through a period, many societies have gone through a period, where people raised themselves above this fear, their traditional religious fear, but they have been subject to other fears: the fear of war, the fear of nuclear war, and now the fear of environmental collapse and environmental disaster, the running out of resources.

But my beloved, what if I told you, as the Goddess of Mercy who would like to free people from their affliction, that this fear is entirely unnecessary? What if I told you that it is an artificially created fear that only has the purpose of controlling people? Who has created this fear? Well, what did Archangel Michael talk about? There is a realm beyond the physical. There is what we call the astral plane, the lower realm where there are demons that can only exist because they can steal people’s energy. You have in this astral realm these energetic vortexes. At the core of the vortex is a being that is semi-conscious. It knows it can only survive and grow if it can steal energy from people. And how does it do it? By brutally directing fear-based energy at people, individuals, so they are overwhelmed. And now they are sucked into this. They are creating a vortex in their own minds that opens them to these demons.

You have demons, you have fallen beings in the astral plane that only wants to steal people’s energy so they can survive. They are no more sophisticated than that. They just want to steal people’s energy. They are the ones who are trying constantly to suck people into these vortexes. But of course, people cannot be sucked in against their free will. They need to be open to the fear. Because fear is not just a feeling. Fear comes from something in the mental realm, even sometimes from the identity realm. There has to be a certain reasoning behind it. Fear might be said to be just an emotion. Emotion is raw without reasoning. But what makes people open to the emotion is a certain reasoning. There is a reasoning in the mental realm, there is a deeper reasoning in the identity realm.

What you have is what we have called fallen beings in the mental realm and the identity realm who are trying to pull people into fearing something. They give them some kind of knowledge, some kind of idea that cause people to fear. And what have these fallen beings done now for a long time? They have projected into the collective consciousness this fear of running out of resources, this fear of environmental disaster. Why are they doing it? Because again, they can control you. They also need the energy, but they also have some kind of agenda, as we have said, to just create chaos on earth. But there are also fallen beings and people in the fallen mindset, who are in physical embodiment, who are also behind all of this.

Now, there are some of these fallen beings who have a very clear agenda. They are the leaders of what are multinational corporations, and they have an obsession with making a profit, the biggest possible profit they can possibly make. Well, what do you have as the most basic principle behind the economy? Supply and demand. There is a certain amount of demand for certain goods. In other words, there is a certain amount of people who have money and who have the desire to buy a television set. The current economic theory is that when there is a demand, somebody will supply what people demand. Somebody will produce television sets. Why do they do this? They do this to make a profit.

How do you make the biggest profit out of making television sets? Well, you need to produce enough television sets to meet the demand. If you produce too many television sets, then there will be an excess and this will cause prices to fall. The entire economy is said at least to function based on this very delicate balance between supply and demand. But what is the best way to turn a profit? Well, one way to turn a profit is to simply go in, look at the demand, produce the item and sell it at the price that people are willing to pay. But for the fallen beings, this is not enough. This has never been enough, and it never will be enough. They want to make an extraordinary profit. And how do you make an extraordinary profit? Well, you have to manipulate the demand, and you have to manipulate the supply. If you can artificially increase the demand, you can make a greater profit by selling more television sets.

But what if you could make people believe that there was only a certain limited amount of resources, and therefore you could only produce a limited amount of television sets? In other words, there are not enough resources to produce a television set for everybody. Well, in that case, people will be able to pay more, so that they can get the television set and a neighbour cannot. This will then raise prices and thereby raise profits. Do you not see how this connects to the entire consciousness of the scarcity of resources? The more you can make people believe that there really is a scarcity of oil, the more they will be willing to pay for the oil that you bring to market.

This has worked very well since 1973 and the first oil crisis, despite the fact that more oil reserves have been discovered. There are now actually more known oil deposits today than there were in 1973. Oil prices have still gone up many, many times, because there is the perceived scarcity, the fear that we could run out. People are willing to pay more for oil than they actually need to, considering the production cost.

Do you not see that this penetrates all aspects of society, this consciousness of lack, the scarcity of resources? And it is all manipulated by a group of fallen beings who are not in the physical realm, and a group of fallen beings who are in physical embodiment, who simply have an agenda. Whether it is to extract energy or whether it is to extract money, it is nevertheless an agenda. They are willing to manipulate people by taking advantage of the scarcity of resources, the fear of lack.

Now, you can say, but is there not a scarcity of resources? Is there not a real danger of pollution from CO2 and greenhouse gases that could threaten the climate? But what does it matter that there is a perceived scarcity and a perceived threat? What do these conditions matter, if there was a different form of technology that could make fossil fuels obsolete, and therefore, remove the pollution produced by fossil fuels?

There was a time where, in many parts of the world, the only way to cook your food or heat your house was to burn wood. There was a time where in some areas, so much forest had been cleared in order to make room for agriculture and so much wood had been used for building houses and for heating houses, that there was a scarcity of wood. Back then, if there had been the kind of sophisticated society you have today, people would have very easily been manipulated into fearing the scarcity of wood. And if there had been somebody who had the technology to import wood from another country where the population was lower, and there was plenty of wood in the forest, then those people could have made a huge profit from importing and selling wood to those people who were afraid that it would run out.

Now, you know very well that if you go back to the stone age in Europe, there were certain countries where there was a scarcity of wood. But there were other areas in northern Scandinavia and in Russia or wherever, where there were enormous forests with plenty of wood. There was no scarcity of wood. But there was, in a sense, a scarcity, because there was no way to transport that wood from these other regions to the regions where there was a lack of wood. You see that there was a certain lack of wood. But it was because there was not the knowledge of how to use other sources of energy, or how to transport wood from one region to another. There are still nations in Europe, for example, and other places where they import wood for building, because there are other places where they have more wood than they need. Because there is now technology to transport the wood, all of the sudden, there is not that scarcity of wood.

You see that one of the forms of technology that made burning of wood to heat your houses obsolete was oil. Oil was, several hundred years ago, a worthless substance, because there was not a knowledge of how to use it. Now, you gain the knowledge of how to use oil, to make combustion engines and all of this other technology to certainly make transportation easier. And you see that there was a time where the steam engine was invented. And the steam engine was a tremendous progress, which most of you do not realize, because you have grown up after that period. But the steam engine was a tremendous progress compared to having animals do physical work, or humans do physical work. But the steam engine was based on burning wood or burning coal. There was always that scarcity of resources. Then, when a combustion engine was invented, when the idea for a combustion engine was released by Saint Germain, the equation shifted dramatically.

And where does all this lead? It leads to the fact that when you look at an invention, you see that there is a certain time where an invention appears. A new invention is brought forth. That invention changes society. Perhaps an entire infrastructure is built to take advantage of this invention. But it has certain limitations. So, after some time, a new invention is brought forth that does not have as many limitations as the previous one. And therefore there is renewed growth in society.

Well, when you look at this pace of invention, you can say that, in some ways, the pace of invention has sped up. In some areas, the pace of invention has sped up. But in other areas it hasn’t, it has stagnated. The combustion engine found in most modern cars was essentially invented over a century ago. That is a very long time when you consider technological progress in other areas, such as computers. Yet the basic design of the combustion engine has only been refined in all of that time. It has not dramatically changed. And why is that?

It is because there hasn’t been the openness to consider, what kind of idea needs to be brought forth for us to go to the next level and transcend the combustion engine and fossil fuels. And why hasn’t there been this openness to consider this? Because people have been manipulated into closing their minds to this next level of technology, thinking it is impossible. There is a barrier that has been built in the collective consciousness. And most people in the world are completely overpowered by this barrier. They see it as an impenetrable barrier. They cannot even conceive that there could be another form of technology that could replace fossil fuels.

What needs to happen for the next level of technology to be brought forth? Well, someone needs to take a look at this and say, “What if this is not an absolute barrier? What if there is a way around it? What if there is a different way to look at this entire area of energy and energy production? What if there is an entirely different way to look at how we shape things, how we create things?”

And these are the kind of questions that of course, some people have started asking. But not enough people have started asking them or the technology would already have manifested, even though some of the technology has started to manifest. But it hasn’t gained the widespread use that it could have because in the collective consciousness of most people, they are not open to it. They are still programmed, brainwashed by these limitations set up to maintain the status quo, where fossil fuels and combustion engines are the basis for technology.

When will more and more people dare to question this? Well, you who are ascended master students can be among the forerunners that will pull up on the collective consciousness. But you need to be willing to question some of the beliefs, some of the barriers that you have so far, taken to be unquestionable. They do not need to be questioned, or they cannot be questioned, because there is nothing beyond it. Now beloved, many of you think, “I am an ascended master student. Of course I want Saint Germain’s Golden Age to manifest. Of course I am open to golden age ideas.”

But you do not realize how closed your minds are to these ideas, because you are still so focused on these barriers that you have not questioned. Every society, every culture, every historical epoch has had these mind barriers, that people either did not dare to question, or simply could not question because they did not have the imagination. But this is an artificially created situation. There are vortexes, there are collective beasts that pull people into this, not only acceptance, but fixation on status quo, where they think they cannot question it. They are not allowed to question it. There is no point in questioning it, because there is nothing else we can do. This is how life is. This is how matter is. This is how nature is. This is how the planet is. This is how the universe is. What can we do about this as human beings?

Well, what you can do about it is recognize that you are not living in a natural environment, guided by laws over which you have no influence. Nor are you living in a world created by a God upon which you have no influence. You are living in a reality simulator. The conditions you see on earth are not absolute, God-given or nature dictated. They are simulated conditions. What simulates them? Humankind’s collective consciousness simulates these conditions. What you are projecting into the mirror is what the mirror is reflecting back to you. Change what you project and the mirror will change what comes back. It has always been that way. It always will be that way. It can be no other way, so why do we have a better society today than 200 years ago? Because some people changed their minds and questioned the unquestionable.

How will you get a better society in the future? By you, changing your mind and questioning the unquestionable. It cannot be any other way. It never has been, it never will be. The limitations of the stone age were created by the collective consciousness of previous ages, which caused the collapse of vast civilizations that are more advanced to your own. But those civilizations can be recreated. The ideas are already there. But it takes that a critical mass of people can accept that change is possible. Also that a critical mass of people can accept that change is overdue. And we want it now, we will not wait, we will not postpone it. We want it now.

These are the thoughts that I wanted to give you as my contribution. Naturally, there is much more to say about this. Certainly, Saint Germain has more to say about it, as do other masters.

With this, I give you my gratitude, and I seal you in the joyful flame of mercy that I am. Kuan Yin, the Buddha Kuan Yin, I AM.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

Exposing the forces that want to keep your door shut


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Archangel Michael through Kim Michaels, October 1, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Korea – Being the Open Door for Planet Earth.

I AM the Ascended Master, Archangel Michael.

We are grateful that you have given us the opportunity to address so many of you, in this conference on how to be an open door for planet Earth. Now, there may be some who look at this topic and they focus on the door, the word door. But, the reality is that you already have the door. You have a physical body that is anchored in the physical octave on earth. You have an emotional, mental and identity body. You have seven chakras. You have an I AM Presence. And so the door is in place. In other words, the actual practical, technical, we might say aspects of being an open door are already in place. So, the key word in being an open door is not door, but open. You have the door. The question is, is it open, or is it shut? And that, of course is the main topic we will be addressing at this conference, how to open the door and maintain it open.

Now, as was the case with our webinar on relationships, it is my role to give a somewhat sobering and somber message, about what you are facing when you are in embodiment on earth, and especially when you attempt to be an open door for something higher.

Naturally, you have all been brought up with at least some awareness that there is energy in the world. Most of you have not been brought up with a full awareness that everything is actually energy. But you have at least been brought up with the awareness that there is energy, that energy is something that usually moves, that usually streams, that flows. If you were to take the consequence of this knowledge, which has been available now for over a century, it simply is not rational, logical or consistent, to believe that there is nothing beyond the material world.

You will see, when you look at much of the modern world, that there was a period where the thinking of people was dominated by religion, whether it was an Eastern religion or a Western religion, most people’s thinking about life and the world and how the world works, was dominated by a religion. Many religions have actually had the concept of course, that there is a higher realm, a heaven world or a spiritual realm. Some of them have even had the concept that there is a lower realm, whether you call it hell or whatever else it has been called, but there is a realm where there are demons that are forces dedicated to darkness. Then there was a heaven world where there are angels, or other beings dedicated to light. This is the model of the world given by many religions.

But, what you see in many of the more modern nations, is that after the rise of not just science but specifically the religion of the ideology of scientific materialism, many people have begun to lose their belief in this world view of the world that was divided into three realms, a lower realm, the actual world that you live in and then a higher realm. This, of course, is the result of what we might call propaganda from those who have promoted the ideology of materialism. Because, when you look at the teaching, the reality, the fact that everything is energy, there is nothing inconsistent in the traditional religious view. Energy is vibration, energy vibrates at different levels, frequencies, amplitudes, wavelengths. There is nothing inconsistent in saying that there is a continuum of energy vibrations. There could very well be energy vibrations that are at a lower level than what we normally call the physical world, or the physical realm – the material realm, and there could be energies that are of a higher realm. In fact, science has measured such energies already. It has simply not been recognized for what it is, because the propagandists of materialism have had such a stranglehold on the thinking of many nations, many modern nations.

This does not mean of course, that we as ascended masters are advocating a return to the traditional religious worldview. Certainly not the traditional Christian worldview, that has now become prominent in many parts of the world, including Korea and Asia. It is not necessarily that the religious view is completely wrong or out of touch with reality, but it is a very simplistic view. It needs of course, to be refined and expanded upon, which is why we have over the years through this and previous dispensations, given many teachings on this. What I wish to give you here, is a new teaching that should not be considered the full and final teaching about the topic. It is an attempt to give a teaching that appeals to the linear mind, and gives you a certain perspective that we feel can be helpful at this time.

Now, there are some that have wondered, we have said that the physical octave is the lowest or the most dense of the four octaves, above it is the emotional, above it is the mental and above it is the identity level. We have said that energy first streams from the spiritual realm into the identity realm, then into the mental, then into the emotional, and then into the physical. This is not an incorrect view, but it is not the full view either.

It of course leaves out the question, of how can there be what we have traditionally called part of the emotional realm, that has a lower vibration than the physical, and therefore corresponds to the images that many people both in ancient times and in modern times, have seen as a hellish world, a hellish realm. In previous dispensations, we talked about the astral plane as being a division or a part of the emotional realm that had a lower vibration than the emotional, and therefore had these hellish manifestations, these very dense manifestations. This of course, left somewhat of a question of how this can be, if the physical is supposed to be the lowest, the most dense, then how can the astral plane be lower in vibration than the physical?

What we aim to give you here, is a slightly different perspective. We have given you the teaching, that there are 144 levels of consciousness possible on earth. This teaching is correct, in the sense that each of these levels of consciousness corresponds to a certain spectrum of vibrations. Now, if you expand this a little bit, you realize that we can now say that the total energy system that makes up planet Earth, is made up of energies, vibrations that vibrate at 144 different levels. This means that in the total energy system, there are 144 different possible levels of vibration. Now, regardless of what may have been given earlier, the teaching we want to give you here is the following.

There are 144 possible levels of vibration in the earth energy system. The question is, over which of these levels does the physical world, the physical realm span? In other words, there is a range of vibrations that make up what you call the physical material world, but where is that located on the scale of the 144 levels? In other words, imagine there is a vertical scale of 144 different levels of energies. There is a range, and as an example let us simply say, that this range is 48 levels and this range is the physical octave. But does this necessarily mean that the physical realm is the lowest of the 144 levels. In other words, that the physical realm is from the zero level to the 48th level. As we have talked about there are levels of consciousness.

The reality is, that there is no direct correspondence here that says that the physical octave, the physical realm, has to be at the lowest of the 144 levels of energy. In fact, the reality is that this is somewhat of a sliding scale. As we have said, when the collective consciousness is raised on earth, there can come a point where the entire scale of the 144 levels shifts upwards, so that what used to be the lowest level is no longer allowed on earth, it is no longer part of the energy system on earth. What used to be the 144th level now has another level above it. But still, even within these 144 levels, the 48 levels that make up the physical realm can also shift up or down. And what has been happening now for a long time on planet Earth, is that there has been an upward movement of the collective consciousness.

This means that this range of the physical octave has been shifting upwards on the 144 levels of consciousness. What that means, is that there are now certain levels of energy, certain levels of consciousness that are below the range of the physical octave. This means, first of all, that these levels are at a lower, a denser vibration than anything in the physical, and this is what makes hell such a dense place. This is what causes people to have seen it as a fiery place, because the density of matter creates more internal friction that puts everything in a state of fire. Almost like you see molten lava, where the actual pressure inside the earth is what causes the rock to melt, and therefore rise again as magma that might spew out of a volcano.

And so, there is now a realm that is below the physical octave, and this is what can be called hell or the astral plane. This requires us to be willing to go beyond the teaching given in a previous dispensation, that the lowest aspect of earth is in the emotional realm. This is not a matter of saying the old teaching is incorrect. It was what could be given at the time, we evaluated based on the understanding we had been giving in general. But it is now time to take that leap and say that hell or the lowest realm is not really part of the emotional. It is still so, that what primarily connects people to hell is their emotions, it is their emotional body that makes them open to the lower vibrations in the hellish realm or the lowest realm, but it is not really part of the emotional realm.

So, this now gives you a new view of how the energy flows. It flows into the identity realm, into the mental, into the emotional, into the physical. Then only from the physical level of vibration can the energy be lowered further, until they are down to the vibrations of the hellish realm. This means that there is a pure or correct flow of energy through the identity, mental, emotional and physical realm, and only from people in the physical realm can these energies be received from above and lowered to the lower levels. They do this primarily through their emotions, grant you, but it still does not mean that the hellish realm is really part of the emotional realm. We advise you to contemplate this, and shift your focus, those of you who have pondered this, so that you realize that the emotional realm is actually purer than the hellish realm. It is, of course, polluted by various fear-based emotions but nevertheless, it is not so that there is anything inherently wrong or unhealthy about your emotions, or the emotional realm in general, as students in previous dispensations have often considered.

The reality here is, that as we continue to raise the collective consciousness, the physical octave will shift upwards. But it will not only shift upwards, it will also be expanded, so that gradually more and more of the 144 levels of energy will be encompassed by the physical realm.

What will this mean? Well, this will mean that matter as you call it today, will become less dense, more liquid. This means that you will move back towards the state where you have a natural planet, where matter is much more pliable by the mind. In other words, as we move further into the Golden Age of Saint Germain, matter will become much more pliable by the collective mind, by individual minds, and you will see much more mastery of mind over matter. This is partly what it means to be an open door for earth.

The reason I am giving you this model at the start of this conference, is that it has a bearing on what all of us want to talk about, but also what I want to talk about in this release. You see, the question is, here you are – you are in a physical embodiment on earth, you recognize there is a spiritual realm, you recognize that energy flows from the spiritual realm. You recognize that you have higher levels of your mind, which makes it possible for you to connect from the conscious level, through the emotional, mental and identity realms with your I Am Presence or with ascended masters. Therefore, you can receive ideas, you can receive insights, you can receive experiences. What does it mean then to be the open door for planet earth? Well, one aspect is that you receive energy, you receive high frequency, love based spiritual energy that you express on earth through your activities. Even daily activities – not necessarily just spiritual activities, but all of your activities, you are expressing this spiritual energy, you are qualifying it with whatever is in your three higher bodies. You are nevertheless expressing energy, and the more energy that comes into the energy system on earth, the more of a positive effect it will have in terms of raising the collective consciousness.

There is an old saying, promoted by Master More that, if people knew better they would do better, but what does it take for people to know better? It takes that they see better. If you take the earth as it is today, you could say that the physical octave can be likened to an underground cave. You might recall Plato’s cave, the allegory of Plato’s cave, and you might look it up and see what we mean with this. So, the earth is a cave, it is somewhat dark, this means that there are many, many things people cannot see. But, if you increase the amount or the intensity of light in the cave very gradually, what will happen? Well, people will naturally start to see things that they could not see before, because these things were hidden in or veiled by the darkness, as the darkness recedes, more and more will become visible.

You can look at the progress that has been made – scientific progress and in other aspects of society over the last thousand or two thousand years, and a big part of it is the increase of light that simply makes it possible for people to see something. This is what we have talked about many times, where suddenly there is a shift, and people see something they did not see before and they see: “Oh, but this is obvious, this is what needs to change.” And so this is a matter of increasing light.

Then, of course, you can look for example at the progress of science, and see that this is based on increasing knowledge, increasing ideas – ideas about how the physical world works, how it is possible to change things in the physical octave, how it is possible to take a substance that was considered worthless in the past, and now turn it into a major source of energy for example, or in other ways improve people’s lives through technology, this is mainly ideas, understanding, knowledge.

But, even if you take all of the ideas that have been brought forth over the last thousand years, they alone cannot explain the change that has happened in society. There is a third factor, and that third factor is what we might call a general raising of awareness. It also ties into what we have talked about, people connect to the basic humanity, or the essential humanity where people first of all realize that, if I treat other people well and they treat me well, then we all have better lives. This is, essentially (you might say), the basis for many of the modern democracies. Where you – instead of having a society where might is right, you consider that all people have rights, that all people should be treated a certain way by the government, that the people should treat each other a certain way, and when they do, the entire society becomes more pleasant to live in and also more prosperous.

This has been proven by the modern democracies, including South Korea and many others. You can look at how people live in South Korea today, and you can compare it to how people live in North Korea. I very sincerely doubt that there is any person in the entire world who would prefer to live in North Korea, rather than South Korea. And this proves to you, that as there is a raising of this basic humanity, that there are certain things the government cannot do to its own people, which is exactly what the government is doing in North Korea, then society prospers and becomes more pleasant.

I am not thereby saying that there is not room for improvement in all of the modern democracies – of course there is. But, it is very difficult to deny that there has been a rather considerable improvement over the last couple of generations in all modern democracies. And so this is an increase of the level of awareness. And as this increase continues, people become more aware that we are not just human beings, we are spiritual beings, and we have a far higher potential than we have been brought up to believe, based on our society’s definition of what it means to be a human being.

These are the general ways in which a planet is raised, and in which the entire physical octave shifts upwards on this linear scale of 144 levels. Again, the question now becomes, here you are, you are in physical embodiment, how can you become an open door for the energy, the pure energy that is simply increasing light, for the ideas that are increased knowledge of how to do things, and for the awareness that raises people’s acknowledgement of basically the oneness of all life and therefore, what we do to others affects ourselves?  How do you become an open door? Well, as I said, the question is: “How open is the door?” This means we now can take a look at some of the forces that are closing the doors for most people, and seeking to keep them closed.

Of course, this is my specialty, because I am the Archangel whose task it is to defend people. Traditionally in Christian mythology, this has been seen as that I am the Defender of Faith. But faith is really not a word, you will notice that we are using anymore, certainly not in this dispensation. We are not asking you to have faith in anything. We are asking you to go within, to use your intuitive faculties, to have direct experiences, so that it is not a matter of believing something, it is simply a matter of experiencing and therefore your consciousness shifts. You are not shifting intellectually, you are not reasoning yourself into that: “I should shift because this is the right thing to do.” As you, for example, see many people in the debate today, such as the climate debate who are saying; “we should start doing this because it is the right thing to do,” but there is not really the intuitive grasp behind it.

And so again, the question now is: What are the forces that want to keep your door shut? This is where we have a tremendous challenge in the people on earth in general. I am not talking about primarily ascended master students, but you realize that we need to give some teachings here that could appeal to a wider audience, than just you who are our regular students. When you look at humanity today, you see that you still have a section of religious people who believe that there is a hell, there are dark forces in this hell, there may be a devil, there may be Satan, there may be some demons that are seeking to prevent them from going to heaven. But these people have very little understanding of how the dark forces can influence them, they see them as an external force. They might be afraid of them, but they also think that if they cling to their faith and if they pray, then they will be protected and they will still go to heaven.

Well, this is a very primitive view that is all that could be given in previous times. But as you know, as ascended master students, there is much more that can be given. What we see is that many of these religious people who recognize that there is a lower realm, they are absolutely closed to the idea that there could be something in their minds and their attitude, that could open them to the dark forces. They are absolutely unwilling to look at the beam in their own eye and consider; “what could I change?” Now, for example, there are of course many religious people who know that it is wrong to use drugs or alcohol, according to their religion. And so they try to force themselves to avoid it. Nevertheless, there are many, many religious people who give the outward expression that they are good religious people, who go to church, but they are still closet alcoholics. They are not willing to see that it is something in their psychology that makes them open to the forces that pull them into alcoholism.

Likewise, you have for example, many Christians who are very, very judgmental towards those who are non Christians. Or even to other Christians who are not living up to the standard that they feel they should be living up to. These people would be very unwilling to acknowledge that their judgmental attitude opens them up to some very powerful demons (what we have called collective beasts) that are pulling them right into this vibration of death and hell, because judgmentalness, the judgmental attitude really comes from death and hell. You see here, there is tremendous opposition from religious people to acknowledging that dark forces can only influence you when you open yourself to them. This is what they will not acknowledge. They believe, because they have been brainwashed to believe, that if they are faithful to their religion, follow its outer rules, if they pray and have faith, the dark forces will not touch them. But the dark forces are influencing them. They have their hooks in many, many of these people. In fact, if you look at Christianity worldwide, more than 95% of those who call themselves Christians have some entity from the lower realm that have hooked into their auras, primarily through their emotions.

There is tremendous opposition from religious people towards acknowledging the dark forces that are deliberately seeking to keep people’s doors closed, so they cannot receive new impulses from the spiritual realm. Then you have a large group of intellectuals, of materialists, of atheists, of agnostics, who consider the entire idea that there could be a lower realm as simple superstition, medieval superstition, something that belongs to the Dark Ages that they need to scoff at and ignore completely. Of course, this is the same as if people when bacteria were discovered, have said: “all this is pure superstition, this is not something we need to worry about.” Because everything is energy, if you were to undertake a scientific study of people with mental illness, you would see that there are many people with mental illness, where the explanation that they are possessed by certain forces from a lower energetic realm is actually more logical, more rational, and more useful in terms of helping these people than a blank denial of the existence of such forces.

At the very least, it could be recognized that there are lower energies. It is possible to measure that people who are open to such mental illness, that they have lower energies in their energy fields. This can be measured by existing instruments. There will be many, many psychologists who realize that the only way to really help certain patients, is to treat this as if there are certain spirits that you can make go away from the person. Again, there is a tremendous segment, a large segment of the population, who have this absolute denial, absolute resistance towards acknowledging that there are non material forces that are seeking to prevent people from being the open door for anything new.

Now, we then have another segment of the population, which is the New Age segment. These are people who may not call themselves New Age, but they are open to a form of spirituality that goes beyond traditional religion.  Many of these people will call themselves spiritual but not religious. They consider themselves to be open to the spiritual ideas and the existence of a spiritual realm, but they are not in the traditional religious category. One aspect of this is, that they often consider the idea of hell or a devil to be medieval superstition. In other words, these people have a mixture of openness to spiritual ideas, but at the same time the intellectual denial of certain ideas.

You find a large segment of these New Age people who have the attitude that “it is all good,” that we should not focus on anything negative because what we resist persists. What we focus our attention on we give power, and therefore we should not focus our attention on anything negative. But my beloved, if you believe that by focusing your attention on something, you can give it power, then are you not at the same time acknowledging that it exists?

In other words, you are actually believing that there are lower forces. You just believe that the only way to deal with these forces is to ignore them and hope they leave you alone. But is not that the same as saying: “we should ignore the existence of bacteria because if we leave them alone, they will not invade our bodies and make us sick?”

Well, there are many New Age people who would object to this. Because they believe that their ignoring the dark forces has caused these dark forces to leave them alone. And my beloved, they are absolutely right. If you are a spiritual person, and you ignore the dark forces, they will in most cases leave you alone. And why is that? Because you are not a threat to them and their control over planet Earth.

You see, the very simple reality here is, that when you look at the earth there are 144 different levels of consciousness. We have said that there is a dividing line at the 48th level of consciousness. People below the 48th level of consciousness are so trapped in their personal psychology, their psychological wounds, their hang ups, their reactionary patterns, that they are not able to bring forth anything new, their consciousness is simply so focused on themselves that there is very little openness for new ideas.

Then you have a range of consciousness from the 48th to the 96th level, and most of the spiritual New Age people on earth are somewhere in that range. This is the level where you can make gradual progress in raising your consciousness. You can have some openness to new ideas, but you are not really at the level where you start manifesting the higher levels of consciousness, what we have called personal Christhood. At this level, you are not as severe of a threat to the dark forces. Therefore there is a limit to how much they will oppose you, especially if you have subconsciously made the vow that you will not raise your consciousness beyond a certain level in this lifetime. There are many New Age people who have done this. They do not realize they have done it but they have essentially said: “If you leave me alone, I’ll leave you alone.”

What does that mean? Well, you look at Jesus and you look how he challenged the authority figures in the physical octave. But he also challenged the demons, cast out the demons, challenged the dark forces. There is nothing that is a greater threat to them as we have said many times before, than a person who starts going beyond the 96th level of consciousness and starts manifesting personal Christhood. This is the greatest threat to them. If you as a New Age person have subconsciously vowed you will not go there, you will not attempt to manifest Christhood, well then, the dark forces will in large part leave you alone. They may still siphon off some of your energy, which you barely even notice because you think that is just the way it is. But you can feel very, very comfortable in your state of consciousness, in your outer activities being a spiritual person.

You will see that many of these people have various compromises: “Oh, I can be a spiritual person and drink wine for dinner. I can be a spiritual person and smoke pot once in a while. I can be a spiritual person and take ayahuasca. I can do this, I can do that.” They have reached a level of where they are comfortable, they feel they are very spiritual but they are not a threat to the dark forces, so the dark forces will say: “okay, we will leave them alone and we will focus our efforts on those who really are a threat to us.”

And that is why, when you come to a realistic assessment of what it takes to raise your consciousness on earth, there is simply the stark reality that you cannot raise your consciousness beyond a certain level, if you do not acknowledge the existence of dark forces who will do anything they can to prevent you from raising your consciousness. It simply cannot be done. Nobody who has ever raised their consciousness on earth, has done so without acknowledging the existence of dark forces.

Now, it is perfectly true that what you resist persists, because when you resist something, you are giving it energy. But if you take the teachings we have given through this dispensation about dark forces, we are time and time again saying, you do not fear the dark forces, you do not fight them. You increase your awareness of how they influence your consciousness, and then you overcome the wounds and hang ups in your psychology that gives them a hook in your consciousness, and then you are free. We are not talking about resisting the dark forces, we are talking about learning what it takes to free yourself from their influence and then doing that. Once you are free, you do not really need to worry about the dark forces.

As part of becoming free you can make the calls, you can give the invocations and decrees. but another big part of it is of course, to see the separate selves, the reactionary patterns that cause you to be open to these lower forces. Once you do this, you can bring yourself above the level where they can pull at you. You need to be aware that they are there, but it is not something you go around fearing, and not something you spend a lot of attention on. You are, as Jesus said, approaching the point where the “Prince of this world cometh and has nothing in me.” Like the Buddha demonstrated under the Bo tree, you have no attachments, therefore the demons of Mara cannot tempt you into any reaction. If you do not acknowledge the existence of dark forces, then either you will not grow or you will be pulled into a reaction to the dark forces that can keep you trapped for a very long time.

Again, if you look at planet Earth, you see that there are parts of the world where there are groups of people that are constantly fighting each other, constantly battling each other. We have used the example many times of the Middle East, but certainly there are many examples around the world. Many of these people do not realize that their minds are almost completely taken over by these forces in the lower realm, we might call it the astral realm. They are trapped in the epic mindset, the black and white thinking, the dualistic struggle against an opponent. All they are doing is feeding most of their energy to the demons of conflict and war that exist in the collective consciousness and in the astral realm. This is simply how they spend their entire lives, perhaps even many, many lifetimes, simply fighting another group of people, giving their energies to the dark forces who become stronger and stronger, can take over more people and so forth.

So, you might say that, yes, part of what brings progress on earth is that you increase the amount and the intensity of light in the cave. But the Omega aspect of growth is that you diminish the darkness in the cave. And of course, you have the old saying, which many New Age people will immediately bring up “that darkness has no substance.” You cannot shovel the darkness into garbage bags and throw it out of the cave. You can only bring the light, and that is fine. But what does it take to bring the light? How do you become an open door for the light? Well, your door has to be open, and if your door is closed because of the influence of dark forces, how can you bring the light? How can you open the door, unless you come to see the very mechanism that caused you to close the door and therefore see how the dark forces managed to gain an influence in your consciousness, that caused you to make the choices that closed the door.

Strangely enough, I said that there are many Christians that are completely closed to the idea that they could be, and their mindset and psychology could be responsible for dark forces influencing them. But there are also many spiritual people that are closed to the same. They do not want to acknowledge that they have made certain choices, they have certain mechanisms in their psychology that make them vulnerable to dark forces, and it causes them to close their doors to the light. There is a certain segment of the spiritual people on earth, who are comfortable, who feel very, very spiritual, who participate in various spiritual retreats and conferences and seminars, who are seeking peak experiences and they think they are very spiritual, they think they are helping raise the earth but they are simply – they have stagnated at a certain level and stagnation my beloved, cannot bring progress.

The progress that happens on earth is a gradual continual raising of consciousness. You take a person who has stagnated at a certain level among the 144 levels, that person after a short time is no longer pulling up on the collective. Because in order to pull up on the collective, you have to transcend yourself, you have to go to a higher level, then for a time you are pulling up on the collective, but then you have to go to the next level up in order to continue pulling up on the collective. Only those who are continually transcending themselves, are helping to raise the collective consciousness, and those who have become comfortable, who are standing still at a certain level, are simply not raising the collective consciousness. They might feel very spiritual, very comfortable, but they are not growing and they are not helping the collective consciousness grow, they are not helping the planet grow. These are the kind of people that very often become open to false teachers of various kinds, some even the false hierarchy impostors who claim to be ascended masters but really are from the lower identity, or in most cases the mental realm.

The reason this is such an important topic to bring up, is that when you again look at the range of consciousness on earth, who are the people who have the greatest potential to pull up the earth? It is obviously not the people below the 48th level, it is not the people who are trapped in materialism. The people who have the greatest potential are those who acknowledge spirituality beyond traditional religion, those who are spiritual, but not religious, they are the people who have the greatest potential. The vast majority of these people, when they made their divine plans before coming into this embodiment, they made it part of their divine plan that they wanted to continue to grow throughout this lifetime. But once they came into embodiment, they were overwhelmed, as is natural, by the density of the energies in the physical realm, by the circumstances into which they were born, and so instead of connecting to this desire to continually transcend themselves, they have become, we might say, satisfied with less. They have become satisfied with being comfortable, with feeling they are spiritual and they are doing something.

It is actually the New Age version of the automatic salvation that so many Christians believe in: “If only I go to church, if only I pray, then Jesus will come and save me after this lifetime.” This is what they believe, “If only I am comfortable, if I only do these spiritual activities, then I will be okay after this lifetime.” Whether they call it the ascension of whatever they call it, this is what they believe. What they tend to do is, they tend to gravitate into these teachings that are designed by the false teachers to make people feel comfortable, to make people feel that they are doing the right thing, they are helping the earth grow by doing whatever activities they are doing.

But what you will see is, a common denominator for all of these teachings is, they do not require you to look at yourself, to work on your psychology. Some of them will require a certain rudimentary looking at yourself, but once you have overcome a certain hump, then you are in the clear, then you are one of the advanced people, the mature people, and now you do not need to look at yourselves anymore.

Well, what have we said consistently through this messenger now since 2002. There never comes a point where your growth stops, there never comes a point where you can stop looking at yourself. Because, you always have to look at the next illusion so that you can rise to the next level of consciousness. It is an ongoing process as long as you are in embodiment, and any teaching that does not talk about this, or that even denies it, or that has some kind of diversion, is not a teaching coming from the ascended masters. It simply cannot be my beloved, because we are the ascended masters – do you not realize? We have ascended.

How did we ascend? Not through an automatic process, where Jesus came and saved us at the end. We ascended because we continued to look into our own psychology, transcend illusion after illusion, hang up after hang up, until there was nothing left and there was nothing therefore that tied us to earth. This is the only way that anyone has ever ascended and a teaching that attempts to tell you differently, does not come from the ascended masters, because we know what it takes. We have experienced it, we have proven it and why would we give you anything less than what we know works.

We have given you teachings, we have given you tools through this messenger. The decrees, the invocations to protect yourself from dark forces. Some of you have experienced that doing this made a tremendous difference. Some of you have experienced that by giving the calls to me, consistently over a period of time, you were suddenly raised above certain mental illnesses that you had before.

Many, many people can experience this, and it is certainly valuable that those of you who have experienced positive results of this, witness to this fact—social media, websites, whatever you have, this is part of being the open door. It is not just a matter of you receiving ideas or energies, because what is the point of you sitting there, knowing something. In other words, if you are sitting there and you have the method for a new, low cost, unlimited energy source, and you are sitting there enjoying this wonderful technology that you have received but you are not communicating it to anybody, then what good does it do?

What you can do is, you can communicate the benefits, the results that you have had from the teaching, from the tools we have given. You can witness to the fact that this works, that it has had a positive impact on you, so that it can help others. This is not saying that you always need to promote this messenger or ascended master teachings if it is more appropriate for you to do it in a universal context, then by all means, do so.

But you understand what I am saying. Part of being the open door, the Alpha part, is receiving, the Omega part is communicating, is sharing, is giving out. Because it is only by giving out that you receive more. As Jesus explained in his parable of the talents, if you bury what you receive in the ground, keeping it for yourself, there is nothing for us to multiply and how can you receive more?

There are many, many people who have come to a point on the path after some years, where they feel like: “I am not growing as fast, there does not seem to be so much happening, I am not having these dramatic experiences that I used to have.” In many cases, it is precisely because you are not giving out what you have received. You are not sharing with others, you are not seeking to help others and therefore what is there to multiply for us? We are not just here to help you. We are here to help all people.

This is one of the subtle, dangerous challenges of spiritual students who have reached a certain level. There is this tendency to become comfortable at a certain level. To feel: “I know enough about spiritual teachings, I understand how the universe works. I have done a lot of decrees and invocations or other spiritual practices, and now I can coast a little bit, I can take it easy, I can be comfortable.” But, this means that if you are not using what you have received to help others, we cannot multiply your efforts because you are burying your talents in the ground.

And so, how can you continue to grow and have the sense that you are growing? If you do not have the sense you are growing, it is because you are not growing and that is because you are not seeking to help others. You understand? Perhaps you do not! But then you can come to understand that you ascend by attaining the full Christ consciousness, and the full Christ consciousness means you overcome the illusion of the duality consciousness, of the fallen consciousness. And what is the primary illusion of duality? It is that you are a separate being.

Christ is ultimately oneness between the Creator and its creation, but it is also the horizontal oneness between all beings who are part of that creation. You ascend by rising to that level where you experience the oneness of all life, you experience that you are part of a whole. In fact, you give up the sense that you are a separate being and you see yourself only as a part of the whole. This means that you now work on raising the whole.

As we have said, it is very understandable that as you are walking from the 48th to the 96th level, your primary task is to raise yourself above the collective consciousness and you do this as an individual, you have to stand apart from the collective in order to raise yourself to the 96th level. But the danger, the challenge is that once you come to the 96th level you have to be willing to let go of the self that brought you there. Because otherwise, you continue to reinforce the sense that you are a separate individual who is so spiritual, more spiritual than all other people. And you can continue seeking to build this sense, but this is not Christhood. Christhood is when you start working to raise the whole, working on helping others, instead of just being yourself or concerned about yourself and your own growth. There comes a point where you cannot grow anymore as a separate individual, you can only grow by seeking to raise the whole.

Where does this all lead us to? Well, of course, there are many more things that could be said here. But the reality is, that if you are a person who feels that the idea that you can be an open door resonates with you, then you need to take a very intense look at the teachings we have given on dark forces, how you protect yourself from them, how to cut yourself free from them. You need to use the decrees to me, to Astrea, other decrees and invocations to cut yourself free from this. Because if you have not done this before, you will be influenced by these dark forces who will want you to keep your door closed.

It is simply inevitable. It is simply a part of the path beyond a certain level, that you have to free yourself from this pull of the dark forces. What I am seeking to do here is help those people who have a resistance to this idea, break through and make the decision that: “I will do this, I will look at this, I will make an effort to raise myself beyond the downward pull of these dark forces from the astral plane.” Because as long as you are influenced by these forces, you cannot rise to a higher level and therefore you cannot open your door to new impulses and ideas from above. It cannot be done, my beloved.

You understand that, or perhaps you do not understand, but you can come to understand, that there is a traditional image of God, that God is the angry, judgmental, being in the sky, that spiritual beings, whether it is Archangel Michael or Jesus or whomever, we are judgmental of you. But we are not. We are sitting here constantly letting it rain upon the unjust. We are releasing energy. I am constantly, every day, every second, releasing energy towards earth. But the Law of Free will says that the energy from Archangel Michael cannot enter the energy system on earth, unless there is someone who voluntarily chooses to open their four lower bodies, open the door to my energies.

The same with ideas. Saint Germain is not withholding ideas for the golden age. He is not judging: “Who is worthy to receive that idea? Are they the right people? Are they doing the right thing?” He is simply there with the ideas and it is only one thing that matters: “Is there an openness to receive?” And this is beyond our control. This is up to your free will. If you are not open, it is not because we are not sending anything to you, it is not because dark forces are forcing you to be closed against your will. It is because there is something in your will, at subconscious levels, that have chosen to close the door and keep it closed, or you can say you have chosen not to open it.

The reality is that your door was more open when you first descended into embodiment. It gradually became more closed. If you are a spiritual person listening to this, obviously you have gone through a period of gradually opening your door. But the reality is, that it is the choices you made in the past, and which are still sitting in your subconscious mind as these separate selves that are closing your door, that are blocking your door.

If the opening was there, you would receive energies, ideas, first to how you can improve your own growth, your own personal situation, but also how you could make a contribution to the whole. When there is an opening, you will receive. But there is a law, a spiritual law, that for there to be an opening, there has to be a chalice that it can be poured into. You understand that, or again perhaps you do not, but you can come to understand, the entire concept of the holy grail is that the grail is actually a chalice that you raise up, so that the wine of the Spirit can be poured into it without being spilled on the ground. There has to be something that can hold it.

For example, in terms of energy, there are people who are in constant conflict, as I said. Most of their energy goes straight to dark forces in the astral plane. There is a limit to how much energy we can give such people, because we know they will instantly misqualify it, they only receive barely enough to keep their physical bodies alive. For them to receive more, they have to create some kind of chalice in their minds where they can now receive something, without having it go directly to the astral plane. There has to be a receptacle that can receive it.

If you are to receive a new idea about some aspect of society, you have to know something about that particular topic. You have to know how to implement the idea, otherwise what good does it do? The same with just energy, you have to be able to maintain it for some time, instead of for example misqualifying it in judging others, or holding on to strong opinions.

What does this often take to receive a new idea in a field? Well, you may say it takes an openness to a new idea. But, what is it that makes you not open? It is the ideas and opinions you already have in your mind and which you believe, as Mother Mary said in her definition of fanaticism, cannot be or do not need to be expanded upon. If you have any firm idea that you do not think can be expanded upon, how could you receive a new idea which must go beyond the old, or it would not be new? The question again is: “Do you seek a higher understanding or do you seek validation for your present understanding?” What do you seek? What do you want? Of course, that is a topic that other masters will expound upon, as I have given you what I wanted to give you in this instalment.

Therefore, you have my gratitude for so many people being willing to tune in to this. I can assure you that by you being willing to listen, the impulse has gone out even in Korea, South Korea, North Korea. Because, what do you see in North Korea? There is a total closedness to new ideas. Because there is an absolute denial of the need to change, because what we already have and what we already know of how the system should work cannot be expanded upon.

And so this has been challenged by this dictation, by your willingness to be the open doors, by the calls you are making, the calls you will be making. You see the same in many other nations, especially China, you see this unwillingness to change, this unwillingness to recognize that China has long gone beyond the point where the ideology of communism is useful, or where the dictatorship of one person is a realistic form of government.

But again, with this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. Therefore, I seal you in this very joyful flame of the power and the will of God that I AM for earth.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Being the Open Door for Planet Earth

Your direct relationship with the ascended masters


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I am the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha.

I AM at peace. I AM in peace. I AM peace. Thus, I give a teaching from peace. How can there be force in the Buddha? This is not possible, as the Buddha is beyond force. The Buddha is not anti-force. The Buddha is beyond force.

What does the Buddha know about relationships? Did he not, when he was in embodiment, leave his wife and young child, leave other people and go out and live in the forest among wild animals and wild people? Well, yes, but what did he do later in life? Did he not create a community and gather students that came to learn from the Buddha?

So, the Buddha at least knows something about the relationship between teacher and student. And of course, as an ascended master, I know something about the relationship between ascended masters and unascended human beings on earth. Let us speak about this relationship. For as we have said, we do not so much desire you to find a physical guru as to be able to receive directions from the ascended masters within yourself.

What will it require for you to work out the best possible relationship with the ascended masters? Well, first of all you need to consider that the major blockage to a direct relationship with the ascended masters is idolatry. Idolatry is where you put someone up as an idol that is somehow so above you that they are unattainable.

This messenger lives in the country and when driving to and from town drives past a Buddhist facility, one of the few here in Denmark. After having done this for years, he decided to look up on the internet what they were actually about. He was surprised to find that their view of the Buddha was very different from how he had come to think that Buddhists viewed the Buddha. These people had a very idolatrous view of me. They thought that not only was I special from birth, but I was special before birth. I was in a completely separate category from all other human beings on earth and that is why I could be this unique teacher, and that is why Buddhism was a unique religion that would lead people to a higher realm.

This messenger clearly saw that this idolatrous view actually blocked these people from having a personal relationship with the real Buddha, because they could only relate to this idol they had created in their minds. How could they actually follow the true teachings of the Buddha and what are the true teachings of the Buddha? Well, did I not say that everything is the Buddha nature? Everything has the Buddha nature within it. Every human being has the Buddha nature within it, which means that every human being has the potential to become the Buddha.

But how do you become the Buddha? By learning or by being inspired by, by following the example of the Buddha until you become one with the Buddha. But how can you become one with a Buddha if you think the Buddha is so far above you, that he is in a completely separate category?

You see, there is a very, very old tradition on this planet of this kind of idol worship. It is, of course, created by the fallen beings. They are the ones who want to set themselves up as being in a fundamentally different category from other human beings on earth. In a sense, they are because they have a much lower consciousness than all other human beings on earth, but this does not really make them special, just different. It certainly does not make them superior, even though they believe they have some superior wisdom and insight, or even in some cases, some superior abilities because they had much longer to work out or work on these abilities.

You see here that the idolatry found in so many religions is actually the wishful thinking of the fallen beings. They are the ones who want to be worshiped the way many people worship God. They are the ones who want to be gods on earth, or even gods in the identity realm, who are worshiped by human beings and who are looked at by human beings as being inherently superior—in a special category, in an unattainable category for human beings. This makes the fallen beings feel special, whereas, an ascended master has no desire to feel special, has no need to feel special—does not even think in terms of special or less special.

What you can do as ascended master students, is you can contemplate these ideas. You can look at whatever religion you grew up in in this lifetime. You can look at what religions you might have been exposed to in past lifetimes and you can identify the idolatry. You can see how the so-called monotheistic religions claim to have the superior God, but they also ascribe certain characteristics to this God that are actually a reflection of their own unresolved psychology. People project that God is the way they are therefore, he is the angry god in the sky. He is the vengeful God that wants to smite his enemies and punish with an eternity of torment in hell those who oppose them.

Some of these things come from the fallen beings, clearly, because they are the ones who have that desire to destroy or punish anyone who opposes them. You see here, you can begin to identify how big of an influence the fallen beings have had on the religions on earth, even many aspects of the religion of Buddhism. When you do this, you can begin to clear your mind from these illusions. You can even come to realize that in past lives, you have been exposed to this form of religion, and as a result, you have built certain separate selves.

This messenger became aware at a certain point that he had a separate self, which he did not call it at the time, but he had an aspect in his psychology that was afraid of offending God. He was afraid that he could say or even think certain things that God would be offended by. Now, he was, at that point, already an ascended master student in a previous dispensation, but it took him quite a bit of working with this before he realized that this god could not be the real God. It had to be a false god because, truly, how could the real God be offended by anything on earth?

Then, he had an experience of the real God, the real Creator, who is beyond all form as he has described in some of his writings. The reason he was open to this experience was that he had wrestled with his image of God. He had wrestled with this image of the angry judgmental God, the remote God in the sky, that wanted to be worshiped and that could be offended by human beings. He realized that a being in the spiritual realm could not really be offended by anything that human beings do on earth. How could this make any sense when you are beyond anything on earth? So, he realized that this god, who can be offended but is also a projection of the unresolved psychology—ultimately, of the fallen beings, but also of many people on earth, who take great offense.

If you look at the fact that the monotheistic religions had their origin in the Middle East, you can see how even today, many, many people in the Middle East are very easy to take offense, have a very big sensitivity to become insulted by other people saying something to them that they do not think they should say. They become very angry and very vengeful and have a desire to punish people who offend them in this way. These are characteristics of a certain group of human beings, which they have then projected upon their image of God.

Now, when you realize this with the major religions, you can then begin to look at your relationship with the ascended masters. You can realize that the greatest challenge we face as ascended masters is that our students do not come to our teachings in a vacuum. You come with some kind of background, some kind of baggage, you have been exposed to a certain religion or to different religions, both in this lifetime and in previous lifetimes. You come with some preconceived expectations, opinions, you come with a certain view of what spiritual beings are like, what they should be like.

And what you can come to recognize, if you are willing, is that the views you have adopted, of God and of spiritual beings and the ascended masters, is a reflection of your own unresolved psychology. You can realize that the greatest limitation we face in our attempts to help you grow spiritually is, of course, this projection that comes from your unresolved psychology.

When you have an unresolved psychology that you are projecting upon us and one aspect of that unresolved psychology is that you think we are perfect and therefore, your view of us is perfect, how can you free yourself from this? It is a catch 22. There are two viewpoints that are locking each other in this Gordian knot because how can you come to realize that your view of ascended masters is limited if you think that we are perfect and your view of ascended masters is perfect or that we would be offended if you questioned your view of ascended masters? Many of you have this subtle sense that you cannot question your view of ascended masters because you think it is not a view, you think this is how the ascended masters are and you think that we would be offended if you questioned your view of us.

Again, we are ascended, my beloved. We are not offended by anything on earth. Nothing you could do or say or think or feel would offend us. The only thing that we can do is that we can leave you alone if you are in a state of mind where we cannot help you right now. If you need more knocks from the school of hard knocks, then we must sometimes leave students for a time until they have had the knocks and they open their minds so we can again help them in a more direct manner.

But this does not mean we are offended. We are not offended by being rejected, by being ignored. We cannot take offense to anything. You may think we can. You may project that we can. You may feel that you have offended us and therefore, you are not worthy to be in contact with us. And therefore, you withdraw yourself into a little cave where you feel sorry for yourself and you project upon us that we are the ones punishing you because you have been naughty and questioned some image of us that you had. But we clearly see your images. And how would we be offended by you questioning an image that has nothing to do with who we are in reality even if we could become offended, which of course we cannot?

You see, again, we do not take offense. What does this mean? This means, as we have said many times, we are in a fundamentally different state of consciousness than unascended human beings. I know this is an abstract concept, I know you cannot fully grasp this while you are still in embodiment, but many of you can at least begin to have some glimpses, some experiences of our state of consciousness, as this messenger has by taking dictations, as you can have by listening to the dictations or meditate upon us in your heart. And when you have that experience you can come to a certain realization and I will give you this realization from without, but it will really only be valuable to you when it also comes from within.

The realization is this—your relationship with the ascended masters will not be like your relationship to other human beings. The biggest limitation we face in establishing a direct relationship with you is that you take your view of relationships to other human beings and you transfer it to us. Therefore, for example, many of you have this attitude that if you are an ascended master student, if you want to have a direct relationship with us, there are certain things you should do and certain things you should not do, there are certain things you should say, certain things you should not say, certain things you should feel, certain things you should not feel, certain things you should think and certain things you should not think.

We have seen, especially in previous ascended master organizations, how students can become almost catatonic, almost frantic in trying to live up to all of these demands that they are projecting on us that we are projecting on them. They think we are the ones who are projecting all of these demands on them. But these demands are based on relationships between human beings that are very much influenced by the fallen consciousness, the should and should not, the sense of obligation, the sense of duty, the sense you should be loyal to people and so forth and so on.

We do not have human psychology, we do not have fallen psychology, why would you think we react like the fallen beings or we act like human beings? It does not logically make sense and when you begin to contemplate this you can gradually free yourself from this and that means you can begin at least to meet the only requirement there is for making contact with us and that is an open mind, a neutral mind.

There must be room in your mind for us to enter and if you have all of these should and should nots, these preconceived opinions, this idolatrous view, where is the room? We are not forcing ourselves upon you, we are not manifesting ourselves in some undeniable manifestation except in very rare instances where it is part of your divine plan, something you decided before coming into embodiment.

We are never infringing on people’s free will, so we can only contact unascended beings where there is room in their minds for us to enter and this does not mean that there has to be this conscious intent of contacting us. We see many, many students who find ascended master teachings. They decide, “Well I want to have a direct experience, a direct contact with the masters, I want to get a personal message from the masters” and then they think they have to do this, they have to decree, they have to pray, they have to call to us, they have become almost frantic, almost catatonic in doing what they think they need to do in order to get this direct contact.

So, what do they do? Well, they are filling in their minds with all of these activities, with all of these thoughts, with all these prayers, with all these imaginings of how wonderful it will be when they have a direct contact with us, how we will give them these special gifts and now they will become special people who can create these wonders that other people will admire, or whatever fantasies people have. And so, they are filling their minds with more and more noise and where is the stillness, where is the room for us to enter? And so, we must stand back and wait until they perhaps become so tired, so weary of all this frantic activity that there is a moment of stillness and suddenly there is the contact with the ascended masters.

Now, the other big challenge we face in our relationship with unascended students is of course, that people have this expectation that being in contact with the ascended masters must be some wonderful, otherworldly dramatic peak experience. And yes, some people have had such experiences, very, very rarely from the ascended masters, but they have had a sense of drama because, as we have said before, of the contrast between their normal state of consciousness and the experience, but the reality is that we are not seeking to give you dramatic, wonderful experiences.

We are seeking to give you a frame of reference for evaluating your current state of consciousness. We are seeking to give you a direction that can help you take that next step up. So, if you are at the 60th level of consciousness, we are seeking to give you an impulse that can help you rise to the 61st level. We are not seeking to give you some dramatic peak experience that you might have at higher levels of consciousness because you are not ready for it and most of the people if they had it, it would be too overwhelming for them. This messenger had this experience of the formless God because he was ready for it, but it still took him years to process and integrate the experience.

And so, in general, people will not get this dramatic, otherworldly experience when they have direct contact with us. In fact, many people have received some direct help from us without realizing where it came from because it seemed too ordinary, too insignificant for them. And so, you can begin to look at your expectations for what it means to have a relationship with the ascended masters. You can begin to look at these unrealistic expectations, these desires you might have of having special experiences that makes you feel special and that might make other people think you are special because they have not had these experiences. Many students throughout the various dispensations have had these dreams— delusions of grandeur, where they wanted to have these special abilities that would make other people admire them and look up to them and not all of these students have been fallen beings, although some of them have.

You realize I assume, that when a fallen being in embodiment comes across an ascended master teaching that fallen being only looks at the teachings and the ascended masters in terms of, how can this make me appear special? How can it make me feel special? How can I use this teaching to elevate myself? And this, of course, is not the motivation that most of you have, but certainly you can have certain selves from past lives where you have this experience of being put down by the fallen beings and this can cause you to create certain selves that desire to compensate for this by elevating yourself, by making yourself appear special or by having some ability to prove the fallen beings wrong. There can be various selves like this and when you find an ascended master teaching, these selves will want to use the teaching to achieve their expectation, but this is of course an empty expectation. We could never give you that because if we did what would happen? It would reinforce the self and you will be much more identified with it, making it more difficult for you to separate yourself from it and let it die.

And so, you recognize here that we of the ascended masters do not feel special. Why not? You may say, well aren’t we special as ascended masters? Aren’t we in a much higher state of consciousness than unascended human beings? And yes, we are, but why are we in this higher state of consciousness? Because we have transcended duality. Where can the sense of being special exist? Well, only in the realm of duality because being special implies that there must be a comparison between those who are special and those who are not special and that is the essence of duality, that scale, that contrast, the value judgment.

We have transcended that. We do not even think in terms of special. We do not look at you as being inferior, or being deficient, or being sinners. We are not seeking to punish you in any way, we are not seeking to make you feel ashamed. We are not seeking to make you recognize your sins or confess your sins. We are only seeking to help you transcend all of this human consciousness. And so, we only have one goal, one desire and that is to help you transcend your present level of consciousness and continue to do so until you ascend. There is no other desire.

I know that in previous dispensations there was much more focus on giving service to Saint Germain, helping bring in the golden age and you may say we have some focus on this here as well. And of course, we desire you to give a service, but only when it is something you have decided in your divine plan. We are not seeking to force this upon you. We are not seeking to make you feel obligated, we are not seeking to make you feel you have a duty towards us. We are not seeking to feel that you should be doing this and you should not be doing anything else, especially not anything enjoyable.

You see how there is an old tradition in religion, in spiritual teachings, that the world is inherently bad, worldly activities are sinful, they distract you from your spiritual growth, they take you away from your spiritual growth and so forth and so on. And this has created this mindset which many ascended master students, including this messenger in his early years went into, that now that you have found the ascended master teachings you should focus all attention on this, you should focus on giving the service whether in decree sessions or other ways and you should not do anything else, anything that you would enjoy doing, you should do the bare minimum to survive and fulfill your obligations towards your family, but you are not doing anything out of enjoyment.

Well, as we said, you make the divine plan from a higher level of consciousness than you have now. If you determined that there are certain experiences that you want to have because they will help you be free of errors and ready to move on, then this is not only part of your divine plan, but it is for you a very spiritual activity. It is something that will only promote your spiritual growth not hinder it. So you cannot have this black and white attitude that all worldly activities are anti-spiritual and you should refrain from them and you especially should not have the attitude.

I realized I use the word should and I should not, but nevertheless it is not constructive for you to have the attitude that we are putting this upon you, what you should or should not do, that we are putting upon you that you should not allow yourself to enjoy earthly life, that you should only do it to the bare minimum and you should not really enjoy it because this would prove that you are not spiritual. You do not need to prove to us that you are spiritual, my beloved, and you do not prove it by outer activities. We have seen people who found an ascended master teaching, who joined an organization and who spent countless hours giving decrees, coming to conferences, coming to services and all of these things. They were doing all the outer things right, but they were not enjoying it. They had no sense of joy for doing it. They did it out of a sense of obligation.

What was the mindset behind doing this? It was what we have talked about before that so many religious people attempt to strike a bargain with God. “God, I am worshipping you, as a good Christian. I am confessing my sins. I am not doing anything enjoyable. I am doing penance. I am doing all of these things that are prescribed and God when I have done this long enough, when I have made myself suffer long enough, you simply have to let me into heaven.” Many ascended master students have attempted to strike a bargain with us. “When I have given all of these decrees for saving the world, when I refrain from doing all of these things, you must let me make my ascension” or “you must make me special,” or “you must give me a certain experience.”

My beloved, you cannot bargain with the ascended masters. Why cannot you bargain? Well, first of all, because as we have said, you cannot force your way into heaven, but also because we have no desire to see you try to force yourself into heaven, because we know that the only way to the ascension is through surrender.  Another thing is that in order to have a bargain, there has to be something that both sides want. For what could you possibly have here on earth that an ascended master would want?

So many of you have been affected by this traditional religious view that God, the superior God of the universe, needs to be worshiped by human beings on this little planet and therefore, they have to go to church every Sunday and get down on their knees and mumble these prayers that are prescribed, as if God needs this, as if God needs the attention or the energy from people. Well, who is it that needs people’s attention and energy? The fallen beings, the dark forces, who can get no energy themselves from a higher source.

We, of the ascended masters, have ascended, because we are getting energy from a higher source directly within ourselves, we are self-sufficient. We need no energy whatsoever from outside ourselves. We do not need attention from outside ourselves. What could you possibly have that we need or want? Nothing, absolutely nothing. When you ascend, there is nothing you need from earth. We do not need your attention. We do not need to be worshiped and therefore, how can you strike a bargain with us? How can you offer something that will make us say, “Oh, yeah, this person has given me what I wanted, so I am going to let him ascend?” How could we make you ascend? How can we let you ascend? It is a completely free choice based on surrendering all of the attachments to earth.

In a sense, we can say that there is no amount of decrees you could give that will qualify for your ascension. It does not mean you do not need to give the decrees to transmute energy, but the decrees themselves cannot get you into the ascended realm, because there needs to be that resolution in your mind, where you let go of attachments, let go of desires and come to a point again, where you can look at earth and there is nothing that pulls you back here. You can sit under the Bo tree, you can have all the demons of Mara, all of the forces of this world parade before you and whatever they do, whatever they say, whatever they display, whatever they do to each other, whatever they do to human beings, there is nothing here, nothing in it, that you react to.

This cannot be achieved through force, cannot be achieved through decreeing and cannot be achieved through study. It can only be achieved through a heightened awareness that makes you see the illusions and give them up. It is surrender, surrender after surrender, after surrender. Does there ever come a time where surrender stops? Yes, after you have ascended, but even then, we are still surrendering our limited sense of identity as an ascended master in order to attain a higher identity as an ascended master. We have said that you ascend as the Christ, but after having been ascended for some time, you can attain the level of Buddhahood. But you do that only by surrendering the limited sense of identity, rising to a higher one.

What is the relationship that we desire to have? Well, we desire to have a relationship, first of all, where you are open to receiving something from us. You are open to receiving what we see will help you rise from your present level of consciousness to the next level up. This means that if you want this from us, you need to look at your expectations. What does it mean to be an ascended master student, to have a relationship with us? What could you possibly get from us? What do you want from us? What expectations do you have? Do you, as I said, expect some kind of otherworldly experience on encountering ascended masters? Do you expect that we appear to you and give you specific instructions, that we make you feel special, more special than other people?

If you have these expectations, they will block our ability to communicate with you in a more direct manner, because you will actually ignore or reject what we are saying. You will think, “Oh, this cannot come from an ascended master. It does not live up to my expectation of what an ascended master should say to me and how they should talk and how they should appear.”

Again, many times, in the beginning levels of the path, we will not give you a direct communication because you are not open to it, so we will attempt to communicate with you through other people. That is why, if the messenger be an ant, heed him, because you are not ready to hear us directly.

But the worst problem for us, the worst hindrance for us is the kind of students who have this very fixed idea about how their relationship to us should be. You have a concept in certain Buddhist movements, especially Zen Buddhism, “I clasp, I clutch my ideas.” This is because these Buddhist teachers have realized that many people come with these preconceived opinions and beliefs and they hold on to them as if it was a matter of life and death. These teachers have realized that such students are not open.

We have said it before, I will say it again, if you really want to have a relationship with us, a direct inner relationship with us, take a look at yourself. Take a look at your opinions. Do you have certain opinions that you feel very strongly about? That you are very attached to? That you feel a need to defend? That you feel a need to refute anyone who questions them or does not share your opinion? Do you have a very, very strong idea of what the ascended master should say or should not say? In that case, you know, if you are willing to be honest with yourself, you are not open to a direct interaction with the ascended masters.

We have, over the many years that we have had these ascended master dispensations, seen a certain pattern unfold over and over again. We have seen a group of students, for example, it can be a group of students from a specific country, where based on the culture and the history of that country, they have a certain opinion that they are very attached to. It is very important in their culture. They have this idea that this must be true and therefore, since the ascended masters are so elevated and surely know truth, they should never say anything that would question what these people believe is the ultimate view of a certain situation.

When we do say something that questions this, we have seen entire groups of students who decided, “Oh, this messenger is not a real messenger, because this could not possibly be a real ascended master who would say this.” And then they have withdrawn from the teachings. We have seen individuals do the same thing for a variety of reasons. Often, it is because they come to something in their psychology that they are not willing to look at or give up and we say something that challenges this, and so, they must reject what we are saying. There are some students that come to an ascended master teaching and they have an aspect of their ego, they have certain separate selves that they are not willing to look at, they are not willing to give up. They have created another separate self that says, they do not have to give this up. They do not have to look at this, because it is possible to ascend without looking at this aspect of their psychology. They believe that they can do other things such as if they give enough violet flame, they do not have to look at this thing in their psychology, but they can still ascend.

What have we said many times? You cannot ascend with unresolved psychology. An ascended master does not have unresolved psychology. You see that there are people who have become offended by this. They are people in a previous dispensation, where the teaching was given that you could ascend with 51% of your karma balanced and they took this in a literal sense to mean that if a person had balanced 51% of their karma, they could ascend and then when they had ascended, they would become an ascended master. But if you knew some of these people who passed from the screen of life, after they have been told by the messenger of that dispensation that they have balanced more than 51% of their karma, then you would be able to see very easily that they still have some unresolved psychology. What these people were not willing to consider is, could these people really become ascended masters when they had unresolved psychology? Naturally, they cannot.

Now it may be that there is a person who has balanced more than 50% of their karma, so they do not have to come back into embodiment, but they still have to spend some time before they can become an ascended master, because they first have to resolve the psychology. As Mother Mary has said, the 51% of your karma is what you have with other people and the 49% is what you have with yourself, in terms of unresolved psychology and this can be done without being in embodiment. For most people, it will be faster to be in embodiment, than to do it outside, out of embodiment. But for some people, they have chosen to do this and therefore, it will take them a certain time.

Now, there are people who became so attached to what was said in this previous dispensation, that when we challenged this in this dispensation, well then, they rejected this. They rejected the messenger. They rejected us because we did not say what they thought we should say.

Many other people throughout the different dispensations have had similar attachments to certain viewpoints, certain opinions, they have essentially come to the teachings in order to get validation for these very strongly held beliefs. And when they did not get it, they have found some kind of excuse for rejecting the teaching. Many have gone into a specific pattern where they have found a certain teaching, they have accepted a certain messenger, the messenger for that dispensation and they have believed that this messenger is a genuine messenger, who is getting dictations from the ascended masters. Then we have challenged through the messenger, one of the viewpoints that these people were not willing to give up or question.

And now they have reasoned that “Oh no, something happened to the messenger. We were not wrong by seeing that the messenger was a genuine messenger when we came into the organization. But now something has happened, so that the messenger is no longer a genuine messenger, he or she has lost the mantle and is now in contact with a false hierarchy or imposters. Therefore, we need to leave the organization and reject any teaching that came after a certain point.” We have seen this happen several times in several dispensations, pretty much the same arguments used every time. And why? Because it was the same unresolved psychology in the students that made it necessary for them to reject the messenger so that they did not have to look at the beam in their own eye.

This is something you can watch out for in yourself, you can look at: “Do I have a certain belief that I hold so strongly, that I do not want the ascended masters to challenge it?” And if you do, you can then say: “Well, it cannot be me as the Conscious You, who is attached to this viewpoint, because the Conscious You cannot be attached to any viewpoint on earth, so it can only be a separate self. And if I want to make progress, I have to look at that separate self and come to the point where I can just let it go, let the self die, let the opinion go and realize there must be a higher understanding. And I want that higher understanding instead of holding on to what is the limited understanding.”

What will ultimately qualify you for your ascension? Is it that you hold on to your ideas, that you clutch your ideas or that you let go of them? It is only by letting go that you can return to the state in which the Conscious You descended, and thereby ascend. “Only he who descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven”, as Jesus so eloquently put it 2000 years ago.

What is it you want from a relationship, from your relationship, your personal relationship to the ascended masters? What do you want? Not what the fallen beings want or they want you to want. Not what other people want or what they want you to want. Not what your ego or your separate selves want or want you to want. No, what do you want? At your present level of consciousness, with your present level of awareness, your present connection or lack of connection to your I Am Presence, your present experience of pure awareness or lack of experience. What do you want? Do you want to take the next step up the ladder of the 144 steps? If you do, the mechanism, the mechanics are simple. You have an illusion right now that you cannot see. Only by coming to see this illusion and embracing a higher view, a slightly higher view, can you rise to the next step. You cannot jump from where you are to the 144th level. You must go through all of the steps one at a time.

What do you want? If you want this growth then you cannot clutch your ideas. You cannot clutch the illusion that prevents you from rising to the next step and at the same time rise to the next step. You cannot have your cake and eat it too. You cannot have your Buddha and idolize him too. You cannot have your ascended masters and project human qualities or fallen qualities upon them. There are certain things that are simply incompatible.

We see a certain amount of students that do not believe this. They do not accept it. Because they have bought into the lie of the fallen beings that you can find a way to cheat your way into heaven. Some among the fallen beings still believe that it can find a way to change God’s opinion because they see it as God’s opinion, God’s judgment of them. They think God judged them, God forced them to fall and they are projecting out that there was this exterior being who did this to them. And therefore, in order to get back to their former state, they need to change this external being, change his opinions of them, his judgments of them and they still think they can find a way to do this because they have not recognized that it was their own choices that caused them to fall and that the only change that is necessary is that they change those choices, they change the psychology.

So, it is them that needs to change. It is an internal change that needs to happen and no amount of trying to cheat or manipulate will get you to heaven. And it is the same for you, ascended master students. You cannot manipulate us, you cannot fool us, you cannot bargain with us. You cannot make us feel pity on you. Why? Because we do not want you to get into heaven as human beings, even if that was possible.

We want you to become ascended masters like we are and experience the incredible freedom and joy that we feel that is so beyond what you feel on earth. We cannot convey this to you, certainly not through words. But we can hopefully give you some glimpse that there is something in the ascended consciousness that you want more than anything in the human consciousness. And how do you get it? By giving up the human consciousness. That is all that is required. Attachments come from the human consciousness. They must be given up. You can look at this, that you are holding on to something. What is the only way of being free of it? If you are holding on to something on earth, you are tying yourself to earth. What is the only way to be free? Is it to change something on earth or is it to just open your hand and let go?

It is the release that sets you free from the attachment. As long as you clutch your ideas, how can you be free of them? It cannot be done. No matter how much you seek to manipulate the world, other people, God or the ascended masters, it cannot be done. There is only one way and in order to facilitate your way back, we offer you a direct relationship with us. But we cannot force you, we will not force you. You are the one who must meet the requirements by taking our teachings, applying them and letting go of what separates you from us.

You cannot have a direct relationship with us through your ego or the separate selves, only by going beyond the separate selves and realizing your pure awareness. Pure awareness is a neutral state of mind. It is not characterized by strong opinions, by polarized opinions or by strong emotions. I am the Buddha. I am in a neutral state of mind compared to the dualistic state of mind. In order to describe it fully, I would use different words, but what good would those words do you? I describe it as different from yours so that you can see that this is actually what you want. Those of you who are avatars are longing back to that more innocent state of mind that you had on a natural planet. And you can have it, you can even have it on earth, but only by letting go of what keeps you from it.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. Much more can be said, much more will be said. This messenger has been working for a long time to be ready to take a more direct teaching from me, which may be brought forth in the not-too-distant future. I have many things to give to you and to the people of earth who are open to a direct teaching from the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha.

For now, I also extend my gratitude and the gratitude of all of us to all of you who have participated in this event. Again, we have achieved what we desired to achieve, we have exceeded the minimum that we desire to achieve by the number of people and your willingness to open your minds and let go of your preconceived opinions and receive the teaching.

We are grateful for this. Again, this has shifted the collective consciousness, it has freed many people who are the more creative people who are open to new ideas about relationships. And over time, this will spread like rings in the water and truly open up for the possibility that more that more people can begin to tune in to what is golden age relationships. They can open themselves to experiment with it, and to experience a new and higher form of relationship that is not based on force, but based on the free flow of the creative energies of God. With this, my gratitude and I seal you in a joyful peace of the Buddha that I am.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Freedom from “shoulds” and “should nots”


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain, Chohan of the Seventh Ray of Freedom.

How can you achieve a state of freedom in your relationships? Well, there is inner freedom, there is outer freedom, and in some relationships you cannot achieve outer freedom. But in all relationships, you can achieve inner freedom by, as the other Chohans have said, resolving these separate selves.

What I want to give you here is that there comes a point where you need to look at something that is, of course, a separate self, but it is also a certain attitude, a certain mindset. And this mindset can be described with one word, should. When you look at earth you see that there are so many things in all societies and all cultures and all historical epochs, where people have had the sense that there is something they should do, a certain way that they should live, or they have a strong sense that there are somethings they should not do, a certain way they should not behave or should not believe or should not live, should not talk, should not look and so on.

There are so many “shoulds” and “should nots” that it makes your head spin when you start looking at it. How do you achieve inner freedom in your relationships and for that matter, all other aspects of life? By getting rid of the word should. Of course, it is not just one word you need to get rid of because in past lives you have created many separate selves that are focused on a particular thing you should do or a particular thing you should not do. It will be a process where you need to look at these and begin to overcome them one by one. But what I want to give you is that it is possible within a reasonable period of time to free ourselves from at least some of these “shoulds”. And it can influence your relationships in a profound way so that you can have relationships that are not simply free but also creative. And what a creative relationship is, I want to talk more about it later.

But first I want to focus on this word should and the concept of should. What have we said many, many times? The ultimate law of this unascended sphere is free will. What have we said almost as many times, the one thing that is most difficult to understand about free will is that it is free. Well, if free will is free, does that not mean that you have complete freedom to choose anything you want? In the law of free will, this cosmic law of free will; now, if you imagine that you have a cosmic law book where there is written the law of free will in words, then you can ask yourself, can there in this cosmic law text about free will be the word should?

Of course, there could not, because then free will would not be free, if there are some choices you should make, and some choices you should not make. It is a contradiction in terms that you can have free will and there are some things you should or should not do. Where does the should come from? Well, of course, it comes ultimately from the fallen beings who have created all of these ideas of should or should not. And they have done this partly as the one side of the coin to control people but also to defend themselves.

Because they believe, at least some of them believe, that God did not give them completely free will because then they should not have to face the consequences of their choices. And therefore, God requires them to do certain things. They think that God has defined certain things they should do or should not do. And that is why they are being punished by falling. Now, as we have explained over and over again, falling is not something that was forced upon them, it is a result of their free choices. You can debate how free they were but they had the freedom to get themselves into a state of mind they were in before they fell.

What it is very important for you as avatars to contemplate is why you have come to accept these “shoulds” and “should nots”. Now we have said that there was a point where it was decided to allow fallen beings to embody on earth. There was therefore a certain call that went out to some natural planets for avatars to volunteer to come to earth and hold a spiritual balance for earth. I want to make it absolutely clear, if anything can be made absolutely clear on an unnatural planet, that this was an entirely voluntary thing. You were not required or forced to leave a natural planet and take embodiment on earth. There was no such requirement.

But you need to recognize that beyond the cosmic birth trauma that you receive by coming to earth, there can still be something unresolved in what brought you to earth, your attitude, your beliefs, your way of looking at coming to earth. There were at least some avatars that created this mindset that well, someone had to embody on earth to balance the fallen beings, someone should embody on earth in order to balance the fallen beings. And they therefore adopted this mindset that they should do this, out of a sense of whatever they had, it could be different for each person, but they had the sense, “I should go to earth and embody there.”

Some of these avatars had this experience, others had the experience after coming to earth, even though they did not feel they should come to earth. But you come to earth, you are now confronted with the fallen ones, who are very aggressively putting you down seeking to destroy you. And most avatars were so shocked by this, we were all shocked, but most of us were shocked by the fallen beings’ aggressiveness and willingness to destroy us, that we felt this should not have happened to us. Because we came to earth with the best of intentions, we came to earth to help planet earth, to help raise the earth, to help raise the people of earth, so there are certain things that should not have happened to us. Some even adopted the attitude that “God should not have allowed this to happen to me”.

You see here some people, some avatars came with a should in their consciousness. But most avatars after they experienced the birth trauma, they adopted certain should nots. Now, even if you did not come here out of a sense that you should come here, there was, of course, a reason why you came here. And there were a very small percentage of avatars that came here because they realized this could help them grow. This could help you grow. But most avatars came for another reason.

We have talked about how there is a certain progression on a natural planet where you start by being more focused on yourself and then you gradually rise to giving more and more service to the whole, to the community, to society, to your planet as a whole and all of the beings living on it. The more evolved you become on a natural planet, the more you are in this mode of giving service.

When there was a call to go to an unnatural planet most of the avatars who decided to do this, saw that this was them giving a service, a service to the earth, a service to the ascended masters by taking on this task. I am not in any way saying there is something wrong with this, it is quite natural, quite understandable. But what you need to recognize here is that, that after you came to earth and experienced the density, the difficulty, the unpleasantness of earth, most of us came to this point where we really recognized that we did not like being on earth, it was not pleasant. There was really nothing we personally wanted to do or experience or achieve on earth, as a personal matter. What most of us decided was that we were only here to give service.

And what then creeps into the mind is this sense that because it is so unpleasant to be here, there should be a positive experience that could compensate for the unpleasantness. And in order to achieve this positive experience, there is something we should achieve on earth so we can feel we have given service. After all, if we came to earth and experienced all this unpleasantness, and we did not give any service, it did not make any positive difference that we were here, then it could very easily seem pointless of us to come here, or so it begins to seem in our minds.

We now get ourselves into this state of mind where we feel there is something we should do, there is something we should achieve, there are some problems we should solve, there are some people we should help here on earth. And this is understandable again. It is an understandable reaction. But it is also a very tricky reaction, given the nature of free will. Because what does it mean for us that we have made a positive difference on earth?

It essentially means that we have changed some of the people living on earth, either the original inhabitants, or the fallen beings. We now have created this mindset that, in order to achieve what we think we should achieve on earth, we should be able to change other people, which means changing their minds. And yet, we experienced time and time again that the fallen beings viciously attack us, and that most among the original inhabitants of the earth ignore us or reject us more aggressively.

Over many lifetimes, we come to feel that “Why am I here? What is the point in me being here? What difference does it make? What have I achieved?” This causes us to create these separate selves that are still, some of them, trying to push us into achieving something, into doing something because if we have not achieved a solid result so far it must be because we have not done the right thing. We have not tried hard enough. Therefore, we must redouble our efforts. If at first you do not succeed, try, try, try again. We build this entire conglomerate of selves that are sort of being obsessive compulsive about us doing something on earth, achieving something that makes a difference, something we should be able to achieve, we should have achieved.

And this now can profoundly affect our relationships to other people, where we go into relationships with this sense that we should be able to help other people. Instead of having a peaceful relationship, instead of approaching a relationship with peace, we approach it not with fear so much as this sense of compulsion, we should be able to achieve something through this relationship, helping another person. And this still gives this element of force, this element of tension.

We are not at peace, and therefore, of course, we are not free, we are not free in ourselves, to relate to other people freely, we are not even free to relate to other people as equals, because we feel that we are the more advanced beings and the other people should listen to us, learn from us, be inspired by us. This sets up this certain dynamic that is based on force, based on a sense of should. And if you will be willing to look at your personal relationships, you might be able to recognize this pattern.

Certainly, this messenger has looked at his first three marriages, and has recognized that there was a certain dynamic where he felt that he should help his partners achieve some kind of healing, some kind of resolution of psychology, he felt the same way with his father, and with a number of other people he has met in his life. It was only when he started looking at these patterns, and asking himself where they came from, that he started being able to free himself somewhat, at least, from this sense that he should change other people. And after having worked on this for several years, he came to the point where he realized, “I am getting out of the business of changing other people.” And this was before he had the teachings on avatars and separate selves, so it was a difficult process to go through.

And it was only after he got the teachings on avatars that he then started contemplating “What was it that brought me to earth? What was it in my attitude that I need to overcome” and that is when he started recognizing that, regardless of why he thought he came to earth in order to give a certain service, the real reason he came to earth was to overcome something in himself, to resolve something in himself. And it very much relates to the free will, because how can you have a free relationship to other people if you feel that you should help them change?

How does the person ultimately change? By making a free will choice. If you feel you should help them to make a certain choice, then you are not setting them free to make their own choices in their own time. But neither are you setting yourself free to relate to them in a free manner, because you are taking on a certain role as a teacher, as a guru, and you feel that you should behave a certain way in order to change the other person. And that means you are in a sense, willing to change yourself in order to change another person, and that is disrespecting the free will of the other person. But it is also disrespecting your own free will.

Now, again, I am not blaming anyone for this. It is an understandable reaction. And many of us have gone into either this or a similar reaction. Each of us can have our own individual reasons for it, our own individual attitude and psychology. But we have all gone into this. We want to achieve something, but the only way to achieve it is by changing other people. And in order to change other people we are willing to change ourselves.

The first thing I want to give you from the seventh ray is this. You need to carefully consider your desire to change other people. Some of it comes from separate selves  you have created on earth, but some of it came from separate selves you created on a natural planet, because you were not ascended on a natural planet. You brought it with you to earth. And in order to be completely free, you need to look at this, work on it, and let it take the time it takes until you can come to that inner resolution, “I am done with changing other people, I do not have to change anyone on earth.” And that is when you can begin to be free from this compulsion of should, this means you can now begin to look at yourself in a different way. Look at your sojourn on earth in a different way.

Now, as I said, most of us who came as avatars to earth came with a sense that we were here to give service. And when we then encountered this attack from the fallen beings, we went into this should not or this should, we should achieve certain results. In a sense, there was a certain strain in our view of what it means to give service, we were not giving service freely, we were giving it from the sense that we should give the service or that we should achieve certain results. We look at earth and we say “This is more of a duty we are doing as a service to other people or to the ascended masters.” There is that element of “should”, that element of force, that element of compulsion.

The result of this is that we are not free in our minds to consider: “Could there be something we actually would enjoy here on earth? Could there be something we really want to do here on earth?” And there came a point where this messenger faced these questions in himself. And he was shocked by realizing that in all of the many, many embodiments and years he has been on this planet, he had never really dared to ask those questions openly: “Is there something I want to do on earth? Is there something I enjoy doing on earth? Can I actually be at peace with being here, and make the best out of this planet as it is, and get the best experiences I can have in the time I have left?” And many of you will find the same reaction in you. Some of us who have ascended have certainly been conscious of that reaction. But there are others of us who have still managed to ascend, even though we did not actually fully resolve this until we were at a very high level where it was too late for us to really do anything on earth, because our ascension was imminent.

You will see that if you look honestly back at previous ascended master organizations, you will see that they often had a very similar pattern. The messenger or messengers had this sense of obligation, a sense of duty for giving service. And many among the students had the same thing. It was not actually that people enjoyed sitting in a barn in Montana and decreeing for seven hours, they did it out of a sense of duty, a sense of giving service to the earth, to humanity, to the ascended masters.

I am not trying to say this was wrong, I am not trying to put it down. I am just saying that you can see the pattern of this sense of duty, obligation, this sense that “We should be doing this, and we should not be out there enjoying life. Because as dedicated ascended master students who want to make our ascension, we cannot actually allow ourselves to enjoy life. And to consider what we would enjoy doing on earth. We have to consider what we should be doing in order to qualify for our ascension, or save the world for Saint Germain.” Again, I am not making fun of it. I am not mocking it. But I am stating very clearly the pattern that you can observe if you are willing to look at it.

What I am giving you here is this, when you come to the point where you have this inner peace in your relationship, you have resolved some of your outer selves it is really a logical next step for you to consider “What do I want out of a relationship? What do I want to experience in terms of relationships? What kind of relationships do I want to have with people?” It is a perfectly legitimate, because no matter why you came to earth, no matter what sense of duty or service you have, you still have free will. And you have a right to consider “What kind of experiences do I want?”

And it is very constructive and valuable to do this, because again, what have we said, you would have to take that last long look back at earth. And if there is some experience that you actually desired to have but that you have not had, well, how can you be ready to ascend, it has to be a free choice, my beloved, you may come to earth, you may stay on earth for two million years out of a sense of duty, and giving service, but you cannot ascend out of a sense of duty, you cannot ascend as a service to others. It has to be a completely free choice, where you decide that this is what I want more than anything on earth.

And in order to come to that point, where you can decide you want your ascension more than any experience you could have on earth, you must have considered what experiences you could have on earth, and whether there are some you really desire to have. And if you then identify that there are certain experiences you desire to have, then you may very well need to go after these experiences and have those experiences or you may need to work on how you can let go of this desire without having the actual experience. Either way can work.

There comes a point where you really need to consider honestly, “Do I want to be in a relationship with this person?“ And if you can identify that you have the sense that you should be in a relationship with this person, maybe because they are family, maybe because you have decided in some past life that you need to help this person and you cannot just leave them behind, even though they are obviously not willing to be helped, well, then you are not really free. You are not free either to decide, “What kind of relationships do I want, what kind of people do I want to attract in my life?”

This leads me to the next topic I want to touch on, which is that most relationships when you look at them on earth, they are based on this sense of obligation, the sense of should and should not. But there is another type of relationship, which is fairly rare, but nevertheless, will become much more common in the golden age. And it is what I would like to call a creative relationship.

It is a relationship where both people in the relationship or perhaps even more if it is in a group or team setting, are so free in their psychology, that they can focus on a creative goal. It can be anything, it can be anything from having a personal love relationship, or bringing forth children, raising a family to working together in some setting, or bringing forth some new invention, some new idea. It can be anything that is creative, where you improve some aspect of life. But it is not based on duty, sense of obligation should or should not. It is based on the desire to be creative.

Now, you may very well look at what I am saying here and say: Well, are not you talking about exactly what we have been doing for two million years in trying to give service to this planet? Well, in an outer sense I am, in a sense, talking about the same thing. I am talking about you improving some aspect of life. But in an inner sense, it is two vastly different things because you are not doing it out of a sense of obligation. You are not doing from a sense of compulsion, that you must feel you have achieved something on earth, you are doing it without any of these force-based aspects. Instead, you are free to be creative.

Creativity cannot be forced – it cannot be based on duty and obligation. I realize that many people, if they read this would say: “But what about the saying that necessity is the mother of invention? Look how many times people have been in a desperate situation and as a result of this, they have come up with some new solution, some new invention.” And this is true. But necessity is only the mother of invention in an age that is not a golden age, that is a force-based, fear-based age.

But in the golden age that I desire to take this planet into necessity will not be the mother of invention, creativity and joy will be the mother of invention. People will not invent because they have to, because they face some kind of crisis, they will invent because they desire to, they enjoy to, they get a sense of joy and fulfillment by inventing. It is a fundamental difference.

And this is the shift that you can come to in your relationships. When you become free enough in your own psychology, when you attain that inner peace that Nada talked about, and the qualities that the other Chohans have talked about, you can come to a point where you can have a different form of relationship, that is a creative relationship that is not fear-based or force-based. It is love-based. Because there is something you love on earth.

When you take what I have said here about how most of us came to earth, with a sense of giving service or a sense of obligation, you can say there is a certain love in this. I am not saying that this was not loving, and that this was not love based. It was not fear-based, but it was not the highest form of love, because the highest form of love is not really that you sense you should be doing this, but that you desire to do it or rather, you feel that your I Am Presence desires to experience something or to express something. This is the highest form of love, in that from an outer sense, you may be doing almost the same thing but the inner experience of this is different. Because when you give this service out of a sense of obligation, the Conscious You is not in pure awareness, it has certain selves that it is expressing itself through.

When the Conscious You is in pure awareness, that is when it is an open door for the I Am Presence. And then the Conscious You does not have a sense of compulsion, a sense that it should do certain things. It does it because it feels the joy of the I Am Presence flowing through it.

I know this is an abstract concept, it is probably beyond what most of you are ready to consider. But I still wanted to put these ideas out there for those who are ready for them. But all of you can benefit from considering this “should” and how many “shoulds’’ you have.

And you can look at your relationships and you can actually set up a certain scale where you say how many ‘‘shoulds’’ are there, how few ‘‘shoulds’’ are there. And you can see that some relationships are freer than others. And you can certainly begin to strive to qualify yourself so that you are free, you are not disturbed by the people who have all the ‘shoulds’ of what you should do or what you should not do. And you will become more and more free from reacting to them. And therefore you will become more and more open to attracting yourself to people with the same level of freedom so that you can have a relationship that is not based on all of these ‘shoulds’.

There is of course, much more to say about relationships, we of the Chohans could say many more things. But what we decided to do was to give you some fairly simple practical ideas that you can start using. And as we have said you do not need to feel obligated to use all of them at once. You look at them and see if there is one that resonates with you. And then you focus on that and make the best of it. Then when you feel you have gone through a certain phase, you look for the next thing and you keep working your way up.

If you want to you can, of course, say “I am going to make it a priority to focus on my relationships, so I am going to take the books from the Course to Self-Mastery, I am going to read them all again. And I am going to see how what the masters say actually relates to my relationships and my attitude towards relationships.” And you will be amazed at the results you can achieve by doing this, because there is much teaching in these books that actually apply at all levels of consciousness. There is a specific goal for the books, but there is much more, we are never limiting ourselves to just one specific task, we are always giving a variety of teachings that reach far beyond a specific task, and therefore can help many people at different levels of consciousness.

With this, my beloved, I have given you what I wanted to give you from the seventh ray. I want to express my gratitude from all of the Chohans and all of the other masters who have spoken here, so that you can hopefully feel our deep appreciation to each and every one of you who have participated in this webinar, those who have, of course, put on this webinar. And therefore, we hope that you will all feel that you have been part of the ascended masters activity on earth. And we hope you will allow yourself to feel a joy and a fulfillment of having been part of this experience. I am not thereby saying the experience is over as Gautama Buddha will also speak, but I wanted to express the deep gratitude of the Chohans and the other masters who have spoken.

So with this, I seal you in the bubbling joyful flame of freedom that I AM.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Depersonalizing your personal relationships


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Nada through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Nada, Chohan of the Sixth Ray. The quality of the Sixth Ray that I want to focus on here is peace.

Many of you will be able to look at your relationships, and you can see that in many of these relationships you do not have peace. There is no peace in the relationship. Many of you might look at specific relationships with difficult people, and you may wonder: “Would it ever be possible to have peace in my relationship with this person?” Well, that certainly depends on whether you are seeking an external peace or an internal peace.

True, there are many people with whom you cannot have external peace because they still have unresolved psychology. They are not willing to work on their psychology. They are not willing to overcome the pattern of projecting out that it is always your fault, and they never take responsibility for anything. You cannot have external peace with such people. It may not be possible for the rest of this lifetime, or at least a lifetime of one of you. But regardless of the other person, as the other Chohans have explained, you can have internal peace. You can have peace in your relationship. But what will it take to achieve this?

Well, of course, as the other Chohans have said, it will take that you identify the specific, separate selves that take away your peace by causing you to react to the other person in a way that is not peaceful. Each of you will have specific, separate selves from past lives where you feel that when some other people do specific things to you, there is only one way you can react and it is a way that is not peaceful. The only way to deal with this, my beloved, is to ask yourself the question: Who is it that feels that it is impossible to react peacefully in this situation? Is it the Conscious You or is it a separate self?

What have we said about the Conscious You? It is pure awareness. What does this mean? It is surely an abstract concept. Well, it means that, in its most stark or brutal version, the Conscious You does not have feelings. Think about that statement. The Conscious You has no feelings, at least as feelings are normally conceived by human beings. We could moderate the statement and say the Conscious You has no fear-based feelings. But this is not entirely accurate. Nevertheless, let us go with this for now.

The most common feelings you see in human beings are what we call fear-based feelings. Now many of you will say: “But when somebody is angry, they do not seem to be fearful. Because if they really had fear, why would they be so aggressive?” Well, the reality is that they are aggressive because they have the fear. In order to suppress the fear, they take on this posture of being angry and aggressive, in order to aggressively beat you into submission so they can keep their fear under control. The most aggressive people are really the most afraid people. All of these human emotions are based on fear. In fact, what many people call love is, as we have said, a control game and it is also based on fear. The ego of the person is afraid of losing its sense of being in control. Therefore, it uses love as a way to manipulate other people into submitting, so that the ego can feel it is in control and not threatened.

There are many of these feelings that people have that are based on fear. But because the Conscious You is pure awareness it cannot feel fear. The Conscious You can never be afraid of anything. It is only a separate self that can be afraid. Why? Well, because the Conscious You, when it is in tune with who it is, and what it is, it knows it cannot die. It is an extension of the I AM Presence, which is an immortal being. The Conscious You cannot die. But the separate self knows it can die, and it fears death.

When you begin to grapple with these concepts, even though they may be abstract in the beginning, you can come to these points where you will begin to experience that pure awareness, that sense of beyond fear, that acceleration, that sense of inner silence or inner peace. And this gives you a different perspective on everything in your life, in a sense, and certainly on things in your own psychology, but also on your relationships.

Now, let us say that you have a difficult relationship with a specific person. You are somewhat afraid of speaking freely to that person because you have so many times gotten a negative reaction. This means that for you, this person has attained a certain status in your mind. You are in a sense afraid of the person. And through this fear of the person, you are assigning a certain importance to the person. The person occupies a certain position, a certain amount of your attention is drawn towards this person. It is as if this person has received a larger-than-life status in your mind. What does this mean? Well, ultimately, you have certain separate selves that look at this person a certain way.

Now, there was a time many, many years ago, and some of you may have seen the same thing, where this messenger saw a drawing that was meant to illustrate the nerve centers in the physical body. And the drawing was showing that certain parts of the body had more nerves, and therefore were more sensitive. And those parts were drawn bigger than they normally are, bigger than their physical size. In other words, for example, the tongue has many sensory receptors, so the tongue was much bigger than, for example, the arm, which has less nerve receptors.

If you look at your psychology, your subconscious mind, you will see that here is a difficult person, the person you find it difficult to deal with. And in your mind, that person is much bigger than their physical size. You may have one specific person that is bigger than all other persons in your sphere of relationships. This means that that person is very important to you. You pay attention to what the person says. Maybe the person has a great influence on you, or maybe you are just afraid to speak freely with that person. How do you deal with that?

Well, the same way as you overcome your fear of the dark. You have to speak out and realize it is not going to kill you. But in order to do this, make it easier for yourself to do this, you can reduce the person’s size in your mind. You can, to use a popular expression, cut the person down to size so they do not attain a disproportionate size in your mind beyond what they really should have. How do you do this? You must get a different perspective on the situation. You must change your sense of proportion because you have a warped sense of proportion concerning this person and his or her importance.

This messenger recently did something he had never done before in his lifetime. He slept outside under the stars. He had slept in tents, but he had never slept with nothing above him so he could lie there on his back in a comfortable position, and look up into the Milky Way. And of course, he knew and he had many times experienced, that things on earth are not ultimately important. But by looking up into the vastness of the Milky Way, and contemplating how many stars there are, how far away they are, how huge the universe is, how infinitely small the earth is compared to the universe, he experienced that, compared to the vastness of the universe, nothing on earth could really be important. What in his personal situation could really be so important compared to the vastness of the universe?

And he experienced that, compared to the vastness of the cosmos, these personal things you go through here on earth really cannot be that important. They cannot possibly be as important as you make them out to be in your mind. But who makes them out to be important? Is it the Conscious You? No, because it was the Conscious You that experienced the awe and wonder over the vastness of the universe. What makes it seem important? Only a separate self.

He has, of course, many times, especially when receiving a dictation, experienced the mind of an ascended master, and how we have this vastly different perspective than you have in your own embodiment. He has experienced that compared to our perspective, the perspective he has as a human being in embodiment really is not that important. And this has, of course, enabled him to empower him, to gain a different perspective on his own life and on what he experiences in his own life. It does not mean that he does not care. But it does mean that he does not have this obsessive-compulsive sense that everything that happens to him is so important. In other words, what is it I am talking about? I am talking about a process you can all go through. I am not seeking to elevate the messenger, merely use him as an example of what you can all attain. And it is the process of de-personalizing your personal relationships, or even de-personalizing your personal life.

How can you achieve peace in a relationship with a person who is not at peace unless you de-personalize that relationship, so you do not take it personally what the other person does or says? The other person will of course take it personally. But is there some natural law, my beloved, that says that if a person takes you and what you do very personally, you have to do the same? Is there some natural law that says that if a person is upset at you, you should feel bad about this? You should react to this? You should take it seriously and think now you have to do something to make the other person feel better? Is there a natural law that says this? Nay. Is there a spiritual law, a cosmic law that says it? Nay.

Where does this come from? It comes from the fallen beings who want you to feel that you have to react to them. You have to take them seriously. You have to take personally what they do or say to you because when you take it personally, they can control you. Because you take it personally you give it importance in your mind.

The absolutely worst thing you could do to a fallen being is to be completely at peace no matter what they do or say, completely non-attached, completely non-reactive. They cannot stand being ignored. They cannot stand people who do not think they are important. They cannot stand not getting the attention that they crave more than almost anything else. There is an extremely powerful collective beast that projects at people that you have to take other people personally. When you start overcoming this there will be people most likely who will blame you that you do not care about them. You do not love them. You are not taking them seriously. Because they sense that they no longer have the control over you that they used to have. This you also need to be non-attached to. And you do this by again by focusing on “What is really important to me? Who am I? I am a spiritual being. I am a spiritual student. I am an ascended master student. I am striving to qualify for my ascension. Compared to my ascension, what could possibly be important on earth?”

Well, right now you are not at the 144th level, so there may be things that are important to you because you are not ready to ascend. And therefore, there can be things that are more important to you right now than your ascension. But ultimately, there cannot be anything on earth that is more important to you than your ascension. Because if there is, you cannot ascend. Again, you must take that long last look back at earth. And if there is anything that is more important to you on earth than walking through that gate to the ascended realm, then obviously you cannot walk through that gate. You must go back to earth and experience what is important to you until it is no longer important.

You could say, as we have said before, how do you rise from one level of consciousness to the next? Well, you overcome an illusion you have. But you can also say that you come to see that what was important to you at a certain level is no longer important. And therefore, you rise to the next level where something else is important. And then after a time, you see that this is no longer important, you rise to the next level. And you keep doing this until you reach the 144th level where nothing on earth is important to you. What is important is to walk through that gate to the ascended realm.

But even before you get to the 144th level, you can consciously work on these ideas that I have given you. You can de-personalize your life. And you can come to a point where you have inner peace about your relationships. Even if the other person is not at peace, you can be at peace. In a sense, you could say that for an avatar, this is the ultimate challenge. Because as we have said before, there came a point where the fallen beings were allowed to embody on earth and a certain number of avatars volunteered to embody on earth in order to hold the balance so that the fallen beings could not take over and destroy the earth.

This means that as an avatar, you have encountered the fallen beings in past lives, most likely in your very first embodiment. And therefore, in a sense, the fallen beings represent the primary challenge for you in terms of relationships, because they are the ones who have been so aggressive in seeking to destroy you. The ultimate challenge is how you relate to the fallen beings.

And the challenge really is to come to this point where you can face the fallen beings and whatever they do or say, whatever they try to throw at you and blame you for, you are in complete peace. You have no desire to change them. You have no desire to defend yourself, to prove them wrong, to prove yourself right, to say you were right after all.

And you can cultivate this inner peace, not from one moment to the next, but you can indeed cultivate it. And you will find that when you attain this depersonalized inner peace, all of your relationships will benefit. You will have much more constructive, much more harmonious relationships when you come from this point of inner peace, because now, there is nothing you want from other people that causes you to want to force them. And there is nothing you feel obligated to do that causes them to be able to force you. What you have done with the inner peace is you have taken force out of your relationships.

I think most of you have some idea of what it means to have a relationship that is not based on force. Perhaps you have experienced this with some people, good friends, where you are not trying to force each other in any way. You are just enjoying each other’s company, supporting each other. And this you can have with many people, not with all, but then either you can continue a relationship with these difficult people because they no longer disturb your inner peace so what is the problem in having a relationship with them? Or you simply naturally flow away from them, decide that you will not spend your time and attention on them, and therefore, you move on to a higher level of service. Of course, the Sixth Ray is also the ray of service. But what does it take to give ultimate service? It takes a certain resolution of psychology, because ultimate service is not force-based. And if it is not force-based what is based on? It is based on peace.

Many of you have created your divine plans in such a way that you have put yourself in difficult relationships in your childhood and your early adulthood for the specific purpose that you wanted to resolve your psychology as quickly as possible so you could be free to give service later in life. Now later in life is a flexible term. I do not want you to feel bad if you see that you have reached a certain age and you still have not attained the peace you desire. I am not giving you these teachings to make you feel bad in any way.

I am giving you these teachings to help you realize that you have the capacity to rise to this level of inner peace where you can begin to give service based on peace. And this will be much more rewarding for you than what you have done so far, where you might have forced yourself to give a certain service because you thought that this is what you should be doing. And you might also see that you have forced yourself to be in relationship with certain people because you felt that this was what you should be doing for whatever reason there may be.

But there comes that point where you have depersonalized your relationships, where you realize that you are not forced to be in a relationship with anybody. You are not obligated to be in a relationship with anybody. You may have chosen to put yourself in a certain family and have certain family members. And you chose this and obviously, you should strive to learn the lesson you wanted to learn from these people. But there can come a point where you feel you have learned that lesson, you have achieved a certain inner peace, and then you can choose freely: “Do I want to continue to have a relationship when I no longer feel that I should be in this relationship?”

You could say that true inner peace means that you no longer have any “shoulds” in your consciousness. It is a matter of what you want, what you really want. And this topic, I will let Saint Germain discourse on for this is more his Flame of Freedom.

With this I seal you in this very intensely alive Flame of Peace. For it is not a passive peace. It is an alive peace that I am. Nada I AM.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

The non-forced based form of communication


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Hilarion through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Hilarion, Chohan of the Fifth Ray. The Fifth Ray has often been seen as the Ray of Truth or the Ray of Healing. What is the connection between truth and healing? Well, ultimately, what is it you need healing from? You need healing from your unresolved psychology. But what does unresolved psychology come from? What is it based on? It is based on an illusion. An illusion is an absence of truth. You bring truth, and you achieve healing.

What exactly does this mean for relationships? Well, what have we said? You take a typical relationship on earth. Both people have unresolved psychology. You could set up a certain measurement or a certain scale for looking at people. You could say that, at one end of the extreme is where you have a person whose entire actions, entire feelings, entire thoughts, and entire sense of identity are products of unresolved psychology. This is what you see in the fallen beings who are near the lowest level of consciousness possible on earth. Then, of course, you have the opposite end of the scale or spectrum where people have very little unresolved psychology to the point where they have much more freedom to choose not only their actions, but their reactions. In other words, they choose their feelings, they choose their thoughts, they choose their sense of identity.

When you look at the vast majority of people on earth, you will see that they are at a point where they are not entirely dominated by unresolved psychology, but they are very, very strongly affected by it. You can look at the typical relationship and you can see that almost everything that happens in that relationship is either a result of, or very much affected and colored by, the people’s unresolved psychology. It is, as Serapis said, separate selves that are interacting with separate selves. The separate selves of one person are interacting with the separate selves of another person, determining their actions to each other and their reactions to each other.

And naturally, as a spiritual person, you have started to overcome some of this. And naturally, you realize, or can quickly come to realize, that the entire goal of the spiritual path is to come to a point where your relationships are not dominated and not entirely affected by your unresolved psychology. As we have said, do not focus on your partners in whatever relationships you have. Focus on what you have power to change, which is yourself, your own psychology. This might be said to be the highest truth when it comes to relationships. You do not have the power to change your partner, but you have the power to change yourself. Therefore, if you want to be empowered, if you want to grow, you must focus on what you have the power to change.

However, what I want to give you is that changing your own psychology is not an entirely internal process. You might say that, if you take the teachings we have given, you could say: “I am now realizing what the ascended masters have told me about my psychology. If I take everything the ascended masters have given to me, I should be able to withdraw into a cave in the Himalayas, use the teachings to examine my psychology, and gradually over time resolve all of my unresolved psychology until I am ready to ascend. I should be able to do this as an individual without even interacting with other people, because I have complete power, the masters say, over my own psychology. I have complete power to change my separate selves, to uncreate the separate selves, and to let go of my illusions and transmute any energies.”

And this is true, you can do this. There are people who have done it, withdrawn into a cave in the Himalayas and come out years later having made some spiritual progress. However, this is not the fastest way to make spiritual progress. And if you are in your last embodiment and want to qualify for your ascension, it is not the most efficient way to qualify for your ascension. Because what have we said? In your divine plan, you put yourself in a relationship with certain people because you could see that this was the fastest way for you to make progress.

While you can theoretically sit there, within your own mind, and entirely resolve your psychology, it could take a long time precisely because when it is all internal, you do not have the same frame of reference, you do not have any feedback, you do not have any interaction with others that can give you a perspective on yourself, or can force you to react a certain way, thereby making a separate self visible.

There are people, in fact quite a number of people, who have withdrawn into a monastic setting, whether it is in the Christian religion, the Buddhic religion, or other religions. They have withdrawn from the world, they have entered this monastery where they now have strict rules for everything. You spend a certain amount of time working. You spend a certain amount of time practicing spiritual practices, maybe a certain amount of time studying. Everything is according to the rules. And when people accept this kind of an environment and go into it, their egos often draw a sigh of relief because the people are now in a completely controlled environment where they are not forced to react to anything, so the ego can hide from them. There are many people who think they have made progress, but the ego just keeps hiding. They do not see it, because there is nothing that flushes it out in the open.

You have chosen to put yourself in certain relationships because you realize this is the fastest way. It does not mean you have to be in that relationship forever, only until you have resolved what you need to resolve in that relationship. But being active in society, having various relationships, getting feedback from other people, monitoring your own reaction to other people, is actually the fastest way to spiritual progress, much more efficient than the life of a recluse for the vast majority of people.

There can be some people where it is different because they have done some of this work in previous lifetimes, but for the vast majority of spiritual seekers, it is much more efficient to live an active life and interact with other people. What does this mean? As I said, it means that the most efficient way is not a completely internal process. This means that it is more efficient to interact with other people.

This of course, first of all means talking to them. Now Lanto said go and study the worldly teachings on relationships, and if you do, you will find that most relationship experts are pointing out that the major problem in relationships, especially dysfunctional relationships, is a lack of communication. There is no free flow of communication. There can also be cases where there is a flow of communication, but it is a dysfunctional flow.

In other words, you see generally two polarities in relationships that are not functioning well. One is that the partners have stopped talking. There is no communication whatsoever, either they are not communicating, or they are only communicating about safe things to communicate about, like the weather or the neighbors, or the grandchildren, or whatever you have. This is one polarity; the people are not talking.

There is another polarity where they are talking, but instead of talking about their relationship, they are talking about other things, or they are criticizing each other, nagging at each other, seeking to force the other person to come to see things the way they see things. In other words, they are using a forceful type of communication in an attempt to control or perhaps change the other person. Either way, there is force because the only way you cannot talk is by forcing yourself, you are suppressing something, or if you are arguing and seeking to force the other person, you are obviously also using force.

The gift I want to give you based on the Fifth Ray is that it is possible to establish a different form of communication. We might say it is a non-forced based form of communication. Normally you would say: “But isn’t communication a two-way street? I may learn a whole new advanced form of communication and I may say certain things to my partner, but he may just stare back or shrug his shoulders or walk out of the room or get angry and start yelling at me.”

But what have we said? You need to take power back over what you have power over, which is yourself, your own psyche, your own reactions. You will actually see that there are many people in the world who have a momentum on misusing their voice. They are abusing the power of the spoken word by talking down to other people, by arguing with them, by coming up with these derogatory, sarcastic, ironic remarks, or in other ways, by yelling and screaming at people, whatever you have. There are many people who are very forceful and who have no hesitancy about being forceful in their communication.

But most of you who are spiritual people are not in that category. You are in the category of people who do not want to abuse your voice, and therefore, in most cases, you tend to remain silent. You tend to not say what you are feeling, what you are thinking, what you are experiencing. What I submit to you as spiritual people who are in this category is that you need to work on coming to a point where you are not restricted in what you can say with other people or to other people in a relationship. You are free in yourself to say whatever you feel you need to say to them.

And this will for many of you require some work. You need to kind of grapple with this entire concept. You need to look at why you are reluctant to do this, why you are, some of you, afraid of doing this. Sometimes it is because you are afraid of the other person’s reaction. But many of you have a fear of speaking out that you cannot really identify. And for many of you it goes back to the birth trauma where you spoke out against the fallen beings, and you were put down so violently that you decided you were never going to do this again. But can you not see that this is using force against yourself? And you cannot do this and make your ascension at the same time. When you are at the 144th level or close to it, you are free to say anything. There is no barrier in your mind that prevents you from expressing verbally what is in your mind. There are of course many things that are not in your mind, but nevertheless.

What you need to recognize here is that the fallen beings have a dream of being the ultimate authority where they cannot be gainsaid. Nobody can say anything about them that challenges their authority, that questions them, or that tells them things they do not want to hear. Certainly, you cannot say anything that makes them appear wrong or makes them feel embarrassed, even though that is often not even possible for a fallen being. They want to silence people, they want to silence all opposition. And therefore, they have instigated a vast array of mechanisms to silence people, to get them to stop speaking.

Now, you may say: “How can this work?” Well, it can work because you have had an experience of speaking out, and you reaped a very unpleasant consequence. You decided, you created a separate self that decided you are not going to speak out again in this particular way, or in that particular way, or in the next way. You have these separate selves and as part of your growth, you need to resolve them, you need to let them die, and be free.

You can monitor yourself. You can look at yourself in situations from your past, or even present situations, and you can ask yourself some simple questions: “Can I identify situations where I am reluctant to speak out? Can I identify situations where there is something I really want to say, but I stopped myself from saying it? Can I identify situations where I have spoken out, but I have spoken out with a certain emotional charge that creates an instant reaction in the other person in the relationship?”

You can also consider whether you fall into this pattern: many spiritual people will go through a number of situations with a particular partner in a relationship where they will not speak out. They have a certain feeling, they have certain thoughts, there are things they want to say, but they do not say it. There is, as a result of this, an emotional tension that starts building. The emotional energies start accumulating in your emotional body, certain thoughts start accumulating in your mental body, and gradually after some time, it spills in intensity.

Now there comes a point where it has become so intense that you cannot stand it anymore, you cannot hold it back, so now you speak out to your partner. But you speak out in a very forceful, unbalanced way. You are angry, you are upset, you are blaming your partner, you are telling your partner what is wrong with him or her, what he is not doing right, or she is not doing right, or what he or she should be doing. And it comes across in a way that you can see yourself that it is too forceful. And if you would have been exposed to the same, you would not have reacted positively either. And therefore, your partner reacts negatively, you end up in some kind of argument, and however you resolve it and manage to move on, some of the tension has been released, but the problem has not really been resolved. The dynamic between you has not changed, so now you start another spiral of building up the energy and the intensity until you again cannot handle it. And then you again speak out with too much force and so forth.

If you can identify that you have any of these tendencies, you need to recognize here that this is because you have separate selves that affect the way you speak out, you are not free to speak, you are, so to speak, not free to speak from the heart, so you speak from the outer self, the separate selves. And this of course, is not the highest form of human communication, you can all see this.

My point is that a goal for you in your relationships should be to come to a point where you can speak out from a neutral state of mind. You do not have an emotional charge. You do not have a sense of compulsion that I must say this and my partner must understand it, must accept it and must change. You can just speak out from that neutral state where you are sharing: “This is how I see the situation. This is how I feel about the situation. This is how your actions and your words make me feel.” But you are not doing with this emotional charge of blame, and you are not doing with a fear of the other person’s reactions. You are simply able to speak in a neutral way.

This is a goal you can again consciously decide that you are willing to work towards. Again, there are worldly teachings out there that talk about communication between people that you might benefit from studying, not so much for the intellectual understanding, but to see what reaction it brings up in you. This can clarify what separate selves you have that block your communication. And if you do this with the most intense relationship you have, it will have a positive effect on all of your relationships. In fact, it can dramatically shift your relationships.

This messenger has been working on this particular issue for a number of years, not having attained the full mastery yet, but he has made considerable progress compared to where he started. And there came a point where he realized that he had a tendency to be afraid of other people’s reactions because he did not want to upset them, not so much because he was afraid of their reaction, but because he did not want to upset people, because it made him feel bad if he upset people. He did not want to hurt people’s feelings because that made him feel bad, and so he was, before speaking out, trying to anticipate their reaction.

And of course, he had attracted to himself a number of people who were very, very touchy about what was said to them. The first one being his father, who had certain buttons that if you push them, he would instantly become angry. This messenger learned this at a fairly early age. But there actually came a point in his early adulthood where he realized that if he spoke to his father in a certain way, primarily with this neutral tone of voice, he could actually say certain things that he could not say if there was any kind of emotional charge, because his father would react to his own emotions, and not even listen to the words he was saying. But if he spoke out without the emotions, then his father would at least sometimes be willing to listen to what he was actually saying. In other words, the emotions obscured the message. And later in life, when he got better at speaking in a neutral way, he has sometimes been surprised at what he can say to people without getting a negative reaction from them.

Some of you will notice from having spoken to him that he sometimes speaks in a very neutral way that does not upset you, even though he is telling you some pretty direct things about yourself and your psychology. Others of you can identify that you have become upset, but you have not said anything because of the supposed authority that the messenger has, and you do not want to speak out against it. And this means you have some separate selves you have not worked out.

The point here is, if you make an effort to get to this point where you can have neutral communication, where you can speak out in a neutral way, you will be amazed at how this will improve your relationships. But you will also be amazed that in the process of working towards that point, you will see many things come up in your psychology. I am of course not saying here that you need to now take these teachings, go into a cave and say: “I am going to work on my psychology until I am able to speak out in a completely neutral way. And until then I will say nothing.” That is not what I am talking about. In the process of working towards this goal, you will have to have the courage to say things that you would not have said before. And by saying this in the way you are able to say them at that particular moment, you get a reaction from the other person in the relationship. And by monitoring your reaction, you are then able to say: “What separate self do I have that is behind this reaction?” And then again, you can make faster progress than if you were just sitting in a cave. And this is how you can, in a relatively short period of time, come to a point where you are able to be much more neutral in your communication.

I started out saying that truth leads to healing. There are some wounds you have that you received in a past life in a situation where you were abused, but you did not speak out against it. And we have said that you need to identify a separate self, separate yourself from it, see that it is not you, and just let it go. But there are some of these separate selves that relate to speaking out, that you really cannot let go of without speaking out. You cannot let go of them without saying what you did not say before. If you have not stood up for yourself, then you need to stand up for yourself before you can let go of that self. If you had not drawn boundaries and drawn a line and said: “This, I will not accept,” then you need to do this in order to fully let go of the self.

Truth, when you speak the truth as you see it, can bring healing because when you come to the point where you can speak without fearing the reaction, that is when you realize: “Oh, it is not so dangerous to speak out as I thought, so why am I concerned about it? Why do I have this reluctance, this fear, this enormous apparatus in my subconscious about speaking out?” It is almost as if some of you who as a child were afraid of the dark. And there came a point where you had to go into a dark room or go outside at night in order to confront the darkness. And when you saw that there were no monsters that devoured you, you could finally let go of the fear. For as this messenger has described, he allowed himself to be locked into a dark room with a skeleton. And by surviving that experience, he was able to let go of his fears of skeletons.

Be willing to work on this. Be willing to speak your truth, as you see it. See the reaction, work on the reaction until you come to that point where you are free to speak, but you speak in a neutral way. You are not actually speaking to change other people to make them feel bad. You are as we have said many times simply sharing your thoughts, your feelings, with the other person. And when you can be free to say this, you can set the other person free to react any way they want. And if they do not take what you say positively, if they get angry, if they argue against it or ignore it, then this is immaterial to you. It does not matter to you because you have grown, you have become free. And inevitably there will come a point where this person has nothing in you that bothers you. There is nothing that bothers you about the other person because they have no power over your reactions, over your feelings, over your thoughts, over your state of mind. Really, when you do not have a negative reaction to the other person, what is the problem being in a relationship with that person? If this is a close family member where you do not feel you can break off all contact with them, you can have a relationship and it is not a problem for you. But in many cases, it will actually be so that you move on from that relationship. You find people that you can have a more open and free relationship with, where you can communicate better.

It is entirely possible that you can go through this process and you will change but the other person will not change. However, let us now say that you have two people, whatever relationship you have: friendship, love relationship, business relationship, whatever. And you are both maybe not ascended master students, but you are both willing to work on yourself and your psychology, you are willing to work on improving your relationship.

Well, what you can do then is that you can set aside some time where you sit down and you say: “Now, we are going to have risk-free communication. We are going to make a vow that we are going to allow each other to speak freely and we will not react negatively to it.” One person starts, has a certain time to say what that person wants to say, and the other person does not react to it. And then after the first person has finished, there can be some time where you process this, maybe the other person asks some questions. And then at some time, perhaps in the same session, perhaps later, it is the other person’s turn to speak out freely. But it needs to be risk-free. That way you can help each other move towards this point where you can dare to speak freely, but you are free to speak neutrally.

These are the thoughts that I wanted to give you from the perspective of the Fifth Ray. I am not telling you that you should strive to express ultimate truths, but you should express what you see at the moment, of course realizing that you are at a certain level of consciousness where you only see what you see, and that, as you continue to raise your consciousness, your will see something you do not see today. It might give you an entirely different perspective, and therefore, you do not need to hold on to this mistaken idea that right now you have the highest possible truth or the highest possible opinion or understanding of an issue. In fact, you cannot really achieve neutral communication if you have this idea that there is something that is the ultimate truth, and that you have that ultimate truth or understanding.

With this, I seal you in the emerald green Ray of Truth that I AM.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Nobody ever did anything to you


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Serapis Bey through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Serapis Bey, Chohan of the Fourth Ray. Often called the Ray of Purity, but I prefer to call it the Ray of Acceleration.

What is it I desire to give you from the perspective of the fourth ray? Well, what have the other Chohans talked about? We have talked about the fact that all human beings on earth have unresolved psychology. You have put in your divine plan a goal of resolving specific aspects of your psychology. Most often created in past lives, perhaps even many lifetimes ago, going back to your birth trauma. We have said that you have put yourself in relationships with people who themselves have unresolved psychology. Which is why they act in certain ways, which then brings up your unresolved psychology by making you react to them.

What you see here is that, when you look at the world at large, you see that every human being has some unresolved psychology, and many human beings have a lot of unresolved psychology. What does this actually mean? Well, it means, in a sense, that everything human beings do is the result of, or at least influenced by, unresolved psychology.

You are a spiritual student, you have quite a good awareness of the spiritual path and you realize that, as Master More said, the essence of the spiritual path is to raise your consciousness by overcoming your unresolved psychology at your present level.

When you look at this, step back from this, you can see in your life, how many things you have done that were the result of unresolved psychology. You may look back at your life, you may see that there were certain times where you reacted a certain way, you made a certain decision, you took certain actions, and it led to unpleasant consequences that you would much have preferred to avoid. But you can also see, that the reason you did this was because of your unresolved psychology.

Here is the first thing I want to give you. From the perspective of the ascended masters, and especially from the perspective of the Fourth Ray of Acceleration, there is absolutely no shame in having unresolved psychology. I know very well, that most people will be somewhat shocked by this statement. Because you have been programmed, you have been brainwashed over many lifetimes, by the fallen beings, to think that somehow you should have been perfect. And if you are not, you should feel bad about it. This is one of the primary ways that the fallen beings seek to control you, to hold you back, to put you down, to destroy you. They want you to think that there is something fundamentally wrong, bad, evil, shameful, about having unresolved psychology.

I am asking you to just step back here, and look at what kind of planet you are on. As we have said so many times, this is not an ideal planet. Look at all the things that are going on here, that people are doing to each other. How could you have embodied on a planet like this, for many lifetimes, without having received psychological wounds and traumas? How could you not have unresolved psychology? In fact, what have we said? You keep resolving more and more of your psychology until you reach the 144th level. And when you no longer have any unresolved psychology, you cannot hold on to the physical body and you ascend. By the very fact that you are in embodiment on earth, you will have unresolved psychology.

Now, if something is inevitable, is there any reason to feel ashamed about it? Is there any reason to criticize yourself about it? Do you criticize yourself because of the color of your hair or the color of your eyes? These are simply things that happen. You are on a planet where certain things happen and there is no reason to feel guilty or ashamed about it.

Why do the fallen beings want you to feel guilty or ashamed about it? Because it prevents you from really looking at that psychology. And if you cannot look at your unresolved psychology, you cannot resolve it. Resolution comes only by looking at the psychology, seeing through the illusions, releasing the energies, releasing the false beliefs. If you cannot look, because you feel so ashamed or afraid, or guilty, you cannot resolve it, and therefore you are stuck. Well, I can assure you, that the last thing that we, who serve on the Fourth Ray of Acceleration want is you to be is stuck. We want you to accelerate. And being stuck is the opposite of acceleration. Now, you have unresolved psychology. It is just a fact. No reason to feel ashamed about it. It is, as you might say, no big deal. It is just a matter of resolving it and moving on.

But let us now take another look. You have been programmed, brainwashed, over many many lifetimes, that if you did something that is considered wrong, if you said something that is considered wrong, or if you did not do what you should have done, or did not say what you should have said, then you are wrong because of doing this.

Let us just take, and say, that you have done certain things in your life, which you consider wrong, which most people would consider wrong. You have done or said certain things that hurt other people, for example, that upset them. But why did you do this? You did this because you have unresolved psychology. What does it mean, that you have unresolved psychology? Well, it means, in the teachings we have given you, you have a separate self that caused you to do what you did.

But what have we been saying over and over and over again? What is the entire idea behind the teachings of the Conscious You? There is a core of your being that is pure awareness. What does that mean? It means, it has no earthly characteristics, it cannot be wrong. It cannot be right either, in a dualistic sense. Because, in essence, the Conscious You cannot do anything on earth. In order to do something on earth, the Conscious You must express itself through a separate self.

That is how you act through your four lower bodies. Who is the doer? Who did what you did that you think is wrong? Well, it was not truly the Conscious You, it was a separate self. The separate self was the doer. The separate self did what you did. Who is it that thinks it is wrong? Is it the Conscious You? No, because it is pure awareness, it does not operate with right and wrong. Who thinks it is wrong what you did? Well, a separate self thinks it is wrong. Here you have one separate self that caused you to do something, you have another separate self that caused you to feel guilty about it. But they are not really you. How do you overcome it? Well, ultimately you overcome it only by seeing that this is not you.

This was a self, that has a belief, has a certain energetic matrix. But it is just a self, it is not ultimately real, and it certainly is not you. When you see this, this is when you can let go of the belief, you can release the energy, and you can let the self die, because you are no longer feeding it. In other words, you did what you did because of your unresolved psychology.

Now, take a look at other people. You can see, very clearly, that they have unresolved psychology. Why did they do what they did? Why did they do to you what they did to you? Well, because of their unresolved psychology. What does that mean? It means that, they also have a Conscious You that is the core of their being. And it was not actually the Conscious You of the other person who did something to the Conscious You of yourself. It was the separate self of the other person who did something to your separate self. What does this mean?

Well, this is the one gift I want to give you, from the Fourth Ray. It means this: Nobody ever did anything to you. Nobody who is real, ever did anything to the real you. It was only separate selves that were interacting. It is the separate self in the other person that makes that person angry with you, makes them blame you, makes them project that you should feel ashamed, or feel bad, for what you did. These are all separate selves.

Now, another person may have done something to you that was clearly abusive. But was it what the other person did that affected you? The reality is it was not. I know, we need to make a distinction here between direct physical abuse, and more psychological, emotional, mental abuse. Obviously, if somebody beats you, hits you, this is a physical action. But even that physical action only has an effect on your physical body. It does not have a direct effect on your emotional, mental and identity bodies. Even though physical abuse is clearly crossing a certain line, it is still the same mechanism as psychological abuse. What affects you is not the physical actions, or the words said by the other person.

What affects you is what goes on inside your psyche. Inside your emotional, mental and identity bodies. It is your reaction that affects you. How does it affect you? It affects you by either causing you to create a separate self, or by reinforcing, or stirring up a separate self.

Why is this important? Well, what is the Fourth Ray all about? It is about acceleration, yes. But how do you accelerate? Well, the fact of the matter is that I have immense power. I can release immense amounts of light. I could, even as a Chohan, which has less light than the level of the Archangel and the Elohim, I could release enough light to accelerate this planet to a higher level, instantly. I could certainly release enough light to accelerate any single person to a higher level, instantly. But that, of course, would be a violation of free will. I cannot accelerate you. The only being that can accelerate you is you. But which being, which part of your being, can accelerate? Well, not the separate selves. Because they are, as we have said, not self-aware. It is only the Conscious You that can accelerate itself. By coming to that awareness, that I am not that separate self, and thereby making that decision to accelerate itself beyond it. Beyond the matrix, the beliefs, the energies of the separate self.

But how can you do this? You can do this only when you take back your power. And why do you need to take it back? Because the fallen beings have managed to take it from you. All human beings have been disempowered, to a larger or smaller degree. It is simply inevitable. It is impossible to embody on earth without being disempowered. Because, there are so many projections at you that are aimed at disempowering you. Just take the teachings I have just given you. Most people will say: “This person did something to me, they did something to me.” Well, what does that mean? That means that person has power over you. How can you take back your power in relation to other people?

Well, only when you acknowledge what I have just said: Nobody ever did anything to you. Which means, nobody has power over the reactions you have in your own psychology. Well, we can, of course, have to modify the statement Nobody ever did anything to you. Because in a sense, in a past life, somebody did something so violent, so aggressive towards you, that it caused you to create a separate self.

I know it is a bit harsh to say that nobody ever did anything to you, but I think you get the point. Ultimately, nobody ever did anything to you, even when the fallen beings exposed you to the cosmic birth trauma you were the one who created the separate self, that then formed your reaction, and has formed your reaction ever since. We can say that other people do have some power over you, but they only have power over you through the separate selves that you have created. This is essential.

Because, if you think that the fallen beings, or other people, have power to influence your psyche, to create separate selves in your mind, then they have power over you. You can never take back your power. You can only take back your power by acknowledging: I created those separate selves. Why is this important? Because, only the person who created a separate self can uncreate a separate self. Only if you accept that you created that separate self that is causing you to react a certain way to other people, will you be able to accept that you and you alone, can uncreate that self.

Why is this important? Because, this is how you take back your power. Imagine you are in a relationship. You are in a love relationship with a spouse that you have been living with for many years. There is a certain pattern in this relationship that causes you to go into a certain reaction. Well, if you think that in order for you to be free of your reaction, the other person also has to change, then you have not taken back your power, you are giving some of your power to that person. It is only when you acknowledge that you alone have the power to create and uncreate separate selves, that you can truly take back your power. Because now, you can change, even if the other person is unwilling to change.

What have we said? You have put yourself in relationships with people who have a specific psychology that forces you to deal with the issues in your psychology. Some of these people have a very difficult psychology, some of them are fallen beings, there is little chance that they will change. You probably all know people, where you can look at them, and the history you have with them, and you can see, it is very unlikely that these people will change. How then can you change? How can you be free if these people are not going to change?

Well, you can only be free when you acknowledge that you can change yourself, even if other people do not change, because you have the power to uncreate the separate selves that you have. And it is the separate selves that cause you to react to the other person. And therefore, it is the separate selves that cause you to feel disturbed by the other person. And the only way to overcome that feeling, that reaction, is to resolve the separate selves.

What is the magic of this teaching on the separate selves? It is precisely this, there is no problem you have to solve. In a worldly mindset, you would say, in a situation like this, where you have another person in a close relationship who is abusing you: “The problem is the other person’s behavior and therefore, the only way I can be free is to change the other person. I must solve the problem of the other person’s behavior.”

The magic of the teachings on the separate selves is simply that you can take back your power and say: “I do not have to change the other person to be free of my reactionary patterns. I can change myself, I can let the self die, there is nothing, no problem I need to solve, I simply need to come to see that my reaction comes from a separate self. And when I let that self die, the reaction is no longer there and therefore, the problem is solved.” Because what was the problem again for you? Was your problem really the other person’s behavior? Nay, your problem was your reaction, because that was what affected you.

You can solve the problem of your reaction without solving the problem of the other person’s behavior. This is a revolutionary, a magical teaching, compared to what else is out there in psychology, and in spiritual teachings. Many of you have already applied it, with amazing effects. Many of you have been amazed at how effective this can be. And all of you can have that experience. Truly, there is a certain magic here.

We might call it a magic of acceleration, where you can acknowledge, as the other Chohans have said, that you deliberately put yourself in a relationship with this very difficult person. And you did this in order to force yourself, force your outer mind, to acknowledge that here is something you need to overcome in your psyche, in yourself, force yourself to resolve this, to work on it, to resolve it, so that you can be free of it, free of it to either give higher service and fulfill your divine plan, in this and coming lifetimes, or free to ascend.

Acceleration, I know very well, can easily be misunderstood. In fact, many previous ascended master dispensations, or students, had misunderstood this point. They came to see Serapis Bey as a very strict disciplinarian, who always spoke with a stern voice. Kind of like what I am doing now, you might say. And therefore, demanded this strict discipline from his students. The reality is, that I want to accelerate. That is why I speak with a certain power. To cut through all the resistance. But I am not seeking to forcefully accelerate students, nor am I seeking to get them to apply some kind of force.

I know very well that when you look at a car that accelerates, how does the car accelerate? Well, you have to step harder on the gas pedal, so that there is more force that propels the car forward. But this is not how you accelerate in a spiritual sense. Why not? Because acceleration, in a spiritual sense, is not a matter of applying force. It is a matter of removing force, the force that keeps you attached to earth, that keeps you tied to earth. The force that decelerates you away from your I AM Presence and closer to earth. When you remove the force that keeps you on earth, you will spontaneously accelerate towards your I AM Presence and the ascension.

Nobody ever won their ascension by somehow mastering this immense physical power, this immense physical force. The ascension is won through surrender, the opposite of force. Or, you might say, totally transcendent to force. You let go, you surrender. And then, the being that descended from heaven will spontaneously be accelerated back to heaven, when there is no force tying it to earth. This is how you ascend. This is what I teach in my retreat at Luxor, for students who are ready for it, which of course, takes some time.

You basically have to be higher than the 124th level of consciousness, before you can fully integrate this. But I am still giving it to you because you can at least keep it in your outer minds. And once in a while ponder this, and you can certainly apply it to realize that overcoming a separate self is not a matter of applying force.

We do see certain students, especially students from previous dispensations, who were used to, from a previous dispensation, that whenever you needed to overcome a problem, you needed to decree. And in order to really overcome it, you need to apply as much power, as much force, as much momentum in your decrees, as possible. Now, there is a certain value to giving decrees with a certain momentum. But there is also, as we have said before, many people who have actually made karma, by endowing their decrees with a fear-based vibration, which does not accelerate you. Fear decelerates, love accelerates. You see here, that even though we tell you to decree to dissolve energy, we do not want you to do this with fear. It is not a matter of thinking you have to apply this immense force, and if you do not get the results that you desire from decreeing, then you have to decree louder, or faster, or more, or longer. This is not the Olympics my beloved. You are not striving to always go further.

You are striving, if you are wise, to find a different approach, a non-force-based approach to spiritual growth. Force will never get you into heaven. No amount of force would ever get you into heaven. If it could, then the fallen beings would long ago have entered heaven, would have taken over and made a complete mess of things in the spiritual realm. That will never happen. It is simply the safety mechanism built into it that only through love and non-force, can you actually become the ultimately powerful being of an ascended master, an archangel, an Elohim, or even higher levels of the cosmic hierarchy.

I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. I trust that for some of you, it will be of some value. Naturally, we, the seven Chohans, are each giving you a certain idea. It does not mean that you have to pay equal attention to all of them. You need to tune in to: “Where am I at, at my present level? What is it I need right now?” Then you focus on that one thing, from one of us, or from the other teachings given at this webinar, and then you make the best possible use of that. And then at some future time, you may be ready to look at something else. But we are certainly hoping that these seven keys we are giving you will be valuable to you at various stages of the unfoldment of your spiritual path, and the unfoldment of you resolving your attitude towards relationships. With this, I seal you in this hot white fire accelerating Flame of the Fourth Ray that I AM.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Do not forget to love yourself in a relationship


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Paul the Venetian through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I am the Ascended Master Paul the Venetian, Chohan of the Third Ray, often seen as the Ray of Love.

What is the offering that I want to give you? Well, first of all, I want to express my gratitude for the fact that so many of you around the world have been willing to give these invocations from my book. It truly is an unprecedented event, where so many people together have given these invocations, and it has had a profound impact on the collective consciousness. You have my gratitude for this, and I am grateful for those of you who have made use of my book, in terms of working on your relationships.

What do I want to give you in terms of relationships, from the perspective of the third ray of love? Well, if you look at the world, you can of course see that one of the central relationships is what you normally call a love relationship, most often of course between a man and a woman, but there are other configurations as well where people are genuinely loving each other. You have this love relationship and there is a certain mindset in the world that in order for you to be in a loving relationship, you need to be loving, you need to love the other person, often that you need to be more concerned about the other person than about yourself. This is of course, not an invalid viewpoint.

Love relationships work best if both partners are giving more than they are taking. But what I want to give you here, in terms of the third ray of love is this: Do not forget to love yourself. Do not forget to love yourself in a relationship. What does this mean? Well, many things of course. But what we are giving you, you are surely beginning to see, as the Chohans, is a very practical approach for working through the issues you have with relationships, the issues you personally have, the issues that you need to overcome in order to attain maximum growth and qualify for your ascension. The issues that you wanted to force yourself to confront in this potentially your last embodiment.

And when it comes to loving in a relationship, well the practical step you can take is that at least for a period of time, you are saying: Let me focus on loving myself. What does it mean to love myself? And here you will see that there is an entire consciousness in the world that will be in opposition to this. As I am speaking this dictation, if you could see the astral plane, you will see that there are demons, there are entities, there are fallen beings, who are howling like insane beings, which they truly are: that this is wrong, that this is false, that I should not be saying this, that people should not be believing this, that you must not love yourself, because it is selfish, it is egotistical, it is against everything that a relationship stands for.

Well, I have nothing to say to these beings because they will not be willing or able to hear it. But to those who are open to hearing it, I want to pose this question: How can you truly love another human being if you do not love yourself? It simply is not logically possible. You see many, many relationships in the world where one partner will be absolutely convinced and perhaps even will loudly proclaim that they are loving to their partner. But if you look more closely, you see that this is what the world sees as love, which is really a possessive love, which is really a control game. You will see that many people are playing this control game with their partner.

Now, I am not here trying to condemn people, because I see the deeper cause behind control games. These people are so deeply wounded in their psychology, that all of their attention, all of their mental capabilities and resources are tied up in protecting their wounds. It is as if you have a person who has this open wound on their physical body and they are sitting there in the heat of the sun, trying to whisk away the flies and prevent them from landing on that open wound. Well, many people have such a wound in their emotional bodies, their mental bodies, their identity bodies, that their entire lives are consumed by protecting that wound so that other people cannot stir up that wound so the pain becomes overwhelming to them. And in order to prevent people from stirring up the wound, they are subconsciously trying to control these people so they never do or say what stirs up the wound.

There are relationships where people have in a lifetime, had this unspoken agreement, where: I do not stir up your wounds, you do not stir up my wounds, and then we can live together and fulfill some of each other’s needs in the relationship, and we can coexist, our wounds can coexist. This is of course, not a growing relationship, because what does it do to heal the wounds? When you look at these kinds of relationships, you might say: ‘Oh, but these people are so harmonious, they get along so well, they are never arguing, they are never talking down to each other, they are so supportive of each other.’ And they may be from a certain point, but from the point of growth, they are not growing, so is it really loving? And you can see that these people are not actually loving each other, they might behave in ways that the world considers loving, but they are not really loving each other. They just have this unspoken agreement not to do this and not to say that, and they are very strict in keeping themselves and each other to that agreement.

What is real love? Well, real love can only happen when you have a certain resolution of psychology. If you have an open wound that you need to protect in order to avoid being overwhelmed, you can not be loving, you can not even feel love, you can not open yourself to love. I say in my book, that, and we have said in other contexts, that you cannot produce love as a human being, you cannot produce love. You can only open yourself to letting love flow through you. For that matter, that of course applies to all of the seven rays. Whatever characteristic of the ray, whatever energy of the ray, you cannot produce it, it comes from the spiritual realm.

What you can do is open yourself up to it but in order to open yourself up to it, you must remove the blocks that prevent the flow of love through your four lower bodies. This is why I say love yourself, first and foremost. Because if you really love yourself, you are going to look at yourself and say: “What are my wounds? What are my illusions, especially concerning relationships? When I look at the relationships I have had in this lifetime, what do they say about the wounds I have from past lives about relationships? What do they say about what I wanted to force myself to confront in my divine plan? Which is why I put myself in relationships with the people who stir up these wounds. And what then is the most loving thing I could do for myself?”

Well, is not it to heal those wounds so that you no longer have them, you are free of them? And when you are free of those wounds, does it not stand to reason that you can let love flow through you and you can direct this to your partners in various relationships. In other words, once you have loved yourself enough to heal your wounds and you can feel love flowing through you from your I AM Presence, that is when you can be truly loving to other people. From a broader perspective, what is the most loving thing you can do to other people? It is to love yourself so that you heal your own wounds, you overcome your own blockages to the free flow of love through you.

And what does this mean? Well, it can mean many different things for different people in different situations. But it does mean that you have a right to step back and to say: “What do I need to do right now in order to go through this process of healing the wounds that I have about relationships? What do I need to do to heal this?”

And then you have a right to make whatever changes you need to make in your life, and to make whatever changes you need to make in your relationships, to go through that healing. This is not selfish – it is ultimately unselfish. Other people, your partners in various relationships, may see it as selfish. Especially if you feel it is necessary to break off the relationship with them, at least for a time, or to minimize your contact with them. They may see it as selfish, they may accuse you of being selfish, but what I am telling you is, you have a right to do this and for many of you, it can be necessary to do this, in order to heal and come to a certain point, critical mass of healing, where love can flow through you.

This means you will then be able to engage in more loving relationships, either with the partners that you have now, or you are free to find new partners in different forms of relationships. I am not just talking about love relationships, I am talking about relationships to your parents, to your siblings, even to your children when they  have reached a certain age, where they do not physically need you to be there. For many people, it can be not only valid and constructive, but even necessary to put a relationship on pause for a time and say: “I will either break off contact or minimize the contact with that person so I can focus on healing myself.”

So many times, you see in relationships where there is this attitude from the world that you are supposed to be the one who will sacrifice yourself to make the relationship work. This especially is the case for children, but also for parents and spouses, that you need to be there for the other people. But again, how can you fully be there for other people if you have not been there for yourself?

Truly, this is for some of you, I am not saying for all of you, but for some of you, a very important idea: Love yourself enough to take a look at what you need in order to heal yourself, and then have the courage to do what you need in order to heal yourself, and go through a more intense period of healing, where if it is necessary, you set aside certain relationships. You rearrange your life so you can focus on this healing and minimize any other obligations you have.

I am not saying you necessarily need to quit your job, abandon your family, and go live in a cave in the Himalayas or go participate in some kind of workshop, but I am not saying you can’t do some of those things either. This is something that you have a right to decide, because you are after all, a mature being, you are potentially in your last embodiment, and even if it is not your last embodiment, you are in a pivotal embodiment for your future service for the golden age. You have a right to do this.

You have a right to love yourself enough to say: “What did I decide are the important elements of my divine plan? And what do I need to do to fulfill those elements? That is truly loving myself, but also truly loving other people.” You can even take a pragmatic approach and say: “I am in relationship with this particular person, I have certain wounds that affect that relationship. Would it not be in the long run more loving to that person that I focus on healing that those wounds, so that I can have a better relationship with that person? Would this not be better than continuing our current relationship for the indefinite future, perhaps for the rest of this lifetime? What is really the most loving thing I can do for other people?”

And the reality is that the most loving thing you can do for other people, is to heal yourself. Because this will improve your relationships with them, it will give them an opportunity to heal themselves, and everyone has an opportunity to grow. Now, of course, some people may not take this opportunity, they may blame you for this, they may become angry and resentful. But the thing is my beloved, when you heal your wounds and love yourself, you can set yourself free from other people’s reactions. You can set yourself free to let them have their reaction, but it is not going to control you, your state of mind, or your life. You see, it is all well and good to have relationships to other people, it is of course a part of life, it is part of the spiritual path. But the reality is, as we have said before, you are an individual human being with free will. You will ascend as an individual. And especially when you are in your last embodiment, you have a right to say: “What do I need to do in order to ascend?”  And you have a right to let everything else in your life revolve around that goal of your ascension. And that means that you have a right to say: “My first and foremost priority, my top priority in this lifetime is my ascension. Everything else is secondary.”

This is loving yourself. It is in a sense, also loving other people, because by you ascending you will pull up on other people, even on the collective consciousness.

Ultimately, the ascension is not an act of selfishness, it is the ultimate act of selflessness, where you love other people. You love other people more than yourself, because you are willing to give up the self, the outer self, in order to ascend as the pure being that descended from the spiritual realm. That is ultimate love. The world, of course, will not see it that way. Most likely, other people will not see it that way.

But my beloved, take what I have just said: You made a divine plan. You chose to put yourself in relationships with certain other people, so that you could force yourself to confront something in yourself. Does it not stand to reason that these other people also have a divine plan, also made a divine plan, and they also made it from a higher level of consciousness than what they have right now. It may not have been as high as yours, but a higher level of consciousness than they have right now.

My point is you have asked yourself: “Why did I put myself in a relationship with these people? What did I want to learn from it?” But they did the same thing. It is not so my beloved, that you can sit there in the etheric realm, look down on your next embodiment and say: “Ah, yes, I am going to pick that person and that person and that person to be my personal teachers, to force me to see issues in myself, and they have no say over it, they just have to accept it.” That is not how it works. Free will must be outplayed. So, you have chosen to have a certain person as your child, for example. But that child also had to choose to have you as their parent. And they did this because they saw that having you as their parent it would be an opportunity for them to confront something in their psychology.

Now, it may very well be that you are open to the spiritual path, you are open to looking at yourself and working on your psychology, but your child or your parents or your spouse are not open to doing this. But that is not your responsibility. You are not responsible for their choices. Take what we have said: You make your divine plan from a higher perspective, which you then forget when you come into embodiment. Therefore, it is possible that you cannot reconnect to your divine plan, or you are not willing to learn the lesson. So you may very well have a spouse or a parent or a child who is not willing to follow their divine plan, and therefore they become angry with you when you follow yours. In reality, especially if it is children, they were meant to be inspired by seeing you follow your spiritual growth and your spiritual progress.

We have seen for example, in previous dispensations where the parents were so enthusiastic about finding the spiritual path, that they wanted to bring up their children in the teachings, so that the children from an early age had a foundation in a spiritual teaching. But in many cases the children became resentful of this, felt it was forced upon them, and therefore rejected the teaching, rejected the spiritual path and became atheists, drug users, alcoholics or in other ways became angry towards any kind of spirituality and their parents. But this was not the highest choice that these children made in their divine plans. They chose to embody with these parents, because they wanted to be inspired by their parents to pursue their own spiritual growth.

Now, some of these may still, later in life, come to that conclusion, and again pursue their spiritual growth. I am not saying that the parents always did the right thing, that they were not sometimes too forceful towards their children but nevertheless, regardless of the situation, your children had a reason for accepting you as their parent. And that was that they wanted to be inspired by you, and learn something from you. And if you are pursuing the resolution of your psychology, you are giving the children the perfect example to inspire them to pursue the resolution of their psychology. If they choose not to do this, if they choose to deny the opportunity, if they choose to reject you, your spirituality and become angry with you, that my beloved, it is a choice they have a right to make. But you also have a right to say that you will not let your life be affected by their choices.

So you see here, there is never a relationship where both parties have not chosen to be in that relationship. And they had a reason for choosing it. Your concern is not whether the other partner is fulfilling their reason for choosing to be in a relationship with you. Your concern is: Are you fulfilling your reason for being in a relationship with that person? And if you love yourself, you will do whatever is necessary to achieve the growth, learn the lessons, have the healing that you wanted to have. And then when you have done this, you have a right to love yourself to the point where you set yourself free to evaluate: Will I continue to have a relationship with that person? Will I move on?

In a sense you are also setting that person free to evaluate: Will they learn the lesson from being in a relationship with you or will they not? But it is not your concern. It is not your responsibility what they choose.

What am I saying here? I am saying that when you truly understand love, you understand that the world has a misconception of love. And therefore you can see that when they accuse you of being selfish, you are not selfish. You are being loving in a higher way, not only loving to yourself, but actually loving to other people as well. Because you are not allowing them to derail your pursuit of your divine plan. And they of course should ideally not allow any human being to stop their pursuit of their divine plan, which is what they chose, it was not forced upon them. Your divine plan is never forced upon you. All you can do is give people the opportunity, the example, the inspiration, and that is the ultimate act of love.

So with this, I have given you what we wanted to give you from the third ray. I am again grateful for your use of these invocations from the book, and therefore I seal you in that free-flowing because it is unconditional love of the third ray that I AM.

Paul the Venetian I AM

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Study the psychology of relationships 


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Lanto through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I am the Ascended Master Lanto, Chohan of the Second Ray, often portrayed as the Ray of Wisdom.

What is wisdom? Well, many times it is considered to be knowledge. But if you look back to the long tradition, even in the Western world going back to Plato, who portrayed Socrates as the wise teacher, you will see that the wisdom of Socrates was not centered on knowledge. It was centered on something deeper, which we might call an understanding, a deeper understanding of life and how it works.

What can you do from the perspective of the Second Ray to improve your relationships? Well, most of you are, of course, spiritual students. When you became aware that there is a spiritual path, what did you do? What was the first thing that most of you did? You started studying the spiritual path. You realized that there was no way you could really practice the spiritual path without having some understanding of what the spiritual path is about. And a way to get this understanding is to study the topic.

Many of you have an education, where you have gone to school and studied a particular topic, until you gained a deeper understanding of it than the average person has. Most of you have passed your driver’s tests, and what did you have to do in order to pass the theoretical part of the test? You had to study. Why is it that so many of you have not made a real determined effort to study relationships?

One could argue that one of the most important aspects of your lives is your relationship to other people, primarily your love relationship, your relationship to your children, and then to your parents, co-workers, friends, and so on. But all of you are in a variety of relationships. Relationships have a certain dynamic. How come you have not studied that, as you have studied other topics? I am talking here generally, because if you look at people at large, you will see that all people are in a relationship, but very, very few people have studied it.

This, of course, is easy to understand when you consider that even the more advanced democracies, they find it necessary that children in school learn about reading, writing, and arithmetic, but not about relationships, not about psychology. Naturally, you have all grown up in a culture where you are not brought up to study relationships. Now, if you look at this and step back from it, what is the underlying assumption that must be ruling these societies? It is that a relationship is just something that works itself out. It is something that people know how to do.

Then, of course, there is the Hollywood illusion that being successful in a relationship is simply a matter of finding the right person. If you find the right person, the relationship takes care of itself, and it will be happily ever after. Well, how many times has this worked out for people? Certainly, you can find examples of people who met each other, fell in love, got married and lived happily ever after. But you will find far more instances of relationships that were not happily ever after and many relationships, of course, breaking up.

Now, if you look at people who have been through several relationships, you will see that in many cases, these people have a certain issue in their first relationship. They come to a point where they decide that this issue is because their partner is a certain way and will not change. Therefore, they want to get out of the relationship and find a different partner. So people get divorced, they break up a relationship, they find another partner, but in many cases, the dynamic is exactly the same in the new relationship. Perhaps it is a little bit different but there is a core of it that is the same. This is something that you can observe some of you can, if you are honest, observe it in your own lives. Others can observe it in the lives of people you know.

What is the conclusion one must draw, when you see that so many times, the same problem repeats itself? People, actually, in some cases attract a partner who is even more extreme, in a certain way, than their previous partner. What is the conclusion one must draw? Well, it is that relationships are not an easy thing. It is a complex thing. And does this not mean that relationships need to be studied? If you want to be successful in relationships, you need to study the topic.

You cannot simply assume that in order to attain a profession you need to study, in order to make progress on the spiritual path you need to study, in order to get a driver’s license, you need to study. But in order to have a relationship, you don’t need to study at all. It is supposed to just happen by itself. Nothing, my beloved, happens by itself. It all requires that you apply yourself to the process.

Now, here is where we run into a particular difficulty that is not specific to spiritual students, but most of you have this in one form or another, as do all people out there in society. And this can only be understood when you understand reincarnation.

The simple reality is that most people have, in past lives, been hurt in relationships. They have been in relationships with different people. They have had a very turbulent, very inharmonious relationship and they have been hurt by it. For most people, if you start studying relationships, it will be painful for a time. When you start studying relationships, you will reconnect, or rather, you will activate these selves that you formed in past lives, and it will be painful. And there might even be selves that you have formed that make you think that relationships cannot work, or that you are not good at relationships, or you can’t make it work, or that there are other people and it is so difficult to find a person with whom a relationship can work.

For most of you who are avatars, there is a specific consideration that comes into play because, in past lifetimes and most likely also in this lifetime, you have been in some kind of relationship with one or more fallen beings. And quite frankly, we need to be honest here and say that when you are in a relationship with a fallen being, that relationship cannot work. Fallen beings, whether you call them narcissists, or whatever you call them, they cannot be in a relationship that is an equal relationship between equal partners. They cannot be in a harmonious, successful relationship unless, of course, they are in total control of their partner and their partner submits him or herself to the fallen being. And this, of course, is something that an avatar is reluctant to do.

Many avatars have, from previous lives, been in relationships with fallen beings and you have formed certain selves based on your relationships with fallen beings. Be aware, my beloved, that a fallen being does one thing primarily: that person is always projecting out—the problem is out there. If you have been in a relationship with a fallen being there were problems in the relationship, of course, but the problem was not with the fallen being or with both of you, it was with you.

If you have experienced this over several lifetimes, it is possible you have created certain selves that believe that it is you that has the problem, and you that cannot be in a relationship because of whatever it may be in your individual case. I fully understand that there are many spiritual people, many avatars, who because of this are reluctant to study relationships because doing this reconnects you to these selves. Suddenly you have these thoughts that come up: “Oh, there must be something wrong with me If I can’t have a successful relationship, if I can’t figure out how to get along with other people.” And it is painful for you to deal with this. But what is the spiritual path all about? Again, Master More talked about this. But I want to bring up another facet.

The spiritual path is not just about overcoming illusions and coming to see what you cannot see. It is also about overcoming emotional hang-ups. When you talk about an illusion, you are often talking about something that is in the mental mind, something you understand with the mental mind, the rational, logical, often linear mind. But what I am talking about here that you experience when you start thinking about relationships, is that you reconnect to these selves that were created in a past life in the emotional body and these selves are dominated by emotional pain.

Just as you need to overcome a certain illusion, in order to rise to a higher level on the 144 levels, you also need to overcome the associated pain, the emotional pain that is associated with that illusion. You can again, do what Master More said, look at ascended masters, and ask yourself: “Do you think an ascended master has lingering emotional pain from their time on earth?” I can assure you that we have no such pain. Why do we not? We were in embodiment on earth, we experienced what you have experienced on earth. It was equally painful to us as it has been for you.

Do not fall into this idolatrous view of thinking that when we were in physical embodiment, it was easier for us and therefore it was not as painful for us when we encountered the fallen beings as we did. We had the same pain you had. We had the same level and intensity of pain. How did we ascend? By letting go of that pain, by resolving that pain, by transforming it. But in order to let go of something, you have to be willing to look at it. And that means you have to be willing to endure the pain for a time.

What I am saying here is that the one thing I want to give you from the perspective of the Second Ray is, you need to study relationships. If you find you have a problem with relationships, you need to study them. And this, of course, can mean study our teachings. The book by Paul the Venetian, on the Initiations of Love talks a lot about relationships, other teachings talk about it. There are other spiritual teachings that talk about relationships, but do not overlook the fact that in the world at large relationships is a big issue. Many books have been written about it. There are various courses and workshops you can participate in. And even though they may not have the same depth of understanding as a spiritual teaching, there is much to offer in the worldly teachings on relationships.

The reality here is that pretty much all of you can benefit from studying relationships. Now, mind you, you are not studying relationships in order to learn intellectually, how to make a relationship work. In a sense, you could say that as a spiritual person, you do not really need to study the worldly books in order to figure out techniques for making a relationship work.

Your primary reason for studying relationships is to bring to your conscious mind these selves that you have from past lives, concerning relationships and also bring up the pain that you may not have resolved yet. The outer books are really just a catalyst for getting in touch with what you have in your own three higher bodies that is unresolved about relationships. And when you then are willing to look at your reaction, try to use the tools that we have given you for uncovering these selves. You can make much progress by doing this.

We are not seeking to make you experts on relationships in the sense that you can give a dissertation, an intellectual dissertation on relationships. We are seeking to, first of all, help you free yourselves from the separate selves, the illusions and the accumulated emotional energy, regarding relationships. Also, of course, at the deeper level, we are seeking to help you shift your identity concerning relationships. And this is something we will talk more about.

But the reality is that, when you have been in a relationship with a fallen being, it is very, very easy to form a certain self in your identity body that influences how you look at yourself in relation to relationships. What kind of a person are you? What kind of relationship are you capable of having or incapable of having? And this can have a profound effect on your relationships.

Really, the main thought here is: study the topic. If relationships are at all important to you, especially if they are a source of disharmony or conflict, then study the topic. Now, be aware also what Master More said: the essence of spiritual growth is that you observe yourself.

You are not studying relationships in order to come to understand them intellectually and in order to come up with a way that you can present to your relationship partners for how they can change. You are not even really studying relationships in order to change the relationships. You are studying relationships in order to change yourself, in order to heal your psychology, overcome certain illusions, so that you are changing yourself. This is the real purpose. Again, we have said, you are not making progress by changing your partner in a relationship. You are only making progress by changing yourself.

Make a decision here that you are not doing this to change your partner. You are not even doing it to change the relationship. You are only doing it to get in contact with something in your own psychology and change yourself. And then you are willing to be non-attached to whether that changes the relationship or how it changes the relationship. If the relationship changes, that is a bonus for your study, but it is not the goal of your study. This is, in a sense, how you attain wisdom because wisdom is not about creating outer changes.

Wisdom is about getting to know yourself. It has always been so. ‘Know thyself’, as it is said on that ancient temple. This is how you acquire wisdom. You do not acquire wisdom if your intention is to produce specific outer results in this world, but only if your intention is to get to know yourself. You need to get to know yourself in relationships. How do you function? What patterns do you have, often coming from past lives?

And, of course, an aspect of wisdom is to realize that, as Master More said, many of you are in your last embodiment. What have you done? What does this mean? It means that you can ask yourself this question: “Am I stupid or not?” I can assure you that you are not stupid! And if you are not stupid, what does that mean?

It means that before you came into embodiment, you were creating your divine plan. And you were creating that divine plan, as we have said, from a higher, broader, more neutral perspective that you had when you stepped into the four lower bodies and are now colored by the perception filter. You determined in your divine plan at least some of the people that you wanted to have a relationship with, your parents, your spouses, your children. This was not something that just happened by chance. You deliberately chose to embody in a physical circumstance where you were likely to meet these people and therefore likely to enter a relationship with them.

Now, there is, of course, a tendency that many of you have, especially when you have just gone through or you are going through a difficult relationship. You are always asking yourself, “Why on earth did I choose to be in a relationship with this person? Was I stupid or what?” And it is understandable that you feel this way, but what I am saying is that a part of wisdom is that you step outside of your immediate feelings. You make that conscious effort to step outside and say, “Assuming I am not stupid, I must have had a reason when I made my divine plan for entering a relationship with this person. Now, what could that reason be?”

And what have we said? If you are in your last embodiment, you know there are certain things you need to overcome, certain illusions you need to see, certain reactionary patterns, certain separate selves. And you are deliberately choosing to put yourself in physical situations where you force yourself to confront these issues in a way that your outer mind cannot ignore. And what is one of the most common ways that people are forced to confront certain issues that their outer minds cannot ignore? Well, it is through a relationship, especially a difficult relationship, a tumultuous, chaotic relationship with people who have very difficult psychology.

This messenger grew up with a father who had a very difficult psychology. He deliberately chose to be the son of this father, not because he wanted to help his father but because he wanted to learn a lesson for himself. He has also been in other relationships with people with difficult psychology and although he has from time to time wondered why he was in a relationship with these people, the reality is, of course, that he chose to do this in order to force himself to confront certain issues in himself, so that he would overcome them and therefore attain maximum growth and qualify for his ascension.

Many of you have done the exact same thing. Wisdom is to recognize that whatever you have encountered in your life, it did not happen by chance. It was planned by you in your divine plan and the purpose was to force yourself to confront the issue so you could learn the lesson and be free of that issue in your psychology.

Now, I know very well that there is an attitude in the world that a relationship must be a two-sided thing. And there is, of course, a certain reality to this. I am not here telling you that you should be completely selfish and egotistical about how you look at relationships. But what I am telling you is that wisdom is that you go through a period where you say, “I am not going to focus on my partner. I am not going to focus on changing my partner. I am only going to focus on changing myself. What is it that I need to learn? How can I grow? What is in it for me?” And you look at your partner as the guru disguised as an ant, the physical guru that can force you to confront your issues. This may require you to expand your view of what it means to have a guru.

Even if you take Yogananda’s book [Autobiography of a Yogi], you will see—and this messenger took particular note of this when he first read the book—that there is a situation in there where Yogananda’s guru confronts him in a very direct manner with something in his personal psychology. There is even a point where Yogananda leaves his guru because he has this unrealistic idea that the perfect guru should be sitting in a cave in the Himalayas and he wants to go find this more advanced guru, rather than the more worldly (so he sees it) Sri Yukteswar.

There is often this sense that your spiritual guru should be this elevated person who has completely resolved psychology, who is enlightened and who therefore gives you this wonderful spiritual wisdom that flows freely and always makes you feel good. But the reality of the matter is that the most useful guru is the one who forces you to confront what your ego does not want you to see. And you do not need, in many cases, a spiritual guru to do this. You actually need a person who is so wrapped up in their own psychology that they react to you in these inharmonious ways, which then brings out your reactionary pattern when you react to them.

This is the guru disguised as an ant. And it is—for certain initiations or certain levels of the path—the most effective way to make progress. The guru disguised as an ant or as a very difficult person is often the most effective guru, at least for specific initiations. We have said before that even the fallen beings are substitute teachers, because they are willing to do to people what the ascended masters would never do, and what a person with a higher level of spiritual evolution or consciousness would never do to people.

You need to hear again: Be grateful. You need to be grateful for whatever you have been exposed to by the difficult people in your life. We are not hereby condoning if people have abused you. And, of course, there are certain types of abuse that you should not accept. You should not accept this as just an opportunity to learn a lesson, but you need to recognize that it is an opportunity for you.

Now, of course, specifically, we need to talk in this context about abuse. Fallen beings are always—or at least often—willing to abuse other people. They may not see it as abuse, but it is abuse. And naturally, you, especially when you are in your last embodiment, you should not accept that you are being abused by other people. I am not here telling you that you should look at a person who is abusing you and say, “Oh, he is just this wonderful disguised guru, who is teaching me a lesson and therefore I shouldn’t object to what he is doing”. Well, my beloved, the reality is, that person is teaching you a lesson but you should indeed object. Perhaps part of your lesson is that you do object. Because, as we have said, many of you have been in relationships with fallen beings in past lives, and what do fallen beings want? They want to be in control, so that they get other people to submit to them, to submit to their abuse. And some of you—not all of you but some of you—have done this in past lifetimes.

You have deliberately put yourself in situations in this lifetime where you are forced to deal with this issue so you can come to this point where YOU draw the line for what you will endure in a relationship. Now, once you have drawn that line and said no to abuse and potentially removed yourself from the abuser, you still need to say, “Yes, but I chose to deliberately put myself in a relationship to this person. Why did I do this? What is the lesson that I want to learn about how I look at relationships? What is it that I need to overcome from the past in terms of accumulated emotional energy, past traumas and these separate selves that were created as a result of my interaction with an abusive personality?”

It is not just a matter of saying no and removing yourself. It is a matter of learning the deeper lesson, but it can certainly be necessary for some of you to make that conscious decision, “I am going to stop the abuse. I am going to remove myself from the abuse right now”. And then you can work on the lessons later. You do not have to be so long-suffering that you say, “Oh, I have to stay with this abusing person until I have learned my lesson fully”. You can, of course, do this, but you do not have to.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. Study the topic of relationships. Study the psychology of relationships. Study your own psychological reaction to relationships. And it can lead to much wisdom. Lanto, I Am, and I seal you in the golden flame of illumination.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

The guru disguised as an ant


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Master MORE through Kim Michaels, September 5, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE, Chohan of the First Ray. We, the seven Chohans, have met in council and we have decided that we will give you a specific offering for this conference. The releases that you have been given so far have cast a somewhat wide net, talking about overall philosophical aspects of relationships in the golden age. But we, the seven Chohans, will give you something a little more practical, a little more closer to your present situation that can help you then take some of the next steps up on your personal path.

I will begin this offering and I will begin by talking about what a relationship actually can be, how it can be seen. Now, you know very well that we have given you many teachings about the spiritual path. We have given you different levels of teachings about the spiritual path for people at different levels of consciousness. However, what I want to do here is give you sort of the essence of the spiritual path.

What is the spiritual path in a nutshell, as the saying goes? And the simplest way to explain this is to recognize that there are different levels of consciousness. We have given you the teaching that there are 144 levels of consciousness but even beyond this, most people who are spiritually interested are open to the idea that there are different levels of consciousness. You look at the behavior of human beings, you look at how they talk, what they talk about, what they write about on social media and so forth and you can clearly see that people are at different levels of consciousness.

Therefore, we can say that the essence of the spiritual path is that right now you are at a certain level of consciousness and the goal of the spiritual path is to raise your consciousness to progressively higher levels.We have, of course, also given you the teaching which is not found in all spiritual teachings that the ultimate goal of the spiritual path is to qualify you for your ascension so that you do not have to come back into embodiment on earth. You become an ascended master.

It is helpful for you to contemplate what it takes to become an ascended master. What is the difference between an ascended master and an unascended being on earth? We have said before that you cannot really fully comprehend this, but you can at least consider it. And you need to consider here that some of the things you see unfolding on earth, some of the selfishness, some of the hostility, the anger, even the fear, even the submissiveness that you see on earth, many of these human characteristics, you need to consider whether you think they can exist in the spiritual realm whether you want to call it heaven or the ascended realm or the spiritual realm.

Do you think ascended masters go around behaving like you see human beings behaving on earth? And obviously, most of you who are ascended master students will realize that ascended masters do not behave the way human beings do. We do not talk the way human beings do. But why is that? It is, of course, because we have a different level of consciousness, a higher level of consciousness than any human being on earth.

The question now is how have we attained that higher level of consciousness? Well, we have done it, of course, by rising up through the different levels that are possible on earth until we reached the highest level and could then ascend. But what does this actually mean? What is it that we have done in order to qualify for our ascensions? What is it that takes anyone from one level of consciousness to the next? We have explained this in great detail but I want to summarize it here again just to clarify this, and also so that people who are new and may find this release will know what I am talking about.

What we have said is that right now, you are at a certain level of consciousness. That means that you have a certain view of yourself and of the world, your interaction with the world and with other people. The topic of this conference is relationships so you have a certain view of relationships, yourself in relation to other people. We have also said that, for each of the 144 levels of consciousness there is a certain illusion. There is a certain perception filter, a certain set of beliefs that characterize that level and it is precisely this perception filter, this illusion, these beliefs that blind you so there is something you cannot see.

It is comparable, and we have given a comparison before, that you are in the forest, you find an observation tower and there is a ladder that leads up to the observation tower. You are at a certain point on that ladder and you can see certain things from that vantage point but you cannot see above the treetops. At any stage on the spiritual path there is something you can see on that level and there is something you cannot see, namely what is at the higher levels than where you are at.

What is the essence of spiritual growth? It is that you come to see what you cannot see right now. But how do you do this? You come to see the illusion that you have at your current level of consciousness. You come to see that it is a limited view that you are having right now. You see how it is limiting you and then you see a higher view and when you let go of the limited view, embrace the higher view, you have taken – listen carefully – you have taken one step up on the staircase that leads to the ascension. You have not reached the highest level by taking that one step up you have reached the next level up.

You may be, let us say, at the 60th level of consciousness. You see through the illusion that corresponds to that level, you take one step up. You are now at the 61st level of consciousness not the 144th. There are many, many levels between the 61st and the 144th. You cannot see and you are not meant to see (you are, of course, in no way being blamed for this), you cannot see at the 61st level what you can see at 144th level. Why is that? Because at the 61st level there is another illusion that is limiting your view and there is one at the 62nd level, the 63rd and all the way up to the 144th. We can say that when you are at the 61st level, you are, as Saint Paul mentioned it, “seeing through a glass darkly” because you are seeing through all of these layers of illusions that correspond to the levels of consciousness above yours, whatever your level is.

There will always be something you are not seeing and that means that the essence of the spiritual path is that you are always having an illusion that limits your view and you always need to be willing to see that illusion, see its limitations and see the higher view for the next step up. This is an ongoing process my beloved, an ongoing process. It will not end as long as you are on earth. It will only end when you see through the illusion of the 144th level and then you cannot hold on to a physical body and therefore you ascend. There is nobody on earth who does not have some illusion they have not seen. Will you please allow me to repeat that sentence! There is no one on earth who does not have some illusion they have not seen!

It does not matter who they claim to be, how highly evolved they claim to be, whether they claim to be enlightened or not, whether they claim to be some superhuman being or not. Whether they claim to be God in embodiment – they still have an illusion they have not seen through or they would not be in a physical body on a planet like earth! I know this will be shocking to many spiritual people out there. So be it, it is reality.

Now, what does it then take? How do you come to see an illusion and rise from one level of consciousness to the next? There are three basic ways.

One is the experiential way. You act out your present level of consciousness and you will then continue to act it out in more and more extreme ways. It is clear that if you go to the very low levels of consciousness, say the 10th level of consciousness, acting out the 10th level of consciousness to its extreme is very extreme behavior. Most people, of course, are not at that level. If you are at the 60th level of consciousness you can still act out the 60th level of consciousness to one or the other extreme but it will not be as violent of extremes as at the 10th level, of course. But nevertheless, at any level of consciousness there will be two polarities and you can act out that level of consciousness to one of these extremes until you have had enough of it. You simply get tired of experiencing life through that rather extreme filter and therefore, you become open to seeing the illusion, giving it up, and rising to a higher level.

This is what we have called the School of Hard Knocks. There will be external circumstances, often in the form of other people who are going to give you feedback on your state of consciousness, give you opposition or however you see it, until you have had enough of this and rise above. It is the School of Hard Knocks. You are at that point we might say, still walking the path in an unconscious way. You are not directly in your mind thinking: “What do I need to see in order to get to the next level?” You are letting circumstances push you around until you feel cornered and now you rise. This is how most people grow below the 48th level. In fact, this is how all people grow below the 48th level. But there are some people that continue to grow that way even when they have gone above the 48th level.

We, of course, hope that all of our students who know about ascended master teachings will internalize what we have given you about the path and therefore take the next approach. The next approach is that you are consciously aware that there is something you need to see, some illusion you need to overcome and therefore you begin to actively look for it. In other words, what I am saying here is that those who are in the first state, or take the first approach they are not actually willing to look at themselves. They are not truly looking at themselves. They are not as Jesus said, looking for the beam in their own eye. They are projecting out, only looking at the splinters in the eyes of other people.

This is also something that profoundly affects your relationships. You can probably all see people who are not looking at themselves, who are always projecting out that it is your fault or other people’s fault and it is never their fault. Certainly you can see this outplayed on the world stage.

When you take that step onto the conscious path, it is when you realize that you do need to look at yourself. Now, in the beginning, I admit fully, that many people do not have the full grasp of what this means. You can take this messenger, who has been on the path now for 45 years and who, since he read Yogananda’s book 45 years ago, has been quite conscious of what the path is about. He has been aware that there is something called the ego, that you need to overcome it and that you need to look at yourself. Because even before he found the path, he was observing himself during childhood as he has done for many embodiments, many of you having done the same thing.

In all of that time, he has been aware that the spiritual path requires you to look at yourself, but he has not been fully aware of what that really meant. That means that for the first many years he was on the path, he had a selective willingness to look at himself. He was willing to look at certain things in his psychology, but there were other things that he was not willing to look at because he still had some separate selves that would have made it very painful for him to look at certain things. In other words, he thought that as a spiritual person there were certain things you should not do, say or believe and if he saw that he had that aspect of ego, he was afraid he would condemn himself and therefore there was a subconscious resistance towards openly looking at himself.

Many of you will recognize this in yourselves. Perhaps you are still in that phase. Perhaps you have as a considerable part of you have gone beyond that stage. For this messenger, it took him many years on the path before he fully got to the point where he could say to us as the ascended masters: “I am willing to look at anything in my psychology.” He went through various stages but there came a point some years ago now where he was willing to look at anything. I am not trying to say that you should immediately come to the point where you could look at anything. On the contrary, the reason for giving you this story is to show you that it is alright that you have a certain period where you are selectively looking at yourself. This is perfectly fine because you do not need to see all your illusions at the 48th level of consciousness. You only need to see the illusion at the 48th level so you can rise to the 49th. You do not need to deal with everything at once. That is the whole idea of the path, and of giving you this teaching of the 144 levels, so that we break the path into the smaller units that are much more manageable for you.

However, you do need to be aware that at each step there is something you have to see in yourself, in your own psychology and this requires you to be willing to look. And you need to be aware that there are people who have been on the path for decades and who have made progress but they have come to a point where there is something they are not willing to look at and then the progress stalls. It comes to a halt. And these people are treading water and they can tread water for quite a long period of time, even for the rest of a lifetime. We have seen this in ascended master students from previous dispensations. We see it in a few for this [dispensation]. We would prefer that none of our students in this dispensation would get stuck there. But it requires your willingness to look at yourself.

What does this mean in practical terms? It does mean that you have to be willing to observe yourself, to ask questions, but of course, this is not an approach that is easy because the whole nature of the path is that you are at your present level of consciousness and at this present level of consciousness there is something you cannot see because you have a perception filter, an illusion that blocks it. How do you come to see what you cannot see? Well, you can question, you can analyze, you can observe and you can make some progress but ultimately, the way to see what you cannot see is to have some frame of reference from outside the perception filter. That frame of reference can be a spiritual teaching, it can be an observation, but the fastest way to make progress is, of course, to receive input from outside your self that gives you that frame of reference, that challenges your perception and therefore helps you question it.

This, my beloved is the third way to make progress and, of course, real progress is an interchange between the second, observing yourself and the third, getting input from outside your self. This third way of getting input from outside your self is the foundation for what has been called the guru-chela relationship. The word guru, of course, is an Indian or Sanskrit word. The word chela is an Indian word and in India you have this very old tradition for the emergence of a person who sets himself up, because they are usually men, as a guru. Perhaps he has an ashram, a house where he lives and he attracts students who come and are part of that ashram and they will, not all of the time but at least from time to time, have personal interaction with a guru. The guru can personally advise them or even challenge them in their illusions. This is what has been called the guru-chela relationship. We have in previous dispensations, especially the Summit Lighthouse, talked much more about it and in this dispensation less so and I want to explain why this is the case.

This messenger found the spiritual path when he was 18 by finding the book by Paramahansa Yogananda, “The Autobiography of a Yogi.” Yogananda talks extensively about how he found his personal guru and how he became part of this entire Indian tradition of one guru attracting at least one student who raises his consciousness to the point where he can become a guru of his own right and this is how the tradition has been perpetuated. This messenger realized even at that point, that even though this was a valid tradition, it was not for him. He never felt an urge to go to India and he never actually felt an urge to find a personal, physical guru as it is conceived in the Indian tradition. Why is this? It is because this messenger had in his divine plan the potential to become a messenger for the ascended masters who could receive these teachings we are giving that are primarily for the Aquarian Age and the Aquarian Age mindset.

He did not realize this at the age of 18 but he realized later that in the Aquarian Age it is meant that there are many more people who will find a spiritual path, who will be conscious that there is a way to systematically not only heal your psychology, but actually raise your consciousness to higher levels. We have said before that we have moved into an age where a considerable portion of the population in many of the modern nations have entered the self-actualization needs and when you enter that stage, then you are open to the concept of a spiritual path, a systematic way to improve yourself and that means that many people also become open to the concept of a guru, a teacher, a guide, a coach whatever it is called.

This messenger came to the realization at some point or rather we gave him the realization that the traditional Indian guru-chela relationship simply was not practical for the Aquarian Age. When you have a physical guru who lives in an ashram, that guru can only have personal interactions with a limited number of students. You have seen, there was a certain period where there was the emergence of these Indian gurus who became known in the West. You have seen sometimes thousands of people who will travel to a guru’s ashram and they would live there and work there and they might be in a big group listening to the guru, but very few of them had personal interactions with a guru.

Clearly, when you have a situation where millions of people in the West are open to the spiritual path, it just is not possible that they can all travel to India or even in the West, find a personal physical guru, which there are millions of people open to the process, you would need tens of thousands of gurus to give them all personal attention and there are not that many gurus in embodiment who are qualified. This would mean many of them would then come in contact with false gurus who would lead them astray on the path.

What is the practical solution to this? Well, one aspect of the solution is, of course, that people find an ascended master teaching, they embrace that teaching to the point where they begin to have personal contact with the ascended masters, so that you can get personal feedback, personal guidance from us but it happens within yourself not through a physical guru, not even through a physical messenger. This is, as we have said many times, the ultimate goal of our teachings that you become self- sufficient where you are no longer actually need the outer teaching. You do not need the outer messenger but you have direct contact with the ascended masters within yourself. We are not limited by time and space. We have unlimited attention span. We can deal with literally millions of students at the same time. You will not be able to understand this with the linear mind but that is because we have transcended the linear mind. We are not limited in that way.

Now, the question is, for you who are spiritual students: “Can you actually receive directions directly from us inside yourself?” What you will see is, for many of you, you are not at the point where you can have clear directions from us. You may occasionally have it but you do not have it that often and many of you will also see that you are in a period where you do get some directions from within, you get some intuitive insights but your outer mind often begins to question it, to doubt it, to explain it away so that you can ignore it or so that you can somehow fit it into your existing worldview.

The reality is that even if you find an ascended master teaching, there is still a period where you very much have a need for a physical guru. What we give you is, of course not, as we have said before, that we appear to you in some undeniable manifestation or that you suddenly see flaming letters written on the wall. What we give you is an inner intuitive sense that the outer mind can overlook, ignore or explain away. This is part of the whole plausible deniability of the law of free will. From time to time, it can be very, very helpful for you to have a physical person who is telling you something or giving you feedback in other ways in a way that is more difficult for your mind to deny or explain away.

In other words, even though you have found the ascended master teaching, you still can benefit from having a physical, quote unquote, “guru.” It is not a person who is set up as a guru who has taken on the title of guru, but it is a person who is acting as a guru for you by presenting you with something that can help you challenge your current illusion and overcome it. What kind of a guru is this?

Well, those of you who are familiar with the Summit Lighthouse will know that I, under the name El Morya back then, had a motto: “If the guru be an ant, heed him.” This does not, of course, mean that I encourage my students to take a magnifying glass and go out and kneel by an anthill and study the behavior of ants. It means that if a human being does not have the title of a guru but appears to be just like any other human being, but they still present you with something that you need to hear then heed them anyway even though they do not have a title, even though they do not seem to have any authority.

Do you see where I am going with this? It leads to the point where you can shift your attitude to relationships, any kind of relationship. You can shift it where you consciously are willing to acknowledge that any person you have a relationship with can be the guru disguised as an ant and they can, at any time, tell you something or give you some kind of feedback that you need to hear, and it is something that you can hear or see physically and therefore, it is more difficult for your mind, your ego, to deny it or explain it away. In other words, what I am saying here is this, the most constructive attitude you can adopt with regarding your relationships is that any person you are in a relationship with could be the guru in disguise.

Now, obviously this requires some discretion and discernment. I am not telling you that you should go around and listen to all the people you have a relationship with and think that anything they say is something you should heed and you should now change your life or change your attitude because of what they said. Naturally, you need to make your own decisions. But what you can learn relatively quickly to recognize is that, once in a while somebody will say or do something and there is a certain reaction in your heart chakra.

In the beginning, this may seem like just there is a pause. There is a vacuum, there is a stillness, there is a moment of stillness. There is almost like a hesitation in your heart chakra. Many of you will already know this but all of you can learn to recognize this fairly quickly by putting your attention on it and when you will feel this reaction in your heart chakra, then you know, there is something there in that person’s actions or in what they are saying that you need to pay attention to. This does not mean you are necessarily take it literally what they are saying and literally do what they say, but you realize there is something there that you need to ponder that you need to reflect on. And one of the primary things you need to reflect on is, of course, your own reaction. Can you see that there is a certain reaction in your outer mind that is in contrast to this stillness, this pause in your heart chakra?

What I am really saying here is that this is one way to experience in a milder form what we have talked about with the Conscious You as pure awareness. It is the beginning way to stepping outside of your perception filter, when you are not quite ready to step completely out and experience pure awareness in its full form. But you realize there is something. There was some kind of a shift that happened there, some kind of reaction beyond the ordinary and when you learn to pay attention to this, then you can say: “Oh, there is something here. What is it”? You can then ask your spiritual teacher, your ascended master however you see it, or you can ask other people. It may not be the person who is telling you this that can help you gain clarity on it, but you can at least begin to talk about it with some people. You can look at it in books. You can look at our teachings. You can attempt to gain clarity on it.

This is the main practical guideline that I want to give you as the Chohan of the First Ray. Look upon any relationship you have as a potential encounter with a guru disguised as an ant. This can truly shift your attitude to relationships in a profound way. Much of what you get, of course, you can safely ignore. The challenge is always to discern between what to ignore and what not to ignore but this is something you can learn by practicing and, of course, the other Chohans will give you advice as well.

Now, before I have fulfilled my allotted time here, there is one topic that I want to go into in a little more detail. I AM the Chohan of the First Ray. If you read my book recently republished with the invocations, you will see that I talked about the fact that there is a certain initiation people have to pass when they come to my retreat in Darjeeling, and until they have passed that initiation they cannot move on. They cannot move to the other Chohans, they cannot really move on in the path.

And quite frankly there has, going back through ascended master dispensations over the past century, always been a certain percentage of students who came, they found the teachings, they got very enthusiastic with their outer minds. They got on fire as they sometimes called it, and they studied the teachings very eagerly. They engaged in the organization, gave hours upon hours of decrees but they came to a point fairly quickly, after they found the teachings, where they formed the belief in their minds that now they had the basic understanding or perhaps sometimes even the full understanding of what the path was about. They had a mental image of what it meant to be a chela, what you needed to do and not do and they thought that if they continue to do this for the rest of their time in embodiment, they would automatically qualify for their ascension.

These are the kinds of students who do not pass that first initiation and therefore, they get stuck. Now, in reality there is, of course, just not just one initiation because you can get stuck at any level of the 144 levels because you for some reason think that now you have figured it out, how the path works, and there is no more illusions for you to see and therefore, you stop questioning your perception filter. I want to give you a very, very simple guideline that you, if you are willing, can apply to yourself and see, have you gotten stuck. And the reality of the situation is that at any of the 144 levels you have a certain illusion and this illusion means that there will be certain viewpoints, certain ideas certain beliefs that you will be very attached to at that level. Without going too deeply into this, we can say very briefly that you have an ego at each of the levels and the ego always needs security. It needs to feel it is in control, because it knows how life works. The ego gets the feeling of being controlled by adopting a certain viewpoint, and saying: “This is the absolute understanding. This is the final understanding.” This can be viewpoints about the path but it can also be viewpoints in the world.

What you can do is you can look at yourself, you can look at your reaction to certain situations and you can say: “Is there an outer viewpoint that I am attached to, that is very, very important for me, that I find myself arguing for, trying to persuade other people that this is the right viewpoint and arguing against anybody who questions it or has a different viewpoint?”

Some of you, if you are willing to be neutral about this, will see that over the last couple of years, with the pandemic, with the election in the United States, with other issues you have had some very strongly held beliefs that you have been very attached to. You have argued ferociously sometimes with other people about it and this is a sign that you have become stuck at a certain level. It is simply a sign that you have become stuck at a certain level and you will not get beyond it until you begin to question: “Why am I so attached to this particular viewpoint? Why is it so important for me?”

The simple reality is that, as you rise higher and come closer to the 144th level, outer viewpoints and beliefs become less and less important to you. You come to the 144th level and what have we said? You need to look back at earth and see if you have any attachment, anything that pulls you back here. Well, if you have a viewpoint that you are strongly attached to, how can you ascend? Of course, you will have to let go of these viewpoints before you come to the 144th level, but you get my point. The higher you move on the spiritual path, the less attached you are to these outer viewpoints. You can look at this and see that you have an attachment, it is holding you back, holding back your progress, keeping you treading water at a certain level of a path and then you can decide whether you want to question that viewpoint or whether you want to stay there and have more of that experience. This I leave entirely up to you.

Another measure I want to give you is that there are some of you, that we observe, who have been on the path for a long time and who have formed a certain opinion. Let me just give you one example. Some of you found the teachings given through this messenger at a fairly early level. You started with the books by Maitreya, “Master Keys to Spiritual Freedom”, the book by Jesus on the Christhood course and you gave the Christhood course and then when we started giving the books on the Seven Rays, starting with the Maha Chohan’s book, the Course to Self-Mastery, some of you decided that: “Oh, I have already given these more advanced teachings in Maitreya’s and Jesus’s book. I do not need to give these teachings from the Chohans because surely Maitreya is higher than the Chohans.”

Well, my beloved, certainly Maitreya is at a higher level of hierarchy than the Chohans, but what have we told you many times we have been doing through this and previous messengers? We have been giving progressive revelation. We did not give the highest possible teaching in the beginning of this dispensation. We gave teachings for certain level of consciousness.

Now, one of the goals in the early age where we started with the Ask Real Jesus website, was to give teachings for people who had been trapped in the Christian tradition for many embodiments, so they could free themselves from this, have a higher understanding than before. We also gave some teachings that were meant for people from previous dispensations, especially the Summit Lighthouse who have moved on to this dispensation and we then gave them a higher teaching than we could give in the dispensation of the Summit Lighthouse. But this was still a teaching measured for the level of consciousness that the student body had at the time, that the collective consciousness was at, at the time.

So actually, even though you may think that our teaching on the seven levels from the 48th to the 96th level is for a lower level than these previous teachings, it is still a progressive teaching. Because what we have done with the Course to Self-Mastery is set a very clearly outlined foundation for the spiritual path that has never been outlined so clearly before. Now, of course, there can be some students that are beyond the 96th level but even if you are beyond the 96th level, you can still benefit from the Course to Self-Mastery because it makes sure that there is not some steps you have missed or overlooked, there is not some foundation for the path that you have not fully internalized.

All of you can benefit from the Course to Self-Mastery as a strong foundation before you move on to higher teachings. You will also see that when we gave the book on My Lives and the teachings coming later on your separate selves and your birth trauma, this was also a step up to a higher level of teaching that is more directly for people who are willing to work on their, the deepest aspects of their personal psychology.

If you look at the path and the teachings and thinking you have it all figured out and you know exactly what to do, and you just need to keep doing that for the rest of your lives, then I submit to you that you have gotten yourself stuck. And if you really want to fulfill your highest potential that you yourself outlined in your divine plan, you need to get yourself unstuck. And there are teachings that can help you certainly, if you diligently apply the Course to Self-Mastery, most of you will be able to get yourself unstuck.

I will suggest, we the Seven Chohans suggest that, you start after the next webinar for Korea and you as the student body worldwide, give a vigil of giving the invocations in each of the eight books for the Course to Self-Mastery. The messenger can give you further directions* on how the practical aspects of this will be done but I encourage all of you to participate in this. And if you have not read the books, then also study the chapters that correspond to the invocations you are giving.

This concludes the remarks that I wanted to give you as the Chohan of the First Ray and I will now seal you in a flame, the Blue Flame of the Will and the Power of God which is really the creativity, the creative drive of God and therefore, I thank you for your attention.

*The Chohans vigil will start on November 1st, 2021. The directions are posted  on the Transcendencetoolbox website. You will find them in the Chohans Vigil category.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

The non-force-based relationships


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, September 4, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary.

Consider my beloved, that we have a number of what we have called the modern democracies. In these nations, you are not allowed to drive a car until you have gone through a period of learning the laws, the theoretical basis for driving a car, and you have practiced driving a car so that you can pass a driver’s exam. Only then will you get a driving license and be able to drive a car. Yet these same countries have no requirements for producing and raising children. Anyone who has the physical capability can give birth to a child and raise that child without any prior requirements being met. Is this logical? Is this sustainable? Is this a rational approach by these very rational societies?

When you think about relationships, there is hardly a relationship in society that is more critical than the relationship between parents and children. There is hardly a relationship that has a greater impact both on people’s personal lives, but also on society. The way children are brought up has a major impact on how they become as adults, whether they can function in society. And the way that childhood unfolds, has a major impact on whether the parents or the children will need help from society, or whether they can follow a somewhat normal process of going to school, educating themselves and becoming productive individuals.

Why is it that societies have not done more to prepare people for becoming parents? I know that many societies have certain educational offerings, but they are not mandatory. Why is this the case? And here you need to recognize a certain dichotomy, a certain enigma that is present in these societies. The simple fact is that modern democracies are based on respect for individual human rights. And this is why democracies, democratic governments have traditionally been reluctant to interfere too much in people’s personal lives. It is as if the democracy, the democratic government and the bureaucracy says that their influence stops at the front door to people’s individual houses and apartments, that the government should not (as a general rule) interfere with what goes on in private homes. There is of course some interference, but still, as a general rule. This has created this inconsistency, because the underlying assumption must be that what goes on in people’s private homes is private, and therefore does not affect society.

But this of course, is not the case. What goes on in the private homes, especially in relation to how children are brought up, can very much spill over and affect society. What goes on in the relationship between father and mother, can very easily spill over and affect society. What people do to themselves in their homes if they live alone, can also spill over and affect society if they have substance abuse problems, get into crime or have psychological illnesses. You see here, that in the current situation where there is often a breakup of families, single parents raising children, people getting into substance abuse while they have small children and so forth, you see that there is a rising cost to society, of dealing with these issues seeking to help these people.

Societies are being forced to consider what they can do to this situation. What they can do to minimize the human cost and the cost to society. And there are as always, two ways, two main ways that societies can go. One is that you can become a more and more rule-bound society, where you create laws that for example, mandate that people have to meet certain requirements in order to become parents. This is of course, something that many societies will be reluctant to do, because it very easily leads to a certain discrimination that certain groups in society should not be allowed to have children. And this of course, is something that goes against the democratic ideals. You have here this one scenario, where societies will be forced to enact more and more rules, to interfere more and more with what goes on in private homes.

But there is an alternative to this, and the alternative is to do what we have already talked about, raise awareness. Realize that all progress that has happened in history has been brought about by a raising of awareness, more knowledge, more education, so that people can make better choices because they have a better foundation for making aware choices, rather than making unaware choices. This, of course is what we would like to see happen in the golden age, that societies realize that they do not have the desire or the authority to go into a private home and force people to bring up children a certain way, or to not have children. But what they can do is prevent the problems from happening.

How can you do this? Well, as we have already said, you recognize that human beings are psychological beings, and that everything that happens in people’s lives is a product of the conditions in their psyches. And therefore, if a society wants to improve the quality of life for its own citizens, and if the society want to minimize the cost of social and welfare programs, then this society simply must educate its people about their psychology and how to resolve psychological issues.

It must become a priority for these welfare states to become wellbeing societies, where they from an early age seek to help children become aware of their own psychology, learn to master the basics of their psychology, deal with situations in a constructive way, overcome traumas that they have, whether they are recognized by society as coming from past lives or not. They can still help children heal these traumas, they can offer the parents and the children psychological counseling because actually this will be less of an expense for society, than going in and dealing with the problems after they have gone out of control. It is much less expensive for society to prevent many problems, psychological problems, than to deal with them after the fact.

The shift we look for, is that there is this growing awareness that societies cannot simply assume that people will on their own grow up to become productive citizens. They cannot assume that because a person or two people are biologically capable of producing a child, they are also psychologically capable of raising that child. Instead, they must go in at the earliest possible age, and help people become more whole in their psychologies, in their psyches. Wholeness of the psyche, we look for it to become a priority of the most developed nations.

This of course, can lead to many different shifts, and quite frankly we do not foresee that this will happen first as a governmental program. We again see, as Saint Germain was talking about, that there will be this raised awareness of the need to come together and form communities, based on a deeper connection between people. In the start, there will be groups of people in their late teens, early 20’s who are considering parenthood, but who will see the need to prepare themselves better for it. They can come together, they can create private organizations, private societies to educate people and to prepare them psychologically to become parents. They can also create groups where they seek to help each other, because they recognize that given the demands of work or study, it is not easy for a couple to raise a child in today’s world. And if couples can get together and involve older people, then they can form a community where it now becomes much more feasible to raise children.

These may sound like fairly simple changes, but they can actually be quite revolutionary in bringing forth a new awareness around parenting, and a new relationship, a shift in the relationship between parents and children. In the beginning, they will of course be based mostly on a pragmatic evaluation, but it can lead to much more. Where there is much more of an awareness, and a tradition for going deeper into the psychology. And this is then, what in the little more long-term will cause societies to say: “But we see that groups of people have done this, we see that it is working for them. What can we do as a society to help this process along?” And that is when you can start in creating programs that start in kindergarten, educating people about psychology, you can start creating programs that offer psychological help to all prospective parents and existing parents.

You can recognize that a child goes through profound changes in the teenage years, that it takes a certain education of both children and parents to be prepared for this, to deal with this. But, it actually also takes that in the teenage years is when parents really need help from outside to deal with the children, they may need it when the children are very young, and they need it in the teenage years. If they have some psychological healing and awareness, they can deal with the interim period themselves, hopefully with the help of others of their family or group. But still, society really needs to step in in the teenage years in order to help children over this difficult period.

What can this lead to in the little more long-term? Well, it can lead to a break-up of what I talked about earlier. Where I talked about the family has become a unit (or is in many societies a unit) for promoting the sense of obligation, the sense of loyalty, where people feel obligated to behave a certain way towards their family members, or because they were brought up that way by their family members. And this needs to break up. And there is one area where it needs to break up in terms of the relationship between parents and children. And it is the sense of ownership.

There is today, especially in these traditional patriarchal societies, a sense that the parents own the children, and the children also have some ownership claim over their parents. In other words, there is that sense of obligation. You can see that even in modern societies people talk about “my children” “my parents” but truly, if you take the democratic ideals of individual freedom and individual human rights, no society can own it citizens. How can one citizen own another citizen? How can a parent own a child? How can a child own a parent? It is against these democratic ideals of individual human rights. When societies, as some of the modern democracies have started to do, move beyond this sense of ownership, then new avenues for helping people can open up.

You can have, as we have talked about before, a sense where a person can give birth to a child without intending to raise it. Other people can raise the child, either adopting it or in other ways. There can also be this sense that, you do not actually have to raise your child from infancy to adulthood. I am not saying that this will be a general phenomenon. But what you will see is, today when you look at this, that there are situations where there is such an intense psychological dynamic between a parent or both parents and one child, that neither the child nor the parents are thriving in the situation. In fact, their relationship is so dysfunctional that both parties are being hurt by it.

Now, of course some of these can be prevented with psychological help. But unless society acknowledges reincarnation, and makes an effort to help children (and parents for that matter) heal their past life traumas, there will still be situations where the karma, the psychology from past lives is so intense, that it is actually detrimental to all people involved, including other siblings that might be exposed to the situation. In that case, it can be a sort of safety mechanism that parents could come to a decision where they say: “We do not feel capable of raising this child. What can society do for us?” And then parents can give up the child without being exposed to the condemnation that they are exposed to today in most nations. There can also come a point where a child can come to a certain age where it can say to a counselor: “I do not want to live with my parents anymore.” And then either counseling can be provided, or the child can be moved to a different situation, at least temporarily.

You will see, that when ownership breaks up, what can break up is this sense of obligation, this sense of being trapped in a relationship. Quite frankly, there is a taboo in many modern nations, where as a parent or even as a child beyond a certain age, you are supposed to just try to get by no matter how difficult the situation is, because you are not allowed to say: “I do not want to do this anymore.” But really in a free democratic society, shouldn’t you have that option?

I am not saying that many people will take advantage of it. What I am saying is, that if you can get rid of this trauma, this pressure where people feel imprisoned in the parent-child relationship, it can actually make the situation much easier for people, because they know there is an alternative, they know they are not truly imprisoned, and this can help both parties work out the relationship in a more constructive manner.

We have before talked about the fact, that there can come an age where the children and the parents together with a counselor sit down and they discuss the future. And at the age of 12, children are old enough to do this. You can have a situation where the parents and the child agree to a contract that outlines how their relationship should form from now on. If the child stays at home, both parties agree to certain conditions. But there is also the option that the parties could agree that the child will move out of the home at least for a time. You see, what will happen here is that this element of force that comes from the sense of ownership, the sense of obligation, will be taken out of the parent-child relationship.

Like Saint Germain said, technology in the golden age will not be force-based and relationships in the golden age cannot be force-based either. Now, once you have these principles set in place in the parent-child relationship, they will of course also impact the relationship between the parents. In the golden age, there will be a much greater awareness in people before they enter a relationship where they consider having children. There will be a spreading of an awareness, an attitude that first of all, having children is not an obligation. You do not feel that you have to have children just because your parents had you, and they are pressuring you because they want grandchildren, or society pressures you to have children to promote the population growth that society is demanding. A couple will have the option to go together and decide we will not have children, or at least we will not have them until later in life, and there will not be any stigma associated with it.

But what will also happen, is that there will be a greater awareness around relationships in general. What will happen is that people will enter relationships in a much more conscious way, so that what you see from your own generation, or your parents’ generation, is that people did not have contact with very many people, except for the local community. So, a child grows up, goes to school, meets a certain number of other children around the same age during its schooling year or in other contexts, and therefore it has a very limited selection for finding a partner.

Often these relationships can seem coincidental, that you met by coincidence and you became attracted to each other and you started a relationship. Now, in reality when you know about reincarnation, they are not always so coincidental, they are often karmic, where people incarnate in the same local area for karmic reasons and therefore are attracted to each other for karmic reasons. But, in the golden age there will be less and less of these karmic relationships. Because when people work on their psychology, they do not have to be in these kind of karmic relationships.

What will happen, is that people will become more aware that they need to know themselves better, they need to know what kind of relationship they desire, and therefore what kind of a person to look for in a relationship. They will then reach out via the Internet to a much broader base in order to find a partner that is more suitable. There will also be many means developed for pairing people up so they are more compatible in a relationship. You already have these dating sites that apply various criteria, but in the golden age this will be expanded, become much more sophisticated so that people will have a much better foundation for meeting a partner. Where it is not based on a sexual attraction or a karmic attraction, but much more of a considered process of entering a relationship. It is not really a matter so much of are we sexually or romantically attracted to each other, but are we actually attracted to each other as partners who can reach or help each other reach the goals that we have for a relationship, or the goals we have individually.

What you see here, is that from a certain perspective, some of the mystery, some of the romance will be taken out of relationships. Relationships will become more like a business relationship based on pragmatic criteria. This may seem less romantic, but it will be far more harmonious, far more compatible. Will there still be marriage in these nations in the golden age? Well, there may be some form of marriage, but more commonly there will be a contract that two partners will engage in, will work out together and will sign, because by doing this they make a greater commitment.

Traditionally, the higher purpose of marriage is to get the two partners to make a commitment to the relationship. Of course, this has been perverted so marriage was an obligation, especially if a pregnancy was involved and so this has not always functioned that way. Certainly today with the different attitude to divorce, it is no longer so much there. What will happen instead, is that this will be replaced by a conscious contract that the partners enter into, and as we have also talked about before, many people will create such a contract before they decide to have children, and they will stipulate that they will commit themselves to living together and raising the children until the children are adults, whereupon they can reevaluate their relationship contracts.

Truly, all of this revolves around making people more aware of what they are going into when they enter a relationship (a love based relationship, a parental relationship) so that they do not go in blindfolded, it is not an unknown whether they can even function in the relationship. This will not only have deep positive consequences for the people because they will have far more peaceful and harmonious and constructive relationships. But it will also have immense positive impact on society, because you will not have the conflicts, the divorces, the broken up homes and the hurt children that you see today.

Truly, you may say that this is far less mysterious, far less romantic. But you can go back in time and say that there was a time where most people believed that there were supernatural creatures roaming the woods, and it gave a certain sense of mystery. People were not aware of bacteria, so they did not know why they got sick and died and this gave a sense of mystery, and this mystery is gone with the knowledge people have today. But yes, the mystery may be gone, but so are the diseases and the superstitions and the fears and would anyone want to trade and go back to the way things were?

You will see that, of course there will be a certain resistance to these changes, because people will hold on to this sense of romance. But what does this sense of romance really come from? Much of the sense of romance that people have today is partly based on the advertising industry. Where people are being programmed to seek this perfect relationship so that companies can sell them something. But if you trace this back to its origins, you will see that it again comes from the fallen beings. The fallen beings have managed to create this entire culture, where there is this longing for this desire for the perfect romantic relationship. The fallen beings have of course also done everything they could to give people these psychological wounds, that makes it impossible for them to have the perfect romantic relationship.

And so, as in so many cases, what the fallen beings tried to do is to put people in a catch 22, where they have a certain desire, a certain goal, but it is guaranteed that it cannot be fulfilled. Partly because it is unrealistic to begin with, partly because people do not have the means to actually manifest it. The reality is that this dream of the perfect romantic relationship is a completely unrealistic expectation, certainly on a planet like earth but also because people do not have the psychological wholeness to have that kind of relationship. You see that the fallen beings are simply doing this, partly to create chaos, partly to control people, partly to steal their energy by getting people in these situations where they release negative energy because they feel trapped, or they are in constant conflict.

What you really see, is that much of the images that people have of the perfect romantic relationship are really based on what we have called the epic mindset. Not in the sense that there is some epic change that must happen in society. But certainly in thinking that there is a drama that is being unfolded. In other words, finding this perfect romantic partner is like the ultimate personal drama for many people. Whether they find a partner or whether they find a partner they have conflict with, people are still feeling that they have drama in their lives. Many people still feel a need to have this drama.

In a sense, you could say that one aspect of modern society is as we have said before, that many people have gone into self-actualization needs but they have not received any help to actualize themselves. They do not have a sense of purpose for their lives and this leads to a sense of boredom. Many, many people in the more developed societies in the world are bored with their lives. They are looking for some kind of drama, to give them just a different focus for their attention, to pull their attention away from the humdrum of everyday life. This is also why you see people reacting, many people reacting in the United States to the political situation. Creating this epic mindset that a certain person needs to be President, or we will not have a country left. This is simply drama; it is nothing but drama.

You see again, personal relationships, the romantic relationship, the dream of the perfect partner is just a drama that is unfolding. You look at popular movies about relationships, and you see again how they always try to create the sense of drama around the relationship. There is always something that threatens the two people who are trying to get together, threatening to pull them apart, they have to overcome these circumstances and then they can have each other in the end.

Many people today need this drama, because they are still in that aspect of the epic consciousness. In a sense, you could say what is the entire epic mindset, it is just a drama. It is just the fallen beings who are the ultimate drama queens and kings, who are enacting a drama and people are being pulled into this. What will happen and what has already started happening in the more evolved nations, is that some people have grown away from this need for the drama. They want something different, they want more than this. They are looking at these relationships that they have had themselves, they are looking at relationships of people they know and they are seeing how many dysfunctional relationships there are.

More and more people are beginning to wonder, is this really the only way a relationship can be? Does it have to be that way? Is there a different form of relationship? Can we have a more harmonious, a more constructive relationship? Can we have a relationship where we are not in an antagonistic battle, we are not trying to put each other down through sarcasm or irony but we are actually supporting each other, we have decided that we want to make the best of our relationship by accepting each other, by supporting each other and by helping each other grow.

And this can happen when people become able to deal with their psychologies, they can make this choice and say: “Never mind the drama, never mind the romance, I want a relationship that is actually working, therefore I am not going to leave it up to chance. I am going to do whatever I can to find a partner who is compatible with my view of relationships.” Based on this, you might decide that you should buy stock in the more sophisticated dating companies. Joking aside, it is clear that there is the vast potential in the golden age for helping people find a partner, for helping people become more conscious of relationships. There is a vast potential for books for workshops, for courses. There could be an entire coaching program, where you now have coaches that are primarily aimed at business, but you could have a more widespread Relationship Coaching that is based on this desire to help people find compatible partners, because they are more aware of what they actually want out of a relationship.

If you look back to previous generations, you would see that people were not very conscious of what they wanted out of a relationship. They had been brought up with a certain view of relationships. They felt that they should enter a relationship, they should have children, they should have a home, but exactly how that should take place and how it should be designed, they had very little awareness of. Naturally, the golden age will raise people’s awareness, they will become able to define what kind of a relationship they want, they will also define and discover entirely new relationships that you do not even see today because people cannot imagine them based on what they were brought up with. There is a vast, vast potential in the golden age for experimenting with new types of relationships, more conscious relationships, for helping people find such relationships and raise their awareness of what they actually want.

This is, at least some of you will have it in your divine plan to be a part of this trend, and to help bring forth these relationships. This does not mean you need to do this by promoting ascended master teachings. You simply take our ideas and you express them in a universal way, and you will find that people will respond to this. There will be people who are ready for these ideas and certainly, you will find if this is part of your divine plan that it will be very fulfilling work for you.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you for now. And again, my gratitude, for your attention, for your willingness to participate in the relationship that such a conference is. Even though we are having it over the internet, you are still, all of you who are taking part in this conference, you are entering a relationship, you are forming for these three days a community, that is a very real community that exists in consciousness in the emotional, mental and identity realm, even though you may not say that it is a particularly physical relationship. But it is in a sense physical, because you are physically connected.

My beloved, my gratitude for your willingness to participate in this relationship. This forming of this community of the ascended masters above, you here below, and you connecting horizontally as well so that you have the vertical figure eight, the horizontal figure eight, and you have that flow of energy from us to you, and from you to each other, and from you to the collective, and therefore all is raised in the process. So be sealed in the gratitude of the Divine Mother for earth.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

The psychological freedom to connect with others


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, September 4, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain

What have we, for a long time in several dispensations, said about the transition from the Piscean to the Aquarian Age? We are moving into the Aquarian Age. In fact, we have moved into the Aquarian Age. And what have we said about the Aquarian Age? It is an age ruled by the Seventh Ray Of Freedom, but it also is an age of community, the holy spirit flowing through community. How do you balance those two? Freedom and community, or rather individual freedom and community? How do you balance the two? This is the question I put before you because it is a question that has had, is having now, and will have in the near future, a major impact on relationships. Not necessarily, or at least not exclusively, on love relationships but on all types of human relationships.

You can see this outplaying itself right now in the divide over what to believe, what is fake news, what is not fake news, what is real, what is not real. Whether it is the pandemic, whether it is the election in the United States, whether it is this or that topic, rarely in recent history have people been more divided, more fragmented into different factions that seem to believe that they have the only truth and that all the others are wrong. Why is this happening? Well, it is happening for a variety of reasons. Let me start with one.

You look historically, as we have said before, that the fallen beings have attempted to control humankind by withholding information, by trying to make people ignorant of basic facts so that the information simply was not there. You all know that the Catholic church burned many books during the Middle Ages so that there simply was a large amount of information that had been brought into the physical octave, but it simply was not available to most of the people, at least in Europe. The first strategy of the fallen beings is to prevent you from having access to information. We have said before that after the invention of the printing press, going all the way up to the internet, it has become increasingly difficult for the fallen beings to withhold information. More and more information has become available. It has been more and more well distributed through different means and therefore it has become increasingly difficult for the fallen beings to control people through a lack of information.

What have they done to counteract this trend? Well, they have, as we have said, attempted to spread, first of all, so much information that people become overwhelmed, and as their second strategy, spread so much deliberately false information that people become confused and do not know what to believe. In doing this they have, of course, made use of the duality consciousness.

There are two aspects of this that we have talked about before that have a bearing on this topic. First of all, the intellectual, analytical, linear mind can argue for or against any point. It can argue convincingly for this point, convincingly against this point, but there is no decisive argument about what is right. Second of all, there is the epic mindset. The epic mindset that says that there is a battle taking place on earth between God and the devil, truth and error, lies and so on. And it is epically important that there is one truth, the ultimate truth, that wins the day, and that all people come to believe in this one truth.

This has then been used to create these viewpoints that have these elements that we have talked about so many times. You take one relative viewpoint, you claim that this is not a relative viewpoint, it is an absolute viewpoint. This is the highest view of this particular issue. You project that it is of epic importance that people accept this viewpoint. There is always a carrot. If people accept this viewpoint there will be positive changes that will happen, a golden age will dawn. If people do not accept it, there will be negative consequences: society will disintegrate, the current order will be disturbed or the entire world will come to an end or people will go to hell, whatever the arguments have been throughout history.

You can see, based on this, that when you just look at what is happening on the internet today, you can see these mechanisms in play. If you cannot immediately see it then we have taken great care to give you the foundation for coming to see it in our books on dictatorships, fanaticism, elitism, and now this coming book on ideology. You have the teaching right there that if you take it, if you embody it, if you integrate it and use it, you will be able to discern what is a manipulated viewpoint and what is a higher viewpoint. Should you still have trouble, take the Christhood webinar that we gave last fall and integrate those teachings.

Now, I am not thereby trying to say that all of you who are ascended master students should have the same viewpoints on everything. But what I am trying to point out to you is that the current confusion, the current chaos, we might call it an “information chaos”, is simply a phase. Why has the world entered this phase?

Well, when I released various forms of technology that made the spread of communication or the spread of knowledge easier, I of course, knew what the consequences would be, especially with the internet, I realized very clearly that we are going to enter an age where not only will information be spread more easily, but disinformation from the fallen beings will also be spread more easily. And since it is foreseeable that most people will not be able to tell the difference, it is clear that there was only really one way forward here. And that was to release the technology for the internet and to allow this spread of information and disinformation and to allow it to outplay itself. It was very foreseeable to me what is happening now with all the claims of fake news and all the claims about this and that. It is simply a necessary phase. People have to experience this.

Why is it necessary? Well, it is necessary because when you look back to the past, there has been, as we have said many times, a lot of manipulation from the fallen beings. The fallen beings have attempted to control people, not only by withholding information, but also by spreading false information or by not telling people exactly what is going on in the corridors of power. It is clear that the population in the modern democracies have to go through a phase where they begin to question some of the things, at least, that they have been told, some of things that they have been brought up to believe.

How did people go through the phase where they stopped believing everything the Catholic church told them and started questioning some of these incorrect statements that were presented as infallible Catholic doctrine? Well, they did it only by questioning the authorities. Part of growth, and this is of course not a new phenomenon, it is an ongoing phenomenon, part of growth is that from time to time, the people must begin to question the authorities, question what they have been told.

Now, you can see in the past where sometimes this has caused people to have such distrust in the current government, the current order of society, that it has led to, again manipulated by an aspiring power elite seeking to overthrow the established power elite, a violent revolution. I, of course, do not foresee that violent revolutions will be the answer in the golden age. Naturally, in the golden age there will be less and less violence, less and less revolutionary movements. There will instead be a steady progression towards a better society. In other words, we need to overcome this tendency, based on the epic mindset, where people believe that they have the only truth and they must force it upon society, force it upon other people.

But how can we move through this phase unless people outplay it in somewhat extreme ways? How will they see the futility of it unless they see it out pictured in these extreme ways? You can look at what is happening, what has been happening over the last several years, and you can see that this is really what is going on. There are people who are, in many cases due to a certain raising of awareness, they are beginning to question authority.

And it is necessary for them to question authority. But because they do not have the necessary level of Christ discernment, they become pulled into these more unbalanced, extremist, epic viewpoints and theories. This then means that these people, in spreading these theories they are then out-picturing for the rest of the population to see these extremist viewpoints and the consequences of them. And this is a phase that is necessary for the modern nations to go through in order for them to come up to the next level where people do not believe everything they have been told but neither do they disbelieve everything they have been told. They have attained some level of Christ discernment so they can filter out the more extreme viewpoints and find a more balanced view, what the Buddha would have called the Middle Way, or rather the way beyond the extremes, the way beyond the pairs.

Now, some of the modern democracies are already actually in a phase where the people have transcended this phase. They have achieved some more balanced approach in which you can see that not all nations are affected by these more extremist theories and viewpoints. In general, they have a more balanced, more pragmatic, one might say, approach to many issues, whether it is the pandemic or many other things. I am not saying that the process is complete in any nation, but you can see a difference between various nations. And you can very easily see, if you take a neutral look at this, that some nations have more of these extreme theories, these epic conspiracy theories about what is going on in the world and how bad things are and the dire consequences that could happen if a change is not made.

You can, of course, see, if you are neutral, that the United States is one of the countries where you will find the greatest proliferation of these very unbalanced viewpoints and conspiracy theories, the QAnon being a primary example. And you can see some of the consequences this has led to, including the recent incident where a man killed his own child because QAnon had led him to believe that his ex-wife had serpent DNA that was in the child, and would turn the child into a monster and therefore, in order to protect society from the monster of his own child, he had to kill the child.

You see how these very unbalanced viewpoints can cause some people to go to such extremes that they act out in what is clearly an unbalanced way. What have you seen in the United States over the last several years? Well, you have seen what many people have experienced, that people have become more and more polarized. The debate, the public debate, has become more polarized. Even family members have become polarized to the point where they cannot have a normal conversation anymore. Well, my beloved, does this not mean that this affects people’s relationships? Many, many people have had their relationships affected by this very scenario that I am describing.

The first thought I want to give you here is that this is a necessary phase. It is not a pleasant phase. It is a phase that I would like to see become as short as possible. But I can also see that in the United States, there has been an old established order which cannot make it into the golden age, cannot take the United States into the golden age, and it simply needs to disappear. It needs to lose its grip on the United States, both the political apparatus, the economic apparatus, the media, the public debate.

I do not want to name this power because whatever name I put on it, there will be people who will take that as a certain label and they will argue for or against it. It does not matter what you name it because there is really no name that accurately describes it, no current name that actually describes it. But we can say that there is an old order who, for a long time, have believed that they have control of the United States. They do not want to lose their dominance of the United States and they are perfectly willing to hold back progress in the United States as some of them were incarnated in medieval Europe and held back progress for centuries in Europe in order to maintain their dominance as the feudal lords and the kings and the emperors and the catholic clergy.

These are the very same fallen beings reincarnated, many of them in America today. They believe they have America under control. They are trying to use various labels to entice the people to support them, but they are not of the people, by the people, or for the people. They have an entirely elitist mindset and they only use people to manipulate them into doing their bidding which is to maintain the status quo where they are in control. Part of them is the economic elite that, as we have talked about before, have managed to concentrate wealth in their own hands through the neoliberal ideology. But there is also a political establishment, a religious establishment and they all have only one goal: to maintain their control. Their goal is control.

The reality is that it used to be, when you go back several decades, that the United States was the forerunner for bringing forth golden age ideas and golden age technology. It was not the only country that was open to these ideas but it was clearly the forerunner. This has begun to fade away because there no longer is the same openness in the United States because of this power elite that is seeking to hold back the changes that they see as a threat to their control.

The question right now is: “Which nations will be the forerunners for the golden age?” And the focus has, to some degree, shifted to other nations. Some of the Scandinavian, some of the Northern European nations, South Korea, India to some degree, to a lesser degree Australia and New Zealand. Canada is one nation also with a certain openness. But you see that the United States is beginning to fade on the world stage. Maybe many Americans cannot see it, but if you actually could step outside and look just at what is happening here, you can see that, not only based on Trump’s interaction with other world leaders, but also based on the withdrawal from Afghanistan, where the Biden administration missed an opportunity to consult with the allies that had supported the invasion of Afghanistan, that many people in the world are beginning to doubt whether they can rely on the United States.

The United States is losing influence, because many nations are realizing, even if they cannot put words on it, that the United States is no longer the forerunner for democracy, technology and economic growth. This is all caused by the fact that you have this elite that does not want to lose their control of the United States and thereby the control they think they have over the world. They will lose it, they must lose it in order for the people of the United States to move into the golden age. It is inevitable that they will lose it. But what is outplaying itself right now is that they are frantically holding on to power. And as a result, they are doing everything they can to polarize the American people towards these black and white, extremist, unbalanced viewpoints. This means that this elite does not care whatsoever about how this affects the people.

You look back in history, to the medieval age, to the roman empire, to the communist empire, did they ever care about the people? No, they did not. They do not care about the relationships between people, they do not care about polarizing the population, they have time and time again, used the same strategy of dividing the population into factions, setting them up against each other in order to either create chaos, or to create war and revolutions. And you see how it has worked over and over and over again.

You see how there is a growing number of people in the United States who were pulled into this, we might call it a revolutionary mindset, talking about a civil war as if they seriously believe, and some of them do seriously believe, that it is their patriotic duty to engage in a violent uprising against the government. You see again, whenever you see these kinds of extremist viewpoints, you clearly see the fallen beings at work. I admit and we have also told you how the fallen beings have control over the current government. We understand that it is easy to wonder: Well, what is the solution then? How do we free the government apparatus from this control by the fallen beings? But the solution, as we have said many times, is not violent revolution. It is a revolution in consciousness. It is a raising of consciousness, so that people begin to see through the manipulation. Both the manipulation coming from the government and the manipulation coming from sources that are against the government. You see through the polarizations, the two polarizations.

How will this outplay itself? Well, right now, you can see that we are in a period where the polarization is becoming worse and worse. But this will not last, there will come a point where more and more people are beginning to see that this is too much, that this has gone too far, that this cannot be the solution. Many people see it, but more and more people will come to see it. As more extreme manifestations take place, they will come to see it.

Who are going to be the forerunners for this shift? It is going to be the people who can see through the imbalances, the polarized viewpoints, who will look for that higher perspective, from the way beyond the extremes, the balanced perspective. And who will spread this? Naturally, we would much prefer that anyone who has heard about ascended masters through any organization would be among those forerunners, but it requires you to overcome what Gautama Buddha called the ideological mindset, what Mother Mary called the fanatical mindset.

If you hold a viewpoint that you do not think can be expanded upon, you are in the fanatical mindset. It requires that people seek balance and seek to overcome the epic mindset that is based on black and white thinking: there is only truth and error, nothing in between. Truth is usually between truth and error, the dualistic truth, the dualistic error. Christ’s truth is not really between them as a compromise between the two. But beyond them.

It is a more balanced viewpoint. Why is it balanced? Well, what is polarization built on? Dividing humanity into separate fragments. What is the United States democracy, constitution, Declaration of Independence based on? Is it not based on this self-evident truth that all men are created equal, and that they are endowed with certain inalienable rights that all people have? In other words, the entire foundation for the United States is not polarization. It is the recognition of the oneness of life, the oneness of all people, which is what we have called the basic humanity or the Christ discernment that sees that beyond all of the polarizations on earth, there is a higher reality that all life is one. Christ Discernment is based on oneness, not polarization into absolutist viewpoints.

The question really is, will the ascended master students be among the forerunners for turning the nation of the United States or other nations towards this balanced approach. And that simply depends on whether you take our teachings, whether you are willing to look in the mirror and see if you have separate selves that are polarized, if you have a tendency to gravitate towards unbalanced viewpoints. This also determines what you can do about your personal relationships. Just take this invocation you gave before this dictation, where there is talk about allowing each other to have different viewpoints without shutting down communication. All relationships are based on communication, the freer the communication the better.

If one or both people in a relationship have these polarized viewpoints, ultimately communication becomes impossible. And between impossible and free communication, there are any number of shades of difficult communication, because there are taboos you cannot talk about. There are some mental holy cows that you cannot question. You need to look at yourselves as ascended master students and see: Do I have some taboos? Do I have some holy cows that I do not want other people to question? Do I become very upset if certain people question my viewpoint on this or that issue?

Again, I am not mentioning any issues, even though there are at least a couple that are obvious in the times. But they are not what matters, it is not a matter of debating the issue. Do you not begin to see this, my beloved? Some of you should be able to see that you have been so fixated on a couple of viewpoints that you think it is all about arguing for or against these particular issues. But what I am talking about here is not specific issues. I am talking about the entire process of how you communicate with other people and relate to other people.

Can you not see that it is impossible to have free communication with people who are so sensitive and who takes so seriously particular issues? Can you really not see this my beloved? Can you really have all of the teachings that we have given you over these last few years and you still cannot see this very breakdown in communication because you have allowed yourself to be polarized in a particular issue. Can you really not have the self-awareness to step back and say: “But I have been unbalanced. I see I have been unbalanced. And I need to seek back to balance, so that I can have more peaceful, more harmonious, more free-flowing relationships and conversations with other people.”

My beloved, I started out talking about the golden age as an age of freedom. What you are seeing out-pictured now in the United States, is that some people have taken the concept of individual freedom and perverted it to where they think that their perception of their individual freedoms can override any concerns that they should have for the whole, for the community. In other words, for them the only thing that matters is their individual freedom, the community does not matter at all.

This is not the golden age. This will not bring the golden age regardless of what these people may think. Why? Because the golden age is not going to be built by individuals who are acting like individuals. It is not going to be built by people who think they are number one and who are only looking out for number one. You may go back to previous ages, my beloved, even the Piscean age. And you may see that Jesus was an individual. Jesus was an example of a person who stood up against the world, the prince of this world, the authorities of this world, as an individual, and said: “I have a right to be the Christ no matter what you say.”

You may look at the last 2000 years and how many times a single individual played a pivotal role in some kind of change, it could be for better or for worse. You may see some dictators that created disastrous consequences, you may see some individuals that created positive change, brought forth new inventions and ideas and so on. There is a tendency, especially in the United States to think that in the golden age, it will again be individuals who are driving progress, invention, discovery, but it will not. The further we move into the golden age, the more important teamwork will become, the more important will be communities that work together to bring forth as a whole, what none of the members of the community could bring forth alone.

You already see this, in at least some scientific communities, where they are able to work together and set aside their individual ambitions about being the one who gets the Nobel Prize. And you see that this will become more and more dominant, simply because they are the ones who will achieve the results. We have already reached a level of human knowledge of the natural world, where in most fields of knowledge, one person’s mind simply cannot deal with, contain or process the information that is needed to bring forth new discoveries. It needs to be several minds that work together in unison and harmony.

But how can this happen if people are so polarized, that they cannot even have free communication? The very foundation for teamwork, for community work, for cooperation is communication. The fallen beings know this, that is why they are trying to do everything they can to use the internet to destroy free communication, instead of sitting idly by watching the internet promoting free communication. The fallen beings do not want free communication. They are doing everything they can to destroy it. And their primary means is polarization.

Again, this is a phase.

You can see these hateful comments that are spreading throughout social media is again a phase, people need to outplay this, but it will not last. But who will be the forerunners for pulling society beyond this level of consciousness? Will it be ascended master students or will it be others? I can assure you that some people will be the forerunners. I am sitting here as the sponsor of the Age of Aquarius, the golden age, I am looking very clearly at the steps that need to happen. And I am simply looking at who has the open mindedness to receive this particular idea.

Now you may think as ascended master students, that I have some kind of loyalty to you, because you have loyalty to me, or at least you think you do. But I have no such loyalty, I am responsible for the entire planet. I am interested in seeing progress. I am not concerned about giving specific people or specific groups of people the credit for that progress. I am simply looking at who has an open mind so they can receive an idea. And if the ascended master students are not open, well, I find others who are.

You see my beloved, take Mother Mary’s dictation, the fallen beings have used family to program people with the sense of obligation, the sense of loyalty. Many ascended master students have translated this to the ascended masters. They think that if they show loyalty to us, by studying our teachings, giving our decrees and these kinds of things, then we will have the same kind of loyalty to them. But the human concept of loyalty is possessive. We are beyond possessiveness and therefore we cannot be possessed by anyone on earth. You, my beloved, cannot own us. And we have no desire to own you.

What can you do as ascended master students? I realize I am speaking very sternly, but the vast majority of you are, of course, open to these ideas, and have made use of the teachings we have given you in these last few years. And the vast majority of you have made major progress. What can you do? Well, you can realize one very simple thing. We have said that you need to make a priority: What is your real goal in life? Is it to achieve specific results here on earth? Or is it to qualify for your ascension? You can transfer this to relationships.

What is your goal for having a relationship with a specific person? Is it to promote yourself as the one who is always right, who has the right viewpoint and get the people you are in a relationship with, whether it is a love relationship, family relationship, friendship, co-workers, get these people to agree with you to validate your viewpoints? Are you seeking validation through your relationships or are you seeking growth? What is important for you?

If you want growth, you need to realize here that viewpoints, beliefs, theories, even spiritual teachings are not important anymore. It is not important that you convince other people of a certain viewpoint. What is important in your relationship is, first of all, that you look at the relationship as an opportunity to see your own reactionary patterns. What can the other person make visible of your reactionary patterns, so you can look at them, uncover the separate self behind them, let it die and thereby be free.

But the other thing, when you go beyond these reactionary patterns is, what is the goal of a relationship? From the Christ perspective, the goal of a relationship is to connect with the other person in a deeper way—to connect to the basic humanity, to the essential humanity in the other person. It is the connection that is important. Not to make the other person agree with a certain viewpoint. We have, over the last year, seen ascended master students who have come to a point where they were no longer able to communicate because they disagreed on various issues. What we would have preferred to see is that these students would have recognized that the issues are not as important as our deeper connection. And so you do not let the issues come between you and that connection.

That is ultimately what will happen as we move into the golden age further and further. It is that more and more people from all walks of life, most of which will never have heard of ascended masters, will come to that realization that it is more important to connect with other people at a deeper level than it is to get them to agree with and validate a certain viewpoint.

Do you not see that the strategy of the fallen beings has been to polarize people? But how are they polarizing people? By getting people to become attached to specific viewpoints, so that these viewpoints colored everything. What do you see in the United States today? People cannot talk to each other, if they do not agree on these contentious issues that are dominating the nation today. But if you cannot connect with each other, then you very quickly forget the basic humanity, and now you start treating each other as enemies, and the fallen beings have you exactly where they want you and where they have had you many times before.

My beloved, going back to the issue that I brought up in the beginning: How do you have an age of freedom that is at the same time an age of community? Well, you can have it only by establishing individual freedom. But what is individual freedom? It is not that you can do whatever you want regardless of the consequences for other people. Individual freedom is psychological freedom, where you are not compelled into doing or saying certain things, because of your reactionary patterns, because of your unresolved psychology, because of your separate selves. You are so free, that you are not threatened by other people having a different viewpoint than you do. And therefore, you can look beyond the outer viewpoints and seek to connect to these people anyway and if you cannot connect, well then you can move on and find other people you can connect to. This individual freedom, psychological freedom, is the basis for building a higher form of community.

What you see right now in the United States and some other parts of the world is polarization. What will the polarization lead to, what has it already led to? You see the formation of communities where people who are polarized towards the same extreme, bind together because they can tolerate each other. And then they cut themselves off from those who do not agree on that issue. What do you see? A segregation. It is almost like the segregation between blacks and whites having different buses. Some people are sitting on one bus and some people are sitting on the other. And they are like ships passing in the night. East is east and west is west and never the twain shall meet, because they do not communicate. They forget that the other people are actually human beings like themselves and this means that you can say there is a certain community here, but it is a community based on polarization, based on the duality consciousness, based on black-and-white thinking and the manipulation of the fallen beings.

My beloved, just look back at history, do you not see how many times this has taken place? How has this polarization taken place over and over again? Do you really think that this polarization can be the foundation for the Golden Age of Saint Germain? If you do, you have lost your connection to me, the Ascended Master Saint Germain. You may have created an idol in your mind, but it is not I.

You see my beloved, the real community that will happen in the golden age is that people will attain some degree of psychological freedom that will allow them to connect at a deeper level. And it is based on this connection, that they form communities where they have free communication and a true spirit of cooperation that is not based on competition where everybody wants to be number one, but they truly cooperate as equals. All men and women are created equal. But it is one thing to be created equal, it is another thing to behave as equals. And that requires that true individual psychological freedom, before you can treat other people as equals, because you cannot treat them as equals if you feel threatened by them. You can only avoid being threatened when you have transcended this focus on the outer viewpoints and the need for validation, where you can allow people to be different but you can still communicate, you can still connect, you can still feel that deeper connection.

What is it that we of the ascended masters have always attempted to give to our students? It is the sense of connection to us. You go back through the various dispensations, we have always attempted to give this to our students, primarily through the dictations, the spoken dictations that we have given, also through decree sessions, because our hope is that when people have a connection to us, as ascended masters, they will also come to have a horizontal connection to each other, and that will lead to the formation of a true community of the Spirit, the Holy Spirit, the one Spirit, the indivisible, undividable Spirit.

This is what at least some people had after Jesus’s crucifixion, where they formed this community that Mother Mary talked about and was a part of, where they had at least some of them, this greatest sense of oneness. We have also talked before about the fact that Peter did not have that connection because he was so focused on himself, that he could not really connect to other people, as he could not truly connect to Jesus, having to deny him three times, even insist on being crucified upside down to demonstrate that he was not like Jesus.

You see here that this is our true desire. This is what will happen in the golden age, that more and more people will have this deeper connection. What does it take to have that deeper connection? Psychological healing. But you see throughout the world, especially in the more developed nations, more and more people have gone into this self-actualization phase and they are seeking psychological healing and the resolution of difficult psychology by any means they can find. Naturally, most of you are doing the exact same thing.

Some of you have not yet realized this. You have not made that switch. You simply have not seen it. You understand intellectually, you understand theoretically our teachings, but somehow you cannot apply them to yourself and see that you also need to switch. You think other people should switch, but you do not see that you have not switched yourself. What will it take? What will it take?

Well, we realize we cannot help everyone shift. We say what we can and every time a few make the switch and a few do not and that is simply the way it has always been. We recognize that this is the situation on a planet like earth. We are not attached to it. But I will say this, my beloved, if you find yourself continuing to argue against the teachings being brought forth through this messenger, by all means go and find yourself a messenger, who tells you what you want to hear. This messenger is not forcing you to stay here, he has never asked for this kind of loyalty, we have never asked for it, you are free to go to wherever you get the experience that you feel you need to have. Should you at some future time decide to come back, then no one will stop you from doing this.

Truly, relationships in the golden age will transcend the current view of relationships. It is as if currently, people are still so focused on the individual that they think a relationship must be between two individuals who are learning how to coexist, how to get along. Can you not see that this is based on an element of force, a sense of obligation. As Mother Mary talked about, in families you are brought up to feel an obligation towards the family, the same way you are brought up to feel a certain obligation towards other people, towards society.

Many Christian communities treat each other very nicely, according to what they see as the rules given by Jesus, but it is outer rules forced upon them. Again, a necessary phase to overcome some of the more egotistical aspects of human behavior. But this is not what I look for in the golden age. This is not what I look for, to carry into the golden age. I look for relationships where people begin to look beyond their individuality, because they realize that they are not their individuality. Our entire teaching about the Conscious You is to help you see that you are not the outer mind. You are not your physical body, you are not your emotional body, you are not your mental body, you are not even your identity body.

Really, when you connect to that pure awareness and to your I Am Presence, you realize you are not a separate being, which means you are not actually an individual as society at large sees individuality today. If you are pure awareness that sprang from a spiritual being, and if all other people are pure awareness that sprang from a spiritual being, then you can connect to other people at that level of the pure awareness. Without being divided by the outer personalities, you can still have some outer personality, but you are not fully identified with it, you are not attached to it, you do not take it so seriously and therefore the connection to the I Am Presence is more important than anything on earth.

And when it comes to your relationship to other people, your connection to them is more important. This does not mean that you need to become frantic and think you have to connect to everybody, there will be people you cannot connect to. But the formation of communities in the golden age will be based on this connection, where people will come together based on this connection. This means that, in the golden age, in the age of community, there will be less individuality as individuality is seen today, which is the outer self, based on all of these separate selves and reactionary patterns that are programmed into people by the fallen beings.

People will become more and more free from this, and therefore they will actually be much more free to have a deeper relationship based on this deeper connection with other people—the essential humanity that we have talked about. This will be the foundation for relationships in the golden age. I am not saying this will happen within the next decade or two, but it is certainly something you can begin to contemplate and integrate as ascended master students, so that you can be part of pulling up the collective consciousness and spreading these impulses and ideas into the collective consciousness.

You could potentially also come to a point where, enough of you, a critical mass of you, have received a critical degree of psychological healing, that you can begin to form a community that is not based on some outer considerations where you feel obligated to form a community in order to spread the teachings as they felt in many previous dispensations. But it happened spontaneously, because you established that connection between you. You are not forcing it with the outer mind. You see, the age of freedom and the age of community is the spontaneous, you might say, forming of communities, because people are free from force. They are not forcing themselves and each other to form communities. It just happens because of the deeper connection between people.

This is something that the fallen beings cannot counteract, because they cannot grasp it. And when they cannot grasp it, they cannot pervert it. There is really nothing to pervert, they can only try to prevent it by preventing people from establishing that connection. And this is what they will do, but they will not be successful. Too many people have already looked beyond the divisions and the individualities and felt some deeper connection. You may say what is it that people really want? Well, many, many people want that sense of connection to something outside of their own individuality, their own four lower bodies. They want to feel they are part of something bigger. They have a desire to feel being part of a whole and this is the basis for golden age communities.

Much more can and will, in the course of time, be said about this of course. But I have at least given you some thoughts to ponder, some foundation for moving towards golden age relationships. It is clear my beloved, as I have said several times, that the technology of the golden age will not be based on force. Is it not equally clear that the relationships of the golden age will not be based on force? What is a non-force-based relationship? Well, this is a very profound and very wide topic. We have given you some hints of this so far, we will give you more but there will of course be much more to say about this in times to come.

I thank you for being willing to put your attention on this, thereby opening your chakras to be the broadcast stations for sending these impulses, these matrices, these very actually complex energetic matrices that I release through a spoken dictation into the collective consciousness. I hope they will not just go into the collective consciousness, but also into your individual consciousness and that they will have a transformative effect on how you see yourself in relation to other people.

With this I seal you in the flame of freedom, the freedom to be together with others without force

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Cutting ties with your family members


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, September 4, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary.

What I wish to discourse with you on for this release is the topic of family. This is appropriate, not only because I am the representative of the Divine Mother for earth, but also because many Christians see me, of course, as the mother of Jesus, therefore part of the holy family that they venerate even though usually in very unrealistic and idolatrous ways. Nevertheless, because of this, I have decided to take on this task of giving you some remarks about families and how they will transition as we move into the golden age.

This messenger some years ago lived in the state of Utah in the United States. Many of you will know that this is the headquarters of the Mormon church and that the majority of the population in that state are Mormons. This messenger was told by one of his friends that the way to tell whether you have entered a Mormon home is that in the living room, will be a small framed embroidery with a text, “families are forever”. This shows you in a nutshell, how the Mormons have taken the concept of family to one extreme. They believe that after this lifetime, they will ascend to a higher realm. They do not use the word ascend, but nevertheless, they will live in a higher realm along with their present families and they will live with those families for eternity.

Now, I realize that most of you who are spiritual people, ascended master students will look at your present families and think: “No way do I want to live with these people forever.” Why is this? Why is it that there are some people in the world, not just the Mormons but many other people, who believe that their family members are the most important people in their lives and that they want, or at least feel obligated to spend time with them, even beyond planet earth, even beyond the present lifetime? Why is it that you have that extreme of people who want to spend time with their families and you have the other extreme of many people, especially spiritual people, who do not want to spend more time than necessary with their families, because they do not feel they have anything in common with their families, especially when it comes to spiritual growth?

This is, of course, because when you look at planet earth, you see as we have said, so many times that there are many different levels of consciousness. If you take Maslow’s pyramid of needs, you will see that at the lower levels of the pyramid, where people have the physiological and the safety needs, these have, when you look at it traditionally, very much been tied to the family. Families have tried to support each other in their physical survival, they have tried to protect each other. And then when you go to the next level of needs, the love and belonging needs, of course, most people have at least attempted to find fulfillment of these needs in the family.

You can also look at many societies going back into the far reaches of known history and you will see that for many societies the fundamental unit of society was the family. This is true in many different societies around the world, certainly in the monotheistic religions that have been patriarchal. For them, the family has been centered around the father. And even though it was in practical terms, always the women who held together the family, they have not really been recognized as being important because the father was more important. But you do have examples around the world of matriarchal cultures, for example, some of the Native American tribes where the mother was the most important or the central figure in the families. You can certainly have families that are centered on the father; families that are centered on the mother and either way the family can then be the basic unit of society.

Now, if we then again, look at Maslow’s pyramid of needs, when we go to these higher needs we have the need for recognition. And although some people can find this fulfilled in their families, most people here have a need to go beyond the family unit and seek some kind of recognition from the wider society. Of course, when it comes to the highest of the needs described by Maslow, the need for self-actualization, well, that is when most people who have this need, who are conscious of this need and who are pursuing this need find it difficult to find the support in the family that they need in order to actualize themselves. Most of these people such as yourselves who have risen to the level of the self-actualization needs have found little support in your families for your personal or spiritual growth. There are, of course, a variety of reasons for this, some of which I will touch on.

But let me first look at why families have been so important in many cultures. There are some practical reasons for this. First of all, the fact that human bodies take a long time to mature into adulthood. It takes a long time for children to become self-sufficient especially in these hunter-gatherer cultures, or even in agricultural societies. There is no way that a five year old child can go out and plow the field and start planting a crop. It is dependent on its parents for its physical survival and will usually remain so until the late teenage years, perhaps even beyond. There are some very practical reasons for this. There are also other reasons in the sense that some of the more organized centralized societies have seen the family as a very convenient unit for taking responsibility away from the state.

You will see in communist societies for example, where even though the state was supposedly the most important, still they relied on the family to raise their children and help them survive so they could go to school and be indoctrinated with communist ideology. Many states have wanted the families to fulfill certain roles so that the state did not have to be burdened by, for example, looking after the children or bringing up children in a basic way. However, if you go beyond these outer practical things recognized by the world at large, you can take our spiritual teachings and you can look at the fact that the fallen beings have attempted to influence every aspect of life on the planet. And what is it that the fallen beings want about families? How have they affected, how have they attempted to affect the way people look at families and the way families function?

Well, as we have said, the fallen beings a long time ago decided to make men the dominant sex on the planet. They did this because men are more vulnerable to the epic mindset. And therefore, they can more easily be enticed into going to war. They also did it because from a biological viewpoint, women give birth to children, women nurse the children, and so it is more practical that the women stay with the children, so the men are free to go to war, and the women and the children can still survive. So based on this, the fallen beings projected this image of a family where the father was not only the head of the household, but he was sort of the master and the woman and the children were the slaves. They had to not only obey the father, but if he decided he had to go to war, or go on a crusade, they had to simply accept this, endure it, and make the best of it so that they could survive in his absence. And he was therefore free to do the bidding of the leaders of society, which in most cases were the fallen beings.

So the fallen beings wanted a family structure where men had a privileged existence that allowed them to take off and go to war, or pursue some other service to the fallen beings. If a man was called to serve in government, for example, or in the army, where even if there was no war, then men could single handedly decide to do this, even if their wives objected, the wife just had to accept it. And the men could then follow the fallen beings and whatever they required of him.

But of course, you also have some more subtle motivation that the fallen beings have for wanting to create these very tight knit family units. What is it that you see in many families, at least in certain cultures? You do not see it as much anymore in the more developed nations in the world, but look at many of the less developed such as, for example, the Middle East. And what do you see? Well, you see that the family is actually enveloped in an aura, a spirit of obligation. People feel obligated towards each other. They feel they have to be loyal to their family members or even to their family as some kind of abstract unit. It is not just a matter of not questioning the father, as the head of the household, but that you have to feel loyal to your parents, to your siblings, to your children and this must last for your entire lifetime.

Again, there is, as in many cases, a practical reason for this, which is that when you go back to the less developed societies, or when you go to the less developed societies today, you see that the state does not want to take on the burden of keeping older people alive. Therefore, there has to be created this spirit of obligation, this attitude of obligation, so that the children feel obligated to take care of their parents as long as their parents are alive. When parents get too old to take care of themselves, then the children must take on this burden so that society, the state does not have to take it on. This is the practical aspect of it. But the other side of the coin is, the deeper aspect, is that the fallen beings themselves have wanted to create this unit of the family as a basis for loyalty, for obligation.

There are two main reasons for this: one is that there are fallen beings in embodiment and the fallen beings in embodiment are not always leaders of society, the high and the mighty. They do have embodiments in ordinary families. And what the fallen beings always want is to get energy from the people around them. By creating this spirit of obligation in a family, a fallen being in embodiment can then exploit his or her family members and gain energy from them through their sense of loyalty. Whatever the fallen being does, their family members are obligated to support him or her, so he can continue to get their energy even perhaps continue to survive, perhaps survive without working, and so on. This is one reason why the fallen beings want this, they might call it a more personal reason.

There is also an impersonal reason because the fallen beings, of course, are often leaders of society. What do the fallen beings want from the population of the society they are leading? They want loyalty. They want that all of people feel obligated towards the leaders, whether it is a king or an emperor, or towards the state that is led by the fallen beings. You look at many of these cultures that have had a very centralized power structure, a dictatorial power structure, the Roman Empire, the Soviet Union, ancient China, and you will see that the people had been programmed, had been brought up, had been brainwashed to feel obligation towards the state, towards society. But this programming started in the family from birth. The family became the ground unit for the sense of obligation, which started out with feeling obligated towards the family members, but then gradually expanded until the sense of obligation extended to society, to the state.

This is what the fallen beings want from families. Now, of course, you can already see that in some of the more developed nations in the world, this has started to shift. There are many people who look at some of these modern societies and deplore the breakup of the family unit. There are predictions that this will cause these societies to collapse. But this is, of course, because you are not taking into consideration the growth that will happen. You will see societies where people do not feel as obligated towards their family members. You will see societies where there is a welfare system or a social security network, so that old people have a pension from the state, meaning they can live independently of their children, and the children are not obligated to take care of them. But neither are the older people, feeling that they are a burden for their children. In a sense, both parties are freed up to live a more self-sufficient, self determined lifestyle.

You see also, of course, the more developed nations who have public health care so that the health of elderly people is not a problem for them or for the children. With this, you see that there is less of that sense of obligation towards the family. You also see that there is less of a sense of obligation towards the state compared to more dictatorial nations. This does not mean that people do not have a sense that they are part of a community. What you will generally see in many of the more developed nations is that people are not feeling loyal to the state in the same way as people feel in a dictatorial society. The people in a free democracy feel more free to determine their own lifestyle. They do not feel obligated towards the state in terms of going to war, or going into some kind of government service or following the dictates of a government because the government is not dictatorial. But nevertheless, you still see that many of these people are willing to work most of their adult lives and pay a fairly high percentage of their income as taxes. And part of that income, of course, goes to support their own parents and older family members who have the health care and the pensions that they could not otherwise have, because where would the state get the money from if the working population did not pay the taxes?.

Now, you see many of these modern nations where there is no animosity or rebellion against this. Why is this? Why is it that many of these people are willing to take upon themselves this high burden of taxation in order to gain the freedom that they do not have to take care of their parents or grandparents, they do not have to feel obligated?  Well, this is, of course, because in the modern democracies, at least most of them, what you see is a growing sense of what we have called the basic humanity.  The basic humanity is something that comes from within. It can only come from within. It is not something that can be forced.

You may look at certain societies such as communism, where the entire idea of communist ideology was to create this sense of an ideal community where everybody was doing what they could and at the same time produce or consuming what they needed. And there was this dream of this great society, this great community where everything would work out in the best possible way. In practical terms, it could not be manifest. But still, even though there was a certain solidarity among the people that was in reaction to the oppression of the state. The state when it realized that this great community would not happen spontaneously attempted to force it. They attempted to force the loyalty as so many other dictatorial states throughout history have done. And you can force outer behavior, you can even indoctrinate some people. But there is a certain sense of community, sense of basic humanity that you cannot force. It can only come from within.

Now, I know that you can make an objection to this. And you can say that many Christian nations, many Christian communities, many Christian churches have this sense of community where they are helping each other in what they call the Spirit of Christ. However, if you go back to Jesus’s teachings, and I was there in embodiment at the time, I witnessed the community that Jesus attempted to create before his crucifixion, and the community that sprang up among his followers after the crucifixion. What Jesus attempted to create was this spontaneous growth of the basic humanity from within, because as people raised their awareness, they came into contact with their own core humanity and they realized, they started to see this in each other. And this is how you can manifest that sense of humanity that is not enforced.

Now, there are certainly Christian groups, where the people have locked in, even through the distorted teachings of Christ they have been given in the Scriptures, they are still locked into that basic humanity, at least to some degree and they have some sense of community. But there are also many Christian groups where they have the outer behavior, but it is forced, because Christianity has become another religion as you clearly see in both the Catholic church and in many fundamentalist churches that are programming people to feel obligated towards the church, the faith. Certainly, the Mormons that I started talking about is one example of this where they have a great sense of obligation towards the church, towards the family. But they also, many of them have a genuine internalization of the basic humanity and many other Christian groups have the same. So there is a mixture of this outer sense of obligation but also many people have that inner sense of the basic humanity and so they have some community.

But what I want to point out to you is that many of the more developed nations, they have risen above this sense of obligation, they do not feel obligated towards the state. And many of these nations, they do not have a sense of obligation to the church either. What has instead happened is that because these nations are based on democratic ideals, that guarantee individual freedom, there has been this spontaneous growth in the sense of basic humanity. Many people have this sense of, not an obligation towards community, but a sense of being part of something and realizing that it can only work if everyone makes a contribution. I am not saying that most people have any sophisticated understanding of it but they have, over many lifetimes, internalized it so that without necessarily having a communist or a christian ideal, they are just living it. Not from some ideological mindset but simply because over lifetimes, they have internalized this basic humanity. They recognize it in other people because they recognize it in themselves.

What you see in some of these nations is that there is a beginning trend where the traditional view of families has been broken up and replaced by a different view.  Now, you can look at the fact that the divorce rate is much higher in some of these modern nations than it is in some of the nations, for example, in the Middle East, where they have a more strict religious lifestyle. Some people deplore this and think it is a negative trend. But the deeper reality from a spiritual perspective is that although there are certainly negative aspects or negative causes for this, the spiritual reason for this is that people’s individual growth has been accelerated. As we have said before, in many of the modern democracies, a large part of the population has risen to the self-actualization needs. For them, growth is the most important.

Now, under lower levels, especially the lowest levels of the physiological, security and love and belonging needs, growth is not important to these people, stability is important. That is why they want an enduring family unit. That is why they want this safety, the security and that is why they are willing to endure this or even see it as a positive this sense of obligation towards the family. When you rise to the self-actualization needs, your most important need in life is not security and stability. It is growth. Without people necessarily realizing this they are looking for growth in their relationships. And when the relationship does not provide growth they break up the relationship. And they look for that growth however they conceive of it in a new relationship. And some people have to go through several relationships but many, many people have actually come to a point where they have realized that even though they may change their partner there is a certain dynamic that has not changed. And some people have come to realize that this is because they themselves have not changed. There is something in their psychology that has not changed. And when they come to that realization and begin to look at their psychology, look at their patterns, then they can transcend a certain pattern. And now they can find a more lasting relationship because they have a new approach to their relationships.

What is actually happening here is that many of these people who are going through one or several divorces are actually helping to break up the old, restrictive, obligatory family pattern and open the way for a new view of families, a new approach to families. You will, for example, see that a generation or two ago it was very uncommon that people got divorced. These people only felt a sense of obligation towards their own biological children. Most people did not have anything to do with or certainly had no responsibility for children that were not their own in a biological sense.

Today, you see many people who not only have biological children but may even have biological children with more than one partner. But they also have close contact with children from their current partners previous relationship. Many people today come in contact with a greater number of children than their own biological children. And since some of these children are not their biological children, but they may indeed be living with them, this necessitates that these people find a new way to relate to children. They also often find a new way to relate to their partners. And you will, of course, see that in many of the modern democracies, the traditional roles of men and women have been broken up so that man is no longer the head of the household but the man and a woman are equal partners in making decisions. Women often have an education, they often have a career and therefore their husband must share in raising the children, household chores and so forth.

You see that what this leads towards is a much broader view of families. A wider family in a way. Families have been expanded. They are no longer this strict unit centered around one man and one woman and their biological children. There is more of a sense of community and what this will lead to as we move further into the golden age, is that many nations will begin to experiment as some people have already done with a more of a communal form of living.

I am not necessarily here talking about people living in collectives where they share a house and live in a house and live together. But there is certainly a trend that will be growing where more and more people realize that it simply is not practically possible, humanly possible for two people, a husband and wife to keep a family together, when both of them are working. It is not possible to give children the attention they need and deserve when both husband and wife are working 40 hours or more per week. You see that there are already many children who have grown up in previous decades, and whose parents were working so much that the children were pretty much left to themselves. And there is a growing recognition that this is not a sustainable trend. But what then is sustainable?

Well, it could very well be that people get together and say: “We are a group of people somewhat around the same age. We are willing to move together not necessarily in one house but in close enough proximity that we can help each other with the children.” They may of course pull in some older people, whether it be their own parents or other people who are interested in playing this part and form this kind of a unit that is not a traditional family unit but it is a wider unit involving many adults, even of different ages. So that these people help each other. And they share many of the burdens that they have. They may even decide to build, not necessarily communal living houses, but build housing units or assemblies of houses that are designed for this purpose, a more communal form of living where there is more interaction with the people. There may be several houses that share some kind of garden that is a playground, a safe playground for the children where they can be under supervision from older people, and so forth. You can also have them create activities for the older children where they, for example, might share the cost of events so they can drive children to sports games or cultural activities and they can take turns doing this instead of the concept of the soccer mom where one woman drives her own children to these sports games and spends most of her time doing this.

There are many, many things here that I do not want to go into too much detail about the practical aspects because they will be individual for different nations and different societies. But you see that there are vast opportunities for creating a new type of family. It may not be called family, but it is where people come together, not because they just happen to be born in the same family or household but because they have a shared interest. They realize that perhaps that they have a particular interest in bringing up children in a certain way that is more creative, more avant-garde. They go together to do this, perhaps even creating schools for this purpose.

This is what will happen more and more in the golden age where you will see these wider communities that will start to form where people of like mind come together and support each other in creating a different lifestyle. A more aware, a more conscious, a more socially responsible lifestyle. These are some of the outer changes that will happen to the family in the golden age. But I also want to talk about what you as spiritual people can do in the short term,  do right now in terms of your own relationships to your own families.

Now, of course, the concept that families are forever could be transferred to the concept of reincarnation. The Mormons, of course, do not believe in reincarnation, as most other Christians. But when you acknowledge reincarnation you can see that there is a different way to interpret this concept that families are forever. Because you will see in many parts of the world where you have this more traditional family units that the same people have reincarnated as a family for many lifetimes.

There will be some of you who are spiritual people who are in this category. You will have at least some of your family members that you have incarnated with for a long time, for many lifetimes. Not necessarily in consecutive lifetimes. But if you look back over several hundred years, you have several times been in the same family with some of your family members in this lifetime. What this means for you is that you need to consider very carefully what you sense is part of your divine plan. And there are basically two main categories that I wish you to consider.

There are some of you that will sense that it is not in your divine plan that you ascend in this lifetime. This is not planned to be your last lifetime. You have other things you want to experience or contribute. You want to reincarnate again in order to help bring Saint Germain’s Golden Age into physical manifestation. This means that you may be incarnating with the same people because you have a more long-term goal of helping them grow in consciousness. This is the case for some of you, not most of you, but some of you. And this is, of course, a legitimate part of your divine plan and therefore, you can feel that these family members are part of your divine plan, interacting with them, seeking to help them grow as part of your divine plan.

But there are many others of you, in fact, most of you who may have reincarnated with the same people many times but it is now time for you to transcend any ties you have with them. This can even happen if this is not your last lifetime, but that you want to take your service to the ascended masters to a higher level both in this lifetime and in your coming lifetimes. And therefore you need to be free of what we in a traditional sense would call karmic ties.

There are many of you who reincarnate with the same people over and over again because you have karma with them. And as a spiritual person you want to balance that karma. Now, here is where you need to be very, very careful and realize that the fallen beings will use any idea and seek to pervert it including the concept of reincarnation. If you go to India and see how the average Hindu conceives of reincarnation, you can see the fingerprints of the fallen beings all over these people’s view of reincarnation.  A very rigid view at that your life is pretty much pre-determined by your karma from past lives. The reality here is as we have tried to explain in many different ways that karma is simply an impersonal energy. Karma is something you can free yourself from and when you do free yourself from your karma you are free to move on.

The fallen beings have tried to pervert this by tying it to this sense of obligation. What the fallen beings want you to believe is that if you have karma with people, it could be before because you have hurt them or even killed them in a past life. Therefore you are now obligated to stay with them indefinitely. This is ultimately what the fallen beings want you to feel about them. In other words, if you have karma with a fallen being, you can never be free of that fallen being. That is what they want you to believe. But they also want you to believe that you can never be free of the people you have karma with because it keeps you going around in these karmic circles lifetime after lifetime.

If you take what we have said about karma, you realize that there are two aspects of it. One is a purely impersonal energy, accumulation of energy, which you can transmute by invoking violet flame and other spiritual energies and once the energy is gone, it is gone. There is no obligation to the energy. The energy exercises a magnetic pull on your four lower bodies, but when the pull is gone, why would you in your mind feel a sense of obligation towards this energy that is no longer there? But the other aspect of karma is that you can have a certain attitude, certain beliefs that are part of this karma. Sometimes it was these beliefs that caused you to make karma with that person in their past life. It may not be that you necessarily hurt that person. Many of you have for many lifetimes not been violent people. You have not made karma by hurting other people. But you have made karma by, for example, going in and trying to change these people. And you have made karma not necessarily because you have done something to these people, but because you have allowed yourself to feel an obligation to helping these people. And therefore as long as you do not see them change, you do not feel you can leave them behind. You do not feel you can be free of them.

You see here that this is one aspect of karma, where you and your mind have certain beliefs that ties you to these people. It is not, in many cases, something you have done that was wrong. It is not even that these beliefs are wrong. But you need to consider how long you want to carry these beliefs with you and therefore be tied to these people who might not have grown for several lifetimes. Is it really part of your divine plan to help these people? If it is part of your divine plan, by all means, continue to do so. But for many of you, even if you want to stay in embodiment, there are other things you want to do as part of your divine plan. In order to do this, you need to free yourself from these people who are taking up your time, your energy, your attention, so that you do not have it left over, you do not have the surplus, to do some of the things that are your service in your divine plan. The service to a broader cause.

This is primarily for those of you who have it in your plan to reincarnate. But many of you who are spiritual people, especially ascended master students, especially in this dispensation, it is your divine plan that this is your last lifetime, you want to ascend after this lifetime. And in that case, you have an entirely different consideration. Because now, your view of family is that families are not forever. Families are something you need to cut yourself free from, so that you are free to ascend and there is nothing that pulls you back on earth.

You can see, of course, as we have said, there comes a point where now you are standing in front of the gate, and if you walk through it, you are in the ascended realm. But before you can walk through it, you have to look back at earth, and there cannot be anything on earth that pulls you back here. If you have a strong sense of obligation towards a family member, be it a child, be it a sibling, be it a parent, then you will look back and say: “I cannot leave them alone so I must reincarnate and stay with them.” And this is, of course, something you can feel in your conscious mind even if before this embodiment you made it part of your divine plan to ascend.

This is where you need to be very careful in your look at families, and look at whether you have some sense of obligation in general towards family members, or towards specific family members. And then you need to really look for these separate selves that you might have, that might tie you to this family member, use the tools to expose these selves to overcome them. And you need to then also be intuitive, and realize that you need to get in tune with your divine plan because then you will feel that before you came into embodiment, you made a very clear determination: “I want to be free of these people for good, completely free of them, independent of them so I can move on and ascend.”

It is very true that many people will accuse you of being selfish. The fallen beings will accuse you of being selfish for wanting to ascend. They will say, as some of your family members who are not fallen beings will say: “You can’t leave me behind, you can’t just walk away from me. You promised!” But my beloved, when you have determined that this is your last lifetime, you can walk away from the fallen beings. You can walk away from people who are not fallen beings. Regardless of what promises you may have made with your outer mind, in this lifetime or even in past lifetimes, you can walk away. It is your right. And it is not selfish because as we have said before, the greatest service the ultimate service you can give on planet earth is to ascend and thereby pull up on the collective consciousness.

If you are determined that this is your lifetime to qualify for your ascension you need to look at these family ties and overcome any sense of obligation, any sense of attachment. And this means that you need to be especially aware as we have talked about already, whether you have a desire to change other people. Or even a desire to save other people.

You will see that there is a psychological concept that has been around for a long time and it is often called a savior complex. The reason for this is, of course, that you see people today and throughout history who have had this sense that they have to save the world or save specific other people. And this is especially something that avatars can develop. Many of you came here as avatars with a certain sense that you were here to save planet earth. I am not saying you came with what is traditionally called a savior complex. But you came here with a clear sense that you wanted to bring about change on earth. Then when you came here and was exposed to the birth trauma, what the fallen beings made you feel that you were wrong for trying to save earth or change them, then that is when people can start developing this savior complex.

The savior complex is an obsessive-compulsive need to change something. To either change society, to come up with some kind of new way of doing things, or to save specific people, to change specific people. And you will see a fair amount of ascended master students, not so much in this dispensation, but certainly in previous dispensations, who had a certain savior complex, and they were giving hours and hours of decrees, because they were trying to save the world. And they thought this was their way to do it.

Now, what is the ultimate way to save the world? It is to ascend. How do you qualify for your ascension? By overcoming any complex, including the savior complex. And for an avatar, you especially need to overcome this desire as we have said, to change anything on earth. You cannot leave the earth behind if there is still something you feel you should change on earth. You cannot leave the earth, if there are still people, you feel that you should help, that you should save, that you should change on earth. You have come to the point where you are standing in front of that gate, and you must look back and regardless of what brought you to earth, regardless of what ideas you had before you came or ideas you have developed while you were here, you need to look back and say: ” The earth is the way it is, there is nothing here I want to change”. Otherwise, you cannot walk away from this planet permanently.

What does it take for an avatar to get to this point?  Well, it takes that you ultimately come to first resolve your birth trauma, but the birth trauma really opens up, as this messenger realized several years ago, for looking beyond your coming to earth. For looking at what was your motivation for bringing you here, what were the ideas, the beliefs that you had, what was the image you had of the earth and what you could do on earth. And it is not a matter of saying that these were wrong, it is just a matter of saying that now it is time to transcend them so that you can ascend.  You need to transcend in order to ascend, as we have said before. This means you need to resolve this and you need to come to this point where you have this total acceptance of free will that you did not have before you came here. Therefore you can look at earth and say: “I am free to walk away and leave the earth to the free will choices of those who are still in embodiment.”

And what has this got to do with families? Well, if this is your last lifetime, then you will have deliberately chosen some family members. Whether you were born, your parents and siblings or whether your spouses, you will have chosen some family members who can present you with the initiation you have not yet passed. In other words, they will try to make you feel obligated. They will try make you to feel that you have to save or change them and your only purpose or putting yourself in proximity with these people is to force yourself to deal with this psychology and overcome it. You want to overcome this psychology so that you can move on.

Therefore, for an avatar who is in its last lifetime, or even an original inhabitant who is in its last lifetime, the family is simply a way to give yourself the initiation that you need to pass in order to become completely free of earth. This means that you must, because this is what you decided in your divine plan, become free of your family members. You must become free of your family members. You do not want to change them, you do not feel obligated towards them, you are not changing yourself in order to accommodate them, and so forth.

This can be a quite complex psychology for some of you, and it will take time to overcome it. With the tools you have you can shorten that time. But for some of you it will still take many years. You can look at the life of this messenger and see that he started the spiritual path consciously 45 years ago, and he has been practicing or studying ascended master teachings for a very big part of that timespan. And it took him decades to overcome certain aspects of his psychology. And it will be the same for many of you. Some can do it faster, because you see the example, you have the tools, but still it can take time. But you need to recognize that families are not forever. Nothing on earth is forever. In fact, nothing anywhere is forever because the ascended realm is constant self-transcendence.

These were the remarks that I wanted to give you for now. For some of you, this can be something you need to think carefully about, meditate upon, use your intuition. Some of you may find that you have certain patterns in your outer mind that makes you want to reject what we are saying, that makes you want to continue to feel obligated and this is then your chance to take a look at this and see that the resistance that you might have to the teaching, actually exposes the very thing you need to overcome and that you wanted to overcome before you came into embodiment.

Do you perhaps begin to see my beloved, that when you are a higher developed soul, and you are planning this embodiment, you do so from a level of consciousness, that is beyond the outer mind that you have when you come into embodiment? It is as if you are stepping outside of your outer mind looking at it from the outside and saying: “What is it in my four lower bodies that I need to resolve in order to be free?” And then you deliberately put yourself in situations where you are confronted with these issues, so you cannot ignore them.

But then when you do come into embodiment, you are now coming into the very outer mind and you are now looking at the tendencies that you decided you wanted to resolve from inside. You are colored by the perception filter, by the separate selves, by the beliefs. And this is why my beloved, many times when you hear a spiritual teaching that is designed to set you free, your outer mind will resist and object to the teaching, will reason against the teaching and try to come up with all manner of arguments for why you should ignore it. Of course, the fallen beings will try to influence you in this way, they will often use other people to influence you in this way, so that you ignore the teaching.

Many, many people have been in the situation, that they have found the spiritual path, they have felt this great pull from within to engage in it but they have had a spouse who felt threatened by this and have resisted it. This has sometimes led to divorces but has also led some people to decide not to pursue their spiritual growth at all, or to slow down their spiritual growth in order to accommodate their spouse. This may be in order if you are planning to have more lifetimes. But if it is your last lifetime then you cannot do this for a longer period of time. You may be able to do it for some time. I am not saying that you all need to go out and end your relationships but you need to be very careful to look beyond the outer mind and get in touch, use your intuition to get in touch with your divine plan to see when it is time to move on and cut the ties to people who are slowing down your spiritual growth.

You may very well be able to have a certain spouse for many years and it is not slowing down your spiritual growth. But there can come that point where because the spouse is unwilling to change, then it begins to slow down your spiritual growth and now it is time to move on. Many of you have already done so. But many of you have not yet for a variety of reasons. You need to consider this very carefully and you need to look beyond the outer mind. Use our teachings as a tool to get in touch with your deepest intuition that is beyond the outer mind so that you know from within when it is time to move on from your family members.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you and therefore I seal you, in my great love for you. Naturally I have as the Mother of God, the representative of the Mother of God on earth, I have the widest possible view of family on earth. What is my family? Humanity as a whole is my family. You can see that you cannot have humanity as your family and have the traditional patriarchal view of family. You must have a much wider view, which is precisely what people, the most advanced creative people will move towards as we move further into the golden age.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Free yourself from the “who is right and who is wrong” game


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, September 3, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary.

The thought I want to give you here is that when you evaluate your relationships as a spiritual person you need to evaluate: “Does this help me grow? Or does this hinder my growth? Will this help me fulfill my divine plan? Will it hinder my divine plan? Will this help me qualify for my ascension? Will it pull me away from my ascension?” These are the overarching questions for a spiritual person who is intent on achieving the maximum spiritual growth in this lifetime.

This, of course, applies not only to your relationships, but to all aspects of your life but let us focus on how this can help you in your relationships. The first thing I want to bring to your attention is that if you look at many relationships on earth, and I am not here simply talking about husband and wife, but all other relationships, you will see that there are many games that people play in relationships but there is one game that is very, very dominant on earth. And it is the game of trying to always be right or the other side of it, trying to prove other people wrong.

Now, you may say, why is this such a dominant game on earth? Well, you who are our direct students can take what we have given you about fallen beings and you can see that from the moment they fell, or even before they fell, they were engaged in this game of trying to prove themselves right by proving first other people, then the ascended masters, and ultimately God wrong.

Everybody is wrong but them and they are right in an ultimate sense. You could say that this is the original game of the fallen beings. They have, of course, brought it with them as they came to earth. They have managed to disguise it in various disguises. This can range from having the ultimate ideology, to sports games, to knowing more in a trivia contest than anybody else knows. But it has a very powerful expression in personal relationships where so many people are locked in this pattern, where almost anything that happens becomes the source of some disagreement which then goes through various stages that ultimately is aimed at getting to a point where one person has proven himself or herself right by proving the other person wrong. It is so common, it is seen in so many aspects of life.

You see husband and wife doing [this] to each other, often over trivial things that really have no importance whatsoever. You will see siblings who start doing this to each other at a very early age. You see parents who do it to children, children who do it to parents. You see bosses doing it to their employees and the other way around. You see politicians doing it to each other, business people doing it to each other and you see it in virtually every aspect of life.

Now, you may say, how can this be so important to people? The reality is, it is not that important to human beings, it is very important to the fallen beings. Of course, the fallen beings and those people who got pulled into the game have over time created some very powerful collective entities that are seeking to get the people to engage in these arguments over who is right and who is wrong. But it is not important to these entities in the sense that it is important to people, or to fallen beings because the entities are not self-aware. What is important to them is to get energy and they are not even consciously aware of how they are trying to get people to argue. It is just a pattern they are mindlessly repeating like a computer running a piece of software. It is not important to the entities and it really is not that important to human beings either. But it is only important to the fallen beings.

Naturally, you as a spiritual student, you can see that you do not want to be caught in this game that is created by the fallen beings and it is really only important to them. What can you do? Well, if you are serious about freeing yourself from these patterns you need to look at your immediate personal relationships. You need to see if you have been pulled into a pattern of arguing with people on a regular basis, based on this consciousness, this dualistic consciousness, that there is a right and there is a wrong and somebody must be right and somebody else must be wrong. You may look at whether you have in yourself this self that never wants you to be wrong so that you are always trying to prove the other person wrong. Or you may look at if you have this opposite polarity, the self that never wants to force or impose upon others, never want to prove them wrong but therefore, in many cases, you take a passive approach and either do not want to argue or you agree with the other people even though you know that they actually are not correct in what they are saying.

If you see these patterns you can, of course, use our tools to resolve them and you will often find if you look at this, that this goes back to a past life interaction with fallen beings, often your birth trauma because what was it that the fallen beings tried to do when they exposed you to this birth trauma? Well, it was, of course, to prove you wrong. You were wrong for coming to earth, but you are simply wrong for being who you are.

This, of course, makes you realize that it is very important to work on this issue and to resolve it so that you can come to this point where it does not have any pull on you. And what I want to let you know, those of you who are spiritual students, is that first of all you, of course, do not want to give your energy to these beasts, these collective beasts because it is a black hole, you can never fill it, you will only deplete your energy.

But the real issue I want to bring to your attention here is that many of you who are avatars, you have gone through a very long process, partly before you came to earth but especially after, of trying to make sense of why the earth is the way it is. Why conditions are the way they are. You have taken the approach, which is a necessary approach at a certain stage, of trying to understand. It is again this, you see an effect, if you understand the cause you think you can change the cause and thereby change the effect. You look at the earth, you look at the dysfunction that is here on this earth and you are saying, “What is the cause? I need to understand the cause.”

When you first come to earth you come with the best of intentions, you have no aggressive intent. You may not have a full understanding of free will, a full understanding what is happening on earth but you do not have the intent to force others, you do not have the intent to put other people down to make them wrong. But now you are exposed to the fallen beings who very aggressively want you to feel that you were wrong, and you went into most likely one of two reactions. Either you refuse to accept that you were wrong and instead try to prove the fallen beings wrong or you accepted that you were wrong and have then taken on yourself this burden of guilt and doubt and fear about whether you made the wrong decision for coming to earth.

But what you have experienced yourself is that you came with the best of intentions, you did not intend to put down anyone on earth including the fallen beings, but you experienced that they very aggressively tried to put you down, to make you wrong. After this has happened to you, you become very sensitive to this. I could say just as easily, we become very sensitive to this because it happened to most of us who came as avatars. Now, you begin to notice that this is also happening to other people that the fallen beings are doing this, that there is a certain culture of wanting to prove other people wrong by proving yourself right in some ultimate way. You become very aware of this and this means that you often go through this process of coming to the conclusion that one of the big problems on earth is that there are these beings, whether you call them fallen beings or not, but you observe that there are these beings who are very aggressively trying to prove other people wrong and always elevate themselves to being right. You come to see this as one of the major problems on earth, one of the major sources of conflict, you come to see how arrogant these people are, how prideful they are, how gleeful they are when they can prove others wrong and how much it means to them that they are proven right.

After some time of having been on earth and observing the fallen beings you often begin to see certain patterns. You may not fully understand everything we have told you about the duality consciousness and how you can prove anything right or anything wrong in the duality consciousness. But you begin to see that the fallen beings have this way of always controlling a debate so that the outcome is assured so that they are proven right and others are proven wrong. You also begin to see that in many cases this is not really consistent, this is not really logical or reasonable, that it is based on a very selective view of the situation. And furthermore you come to see that many of these fallen beings are actually hypocrites, they have a double standard, one standard that they apply to themselves so they can never be wrong, one standard they apply to other people so they are always wrong.

You come to see that the fallen beings, again you may not call them that, but you see that there are certain beings who are constantly in a state of denial. They basically have the attitude that “I cannot be wrong” and therefore anything that implies that they are wrong, they just deny it, they go into denial about it, and therefore they can brush it aside, they can ignore it, or they can refute it to their own satisfaction even though it is not to your satisfaction.

What unfortunately happens to many of us is that we then make this determination: “I will never allow these beings to put me down again to prove me wrong.” And that means you will never allow them to prove themselves right and you will seek to prove them wrong. We see many, many avatars and most of us have done it ourselves for certain periods, we see many avatars who for a period of time, sometimes many, many lifetimes, thousands of years, go into this pattern of embodying in close proximity with fallen beings because you think that you can come to some, you can find some ultimate argument that will prove them wrong, that that will force them to see what they are doing and how wrong it is and how illogical it is and how they are not really proving anything, even though they think they are. You think you can force them to come to see their denial so they will snap out of it and stop doing this.

Now, we have said, the earth is a reality simulator. You are allowed to have any experience you want for as long as you want until you’ve had enough of it and you do not want it anymore. Why am I even telling you this? I could just allow you to go on doing this for as long as you feel it is necessary. Well, I am telling you this because there is as we have said before, a difference between what you can see while you are inside a physical body and the four lower bodies and what you can see while you are in between embodiments. If you are among the people who have decided before coming into this embodiment that you want to make it part of your divine plan to make your ascension after this lifetime, then you are also one of the people who in past lives have come to the point where you have had enough of trying to prove the fallen beings wrong.

You have had that experience for so long that you have decided: “I do not want this anymore.” But if you have been engaged in this pattern for a long time then you need to have some final test of whether you really are willing to break free of the pattern and this means that many of you have decided that in this lifetime you wanted to embody with one or even more fallen beings who are very much trapped in this pattern of proving themselves right and proving other people wrong. And you want to forget , you are going to come into embodiment without the awareness of your previous determination that you have had enough of this experience because you want to prove to yourself that you can go into a situation where you are in close proximity to these fallen beings, you can be affected by the situation, but you can pull yourself out of it.

Why am I telling you this? If you have decided to come into embodiment without this awareness, and then free yourself from this tendency to argue with the fallen beings, well, because as an ascended master, it is lawful for me to remind you of what you have decided before coming into embodiment, what you have put in your divine plan. The fact that you come into a relationship with the fallen beings without the awareness that you have already had enough of the experience does not mean that it is unlawful for us to remind you of the determination you have made.

And for many of you, being reminded of this can be the impetus that then helps you free yourself from the pattern. Now, take care here, being reminded of this does not mean that you have instantly overcome the pattern. Many of you still have a decision to make, a will, a willful decision to make. And what is that decision? Well, that decision is that you will stop engaging with this fallen being in terms of proving them right or proving them wrong or proving yourself right and proving them wrong. You will stop engaging in the pattern.

What does this mean my beloved? It means that you will have to allow them to feel that they had proven themselves right and proven you wrong. You will have to allow them to have that conviction in their minds, where they are absolutely convinced that they are right and you are wrong. And you must look at this and say: “I will not attempt to change their mind, I will just let it go.” What this will require some of you to do, most of you to do, is to re-experience not the full force, but at least have a powerful surge of this pain from your original birth trauma. If you have not resolved it, and you will not have when you come into this embodiment, you will re-experience that pain that you were proven wrong by the fallen beings.

If you look at this messenger in his life, there was a point where someone tried to prove him wrong in a very public way on the internet and he sensed intuitively that he could not really engage in a war about this but it was still very painful for him, that he felt he was being accused of things that were not factual, just simply made up and that he could not defend himself. But by not engaging in it, even though that was painful, it nevertheless helped him work through his psychology to the point where he could say: “But what is it in my psychology that I need to overcome? What is it that makes me want to do this?” And he realized several things, first of all, that he was trying to protect a wound in himself.

You are trying to protect your birth trauma by not being in a situation that reactivates the pain because you are proven wrong. Therefore, you often engage in this, we might say, obsessive-compulsive desire to not be proven wrong in order to avoid retouching the pain. He realized this and he worked on this with the tools he had at the time, which were not the full tools we have given you now, about the separate selves and the birth trauma. But he still worked through it until he realized that he actually had a desire to change other people. It was not a malicious desire, it was not born out of control, but he still thought that the earth is a messed up planet. But it is not the planet that messes itself up, it is people who are messing it up so the way to overcome the mess is to change people so they are free of the things in their psychology.

He had embodied with his father, who was not a fallen being but who had a very difficult psychology and he attempted all of his life to help his father change his psychology. He has embodied with other people who had a difficult psychology. But he has also embodied with a few fallen beings and he attempted to change them as well. Now, he saw it as being partly for these people’s good, partly for the planet’s good, and there was as there is for all of you a genuine motivation to bring positive change.

But there is also, which he realized later after he learned about the birth trauma and the concept of avatars, there is also this desire to prove that you were not wrong for coming to earth. You came here because you thought you could affect positive change. You realized that in order to affect positive change on the planet you had to help people change. You thought the way to change the planet is to change other people and you did not want to feel that this was wrong of you to come here, or it was wrong to change other people so therefore, you are trying to change other people.

And if people are very sure that they are right you are trying to shake their assuredness and make them open to looking at the possibility that they need to change—not done maliciously but nevertheless, you were doing it—you wanted to change other people. This is what this messenger realized. And he realized very clearly that this was one of the major things keeping him on earth. He had at the time already understood the teachings of the Buddha, that the key to spiritual growth is to overcome your attachments. The key to Buddhahood is non-attachment. He was deeply inspired by the story of the Buddha sitting under the Bodhi tree being confronted by the demons of Mara. He realized that the real meaning of the story is that the demons of Mara were trying to get the Buddha to react in any way to anything on earth and if there was anything on earth that could make the Buddha react, he had an attachment and therefore he was not free to go into Nirvana, or ascend, however you want to portray it.

He realized that he had to strive for a point where he had no attachment to earth and that meant, he also realized, he could have no desires, he could have nothing he wanted to do on earth. When he realized that he had a desire to change other people then he acknowledged that in order to qualify for his ascension he had to overcome this desire to change others. He simply had to find a way to let it go. He then, without engaging with this person who was accusing him, he worked on his own psychology until he came to a point where he no longer had a desire to change this person’s opinions or viewpoints about him or anything else for that matter. In other words, he had no desire to change the other person, to change the other person’s opinions and viewpoints. He really had nothing to say to that person and it was only by coming to this point where he had nothing to say, because there was nothing he wanted to change, that he was free. Not simply of this other person but he was free of the pattern in his own psychology and therefore he was free to move on.

I am telling you this not to elevate the messenger to some superior position, because he has, of course, only gone through what all of you can go through. I am giving you this as an inspiration that this is a goal that many of you need to strive for and that you can all do. You can all work on these things, use the tools that we have given you to find these separate selves that are programmed with wanting to change other people, wanting to prove something. And you can then use this knowledge to look at your relationships, identify the people in your lives who have pulled you into this pattern where they want to prove themselves right by proving you wrong and you do not want to be proven wrong so you are trying to prove them wrong, at least that they are wrong about you.

Many of you will see that you are not really trying to prove that other people are wrong, but they are wrong in saying that you are wrong. They are wrong about what they are accusing you of. You are defending yourself without directly attacking others, although you are indirectly attacking them as part of defending yourself. It is not enough not to be aggressive in attacking others, you cannot be defensive either, you cannot defend yourself. You cannot have any desire to influence these people, their state of mind or the way they look at you.

You must strive gradually to come to that point where you have let those separate selves die, where you can look at such a person and say to yourself: “I have nothing to say. I do not want to change your mind.” Then you are free of these people but more importantly, you are free of the pattern that has probably kept you tied to the fallen beings for many, many, many lifetimes.

There is no one who has ascended from earth who has not gone through this initiation in their last lifetime. Jesus had to confront certain fallen beings. I had to confront certain fallen beings, both before and after Jesus’s crucifixion. These are not recorded in the Scriptures for in my case, some of them are recorded with Jesus, not all of them—he went through many more, and you will see that ultimately at his trial, when he was accused, he did not defend himself and thereby he passed that initiation that he had nothing to say to the fallen beings.

He had no desire to change their view of him and you may think that you can set this up as an ideal that you strive for and you can discipline your mind in an outer way so that you no longer feel the desire. But that is not what I am talking about. I am talking about resolving the pattern to the point where this is immaterial to you. It does not matter to you what the fallen beings think or say or do concerning you. You can look at it, you can be non-attached to it because you know they have no power to influence the way you look at yourself. You will know who you are. You are who you are and you have a right to be who you are here on earth and their opinion of you does not matter whatsoever. This is a great freedom to have.

Now, many people will look at those who have achieved this freedom, as many people have, as many spiritual masters have and they will find that these people are very impersonal. You can take many of the known spiritual masters such as Yogananda and other masters that are known in your age, you can take many from the past, and there will be people who accused them of being very impersonal. The reason was simple.

When you have this non-attachment, nobody can pull you into any of these games that people play and here you have a person who is used to being able to pull everybody else into a certain game. Now they meet this master, he cannot be pulled into the game or she cannot be pulled into the game and suddenly, the person now feels: “Oh, he is not a master. He’s so impersonal. How can he be a master when he is so impersonal?” But the master must simply be not attached to this.

Being a master on earth is not a popularity contest. Achieving spiritual maturity, spiritual freedom is not a popularity contest. You will not be popular among the broad population. The more you grow, the less popular you will be because people will not have anything in you, the prince of this world will not have anything in you, whereby people can pull you into these reactionary patterns that so many relationships are based on.

If you look at the majority of people on earth their relationships are almost completely based on reactionary patterns. They rarely make any free choices. They rarely have any deeper connection with other people because it is all following these established patterns that are often taken over by these personal and collective entities that have been built in families and cultures so that people are not actually having a relationship with each other. There are people who might have known each other for a lifetime but they have never actually had a genuine, truly personal conversation. They never really connected, they had never really interacted personally because all of their interactions have not been between two self-aware human beings but between a variety of entities of separate selves and of collective beasts.

What you will find is that when you start rising above this so that people do not have anything in you that they can pull on, you will have various negative reactions from people—hostile reactions. They will accuse you of being impersonal, not caring about them, not loving them. You are not a loving person. Some will become very angry at you, some will become very insistent on trying to pull you in to the same patterns they could pull you in before and others will accuse you of various things but you need to be unattached to this. You need to look at it and say: “What is that to me? I will follow the ascended masters towards my ascension.” And it really needs to come to that point where it is nothing to you. It does not mean you do not care about other people. It actually means you do care but not in a way most people see it because in the ways most people see caring is actually driven by these patterns in the culture, by these personal and collective beasts so that people think that if you react with anger, or guilt, or any other negative feeling that shows that you care about them but if they cannot pull you into this pattern, then it is because you do not care. You do not even care enough to be angry.

Well, this you have to be willing to endure as a spiritual student on the higher levels of the path, and how can you endure it? Well, of course, you can work on overcoming these separate selves that makes you attached to other people’s opinion and make you want to be popular and so forth. But ultimately, it is like Archangel Michael said: “There comes a point where you have to make a decision.” You have to make a conscious decision and it is not just one decision. It is a series of decisions. You may start at a more superficial aspect of the mind where with the outer mind as we call it, you make a decision: “I see this is what I need to do so I do not want to be attached to other people’s reactions.” And it is valuable enough to make this decision but there comes a point where you have worked on resolving the separate selves where now there is a deeper decision that is not deliberately made with the conscious mind but it comes spontaneously from the heart, from the depth of your being.

But you have to start by making the outer decision and reinforcing it, and looking at it from different angles, and feeling different situations that come up where you can make the choice: “No, I will not react to this. I will be non-attached to this. I will not talk back. I will not defend myself. I will not attack that other person.” You make many of these decisions with the outer mind and then there comes that point where now the final decision comes from within and then you know you are free, because you feel that something lifts—a burden is lifted, and you look at the situation and you can look at how you used to take this very seriously, how you used to be very disturbed by this, how you used to really want to change that other person’s opinion.

And now you see, or you feel there is nothing engaging you, nothing is pulling you to do this, to engage the situation and this does not mean that you stop talking to people, but you can talk to them in a different way where it comes more from the heart, is more of a sincere personal conversation, you are actually aware of yourself as a human being and you are treating other people as if they were also human beings who are aware of themselves and not driven by these entities or separate selves or collective beasts.

You are actually treating people better than they have ever been treated and you can be non-attached to how they react to it. Some will react positively. They will suddenly start responding in a more genuine way because they have never had anybody talk to them like this before. But others will still be hostile, they will still accuse you of this and that and then you come to that point where you can decide: “How much time, how much attention do I want to give to this person. I am obviously not helping them. Is there possibly other people that I could help or other things I could put my attention and energy upon given that I have limited amounts of both.” This frees you up! Not only is that an important initiation to pass but it frees up your attention, your energy, to focus on other aspects of your divine plan and how you might have a positive contribution to make to some aspect of life instead of being engaged in these endless games with other people.

There was, many years ago, a book that was somewhat known written by a psychologist, called Games People Play. I am not necessarily recommending that you go out and find it because it is quite old but the point I wanted to make is that many psychologists have for a long time been aware of how people play these games and how they can play them endlessly and it never leads anywhere. Many psychologists have been looking for ways to help their clients overcome such patterns. They have for that matter been looking for how to overcome them themselves. “Physician, heal thyself.” They have identified many of the games that people play but they have not identified all of them because they do not have a wide enough perspective. They do not have as we have talked about, the perspective of reincarnation, that people can have reinforced these games over many lifetimes. It is not something you can explain by looking at what happened to them in this lifetime because some people are born with games that their parents and family do not have, but these people obviously have them from birth.

Again, there is a potential that the psychological field can have a breakthrough and become more aware of this, especially this game of wanting to be right, wanting to prove other people wrong and this can open up for a new awareness in the field of how to help people overcome this and how important it is to help people overcome this. This can even lead some of the more progressive, creative people in the field, to consider the whole concept of right and wrong because they obviously see how relative it is and how relatively it is being applied by different people, even in different situations by the same people and how it is being used as a weapon against other people—the concept of right and wrong and this might lead some to question more than they have done so far, this entire concept that something has to be right and something has to be wrong.

They can even question the Aristotelian logic, the binary logic that there is only right and wrong and nothing in between because after all, when you look at human psychology, when you look at the complexity of human psychology, does it really make sense to apply this binary logic that something has to be right and something has to be wrong and there are no shades in between? Many psychologists are aware that when it comes to human psychology, well, there is nothing but shades. There is really no black and white. There is really no right and wrong, it is all shades. It is all relative.

This can lead to a recognition that really, when it comes to human opinions, human beliefs and even human psychology everything is relative which then begs the question: “Well, how do you then help people overcome this miasma, this jungle of relativity?” Well, you must have a frame of reference from outside the relative aspect of the mind. Is there an aspect of the human mind that is not relative, that is beyond duality? And this is, of course, what can open up the profession to realizing that there is such an aspect and although it hasn’t been recognized by modern science primarily because of the materialist ideology, it has been recognized for thousands of years by spiritual teachers and gurus who have talked about it in various ways and with various language.

What they have talked about, that there is some aspect of human psychology that is not bound by this relativity, this dualism and this can then open up for people to realize that if you are to really help people overcome this relativity and all of these games, you must help them have an experience of this depth, this core of their own being. We have called it the Conscious You but it does not matter what you call it, there is simply that experience, there is something in my mind that is beyond the outer mind, the emotional mind, the mental mind, the identity mind. There is a part of me that is beyond even my sense of identity. It is what we have called pure awareness. Again, you can call it something else, but it is simply there. It is the inner sense, unchanging, compared to the relative which is constantly moving around from one extreme to another. It is that core that you can rely on, that pure being that several philosophers have talked about, even Western philosophers have talked about  “the ground of being” as some have called it.

There is a core of human psychology and if we are to really help people master their psychology we need to help them experience this because it gives them a different frame of reference. It can also help relationships because what is one of the most common problems in relationships? It is that two people are looking to get something from each other but they are never getting it. What is it they are seeking to get? That experience of something beyond their present state of mind, and that experience can only come from within and when you have that experience you have a different foundation, a different frame of reference for evaluating your relationships, for dealing with your relationships and for freeing yourself from these patterns.

So if you have two people that both have that experience, they have a much better probability of working out their relationship than if you take two people who do not have that experience and therefore do not realize there is anything unchanging, there is anything solid in their minds and therefore are looking for fulfillment or wholeness outside themselves, which means they can only fall into the old pattern of blaming their partner when they are not getting from their partner what they can only get inside themselves.

But this is something we may give more teachings on at some point because for now, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. I realize this has been an intense day where we have thrown many things at you, but simply take time to digest it. Do not feel you need to understand or analyze or catalog it all at once. Just take some time. As we have said before, you start reading a dictation until you come to one point that really speaks to you. Then you stop reading and you continue to meditate on that one point until you feel you have gotten the clarity you can get at this time.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you at this time. So I once again seal you in the loving heart of the Mother of God for Planet Earth.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Overcoming lower forces will empower you to make more free choices


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Archangel Michael through Kim Michaels, September 3, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I AM the Ascended Master, Archangel Michael. I am the Archangel of the First Ray of God Power and God Will.

Now, there is a very old misunderstanding on this planet about God’s will, that God’s will is an external God, who has a will for what you should or should not do. In other words, the external God has been portrayed as a tyrant, and his will is a straitjacket.

This messenger many years ago struggled with this concept of God’s will, and with this very concept of God’s will as being some external will. He felt a certain intuitive sense that he could not or should not surrender his own will to this external God. But he could not resolve the enigma, because he was not at the point of the path yet, where he could see through the false image of God that has been portrayed by so many religions on earth.

He realized that on the spiritual path, you need to have a certain willingness to submit to the teacher, to submit to the initiations and the disciplines of the teacher – because if you are constantly rebelling against the teacher, what is the point of having the teacher? After struggling with this for a long time, he came to the point where he one day finally said: “Okay God, show me what your will is for me, and I will do it.” Then he fell silent, and to his surprise he felt an impulse from deep within his being, saying: “What if God’s will is that you make your own decisions?” This shocked him because it was not what he expected, and it caused him to reconsider not only his image of God, but also his understanding of free will.

The reality here is that God’s will is that all unascended beings have free will. They have free will to outplay whatever scenario they need to outplay, for as long as they need to outplay it, until they can shift their consciousness and they no longer desire to outplay that scenario. What does God’s will and free will have to do with relationships on earth? Well, God’s will is that each individual extension of itself has free will. What this means is that God, in a higher manifestation of that word, does not interfere with human relationships on earth.

This is an unascended sphere. God does not monitor your relationships. God does not have a will for how your relationships should unfold. God is not involved. We of the ascended masters can be involved with your relationships if you are willing to invite us, but that is up to your free will. If you are not interested in having us involved with your life and your relationship and your growth, we will leave you alone. This is a very simple dynamic, that the vast majority of human beings on earth have not even begun to grasp, and this interferes with their relationships in many subtle ways. There is a very, very old culture, tradition, idea, a very old beast on this planet, that has created this false image of God as being intimately involved with all aspects of your life. And therefore, there is this image also, that God has defined certain roles for men, and certain roles for women.

You can see in the patriarchal religions, the Abrahamic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam, going back to Genesis, there is the creation story of how God first created man and then created woman to be a servant of man. There are many, many examples in the Old Testament, where strict roles are defined for men and women, with men always being  the superior and women having to obey the head of the household. For many religious people, the difficulties in their relationship begins with their religious orientation, their religious beliefs. Far, far too many men believe that women should have a secondary role in the relationship. This is even the case in many of the more evolved modern nations where religion no longer has such a strong grip on the population.

When you have this, what is it that happens in a relationship? Well, without knowing it, this very belief that there is some fundamental difference between men and women, between the roles of men and women, and that women should be in a secondary position to men, this is an inroad into people’s consciousness and into their relationship for certain forces that most people are not aware of.

Mother Mary described very eloquently, how there are many things that people are not aware of when it comes to energy. How these modern nations want people to be aware of the physical consequences of their actions, but they have not yet gotten to the point, where they also want them to be aware of the energetic consequences at the emotional, mental and identity levels. Mother Mary explained how everything people do is done with energy, and energy of a lower vibration will accumulate until it starts affecting the conscious mind of the person. This is of course, a very important realization for people to come to.

But when you start recognizing that everything is energy, you recognize that there are different levels of vibration, because energy is characterized by vibration. Suddenly you have to begin to contemplate that there could be levels of the world beyond the material, beyond what can be detected with the physical senses and with most scientific instruments made of matter. This is what some of the more advanced aspects of science have actually discovered. Many scientists, philosophers, thinkers have started considering this, that there must be other realms, other levels of reality, but they have not yet, at least not on a large scale, come to really understand how this affects all human beings.

So, in order to fully understand this, you need to be aware that the physical earth truly is an energy field. The physical earth is made of energy, of vibrations within a certain spectrum but they are vibrations beyond the physical material spectrum – but those vibrations are not separated from the physical earth. The physical earth is an energy field that exists within a larger energy field, it is inseparably linked to, it is a part of, that larger energy field, you cannot separate the physical earth from the larger energy field. This larger energy field has three distinct levels, the emotional, the mental and the identity level, of course beyond that the spiritual.

You have in what we might call this world these four levels, everything on earth exists within those four levels. There is an old saying that ‘no man is an island’ but the real saying should be ‘no energy field is an island.’ There is no such thing as a separate energy field. There are of course, individual energy fields, but they are not existing in some vacuum, they are existing within the larger energy field of the physical, emotional, mental and identity realms that make up planet earth. There is no physical planet that exists alone. The physical planet is an expression of the three higher energy fields. It is, we might say, a manifestation of them, if you want to use that terminology. So, back to these modern nations wanting their citizens to be educated, to know about consequences. Well, you cannot be educated and fully understand consequences if you do not understand that there are three other levels of the energy field in which you live – and if you do not understand how you are affected as an individual human being by those levels.

I said that you have an individual energy field, you have a physical body which is really an energy field, you have an emotional body, you have a mental body and an identity body. Yet, your individual energy field does not exist alone, it exists within a larger energy field. This is what we can just as easily call the collective consciousness. In other words, your emotional body is an energy field, but most of the time when people think about an energy field, they think about something that is unconscious. But your emotional body is not unconscious, it is infused with consciousness, that is why you can feel emotions. Your mental body is not unconscious, it is infused with consciousness, that is why you can think but also why you can be aware of your thoughts and that you are thinking. Your identity body is again infused with consciousness, that is why you can have a sense of who you are. This means that your energy field, for example your emotional body is existing within the collective emotional body and that collective emotional body is not unconscious either. It is of course made up of consciousness, there is a certain level of consciousness there that is a combination of all of these individual energy fields and all these  individual emotional bodies.

Now, what can then be taken to the next level of understanding, is that energy is not the same as consciousness. When you consider consciousness as what human beings have, you are self-aware, you are conscious of yourself, your own existence. Energy does not have self-awareness. You have energy in your emotional body, you have certain feelings, and that energy is not self-aware, it is not aware that it exists. However, everything in the world of form is an expression of the consciousness of the Creator, therefore everything is an expression of consciousness and it has consciousness within it. This means, as we have explained before, that when you concentrate energy in a certain matrix, a certain pattern, after some time that energy can gain a rudimentary form of consciousness. It is not self-awareness as you have as a human being, but it is the kind of consciousness you would see in for example, many animals.

An animal is not aware that it exists, it is not aware that it is a fox, but it has a certain level of consciousness that enables it to hunt for food, to find a mate and to raise young. Human beings say, scientists say, that this is done instinctively in animals, but it is really because that animal is an expression of a certain pattern that accumulates energy so that there is this rudimentary form of consciousness, the ability to respond to your environment. It is not so different from what has been achieved with computers that have this ability to respond, that can mimic what you call consciousness.

Once you realize this, you can realize that human beings can create in their individual energy fields and in the collective energy field, certain patterns of energy, certain matrices that become conscious that they need food in order to survive. The food they need is, of course energy, and they can only get that from the very beings who created them, namely human beings. This is what you can call energetic beings, you can call them entities, demons, beasts, whatever you want to call them. You could come up with a completely neutral scientific term, as scientists will do in the not too distant future, when they will finally recognize that such beings exist because they can make them visible on computer monitors and various screening equipment.

Once you realize that such energy beings exist, and that they must get energy from human beings in order to survive, then you can call yourself a relatively educated person, because now you know what the consequences of your choices are. And that means you can now evaluate, is this a choice I want to make? There is a very old consciousness on earth regarding will and willpower, which is promoted by the fallen beings. Which is that if you really have free will, you should be able to do anything you want without having any consequences that could limit your will in the future.

We have explained before that if there were not consequences, how would you even know that you had made a choice? There has to be consequences for you to make a choice so that you can evaluate: “Do I want more of this, or do I want more than this? Do I want to transcend this consciousness that created this consequence?”

This is how you grow, this is how you learn, this is how free will outplays itself. You make a choice, you see the consequence, when you know what the consequence is, then you can make a better choice next time. The consequence does not actually limit your choice, it enables you and empowers you to make a more aware choice, because now you are aware of the consequence. If you are not aware of the consequence, you cannot make an aware choice. This is when your free will becomes limited.

It becomes limited because – as an example, let us just say, here is a person who over time builds a habit of responding to certain situations with anger. This person over time, sometimes not in one lifetime, but many times it is built up over several lifetimes. This person builds an entity, an energy being in its emotional body, an energy being that is made from the energies of anger, which have a specific vibration and a certain matrix of what beliefs that the person has, for when it is necessary to respond with anger and why it is justified to respond with anger, and to take that out upon other people. There is a matrix of beliefs and there is an accumulation of energy of a certain vibration that creates this energy being in the person’s emotional body.

After some time, this energy being gains enough strength and enough consciousness that it now realizes it needs to survive. In order to survive, it must get more anger energy from the person who created it, and therefore it begins to, not consciously, not deliberately, but it begins to exert a magnetic pull on the person’s conscious mind. And now you can see how previously, the person had certain situations where he or she would respond with anger. But now that the energy being has become stronger, that range is expanded so there are now more and more situations where the person responds with anger. You can also see that the anger becomes more intense, the person becomes more and more angry, takes it out with greater intensity on other people. This is simply because the person is now no longer making the choice to respond with anger. The person has suspended its free will in many situations and simply allows this energy being to take over his or her reactions, so really it is the energy being that is responding with anger.

We could also say of course, that there is a separate self involved with it, but the separate self is a little different from the energy being. So, what is happening here, is that instead of the person now making a free choice as to how to respond to a situation, the person has suspended its free will and  is not making a free choice. It just responds, we might say again, instinctively, which is sciences’ way of explaining what they cannot explain. They do not understand what instinct is, but they have named it, they have labelled it and now they think they know what it is and how it works. But really, the person is now not responding consciously and this is what limits your free will. The entity you have created, the energetic being you have created, limits your free will.

Now, once you realize this and acknowledge this – and again, this can be acknowledged by psychologists, many of whom have already made the observation, that sometimes they can have a client who is sitting in their chair talking normally for a while, and suddenly there is a shift that happens and now it is – as many psychologists have seen – as if something has taken over the person’s mind, they are possessed by something and they are responding almost as if it was a different person.

Scientists, psychologists have struggled to come to terms with this; they use ideas such as multiple personality disorder, schizophrenia, personality split, to try to explain this. But, the real explanation, really is that the person has certain energy beings in its three higher bodies, that sometimes takes over – or even all the time takes over – that person’s reactions.

Now, this personalized energy being is, of course, only part of the story. Because, as I said, your individual energy field exists within the collective field. Over time humankind at large have built certain collective energy beings in that collective energy body. For example, it does not take much awareness to see that throughout history many, many people have released immense amounts of anger energy. They have come up with many reasons and justifications for anger, for feeling angry but also for expressing it towards others. Men for example, have come up with many reasons to be angry with women when women refuse to play their predefined role, that supposedly God himself has defined, as if that was realistic at all (as I said, it is not). You realize here that, it is simply logical that there are these energy beings in the collective energy field.

Now, obviously, these energy beings are much bigger than the ones in people’s individual fields, because they have been created by many, many people over a very long period of time so they have grown quite large and quite powerful. This means that these energy beings can influence individuals just as the energy being in a person’s energy field. How do they do this? They do it by directing a certain energy, their own kind of energy, at a person. The personal energy being can do this much easier because it is inside the person’s energy field, so it is an internal impulse.

What the collective beings must do, at least to begin with, is to direct an energy impulse from the outside. And here it is quite possible that people can have a certain protection of their energy field so that they are not vulnerable to these external projections of energy. This means that the collective entities have a limited power over people, over people’s conscious minds. But, they can have a certain inroad into people’s consciousness through the individual energy beings that people have in their forcefields.

Again, you have a huge collective beast of anger. Any one of you hearing or reading this, this huge collective beast could at any moment direct an energy impulse at you, that if it was to enter your energy field would completely overwhelm you. However, it cannot enter your energy field in its unrestricted form, there must be an opening for it to enter. And that opening is if you have your own anger entity in your emotional body. That anger entity in your emotional body has a certain intensity, which means we could say that it has created a hole in your energy field of a certain size, just to give you a linear illustration, reality is not quite as linear, but this will do.

So, you have your total energy field, which you can envision as somewhat of an oval or egg shape around your physical body, and somewhere in the lower half of that energy field, in what we have called the electronic belt, there is a hole, there is an opening. This hole connects you, so to speak, to the collective anger entity, and the collective anger entity can then direct energy through that hole. Obviously, the amount of energy depends on the size of the hole, and that is why if you only have a little hole, as is the case for most people, you are very rarely going to be completely overwhelmed by anger.

Many spiritual people, you can look back at your lives and see that you may have become upset, you may have become angry, but you have never really completely lost it to the anger, you have never been completely absorbed in it as you see some people that are completely consumed by anger. This is because there is a limited hole for the anger entity to project into your energy field, so It does not overwhelm you completely. There is still some part of your mind that can look at the situation from the outside, and maybe stop yourself from doing something physical, which many people do who are not so protected and who have a bigger hole in their energy fields.

When you come to this realization, you realize that you cannot be a human being living on a planet like earth and make aware choices, where you are aware of the consequences of your choices if you do not understand this dynamic. How can you live a free life, where you are making free conscious decisions, if you are not aware that certain choices will tie you to a collective beast that can overwhelm you and greatly influence not only your actions, but how you feel about life, how you think and even how you see yourself?

When you look at the human experience on earth, you see that people have throughout history done many, many things that they have regretted later. Many acts of violence, many crimes are committed in the heat of passion, in the heat of the moment, where people were, so to speak, not fully in control of themselves. Prisons are full of them. Therapeutic offices are full of people like this. There are many more people who just go around with this burden in themselves, feeling bad about something they did perhaps many years ago, in a moment where they had lost control. Again, many, many therapists, many, many people in public service have had contact with such people, they have tried to help them but they have come up against limitations, because they cannot understand how a person can suddenly shift and lose control of their minds.

Well, I have now given you the real explanation for this. People have a hole in their energy fields, a collective beast directs a very intense energy impulse at them, and they simply lose control over their thinking process, even over their sense of identity, that there are certain things that I do not do, being the kind of person I am. I am not a violent person, I do not respond with violence. They cannot think clearly and therefore with their thoughts stop their emotions. They are overwhelmed by the emotions and they cannot use their higher minds to override the emotions and prevent the emotions from spilling over into their physical actions, and so in a moment they lose control, they commit some kind of act of violence.

Sometimes, in the very moment that act has been committed and cannot be taken back, they snap out of this hypnotic state and instantly regret what they did. Why could they not stop themselves? This is the question that many scientists and therapists have asked, and I have now given you the answer. It is not the popular answer based on current scientific materialism, but it is the real answer.

What does this mean for our topic of relationships? Well, it means that this very mechanism has an extremely powerful and extremely profound influence on most relationships. There are many, many relationships on earth that are locked in a pattern, because one or both of the partners have an individual energy being in their energy field that is tied to a collective energy being. Sometimes they can both be tied to the same collective being. One pattern you often see, is that you have a man who is physically and verbally abusive towards his woman. He may beat her, he may abuse her emotionally, tell her she is stupid, she is not worth anything, she needs to know her place and all of these things.

Why is this so? Well, because this man grew up in one of these paternal environments where he was indoctrinated from early childhood, but most likely indoctrinated over several lifetimes, with this view that women are inferior to men and should obey men. He has created, most likely over several lifetimes, this energy being in his own energy field at all three of the higher levels. He sees that he is a man, and because he is a man he is superior to any woman, simply because he is a man.

He, most likely in these Abrahamic religions, does not believe in reincarnation, so he does not realize he has been a woman in some past lifetimes. He thinks he is only a man, he has always been a man and therefore he is superior to women. This influences how he thinks in his mental body that the relationship with his wife should be. She should do certain things, she should not do other things, she should obey him, or she should not complain. And if she does not obey him, he is entitled to become angry at her and he is entitled to express that anger, to put her down in an attempt to scold her into submission. But, if he cannot do this by emotional pressure, by directing anger and blame at her, he is entitled to beat her because she needs to know her place as God has prescribed in the Bible, which is the word of God and therefore the infallible rulebook for how men should treat women, and how women should allow themselves to be treated.

So, in his individual energy field is this energy being, which of course is tied to the collective energy being, which as you can see by looking at history, it is very strong because it has been created by these religions over thousands of years. For that matter, it even goes back further than these known religions. Now, you have the woman who has also grown up in a culture like this, probably for several lifetimes, but she does not recognize or remember, that she has been a man in some past lifetimes. She thinks she is a woman and that her role is defined by this, so she thinks that she needs to submit to this. She knows what her husband is doing is unfair, he is simply living a convenient life, perhaps having her do all the work, but if she objects to it then she knows what the consequence will be.

But many times these women cannot completely submit to it, because they have also in past lives created these energy beings in their auras of rebelling against male authority, which is also tied into a collective beast. So, sometimes she rebels and then he becomes really angry and starts beating her up and then she submits. Sometimes, even in order to survive physically she submits, and then she feels bad about this and now she goes through this period of blaming herself. This makes her submit for a time until she again gathers up some intensity to object, and the whole pattern repeats.

There are also more modern variants of this, which you see in some of the more developed nations, where there are women who have built this momentum of rebelling against male authority, while refusing to completely obey their husbands. But many of them have gone into this very sarcastic, ironic way of blaming their husbands, as a way to exercise control over the man as a compensation for his control over them. So, you see many of these people, even in modern nations who are locked in these power games, essentially who has the most power in the family, sometimes they divide it up so that the man is in charge of some areas and the woman in charge of others, and sometimes they are fighting about everything.

So, you see that when you look at this situation, when you go back to this idea that if you really have free will, you should be able to do anything you want and not be limited by the consequences of your choices. Well, you cannot actually do this. You can do it when you know what the consequences of your choices will be. Then you can make an evaluation: Do I want to pay the price or do I not want to do this particular action when I know the consequence? And then when you do not make the choice to do that action, you will not be limited by the consequences and therefore you will keep your free will as free as it can be, on a planet like earth with the density of matter, the density of the collective consciousness.

The density of matter is something created collectively by humankind, and it means there are certain very long term consequences that are not easy to overcome in one lifetime. This is in a certain sense, a limitation of free will, but it is a result of other free will choices and you cannot really logically say, that when you are making choices that limit your future choices, this is God’s fault, this is God’s will that is limiting you, this is God’s punishment. It is the consequence of your own choice, if you do not want the consequence, make a different choice.

It really is that simple my beloved, it really is that simple. This is freedom of choice. But it is only freedom of choice when you know the consequence. And the situation you have right now on earth, is that the fallen beings have prevented people from knowing the consequences and at the same time they have created these beasts that are projecting at people, that if they have free will, they should not have the consequences. This is not God’s doing. This is not a situation that God put you in. This is the situation that the fallen beings put you in, but they can only put you in that situation if you make the choices that make you vulnerable to their projections. You see my beloved, one of the shifts that is close to happening, to being able to happen in many people in the more developed nations, is this shift where you can look at life on earth and you can say: “What kind of a life do I want to live?” “Do I want to live a disempowered life, or do I want to live an empowered life?”

Now again, look at these modern nations that are democracies, that acknowledge the rights of their citizens, that all human beings are created equal and have been given inalienable rights. What is it really that has been happening in these nations? It is that people have become more aware, more educated, and as a result of this they can see more options, they can make more free choices. That means people have become empowered. People have more options, more freedom to design their life the way they want, than their parents or grandparents did. They have more economic freedom, more freedom to get education, more freedom to decide where they want to live, whether they want to move to another country, what career they want to have, and so forth.

People are more empowered today than they were a century or so ago. It is in line with the development in these modern nations that people become increasingly empowered. But, if you do not know the consequences of your choices on your own psychology, how can you be fully empowered? And this leads to the point where you can take two options here, you can say: “If God’s will and the way God created the world limits my choices, what can I do about it? Well, there is nothing I can do, because if God is almighty and all powerful as he is portrayed to be, then there is nothing that I as an individual human being on a little planet like earth can do about this. I cannot change God’s will. This means I am condemned to live a disempowered life.”

Now, I can of course reject all religion. And I can say, religion has been trying to restrict people telling them what to do or not to do, with all of these restrictions that Christians or Muslims are supposed to follow. And many modern people will say: “Well I have liberated myself from the constraints of religion.” Well! yes you have. But you have not liberated yourself from the restraints of energetic beings that you do not see, and that your materialistic philosophy does not acknowledge, even though they are as real as bacteria were before they were recognized by science.

You recognize of course, that the earth was still round when everybody believed it was flat and that bacteria existed, even before they were discovered by human beings. And so these energy beings do exist, even though they are not acknowledged by official science. What I am giving you here is knowledge that can empower you to make more free choices. Because, what we have consistently been saying for a long time is simply this. The universe is a mirror, the universe is a reality simulator, and it can only reflect back to you what you are projecting out through your consciousness, your four lower bodies. We have told you that you are not just projecting with the conscious mind, but also with the emotional, mental and identity levels of the mind. And what you are projecting out at subconscious levels will be reflected back to you by the cosmic mirror, by the reality simulator as the physical conditions you see around you.

This goes for your individual life, but of course it needs to be recognized that you live on a planet with many other people, so there is a collective reality that has been created over a long period of time, which you cannot override with your individual free will. What you can do, is free yourself from having any reactionary patterns to that collective reality, temporary reality that has been created. You recognize here, that if you want to live an empowered life, you need to come to this point of recognizing, that every aspect of your life experience is affected by the contents of your four lower bodies. And the only way to change your life experience is to stop looking outside yourself, stop looking at the splinter in your brother’s eye as Jesus said 2000 years ago, and instead looking at what is in your own eye, your own consciousness.

It was not only “eye” e-y-e that he meant, but also “I” as the self who you are. The beam in your “I” your “self.” This is what the first ray of God’s will is all about. It is about taking back your freedom of will so that you are making free conscious choices, instead of allowing something in your subconscious mind to make choices about how you react to various situations. And this of course, goes very much for relationships. What do you see when you look at relationships on earth?  So many people, as Mother Mary said are blaming their partner. So many people are thinking, I cannot possibly change until my partner changes. It is a complete lie. It is a complete lie foisted upon people ultimately by the fallen beings but also through their culture.

Even the monotheistic religions are giving you this sense that you are a powerless being. You are powerless to change God’s design. But God hasn’t designed the specifics. He has designed or rather the Elohim have designed how the reality simulator works. But the specifics of how your outer situation is, is designed or is a result of your choices, the input you put into the reality simulator. And more importantly, your experience of your circumstances is entirely determined by the contents of your consciousness, your four lower bodies.

Why is this important? Well this is another lie. Again, are you empowered or disempowered? Well, what do the vast majority of people believe in the world? Well, first of all they believe that they are facing a set of physical circumstances that they did not create and that they cannot change. It is beyond their power to change. But this is not necessarily incorrect, as I said, there is a collectively created situation on earth, a set of certain parameters. But what people have been misled by the fallen beings ultimately to believe, is that your state of mind is a result of your external circumstances and that the only way to change your state of mind and be at peace or be happy, is to change your external circumstances.

You see how this disempowers you by putting you in a catch 22, an impossible situation. You are told that your external circumstances are the result of God’s Will or impersonal laws of nature, but at the same time you are told you cannot change your state of mind without changing your external circumstances. Well! How more disempowered can you be? The only way, the only logical, rational, intuitive way out of this is, to realize that this is a lie and that you need a different approach and the approach is what we have given you.

What have we said over and over again? It is not your outer circumstances that really matter. It is the inner experience you are having that matters. Because, what is the purpose of the reality simulator? It is to give you certain experiences that eventually shift your consciousness, because the purpose of life is your growth in consciousness. We have said this over and over again. I know many of you know it, but I am repeating it here because I am projecting this into the collective consciousness.

The purpose of life is your growth in consciousness. You grow in consciousness by having certain experiences until you shift your consciousness, your awareness to a higher level. You have free will so you can decide how many experiences of a certain kind you need, for how long you need to experience this kind of experience, for example of being disempowered. But eventually, you will come to a point where you want more, because you have that drive for more that is built into the growth in consciousness, and so you will shift.

Even the fallen beings will eventually reach a certain point. You see here, that the first will is all about taking back your power of will, your power to change your own situation. That means changing your life experience and that means changing what is in your four lower bodies. And the first step towards this, is to recognize that you have certain energy beings in your four lower bodies, in your three higher bodies that tie you to the collective energy beings – and you need to cut that tie. The first order of business, the first rule of first aid is to stop the accident. You need to invoke protection from me to create a shield around your energy field. You need to call to Astrea to cut you free from the ties to these collective beings. Then when you have done that, you can get some reprieve. You can so to speak, catch your breath, you can get your head above water so you do not feel you are drowning in this overwhelming energy.

But this of course is only the first step. And if you just keep invoking protection and Astrea and violet flame, as many ascended master students have done in previous dispensations, there comes a point where we can no longer protect you. Because, you of course need to deal with the cause of why you were vulnerable to these external forces, and those are the internal forces. You need to be willing to look for the beam in your own eye and see what is there. This is, of course what we have given you tools to do. But what I want to give you here is, that in order to really be protected, or be cut free from these collective forces, you need to generate a certain intensity of will.

We see students all the time, and we have talked about this before in various contexts. But we see that there are students that come to our teachings, and they have one imbalance of power where they are, we might say, too powerful in an unbalanced way. They think that the louder you decree, the more powerful you are, regardless of whether you have the heart in it or not. They think that the more powerfully they can talk, the more determined they seem, the more powerful they are. Often they are not willing to look at the beam in their own eye, because they think they just have to manifest this willpower and keep plowing through all the problems, and it works for a time. But there comes that point where it stops working and now these people often do not know what to do.

Then you have the opposite polarity of people who have an unbalanced power to the other side, a lack of power, where they are so reluctant to express power and determination towards other people. You have the people who are constantly willing to tell other people what to do and how to do it, they are constantly willing to direct an intense energy at them, to blue ray them as the saying was in a previous dispensation. And you have those people who are the opposites, who are never willing to really take a strong stand, they are certainly not willing to express it, but even within themselves they are not willing to make a firm decision. So, you need to find a balance between these two, where you are not deciding with the outer mind, but you come to a point within where there is something that motivates you to say: “These dark forces are not going to influence me anymore.”

This messenger many years ago, when he understood this dynamic based on our previous teachings, he came to a point where he intuitively saw how many forces were seeking to influence him. How they had even for lifetimes been attempting to influence him, and suddenly spontaneously came up from the depth of his being this determination. “They are not going to get me this time. They are not going to get me in this lifetime, they are not going to control this lifetime.” This was the motivation he needed – to have that willpower where he was willing to look at how he was being influenced, and he had that determination “this has to stop” and he was then willing to go after it with the tools that he had at the time, which were far less elaborate than the tools that you have today with these latest teachings we have given you.

But still he had tools that enabled him to make significant progress. And he of course, for quite a number of years was very diligent in giving decrees for protection, decrees to Astrea, the Violet flame and other decrees. This was a necessary phase for him, to seal himself from the downward pull of the collective consciousness and these dark forces. Even the fallen beings who were seeking to derail him because they knew his potential to become a messenger and ascend after this lifetime.

What you need to recognize as spiritual students, as those who are more aware and who have in your divine plans to ascend after this lifetime, is that, yes there are these collective entities in the collective consciousness that will seek to influence you, but that is not really even your major concern. Your major concern is that there are fallen beings and they will target you.

You will see that there are fallen beings who, they have certain general tools that they just use for all people. They are seeking to influence all people by casting a wide net as they say. But the fallen beings are very, very intent on targeting those who are the greater threat to them, especially avatars but also those among the original inhabitants that have reached a certain level, those who have a potential to manifest Christhood in this lifetime, and to ascend after this lifetime. These are the ones that they will target and most of you who are hearing or reading this, you have been targeted by these dark forces.

You need to recognize this, and you need to have that determination to look for “how are these forces seeking to influence you.” You, of course, need to start by cleaning your own house first. Sweeping in front of your own door first as the saying goes. Clearing out your own energy field, clearing your psychology and using all of the tools we have given you.

But you also need to recognize that one of the primary ways in which the fallen beings will seek to derail your divine plan and your ascension, is through your relationships.

Many of you have people around you, often in close relationships, who are either fallen beings, who are in the fallen consciousness, or whose minds can at least from time to time be taken over, either by fallen beings or by collective entities. This means that these people can be used as weapons to target you, and to derail your progress and your divine plan.

I can assure you that many, many people throughout the ages, not just ascended master students but many other people who had a potential to do something beyond the ordinary, have had their divine plans aborted by a deliberate attack by the fallen beings through their personal relationships. The fallen beings found somebody in their sphere of personal relationships that they could use as a weapon to derail these people’s mission. It is one of the most common reasons why people do not fulfill their missions, their divine plans.

You need to recognize here that this is a very real situation that you are facing as a spiritual person. Of course you can use the tools, of course you can decree for the protection of your relationships, but you can also decree for yourself to be cut free, or for the other people to be cut free from the astral plane. But, again, your decrees are not going to work against their free will. They will not really work against your own free will either, but they will work for a time to give you that reprieve. You can, to some degree do that for other people as well, but again, if they are not on the spiritual path, then your decrees have limited influence on them because they do not work against free will.

There comes a point where you need to again, get that determination of will, where you say: “I see I have a pattern with this person, this person can cause me to react in a certain way so I lose my harmony, but this is not going to happen anymore, I will not allow this to happen.” Now, if it still happens, you do not need to blame yourself, you need to reinforce this determination: “This is not going to happen, I am going to break this, I am breaking this pattern.” When you come to that point of determination that is not the outer mind but it comes from within, that can have a major impact on the relationship.

There are some of you who have people who on a regular basis lose their harmony because they are taken over, they are used as a weapon by dark forces. But when you make this determination that you will not allow this anymore, you will not react to these people, in some cases the dark forces will simply drop that person and stop using them because they are no longer effectful, and this can set the other person free to actually have a more positive life, and go on with life.

This can be enough in itself. But there can also be times where the person is not really a passive participant, but the person has more of an active intent to influence you, to have power over you, to control you, to force you into these reactionary patterns. This is what you need to learn to recognize. Therefore, you can again for a time, when you recognize that a certain person is deliberately trying to pull you into these patterns, you can use it as a tool to look at your own reactionary patterns, to resolve this in your psychology so that you can be free of it.

When you are free of it, when you no longer need to react to that person, then you can then start looking at: “Well, now I can actually be around this person without reacting. But do I want to be around this person?” Especially if the person persists with the same type of behavior so that you can never really have a real conversation with that person, then you might come to a point where you make that choice to say: “I no longer want to be around this person and I certainly do not want to engage in these patterns with this person, so that we repeat this pattern.” Even if you do not lose your harmony, your time, your attention is still being occupied by the other person and you have a right to come to a point where you say: “No more of this.”

You can then tell the other person if you feel like it or you can withdraw, that is up to you. But there can come this point where you need to make that decision. You also need to recognize here, that there are some of you who are avatars, you came to earth to help the planet, to help other people. Many of you have in many past lifetimes chosen to embody with people who had a very difficult psychology. Many of you have chosen to embody with fallen beings of various, shall we say “intensity or low state of consciousness” because you wanted to give these people an opportunity to be around you, to see that you did not look at life and you did not respond the way they did. Many of you have done this in past lifetimes, many of you have done it in this lifetime. Many of you who want this to be your last lifetime have done it, not so much to help these fallen beings, because you have realized in past lifetimes that you cannot help them. But you have done it to help yourself, to sort of force yourself to look at these remnants of patterns that you have, that give them an influence on your consciousness.

You need to recognize this, and you need to have that determination to be free of these people, to be free of these patterns, to be free of the fallen beings and the dark forces, so you do not have any ties there. Because you cannot have an emotional tie to a fallen being, a desire to reform that fallen being and ascend from earth. You will need to come back to give that fallen being another opportunity, until you have had enough of doing this. Until you have had enough of the experience of seeking to help people who cannot be helped.

I am the one who is giving you these rather dire and sombre thoughts because this is part of the first ray, this is part of willpower. There comes a point where you must make a choice, a fully conscious choice to say “no” to this, “yes” to something higher. There are some of you, I must tell you again, because this is my job as the Archangel of the first ray, there are some of you who have a passive approach to the spiritual path and spiritual growth.

It is a variation of what we have called the automatic path. You think that “well, I have made the choice to study this teaching, I have made a choice to engage and go into this teaching, I have made the choice to accept these tools and to use them diligently. This must be all I need to do. I do not really need to make these difficult decisions that I find so unpleasant to make. I can coast along, giving the decrees and invocations, studying the teachings, going to conferences and one day “poof ” I will be ready for my ascension.”

Well, my beloved, there is no “poof ” that makes you ready for your ascension. The only thing that makes you ready for your ascension is decisions. Decisions to let go of something on earth and to embrace something higher. To let go of what pulls you back to earth and embrace what pulls you to the ascended realm. There comes a point where you must make these decisions, otherwise you will be standing at a certain level and you will not be able to understand why you are not going beyond it, why you are not making progress.

We see people in this dispensation who are at this point, some have been on this point for many years. We see even more in previous dispensations and in many other spiritual teachings. They feel they have applied themselves, they have done whatever they were told, they have studied, they have practiced, they have prostrated themselves on the floor 10,000 times as the Tibetans prescribe, they have done all of these other things and they think it should be enough.

But my beloved, you will not “slide” into heaven. You must “will” to go into heaven. And in order to will to go into heaven, you must will to leave behind everything on earth, everything that ties you to earth. Because, as we have said before, when you stand there in front of that gate, you must take one last look back at earth, and there cannot be anything that ties you, that pulls you back here. Because it must be a completely free decision to leave the earth permanently. And you cannot make that decision if there is an attachment, a tie, something that pulls you back. You must “will” it.

I am not telling you what your will should be. I am just telling you what is the only way to enter the ascended realm. It is the last decision you make on earth. It is to leave. And what does that mean? It means that before you can make the decision to leave, you must have made all the other decisions you can make on earth. And what are all these other decisions you can make on earth? It is: “I no longer want this. I want something more. I select this thing out, I select out this experience. I have had enough of this experience, that experience, the next experience.” Anything you think you can own on earth you must be willing to let go of. Any experience you can have on earth, you must be willing to say: “I want something more, I have had enough of this.” Any experience you think you should have on earth you must be willing to say “I want something more.”

There cannot be anything unfulfilled. There cannot be anything on earth that you have not selected out. Otherwise, how can you leave through a free-will choice? And my beloved, nothing can force you into the ascended realm. Even all of the fallen beings in this unascended sphere, if they decided to pull their forces together, they could not force a person into the ascended realm. It is a completely free choice. In a sense, it is the freest choice you will ever make in an unascended sphere, is to ascend. Because by then you will have made all the other choices that could be made.

What have I said? The purpose of life is your growth in consciousness. What is growth in consciousness? Well, at any moment, you have a sense of who you are, you have a sense of self. We have said you start with a point-like sense of identity, and you gradually expand it. How do you expand your sense of identity? You choose a way, you select out your present sense of identity and you choose, “do I  want something higher”?

There are a number, a vast number of possible identities you can have on earth. And you must have selected them all out and want something more before you can ascend. Because that is what the ascension is, there is nothing more, there is no more sense of identity you want on earth. Now you want the higher identity of the ascended realm and that is the most free choice you will ever make, because nothing pulls you into a lower sense of identity.

I have given you what I wanted to give you and what I wanted to release into the collective consciousness. You have my gratitude for being willing to endure this somewhat intense release that is probably not very encouraging for a lot of people. But it is really encouraging, when you begin to lock into how this can empower you. How switching your determination to overcome these lower forces can empower you to make more and more free choices. Then it is certainly not depressing anymore, but ultimately liberating as some of you can already witness to, as this messenger can certainly witness to and as all of us who have ascended can witness to.

With this, I seal you in the great joy that I AM, because I know the will of God. I know the power of God and I have chosen what the will of God is for me, because I am not separated from my God. The will of my God is my will and my will is God’s Will.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

We need alternative approaches in the psychological profession


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, September 3, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for America –Towards Golden Age Relationships.

I am the Ascended Master Mother Mary. It is my privilege and my joy to open this conference on this topic of moving towards golden age relationships.

Why have we called it “towards” golden age relationships? Well, for a couple of reasons. First of all, we have said before that the golden age is not a final result, it will never be so that there comes a date where you can say now the golden age is manifest and then the ideal society will last for 1000 years or more. This is not the vision of Saint Germain, as he has said several times. The golden age is an ongoing process or unfolding that will last for the next 2000 years. You will see more changes in the next 2000 years than you have seen in the last 2000 years. If you look back 2000 years to the time when I was in embodiment as the mother of Jesus, you will see what immense changes have taken place in at least most societies on earth. I recognize you can find places where hardly any changes have taken place. One of them of course, being Afghanistan, as you must wonder right now if anything has changed over the past twenty or 2000 years.

Nevertheless, the golden age is an ongoing process, so golden age relationships will continue to change over time as we move further and further into the golden age. The other reason we are talking about “towards” golden age relationships is that we, of course, cannot expect you and we do not expect you, our students, to manifest golden age relationships right here and now. We are intent on giving you not a final result that you should be living up to right now. We are not in any way attempting to put some goal before you that you cannot live up to. We are intent on giving you some teachings that can help you move forward to the next stage of your personal growth, of your relationships and therefore, you can also help pull the collective consciousness up towards more golden age type relationships. But of course, we recognize that in the present situation on earth, it is not possible to manifest truly golden age relationships, not even for the more evolved of our students, although you can certainly begin to approach it.

Why is it not possible to manifest golden age relationships in the current situation on earth? Well, that is indeed part of what we wish to discourse on during this conference. You see, my beloved, if you look at most people around the world, whether they live in this culture, or that culture, a more developed culture or less developed culture, you will see there are certain universal tendencies.

Most people have a certain sense of fairness, they have a certain sense that you should not be put in a situation where there are things you do not know and because you do not know this you end up making a severe mistake. Despite the fact that you did not know exactly what you were doing, you did not know exactly what the situation was, you did not know exactly what the consequences would be, you still have to live with the consequences. Most people would say that this is unfair.

Of course, we of the ascended masters agree, but the stark reality of life on earth is that the vast majority of people are constantly in situations where they do not know all aspects of that situation and how it will affect them, how it will affect others and what the consequences will be. Most people live their entire lives in a very dramatic form of ignorance about basic aspects of their situation and their lives. This of course, is what we are seeking to change as ascended masters and have been seeking to change for a very long time, by gradually giving what we have called progressive revelation, but also by working with people in all fields of society, who are open to receiving new ideas that brings society forward.

You will see, if you look back at the last 2000 years, and look at some of the progress that has happened, you will see that a very big factor in this progress has been increased knowledge, but not just increased knowledge, also an increased awareness, a raising of awareness. As we have said before, the really real driving force behind progress is this increased awareness of how life works. Therefore, obviously, as we move into the golden age, people’s awareness will continue to be raised and the speed at which the golden age can be manifest will be very much determined by people’s ability and willingness to raise their awareness.

Now, many people, as I said, live in a very severe form of ignorance. One aspect of this form of ignorance is that they think that this increase in awareness that they can see when they are looking back, that this was simply because people in past ages did not know. There were just so many things they did not know, because they had not discovered it yet. The reality, of course, as we have told you many times over, is that the reason people did not know was that some other people and some other non-material beings did not want them to know.

Most people think that ignorance is what we have called innocent ignorance where you just do not know. But there are, of course, two forms of ignorance that are very common among most people. Most people actually have this form of ignorance where there are certain things they do not want to know, there are certain things they do not want to see. But besides that, there is the more aggressive external form of ignorance where there are forces and beings in this world who do not want people to know and who are actively keeping knowledge away from them. This of course, applies to all aspects of life on earth, as we have talked about many times, including in our books on dictatorships, fanaticism, elitism, and now ideology. What we will focus on at this conference is the fact that one of the areas where people are deliberately kept in ignorance about what is their actual situation, is precisely relationships.

If we step back from relationships, and it is necessary to step back, because for the vast majority of people on earth, nothing is more personal to them than their relationships, there are very few things that gets them more emotionally involved, that makes them feel more personally attached than personal relationships. In other words, what personalizes people’s lives is personal relationships, more than almost any other factor. Of course, the more personalized something is, the more personal you take it, the more serious it is for you, the more blind you are to seeing what is going on, the more difficult for you it will be to see.

Let us try to step back from the personal situation, your personal situation and let us just envision that we are stepping back, we are actually rising up from the surface of the earth. We are rising physically up through the atmosphere, we are rising up through the emotional level, we are rising up through the mental level, we are rising up through the identity level to the higher levels of the identity level. From this elevated position, we are looking down on earth as if from a great distance. We are not really at a great distance in the sense that everything looks small and it is hard to see, but we are outside of our personal perception filter that makes everything seem so important and so serious. We can see everything, but it is as if we are seeing it from a distance.

Now, seeing from this distance, what do relationships on earth look like? Well, first of all, we need to look at the earth. What kind of planet are you on? This is a question that the vast majority of people in the world rarely, if ever, think to ask. What kind of planet am I on? Are there other kinds of planets than planets like earth? Could it be that there are planets with vastly different conditions than what we have on earth? Most people, of course, take for granted that “earth is it” as they say. This is the only planet there is or at least the only planet they know about or want to know about. The way things are on earth are just the only way they could be. They think that the way relationships are on earth are the only way they could be. Maybe even that this is the way they should be.

You, of course, know, as we have told you many times, that there are other types of planets, there is something we have called natural planets. In contrast to this, earth is an unnatural planet, because earth is much more dense, much more dark, the collective consciousness on earth is lower. Therefore, as a result of this, all conditions on earth are much more difficult than they are on a natural planet that is lighter, where you do not have the resistance and the density.

Really, the reality is that earth is a very, very difficult planet to live on. It is especially a very, very difficult planet for personal relationships. When you look at life on earth, and this goes whether you are a spiritual person, or a person who is not spiritually inclined at this point. What we can say is that for all people, one of, if not the most difficult aspect of their lives, is personal relationships.

You look at many, many people and you see that from a very, very early age, almost from infancy and forward, they are very much affected by their personal relationships, family, siblings at first, but then you start kindergarten or school. Now there are teachers and classmates. There are other family members besides your immediate family and as you go through life, you meet more and more people. You expand your circle of the people you know and interact with, which means that as you go through life, you have more and more personal relationships.

For most people, their personal relationships also tend to become more and more personal. They might become more conflict ridden, they might become more difficult. People might take these relationships more and more seriously and it becomes difficult for them to distance themselves from it long enough to ask if there is a different type of relationship than the one they have been thrust into in this lifetime.

The reason why I want to start out giving you this thought is that the first step really, towards improving any relationship, is to distance yourself from it long enough to at least ask the question: “Could there be a different approach to this relationship than the one I have taken so far?” How can you improve or change a relationship if you cannot ask that question? If you cannot even ask the question, how can you start the process? Is there a better way? That is the first question that needs to be asked and you cannot ask that when you are so involved in a relationship, taking it so seriously that it blinds you to any alternative.

It is as if you look at most relationships on earth and the ones that are very personal, very serious, very intense, you see that it is as if they are on a track. You can talk about a broken record that keeps going around in the same track, repeating the same line of the song and then bump… and then the verse repeats again, and so on. But you can also say that people are on a roller coaster of ups and downs, sometimes the relationship is better, sometimes it is worse, but it is still on a track that never really seems to change, that never seems to go towards a different outcome. Why is this? Why is it that people get locked on these tracks? Well, here is again where we need to talk about the ignorance that most people have.

One of the most severe forms of ignorance when it comes to personal relationships, is that most people do not grow up with an understanding of reincarnation. Therefore, they can only look at their relationships based on this lifetime. But my beloved, most of the personal relationships you have did not begin with this lifetime. They go back often many, many lifetimes, sometimes even to your earliest incarnation on earth. How can you improve a relationship, if you only consider what happened in this lifetime? You may look at your interactions with a certain person in this lifetime. As an example, let us just say your mother.

You look at your relationship to your mother, from whom you were born, how she brought you up, how she treated you as an infant, how she toilet trained you (as the Freudian psychologists are so keen on looking at), what she told you about yourself, how she disciplined you, how she scolded you, how she brought you up to be a certain type of person. You look at this and you may get some hints of course, based on how she treated you, based on how you reacted to it. This may give you some idea that there are certain patterns, there are certain dynamics in your relationship. But how can you really understand the depth, the severity, the complexity and the momentum of these patterns, unless you begin to consider that perhaps they go back several, perhaps even many lifetimes. It is really only when you consider a longer time span, that you can begin to understand why people are locked in their relationships, why their relationships are locked on a track.

My beloved, look at a simple fact that many people have observed in their families. You have two siblings, almost from infancy they are in conflict with each other. Maybe they cannot live without each other, but they cannot live with each other without arguing, without teasing and without seeking to dominate. It is as if they are locked in this game from infants. If you look at traditional worldly psychology, how can you explain this? How can you explain that here are two siblings that get along just fine and here are two other siblings that are in constant conflict? How can you explain that here is one person that has one sibling that it can get along with and another sibling that it cannot get along with and this started in infancy or when they were very young? What could possibly have happened to these children when they were babies that caused this kind of conflict and animosity and inability to communicate?

But when you consider reincarnation, you know of course, that if these relationships go back many lifetimes, well, these two siblings could have been in conflict for literally hundreds of years in various incarnations. They have carried this with them for a very long time. Is it any wonder that they come into this embodiment with these patterns and therefore it starts when they are in the crib? They were born fighting with each other, because they were fighting with each other in their last lifetime and in their last many lifetimes together. If you do not understand this, how can you look at any of your personal relationships and really see what is going on?

The other aspect of not knowing this is of course, that people become quite impatient, or they give up. Some people, of course, give up because they cannot see how they could possibly change anything. That is just the way that person is and that is just the way my relationship to that person is. They give up even trying, but others are open to the fact that perhaps the relationship could change. They read a few books on popular psychology, maybe they do some various exercises or go into therapy, or whatever they do. But they think that if a pattern was created in this lifetime, it should be easy to dissolve it. When they see that after years of work, there does not seem to be any progress in their relationship, they become very impatient with the other person, with themselves and they often stop blaming themselves, or they again, come to a point where they just give up and say: “Oh, the other person is never going to change so the relationship is never going to change”.

For you, who are spiritual people, you need to recognize here that there is a tendency among spiritual people that you want quick results. Now, this is of course, a tendency that is very much programmed into the collective psychology by the entire advertising industry, by businesses, but ultimately of course, by the fallen beings. The psychology of instant gratification—it was there a long time ago. It started a long time ago, but was of course accelerated by the age of plastic, these little cards you have in your wallet, where you can instantly buy whatever you want, and pay later. This has led to this age of instant gratification where many people expect that when they make a certain effort, when they pay the money, there should be results. The results should be guaranteed and it should be quick. Even spiritual people have been affected by this. There is a certain tendency among spiritual people to think that I should get instant results from doing a spiritual practice or studying a spiritual teaching. This is greatly reinforced by many false teachings and false gurus out there that promise their people instant results.

You need to recognize that there are false gurus out there who promise people that they have such a profound teaching, they have such a powerful spiritual technique, that just a few years of practice will give these amazing results where all people’s problems will be solved. They will raise their consciousness and attain cosmic consciousness in just a few years, by closing their eyes and meditating 20 minutes morning and evening, or whatever you have out there. There is an entire industry of these false gurus who are promising instant results. Many spiritual people feel that if this really was the highest spiritual teaching and if I do apply myself to it, I should get instant results. If you do not, you either become disappointed in the outer teaching or you become disappointed in yourself, wondering what you have done wrong. But again, my beloved, if you have relationships that go back centuries, or perhaps even as the book about My Lives talks about — 2 million years on this planet, how can you expect this to be dissolved in just a few years.

Now, this is not said to discourage you, we have given you some very powerful tools in the books, Healing Your Spiritual Traumas and the others, so you can resolve many things fairly quickly. But only when you go very, very far back in time and look at these very early experiences you had on earth. You realize, of course, that those of you who are avatars, your relationship issues started when you encountered the fallen beings who attempted to destroy you for coming to earth. If you are one of the original inhabitants of the earth, your relationship issues also started when you first encountered the fallen beings, where they also tried to dominate you and make you either a slave or at least not make you a threat to their dominance of earth. You see that either way, there are certain patterns in your relationships that go very, very far back in time. How can you expect that this is resolved very quickly?

Now, it can be resolved. Many of you have already resolved very deep issues in your relationships. Many of you can resolve these issues in the rest of this lifetime, for many of you, in less than the rest of this lifetime, but you need to have that certain patience with yourself and with the other people in your relationships that things can take time. Therefore, you need to look out for this beginning frustration that some people feel because the dark forces, the fallen beings and even your own separate selves, will exploit this mercilessly. This is not for nothing that it has been said that discouragement is the sharpest tool in the devil’s toolkit. When you fall prey to this double effect of first you have the projection that you should have instant gratification and then you have the projection that if you do not get it there is something wrong and you become discouraged. Then you will be attacked mercilessly by dark forces, perhaps even by other people that will be used by dark forces to try to discourage you.

You need to recognize here that a personal relationship is for most people, the most difficult aspect of their lives, the most difficult thing they undertake or they take upon themselves is a personal relationship and the reason for this is very simple. Again, you need to consider reincarnation. You take worldly psychology, you look at a child, it grew up in what by most standards would be called a normal, relatively harmonious home. It has a father and a mother, they get along fairly well, they have a good economy, they live in a house and the child grows up in a stable environment. Yet the child turns out to be unable to function in life. It may have anger issues. It may have substance abuse issues. It may not have any initiative, not wanting to do anything. It may have more severe psychological issues.

If you take traditional psychology and look at many, many children in the world, and you probably know some of them yourselves, you can say that in the worldly psychology as it is today, there is no explanation for why that person should have such severe psychological issues. The person was not exposed to any trauma at any point in its life. How do you explain that people have these severe issues, some even from childhood, when they were not abused, they were not exposed to trauma? There was really no reason in this lifetime for why the child should have such a difficult psychology.

You can only understand this by looking at reincarnation and realize that this person has not had just this lifetime to build its psychology. It has had many, many lifetimes going back hundreds of thousands of years. Then you look at planet earth, you look at what you know about history, all of the wars, all the conflicts, all of the famines, all of the poverty, all of these conditions that have existed in various societies and you are saying: “But really, we should change our definition of normal because given the reality of reincarnation, given the reality of how this planet has been for the last several hundred years, the normal human being must have a difficult psychology, because a normal human being must have been exposed to many traumatic events in past lifetimes. They received absolutely no help in past lifetimes to deal with these psychological issues, so naturally they carry them with them into this lifetime. And that is why they come in with such a difficult psychology”.

If we would recognize this in the field of psychology, then perhaps they could get help to deal with their psychology in this lifetime but if you do not recognize this, how difficult is it to help such people? Well, those who are psychologists and who are honest will know that they are often at a loss. Naturally, psychologists are brought up in the western scientific tradition, and effect must have a cause. So here you have a client sitting in your office or lying on your couch, telling you about some issue they have. Naturally, you are saying: “This is an effect, it must have a cause, there must have been some traumatic event or trauma that happened in that person’s life. I am going to dig into that person all the way to childhood and see if there is something they have suppressed and they are not even aware of”.

The process starts unraveling, going back to early childhood, looking for anything that might even have been suppressed and there is nothing to find. There comes a point for many psychologists when they are honest, that they say, or maybe they do not say, but at least sense and they should be saying: “I have now unraveled this person’s entire lifetime, back to birth and I do not find any traumatic experience that can be the cause for the effect I observe in the person’s psychology. What do I do now?” Well, you can either abandon the quest to find a cause and just deal with the issue as some psychologists do. Or you can say: “Well, if I cannot find a cause in this lifetime, perhaps I need to look beyond it” as some psychologists also do. This, of course, is what can and will, as we move into the golden age, shift the entire field of psychology.

Certainly, one of the aspects of relationships in the golden age will be, as I said, a higher awareness and this is what I have talked about here, one aspect of this higher awareness. As we move further into the golden age, there will be a growing awareness that human beings are first and foremost psychological beings. Every aspect of the life of a human being is affected by that person’s psychology. Therefore, if we are to help people with their psychology, well, we must look deeply into a person’s psychology to find the cause for the patterns, for the dysfunctions, for the traumas that we observe. As we move further into the golden age, there will be a growing awareness of the reality of reincarnation, there will be a recognition of this. It will not happen in the context of a particular religion. It is not so that people in the Western world will suddenly become Hindus or Buddhists as many Christians are projecting that if you think about reincarnation, you will become a Hindu or Buddhist. That is not the case.

What will happen is that there will be a universal awareness of the reality of reincarnation based on work with people’s psychology and based on people remembering past lives and new kinds of therapies, some already developed such as hypnotherapy, where people can uncover their past lives, at least enough to see the cause of a certain trauma, resolve that trauma and lo and behold, they are free of the trauma in their present lifetime, but only because they went far enough back to uncover it and consciously work on it, thereby resolving the trauma that they did not receive in this lifetime.

One of the great shifts that will happen in the golden age and it is not so far out, is that we will overcome, people will overcome what we have talked about in our books on fanaticism, elitism and ideology. People will overcome what Gautama called the “ideological mindset”, where they look at life and they say: “Here is our ideology, here is our wonderful theory of how life should work. We must find ways to confirm and validate that theory, because it must work and therefore, it must produce the results that we desire to produce”.

One of the fields that has the potential to be among the first to break through this is precisely psychology because so many psychologists have reached that point of frustration where they have done everything within current psychological theory to help their patients, but they cannot help their patients. They must look at: “Well, is there some other modality? Is there some other approach that could help my clients overcome these deep traumas?” Even if they do not believe in reincarnation literally, they can still use a certain form of therapy and help their clients. Some psychologists have been willing to do this, they have even said: “It is not a matter of proving or disproving whether reincarnation is a reality. The only thing that matters to me right now is the practical results. Can I take my client through a series of past life regressions and help that client resolve something in their psychology? If it works, then I do not care why or how it works”.

This, of course, is not the ultimate approach that will be taken in the golden age. But it is an interim step that is quite acceptable. It is a practical reality of saying: “Well, if our present approach, which is an ideological approach based on an idea of how the world should work, if that present approach is not working, can we find an approach that is? Then, of course, we can help our clients and if it works, we will use it. Why shouldn’t we? If we discover some kind of natural remedy, or some kind of chemical that helps people overcome a physical disease, then obviously, we would use that remedy, even if we do not know exactly how it works, we have just observed that it works.”

What you really see here is that this shift that I am talking about and it is already beginning to happen in many people, but this shift that I am talking about is that people take a practical, realistic approach of saying: “What can help? What works? What actually helps people?” They are willing to look beyond the confines of their present view, their present ideology, their present science, because it does not really, in the end, matter so much what is the ultimate understanding? What really matters is what works. These are people who instead of taking an ideological approach, they take a practical approach and they look at how can we help others and then we do that.

The next shift, as I said that will happen as we move a little further into the golden age, is that there is a realization that human beings are first and foremost psychological beings. What does that mean? It means every aspect of people’s lives is affected by their personal psychology. Obviously, their personal relationships are affected by their personal psychology. This means that when you have a relationship between two people, or even more people, you cannot, as many relationship counselors or therapists today tend to do, look at the relationship, look at the family, look at it as a unit.

You need to actually start by looking at the individual psychologies of the people involved. What patterns do they have? There is a certain attitude that is found not only among therapists, but also among many other people. It is the attitude that when you are in a relationship with the other person and you have a tendency to become angry, then it is because the other person does something that makes you angry. You look at what is the dynamic in the relationship. What is the other person doing that makes you angry, and then you might say: “Well, could the other person change his or her behavior, so you do not become angry?” I am not saying that this is not part of the process, but the reality is and this is what will become more and more apparent as we move a little further into the golden age, is that your anger is not caused by the other person. Your anger is caused by patterns in your psychology that may go back many lifetimes. You may have had lifetimes with that other person. But you may not. It may actually be that that pattern of anger started independently of this person that is currently your spouse or significant other and therefore, was not caused by them.

What will happen is that the major shift that will begin and of course, some therapists who are progressive, creative, forward thinking have already made this shift. The shift that will happen is that a relationship between two people is not the cause of what happens in the individual psyches of the two people. The relationship is just a catalyst that brings it out. The relationship makes visible what is in the subconscious minds of each of the two people. Therefore, in order to change the dynamic of the relationship, you must go into the individual psyche of the two people and start working there.

This is a shift that is underway, but it will gain momentum and you can help bring about that shift in momentum or you can help build and reinforce that momentum. You can do it in several ways. You can do it of course by making the calls for this. But you can also do it by making the shift yourself by looking at your own relationships and saying: “What if my partner is not causing my reaction? What if my partner is only making visible something in my own psychology and it is that something in my psychology that causes my reaction to my partner”? Now, mind you, I am not saying here that your partner does not have psychological issues. They may very well have severe psychological issues. That is not the issue for you. Because the issue for you if you are spiritual students, is how do I make spiritual progress? How do I qualify for my ascension?

As we have said before, you and your partner are not qualifying for your ascension together. There is a popular saying out there: “There is no ‘I’ in ‘team’.” But there is an I, in a sense, ‘I on’, because you are not ascending as a team. Yes, many spiritual people can of course, reinforce each other’s growth and raise their consciousness together but in the end, each person ascends as an individual. You alone walk through that gate to the ascended realm and become an ascended master. That means that in order to qualify for your ascension, you need to resolve your psychology, not your partner’s psychology, not your father’s psychology, not your mother’s psychology, not your children’s psychology. You need to resolve your psychology. If you are willing to make that shift, as of course many of you have already done, that is how you help raise the collective consciousness and bring this shift, where more and more people, (because it will not be just therapists, it will also be the people who seek out therapists), will make this shift and say: “Let us just look at the individual psychology.”

This shift that will happen is actually multifaceted and it is quite profound. If you think about what I have just said, instead of looking at a relationship between two people as a unit, you divide it up into two separate spheres. This should actually be very much in line with Western scientific tradition where you always seek to break things up into smaller units. But that is beside the point here. You look at the individual psychology of each person. What you often see in many relationships, at least the kinds of relationships that therapists come in contact with, is that you have two people, one is open to therapy and doing something about the relationship and the other is not, or is at least reluctant. Often, of course, it is the woman in a relationship, (if it is a man-woman relationship), it is the woman who is more open to therapy than the man. It is not always the case, but often so. You have this situation where you have a tense relationship, one person wants to do something about it, goes to a counselor, but the feedback that the woman gets is that: “Well, we can only really do something if you can also get your husband to come into therapy”. Now she has to put pressure on her husband in an already tense relationship, to try to force him to do something he does not want to do. In many cases, it just creates animosity and tension that does not really lead to a positive result. There are of course exceptions to this but I am pointing out a tendency.

Once you recognize that a relationship is actually between two individual people, each with their individual psychology, then you can say: “Okay, I am one partner in a relationship. We are having some tension or some difficulties. Because of the tension, it is difficult for me to communicate with my partner, it is difficult for me to make my partner change or see the need for therapy. What can I do? Is my only option to try to force my partner?” No, your other option is to say: “What do I need to work with in my psychology? What do I need to resolve there and what if I just focus on resolving as much as I can in my individual psychology? Isn’t it possible that this will also change the dynamics of the relationship?”

I know that many of you as spiritual people, you have made that switch. But just look out there in the world and consider how many people there are who have never even thought about this. They have never even considered this because they are as I said, so blinded by the intensity and the seriousness of their relationship that they are projecting out: “It is my partner who is this way, and therefore I have to react this way, and I cannot change unless my partner changes”. This, of course, it is a lie that has been reinforced by the fallen beings for a very long time on this planet and other planets where they have been, because they are always trying to get people into this situation where two people, husband and wife, are each projecting that it is the other person’s fault and they are the ones who need to change and I cannot change unless my partner changes.

Why do the fallen beings do this? Because then two people are truly stuck, they are stuck in that pattern. How can they ever get out of it? They cannot. Because over a very long time, the fallen beings have created these roles for men and women. This is another thing that means people are blindfolded when they are walking into relationships, because they do not realize how powerful are these collective patterns. You may say many people are blinded in another way because they do not realize there is something called the collective consciousness that they are part of, that they are affected by.

They do not realize that there are these patterns, we have called them “beasts” in the collective consciousness that will seek to affect them individually. People do not realize that for a very long time on this planet, there has been this projection that men are dominant. Men are the more powerful, men are the ones who should be in charge and women should be in a submissive, subversive role.

Well, just look at what this has led to in many different cultures. Look at the entire patriarchal culture, the patriarchal mindset that women should know their place. Women should fulfill a certain role and be subservient to and servants of men. Is there any single idea or set of ideas that has caused more relationship problems than this? That men should be superior to women in a relationship between two people? Already there, going back into the mists of history, you have created a very, very powerful collective beast that affects all men and women who dare to enter a relationship. Already there, the man and a woman are locked in a certain pattern and when that pattern becomes more intense and affects both of them negatively, there is already a tension built. How can they sit down and have a neutral conversation about this when the tension is there?

Now, you see the situation that we have talked about, that the 2020’s is a decade of women. But you can even see that for many years, even decades, women have been more open to change. Women have often been the ones who want to try and change the nature of the relationship. But the relationship is already locked in a pattern because men are supposed to be a certain way, women are supposed to be a certain way. That means men and women are supposed to talk to each other, or not talk to each other, in a certain way. They are already locked in a pattern going back millennia.

How can a man and a woman break through this, this very old pattern, this very strong pattern in the collective? Well, in most cases, they cannot. In some cases they can and it is to the credit of both the man and the woman that they have, in past lifetimes, started to question these traditional roles. You see, of course, in some of the more progressive countries where the relationship between men and women has changed dramatically over the last several decades and women have become more liberated or there has been more equality and there has been more equality in the mindset where men and women can talk about things that previous generations could not talk about.

There has indeed already been progress. In order to really accelerate this progress, there needs to be this recognition that a woman does not necessarily have to get her husband to go into relationship therapy in order to improve the relationship. The woman, or the man for that matter, if the reverse is the case, can say: “I will focus on my own psychology. I will look at my partner simply as an echo—as a sounding box, that throws back at me what I am projecting out, even though I am not consciously aware of it. So, I will say: What does my reaction to my husband say about my psychology and how can I deal with that psychology, get to the bottom of it and resolve it?”

This is, quite frankly, a revolutionary shift. If women, and of course, some men, but if many women around the world, especially in the more developed countries would make this shift, it would have very dramatic effects on the collective over some time because what would happen is that these women would begin to resolve things, deep patterns in their psychology that go back lifetimes.

All of a sudden, when you do not have a pattern in your psychology, you are not going to react to your husband the way you did before you resolved that pattern. What then is going to happen? Well, there are several things that can happen. One is that your husband can say: “Oh, wonderful, she is not complaining and nagging anymore, I can go on living the way I am comfortable.” Or the husband can actually change and realize: “Oh, I do not actually have to behave the way towards my wife that I saw my father behave towards my mother.” He may actually change. He may change his behavior. He may even start to look at his psychology, he might be inspired by his wife changing and say: “Wow, she really has changed. Was that really because of that therapy she was doing? What if I could change also?”

Of course, if the husband is not willing to change, what will happen then? Well, again, one of two things can happen to the woman. She can say: “Well, actually, now that I do not have this reaction to my husband, I can live with him. Our relationship is not too bad. We have children, we have responsibilities. I can live with this, at least for the time being. Maybe when the children are grown up, I will take another look”. Or the woman might say: “Yeah, now that I do not have the reaction, I can live with my husband but does that really mean I want to? Is this the kind of relationship I really want, or do I want a different kind of relationship?” As we have said before, if you change yourself, then either your partner will change or you will change your partner and find a partner that has more of the resolved psychology that you now have and therefore, you can have a higher form of relationship.

Now, I have already given you a lot here. But I still want to focus on one more thing even though this is the opening dictation for this conference, but you realize with only two sessions a day, we have a lot of ground to cover. When this shift towards a recognition of reincarnation really gains momentum, there are many questions that can be asked about relationships. Of course, you could say that most people today are living in ignorance because they do not know about reincarnation. But what is the so-to-speak omega aspect of reincarnation? It is of course karma.

You are spiritual people. You are all familiar with it, but look around you in most societies—most of the developed societies on earth and they are completely oblivious to the concept of karma. You can ask yourself, “Is this really sustainable”? You have these countries that are in many ways highly developed, they have achieved amazing results compared to how they were two or three generations ago. But they are still completely ignorant of the most basic aspect of life on earth, which is that everything you do is done with energy. It qualifies energy with a certain vibration and that energy stays with you in your four lower bodies and it stays with you from lifetime to lifetime, until you do something about it.

You see here that there may be a certain physical consequence of an action you take. In most of these developed countries, they would say that if you go and you buy a used car and they know that the engine is worn down but they do not tell you. So, you sign a contract, you sign for a loan and you are thinking you are buying a good car and you drive out of the used car lot. Three weeks later, the engine burns out and the used car salesman knew about this, but did not tell you. Here is a physical consequence and most of these developed countries would say: “Well, you should not be liable for that consequence, because you did not know—if you had known you would not have bought the car. The used car salesman should have told you and therefore should give you your money back”.

Well, my beloved, these very same highly developed countries do not want their own children to know that everything they do makes karma. Karma is a consequence. Now, you may have certain things that children do that have a physical consequence. These highly developed societies, they want their children to know about the physical consequences. If you touch a hot stove, you are going to burn your fingers. If you walk out on the street without looking right and left, you might get run over by a car. These societies want their children to know all about physical consequences so they can protect themselves.

They do not want their children to know about the non-physical consequences of what they do and how it makes karma, how it qualifies energy that accumulates in their emotional bodies, their mental bodies, their identity bodies, and affects these children in very, very profound ways. It affects how they feel about themselves, how they feel about life, what they think, how clearly they are able to think, what they are able to reason about. It even affects how they see themselves.

These highly developed societies, who all know what Einstein said-— that everything is energy. They do not want their own children to know the very simple fact that they have four bodies, three of them are not physical, they are what we might call energy bodies, even though the physical is, of course, also an energy body, but at least they are non-physical energy bodies. Just as toxins and chemicals and radiation and heavy metals can accumulate in the physical body, so can toxic emotions, toxic thoughts and a toxic sense of identity accumulate in the three higher bodies. The more it accumulates, the more it affects people’s feelings, thinking and how they see themselves. These highly developed societies, for some reason, do not want their children to know this. They are actually unofficially, sanctioning that all of their children grow up in ignorance about one of the most basic facts of life on earth-— that everything you do is done with energy and everything you do affects energy that will accumulate and affect you. Very simple.

This is what is what in the East is called karma. You could just as easily call it an ‘energy consequence’. You could call it some other fancy name you could come up with, but it does not matter. It is a reality. It is a reality that could even be made visible with technology that is already there, digital cameras hooked up to computers. But even by just talking to people, looking at people, even many psychologists could very quickly make this breakthrough of recognizing that there is an energy component to a mental condition, a psychological condition, a psychological illness. It is not difficult my beloved, to look at a patient who has severe emotional trauma and see that there must be a buildup of a certain type of energy in that person’s emotional body. You can see throughout this person’s lifetime, how that build up has become more and more intense and the more intense it becomes, the more it cripples the person emotionally. How difficult is it to see this?

Just take what is already observed, what is already talked about by many psychologists, and just snap it into focus and realize here: “If we really want to help our patients, we need to find a way to help them overcome this buildup of emotional energy.” Or even look at the fact that certain people are locked in a pattern but they can only look at themselves, their lives and their relationships a certain way and it is because there is a certain amount of energy that has been built up in the mental body. It acts as a magnet and it magnetizes these people’s conscious mind to thinking in certain patterns. It cannot think outside of that pattern because the energy has such a magnetic effect that it pulls their minds.

Or go into the identity body and realize that some people are so locked in a certain sense of identity. For example, what you call narcissists, which there is a growing awareness of in the psychological profession. Well, is it not possible to see that narcissists have a very, very locked sense of identity, not only of who they are, but who they are in relation to other people? Is it not possible that this could be because there is a certain energy that has built up in these people’s identity bodies, that are acting like a prison where these people cannot see? They cannot step outside of that prison and look at themselves and other people and their relationship to other people in any other way. They are locked in a pattern. If we want to help these people, we have to find a way to help them deal with that buildup of energy. Is it really too much to ask?

Of course, again, some therapists have begun thinking in these terms, but what I am doing here is directing this impulse into the collective consciousness so that it can spread like rings in the water, so that more and more people will pick up on this. As we have said before, suddenly, a person who has been thinking about this for a long time, all of a sudden, that person experiences a breakthrough. Now suddenly, several things come together and it is just obvious that this is the way it is. With that recognition comes the willingness to try out various methods. When you see that it works, well, we may not understand exactly how it works, but it works. And that is what matters.

You will see my beloved, that within the foreseeable future, there will be a shift in the psychological profession. I am talking here in broad terms, not only people who have a university degree as a psychologist, or psychiatrist, but people who are seeking to help people with their psychology in many ways. There will be a shift, where there will be the emergence of a new type of therapist, counselor, whatever you want to call it.

These are people who are open to new ideas, who are experimental and who can actually help their clients and produce results. You will see that there will be, as there always is when these things happen, the psychological profession itself, the institutions of the profession, will ‘hunker down’ as they say, they will stick to their tried-and-true principles. They will label anything new as quackery and unscientific and they will try to suppress it. But what will happen is another revolution from below where more and more people, ordinary people so to speak, are going to say: “I do not care what the psychological profession says. I care about results and if this person can help me, I am going to go to that person”. That is what will force the psychological profession to eventually change because they will realize that they have been sidetracked. They are marginalized. Nobody cares about them anymore, except those who are inside the circle of the ‘real’ professionals, the ‘real’ scientists.

These are the thoughts I wanted to give you in this installment. They might be a big mouthful, but certainly I can tell you that we cannot really move into golden age relationships until we move into the golden age psychology, the golden age therapy. I am grateful for your attention, your willingness to again, have me use your chakras as broadcasting stations so that this can go deeply into the collective consciousness and reach those people who have been working on many of these issues, but who have been struggling to break through. They have been up against some kind of resistance, they do not know what it is, they do not understand what it is.

But now with this impulse, some of them can break through it, they can see it is obvious that there is a different way, there is a different approach we need, and they will be willing to experiment with it and go with it. Many people will look for alternatives. Suddenly, there will be this gradual shift in awareness. One of the outcomes of the decades of the 2020s is that more and more women will begin to look for these alternative approaches to dealing with their own psychology and also to dealing with relationships in general.

With this, I seal you in the love of the mother’s heart and I give you my gratitude for your willingness to be part of this very transformative event that one of our conferences, be they physical or over the internet, truly can be and have been so far.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Towards Golden Age Relationships

Letting go of your expectations


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, April 25, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. It is my privilege, my joy and my choice to seal this conference as I have sealed so many others. But of course, it is also my choice to give a certain teaching.

When you look back at that time, so long ago, so many centuries ago, when I walked this earth in embodiment as Gautama, what did I say? I formulated The Noble Truths, one of which is that life is suffering. What was my goal with the teaching I gave? It was of course, to set people free from suffering.

But when you look at Buddhism, what was it? Some have called it a religion. Many people in the West have called it a religion because they do not understand what Buddhism truly is. They have often not bothered to even study it. They may look at some of the practices performed by modern Buddhists, but they have never bothered to study the teaching and truly understand what Buddhism is. For that matter, many modern practitioners of Buddhism do not understand what Buddhism is. Buddhism has also been called a philosophy. But is it really a philosophy? Does it talk about the creation of the universe and cosmological topics? Nay.

Buddhism is a very practical thing. It is really a psychological tool, a psychological system, if you will to use the word system, a psychological method. The entire purpose is to set people free from suffering. And where does the suffering take place? In the psyche, in the mind. What is the key given to overcome suffering? It is to overcome attachments. What is an attachment? It is not something that comes with your email. Nor is it some physical thing attached to your body. It is an attachment in the mind. It is a psychological condition.

What then is the key to Buddhism? It is to resolve the psychological conditions that make you attached to the things of this world. The phenomena in this world, the dualistic pairs, the events, other people, places, that make you attached to certain physical things and events, certain emotions, certain thoughts, a certain sense of worldly or earthly identity.

How do you resolve this? By working with your psychology. Why did I not simply say that 2500 years ago? Because the collective consciousness was so much lower than it is today that it was impossible to give people these concepts about the psyche that we can give you today. People simply did not have the foundation for understanding it. As you can clearly see that they did not have the foundation for understanding many of the scientific concepts that you learned about in elementary school. This collective consciousness simply was not there.

So what have we of the ascended masters been doing for the past 2500 years and even for longer? We have been gradually bringing the collective consciousness upwards, bringing various fields of knowledge forward, bringing language forward, so that we could give these concepts that we can give you now about the human psyche, about how it works about the four lower bodies, about the flow of energy, about the separate selves and how to resolve them.

When you look back at this very long time span, you can see how many small elements needed to be put into place in order to bring planet earth to the point where this teaching could be given, where it could be received by a critical mass of people who by practicing it would bring the collective consciousness forward.

It is only a matter of time, and a relatively short time, before these concepts will be common knowledge. This does not mean again that the majority of people will recognize ascended masters. But they will recognize these concepts of how to take command over your own mind, your own psyche, and how to systematically, deliberately, consciously change your state of mind so that you rise above suffering, overcome the attachments that cause your suffering and attain some measure of what I call bliss, but which is really not what most people conceive it as where they think it is some form of extreme happiness.

Nay, it is rather what we might call peace of mind which comes from being in a neutral state of mind. This means that you have no attachments. The demons of Mara may come to you when you are sitting in meditation and try to pull you into a reaction, but they have nothing in you whereby they can pull you to react to them. You are simply non-attached to any condition on earth.

But take note of the distinction. Non-attachment does not mean that nothing matters, and that you do not care about anything. It means you are not attached. You are not looking at life on earth, approaching life on earth through the dualistic mind. You have risen above it. You can still engage in life, you can still feel joy, but it is not the joy that has an opposite of sorrow. You can feel happiness, but it is not the happiness that has an opposite of unhappiness. You are from a dualistic perspective in a neutral frame of mind. As you see these statues of the Buddha, where he sits with this enigmatic, slight smile that demonstrates that non-attachment, but still an inner peace and inner joy.

What is it that I, the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, desire for all people? Well, it is of course that they attain this. At least that they attain some state of inner peace, some state of healing of their psychological wounds and traumas, overcoming these attachments that put them under stress. Twenty-five hundred years ago, I said life is suffering. Today with the vocabulary that is available, we could say that life is stress. Life is tension, inner tension. What is stress? Well, there can be physical stress, but stress is primarily a psychological condition. You feel stressed. Yes, you can say you are stressed, but it is still a psychological condition.

When I, as the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, look at the Russian people, what do I see? Well, I see that many of them have been under tremendous stress for several lifetimes. Many of those who embody in Russia today are also under tremendous stress. Just their daily lives give them such a sense of being stressed that it is overwhelming to many, it is too much for some, and they go into various forms of addiction to numb themselves with chemicals, or certain activities that take their minds off this stress they are feeling. Some will do almost anything for a brief reprieve from that sense of almost unbearable stress.

How can you expect people who are under such stress to be sensitive to life? They are not sensitive to their own lives. How can they be sensitive to others? How can you expect them to take responsibility for their own lives, for their nation, involve themselves in various aspects of society? How can you expect them to do anything but try to cope with the stresses of daily life?

Saint Germain talked about raising the Russian people to the point of material affluence, where they do not have to spend all their time and attention on making a physical living. But this of course, has an Omega side, which is that, as has been demonstrated by many people in the West, you can have good material conditions and still be under psychological stress.

It is clear that much of the stress that many people are feeling in Russia now does come from the struggle to make a physical living. And much of that would be relieved when the conditions are better materially. But still of course, this is just the first stage, and the second stage is the healing of psychology so that the people of Russia also begin to overcome that inner psychological stress that is not actually caused by the material conditions, but only exaggerated by those material conditions.

The real cause is what has happened to them during Soviet times, during tsarist times and even during modern times, and they need psychological healing for this. What is the key to it? Well, it is of course to recognize that you feel stressed because there is a mechanism in your psychology that makes you think that you yourself can only be a certain way, or that life can only be a certain way.

This is an attachment to a particular view of life, to a particular way of looking at life, a particular perception filter. You have in the past been exposed to trauma, manipulation, propaganda, that caused you to accept a certain view of life. For example, that life is a struggle, that you cannot trust the state, that you cannot trust other people, that everybody is out to get you, that everybody is opposing you, that nobody is giving you the respect you want, or many other things. You think this is the only way to look at life.

And as a result of that, you think that when people do not do what you want them to do, you can only react by feeling stressed, by feeling upset, by feeling angry, by lashing out, by being aggressive and trying to silence them instead of working with yourself and asking yourself why what they say upsets you so. And then realizing that anything that upsets you is not the outer condition. It is the inner condition, the attachment in the psyche. That is what upsets you. The key to not being upset, the key to overcoming the stress is not to change the outer conditions, not to change other people, but to change the inner condition so that you can face the same outer conditions. Look it straight in the eye and say: “So what? You think you have power over me? You think you can force me to react a certain way? Nay. That was the past me. But the me that I am today, you have no power over me.”

This is of course, not limited to the Russian people. It applies to all people on earth. And I do not expect that the Russian people will turn to Buddhism in the foreseeable future. But certainly, I do expect that our ascended master students will use these ideas, use these tools, and that you thereby will pull up on the collective consciousness so that people begin to grasp and accept these ideas without even realizing that they are based on Buddhic teachings or they come from the ascended masters or whatever.

We are not looking to turn Russia into a Buddhist nation, or an ascended master nation. We are looking to get people to accept a set of universal ideas that helps them improve their personal lives.

Now, I wish to give some teachings that are building upon what Mother Mary gave earlier in her magnificent discourse on how to overcome the sense of being stuck on the spiritual path. My perspective on this is of course, what I have already given you, which is the key of the Buddhic teachings: overcoming your attachments. But I especially wish to focus on one aspect of this one type of attachment. And it is what you would normally call expectations.

Now, as mother Mary and Jesus and others have said, when you first find the spiritual path, be it in an ascended master teaching or elsewhere, you are at a certain level of consciousness. You come from a certain background, you have certain ideas and beliefs that have entered your mind in this and past lifetimes. And you can do nothing else but start at that point. But what makes a person decide to engage in this unfamiliar concept of a spiritual path to higher states of consciousness? What motivates you to put forth an effort to study the sometimes complex teachings, to practice these somewhat strange rituals, and to spend much time and energy and effort on this?

You have to have a motivation. And what motivates people is of course, that they have an expectation of something. And if you look at human existence, if you look at this and past civilizations, if you look at human history, you see a pattern emerge. This pattern is: you make an effort, and then you receive a reward.

You can see this going back into the mists of history. You make an effort, you receive a reward. This is of course, a concept that we might say is natural. It is part of the path of a lifestream that starts out as we have said with a point-like sense of identity, and gradually expands it. You make an effort, you receive a reward.

On a natural planet you make an effort by formulating a certain matrix in your mind, and then you see the physical manifestation of that matrix and that is your reward. This is the beginning stages of being a co-creator. And what is it that happens on a natural planet? It is whatever matrix you can hold in your mind with sufficient intensity, you can manifest.

This of course, is not the same on an unnatural planet where matter is more dense, where the collective consciousness is dense, where there are many, many people that might oppose you and especially where there are fallen beings. We can say that there was a natural concept of making an effort, receiving a reward, but the fallen beings have manipulated that concept. They have perverted that concept and used it to manipulate people in a myriad of subtle ways.

One of their favorite games is to give people an expectation that if they make a certain effort for a long time, they will receive a certain reward. And then they get people to make the effort, and they do not get the reward. And then they come and say: “No, but you didn’t work hard enough, you have to make an even stronger effort.” And then people do that, and they still do not get the reward. And the fallen beings have created a sport that is: how many times can you make people continue to believe that if they make an even harder effort, they will get the reward?

In Russia, you see a version of this that says: “If you, the Russian people, will sacrifice enough on behalf of the State, you will get a reward.” In the Catholic times, the version was: “If you make enough of an effort to follow the dictates of the church, to fight for the church in the crusades, to give your money to the church, to do this and do that, you will be rewarded after this lifetime.” It is simply a sport for the fallen beings to take people through these cycles of making an effort, being disappointed, getting them to make a new effort, disappointing them again, and so on until the people have finally had enough and say “Stop.”

Likewise, of course, with the spiritual path. As Mother Mary talked about the outer path, you think that if you do all of these decrees and invocations, study all these teachings, come to conferences, do this and do that, you will receive a certain reward, however you look at it, based on the state of consciousness you have when you find the path. Then you do this for 5,10, 15, 20 years, until you finally feel disappointed, and perhaps leave the teachings, or perhaps go into denial and continue making the effort thinking you will be rewarded after this lifetime.

The reality is, my beloved, there was a time when you found the spiritual path in some form or another. You had a certain level of consciousness and based on that level of consciousness, your background, not only in this lifetime, but in past lifetimes, you created a motivation for yourself for following the spiritual path based on a certain expectation.

You accepted that you would have to make an effort. But you expected that when you did make the effort, you would receive a certain reward. You may have found the spiritual path in some other form but at some point you come to the ascended master teachings. Now you take the teachings of the ascended masters, and you again motivate yourself. You create a motivation for yourself that says: “If I do this, as defined by these teachings, I will get this reward.”

There are many, many people throughout the world who have expected that if they follow a certain spiritual teaching or guru, practice certain techniques for a while they will receive, they will attain a higher state of consciousness, cosmic consciousness, unity consciousness, enlightenment, whatever they call it.

You as ascended master students are not, most of you, different. You have a certain expectation of what will happen when you apply yourself to the path. Again, there is no blame here, what else can you do? You must start where you are. You will get absolutely nowhere if you do not do something. If you do not make an effort, you will make no progress, so you need a motivation for making that effort, and that motivation is based on the level of consciousness you have, the way you look at the path, the way you look at yourself, look at God, look at the ascended masters, many complex issues. Each of you might have your own motivation. There is nothing wrong with this. It is perfectly inevitable that you do this.

But how do you then avoid coming to these points where the motivation you had when you started has taken you as far as you can go, and now as Mother Mary described, you need to step up to a higher level but your outer mind does not know how to do this, so you start feeling discouraged, you start feeling you are not growing, you are not making enough progress, it really does not mean anything anymore. How do you avoid this reaction?

Well, there is only one way and that is to recognize that as you walk the path, you will from time to time have to take a look at your expectations. You will have to realize that the expectation you had was limited by the level of consciousness you had. But now that you have made the effort, applied the teachings, you have risen in consciousness. This means you can now grasp a higher motivation and you can form a different expectation of what will happen.

The question really is, do you understand this, can you grasp this with your outer mind as well and recognize that, as Mother Mary said, the path has stages?  And in order to get from one stage to the next, you have to see something that you did not see on the former stage. It is the only way to grow. Especially, you have to recognize that you always need motivation. How else would you make the effort on a dense planet like earth? And in order to get motivation you need to have a certain expectation of what the reward is going to be.

We see students who find an ascended master teaching, they formulate an expectation that they will get some physical result. It might be the healing of their bodies. It might be wealth. It might be certain conditions that they desire, physical conditions. It might be certain abilities to manipulate matter and manifest things that will impress other people.

There can be many different motivations and expectations. But these are physical expectations. They will take you to a certain level of the path, but there comes that point where you are not going to grow further unless you look at these expectations, realize that they are limited and that they limit you, and that if you want to make more progress on the path, you need to simply let those expectations go by letting the selves that hold those expectations go.

This is not necessarily an easy process, but we have actually given teachings on this from various perspectives. You need to recognize the simple mechanism here. Jesus said 2000 years ago: “He who seeks to save his life shall lose it. But he who is willing to lose his life for my sake, shall find it, shall find real life, a higher form of life.” What it means is simply this: you have formulated an expectation at a certain level of consciousness. How will you see the next level of consciousness? How will you see a higher expectation that can take you to the next level of the path?

Here is the mechanism: you cannot see the next step until you have let go of your present expectation. This does not mean you need to do it when you have just come into the teachings. But when you come to this point, where you feel like you are stuck, you are not getting anywhere, that is when you need to step back, look at your motivation, look at your expectation. What kind of a reward are you expecting? Then you need to let that expectation go. To let that self die. Use the teachings on how to let go of separate selves. Let it die.

Only when you have let go of that expectation that has now outlived its purpose will you see the next. That is why the spiritual path is in a sense a process of death and rebirth. You have to let something old die before the new can be born. Before you can be reborn as a new being in Christ. It cannot be any other way. It is not that we have not said this before in various other ways. We are attempting to say it in more clear ways with a particular focus. How to get unstuck on the path.

The lowest level of expectation people have is for some physical outcome of the path. The next level up might be on some psychological outcome. It might be healing of psychology. It might be attaining certain powers. It might be attaining a certain level of consciousness.

This messenger never had the physical expectations. He always looked for a raising of consciousness because he understood that this was the key to the path. But for many years, he was motivated by the expectation that one day he would reach an ultimate level of consciousness. And he often thought: “Well, I haven’t reached that ultimate level of consciousness. But I know the path works, so there must be something I haven’t resolved in my psychology. So I keep working on my psychology and then if I keep working hard enough, until I resolve everything, then I will have that ultimate state of consciousness.”

This worked for him for many years. It can work for many of you for a long time. It has worked for many of you for a long time. But this messenger came to a point where he realized, not that he was in any particular crisis, but he simply realized that this was a limited approach. It was not until he had the teachings on the separate selves and the 144 levels of consciousness, that he realized that there is an illusion at each of the 144 levels of consciousness. The illusion, of course, is that there is something you have not seen, which is that there is some self you have not seen through and let die. There is some psychology you have not resolved.

That was when he realized that you will not actually fully resolve your psychology until you ascend. When he realized and acknowledged this, he was no longer like the donkey running after the carrot and pulling the cart. Now he could stop and say: “First of all, I’m done running after that carrot. I don’t even want that carrot. I don’t even like carrots.” Then he could turn around and look at the cart and say: “I’m done pulling that cart for this expectation that one day I’ll have this ultimate breakthrough and I will be in a higher state of consciousness. Why should I pull this expectation which actually burdens me?”

That is when he could then shift his entire approach to the spiritual path and say: “Why should I feel inadequate or bad about being at the level of consciousness I am at? Yes, I have still some psychology that needs to be resolved. But why should I feel bad about it? It’s just the way the path works on earth. I am at a certain level of consciousness and I have certain unresolved psychology from that level and up to 144th level. It can be no other way. Why should I blame myself for not being at 144th level yet? I’m at the level I’m at. My concern is to take the next step.”

He went into a state of mind where he was no longer feeling behind, he was no longer feeling inadequate and he was no longer resisting seeing something in his psychology. He was just neutrally waiting for the next thing to come up so he could look at it, work on it, let the self die and move up to the next level. And lo and behold, what did he achieve by going through this shift?

Well, in a sense he reached the ultimate level of consciousness that you can reach on earth. Namely, being at peace with being here. Being who you are at the moment, knowing you will continue to grow until you reach the 144th level, because you know you are not resisting it. You are not resisting seeing something that you need to overcome. That is the ultimate state of consciousness you can have on earth, because it gives you a sense of inner peace.

Of course, you might still have some illusions you have not seen that can give you certain reactions to certain conditions. But still, it will be much easier for you to work through that and come back to the state of peace. Or perhaps work through it without leaving the state of peace. You are in this neutral state of mind. You realize you are not seeking extreme happiness. You are not seeking bliss. You are not seeking some ecstatic experience, some dramatic peak experience. Y

ou are actually seeking the neutral state of mind so you have as few reactions to conditions on earth as possible. When you do have a reaction, you just look at it. What is the self behind it? What is the belief? You keep turning it around, looking at it from different angles until one day, you wake up in the middle of the night, and you suddenly see it: “Ah! I don’t have to do anything on earth. Ah! I don’t have to convince anybody on earth about anything. I don’t have to accomplish anything on earth, I don’t have to get a certain result on earth.” Because you realize now that there really is nothing on earth you actually want. There is no reward you could get on earth that you really want.

What you want, the reward you want, is your ascension. Well, you may want a certain reward of giving service on earth. Helping other people. Certainly, this messenger gets a certain sense of joy from having done the work he has done and from doing it still. But his real motivation is to ascend. That is what it needs to be for those of you who are in what in your divine plan is your last lifetime on earth.

Many of you have defined the goal for this lifetime to qualify for your ascension. This is in your divine plan. This means that you have often in your divine plan defined a certain timetable: “I need to grow at a certain pace in order to make it in a normal lifespan.” This is one of the reasons why you sometimes feel like you are behind, because you are behind the timetable you set for yourself, because you have not let go of that expectation. You are still stuck in wanting something on the path, wanting something on earth, some reward on earth, rather than the ascension.

What did Jesus say 2000 years ago? Those who want their reward on earth can have their reward. But those who really follow Christ are those who want their reward in heaven. That is of course, your ascension.

Many of you can come to a point where you have followed a certain motivation, you have followed a certain expectation as far as you can go. Now you are no longer making the progress you want and suddenly you can come to look at your previous motivation, and you feel the limitations of it. You experience this feeling, vanity of vanities, all is vanity. You see the meaninglessness of pursuing this goal that seemed so important to you a few years ago. But you have not let the self die. You have not let the expectation go. That is why you can not be reborn and see the next level for you, and that is why you feel stuck.

Again, as Mother Mary said, this is a very individual thing. What is your particular expectation? And what is your particular definition of the path you need to take to reap that reward? How is that formulated in your mind in words? Perhaps also in images, but especially in words. How would you describe it?

Step back and consider this. How would you describe your motivation, the reward you are seeking, and the way to get there as you have seen it so far? Then look at it, compare it to what we have said, that it is not the highest possible motivation. How does it relate to your ascension? Is it not really your ascension that is the highest motivation for you? Then adjust your expectation. Let the former expectation go. You will see a new one. You will see what is the next step. It may not be the ultimate one, but it does not matter. It is the one that can take you the next stage up on the path until you might again have to let go of that expectation and refine it.

Then you can come to that point, as the messenger has reached some time ago, you do not need expectations. You are not looking for rewards, certainly not a reward on earth. You are not waiting for something to happen. You are simply being who you are, experiencing life, expressing whatever comes to you from within to express, and you are content with this. You are at peace with it. That is again the highest state of consciousness you can reach on earth. It is not the 144th level, but it is the highest experience you can have.

You understand, perhaps, that there is a difficulty in using words to describe this process. We have given you this concept of the 144 levels of consciousness. In a sense, you would say, that means you cannot reach the highest possible state of mind until you are at the 144th level. But this is actually not the case.

There is a certain staircase you are following towards the ascension. It has 144 steps. And when you reach the 144th step on that staircase, you can ascend. For each step there is an initiation you have to pass, something you need to see. But these are steps you take, but the question now is: “What is your state of mind, your attitude, your approach to walking the staircase?”

That is what I am talking about. You can reach a certain state of consciousness, a certain approach, a certain attitude to life on earth, to the spiritual path, to making progress that is neutral, that is at peace, and this is the highest state of mind you can be in on earth. The highest approach you can attain. You may think that Jesus had attained a higher state of consciousness than this, but he did not. You may think that I attained a higher state of consciousness as the Buddha. But I did not. I reached the highest state of consciousness that could be reached at the time, given the level of the collective consciousness.

These are some thoughts that if you ponder them, if you allow yourself to absorb them, you can get yourself unstuck if you are willing to let these expectations and these selves die. Even if you do not know what comes in their place. Even if you think nothing will come in their place. Even if the selves are saying you will die if you let them die. Because you know you will not die by letting a self die, because you can never die. You can only be reborn into a higher state by letting a limited self die. This, I hope, all of you have grasped by now. I hope you have not only understood it intellectually, but you have experienced consciously letting a self die and then feeling that greater freedom that comes from it.

With this, I have given you what I and what we wanted to give you for this conference. We are grateful for this opportunity to address the topic of Russia. We are grateful that so many people from Russia have tuned in to this webinar, that you have put your attention on this, that you have been willing to have your chakras and auras be the broadcast stations whereby we can broadcast these ideas into the collective consciousness.

We are grateful that so many people from the former countries affected by the Soviet Union have also been part of this conference, and also of course, people from other parts of the world. You have all multiplied that momentum, the omega aspect of the alpha aspect of our release taken in by you, and therefore through your consciousness by you being in physical embodiment, being broadcast into the collective. It is a magnificent service that you have rendered. We are grateful. You have our great appreciation, our great acceptance of who you are right now on your path, our great love of only wanting to help you make progress and go beyond it.

With this then I seal you in that flame of Buddhic joy which is really that neutral state of the inner peace, the peace of mind. So be sealed in that flame of the neutral peace of the Buddha.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself

The transformative power of mantra chanting 


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master PadmaSambhava through Kim Michaels, April 25, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

I am the Ascended Master PadmaSambhava. How could I not respond when you are calling forth my presence by giving my mantra so many times, so many people at the same time. Truly a session of chanting like what you have just experienced, can move mountains. Mountains of mis-qualified energy can have a tremendous impact on our collective consciousness anywhere.

May I suggest to you, students of the ascended masters, that you take advantage of the recordings done by the messenger, not only of this chanting session, but of previous ones that are put on the website for all to use.

You can do it individually, but may I especially suggest that the students of Russia and of the former Soviet republics, and the former Warsaw Pact countries will organize some session preferably on a regular basis, perhaps once a month not to make it too much, where you all come together at the same time on the internet. You can sit in your individual homes, on your computers, but you are together at the same time. And you are giving these chants recorded by the messenger, you can do it for an hour for two hours for three hours, if you desire, focusing on the consuming of the energies and the records in Russia, the former Soviet republics and Warsaw Pact countries.

You do not need to make elaborate calls for this, because you are all in tune with whatever energies you have experienced in your individual countries. So simply let the chants do their work, reinforced by your own voices, by your own hearts, your own momentum. And if you will do this, you can have a tremendous impact not only on the future of Russia, but on the future of these other nations that have been affected by Russia.

I am not saying that students in other parts of the world cannot do the same. But I am, especially for this conference, suggesting that if you will do this, it will have a tremendous impact. I would also like to suggest that it would have a great impact if you who are students from these countries affected by Russia and Russia itself would find ways to have more contact, have more interaction, perhaps come together once in a while. You cannot necessarily do it physically, but you can do it on the internet and have various meetings.

I will not put any matrix on what this should be. I am simply saying that we observe there has been some tendency for the students of Russia to isolate themselves as there is a tendency for the population of Russia to isolate itself and it would be advantageous for all if there was more interaction.

I do not wish to speak long. I wanted to mainly anchor my presence in the matrix for this conference, because you have called it forth—you have earned it.

I also want to say that at every conference, there is a certain amount of work that we hope to get accomplished. And as often happens at conferences, you have exceeded that at this conference—you have gone further than we hoped and therefore accomplished more than we originally planned. And for this I naturally congratulate you. I make you simply aware of this not as a source of pride but as a source of joy, a sense of accomplishment that it is important for you to allow yourselves to have every once in a while, so that you do not fall victim to what has been called the sharpest tool in the devil’s toolkit, discouragement.

How can you experience such dictations from the ascended masters and feel discouraged? How can you experience such a chanting session and feel discouraged? How can you experience our invocations and decrees given with such momentum and feel discouraged?

Well, we understand of course, that there are many, many factors on earth that can make you feel discouraged, but only if you focus your attention on them. And one of the essential aspects of the spiritual path is to take command to take power over your attention, so you master your attention, and what you put it on, instead of allowing the fallen beings, their collective spirits, the demons, the entities, or other people to determine where you put your attention.

What is, in a sense, the ultimate empowerment you can have on earth? It is the power to control your attention. It is not necessarily a matter of control in a traditional sense, it is a matter of being aware and choosing where you put your attention.

This is what I, Padmasambhava wanted to give you. But I wish to do one more thing.

I am manifesting my presence as the Vajra Guru Padmasambhava at the Red Square in Moscow, where I sit in a lotus position and I am hovering above the ground, but I now reach my right hand down touching the ground. And I say Vajra! Vajra! Vajra! Vajra! to the four corners of Russia and thus a powerful momentum of change is unleashed. For I claim Russia for the ascended masters this day, and forevermore forward.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself

The vision for the golden age for Russia

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, April 25, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

I am the Ascended Master Saint Germain and I come to give you my Golden Age vision for Russia, or rather my vision for the golden age in Russia, or rather my vision for the golden age for the Russian people.

I have quite a number of years ago, talked about the era of the nation states coming to the point where it is no longer useful. There was a time in the evolution of society on earth when nation states were necessary. We are coming into an age, where the importance of nation states will begin to fade as it already has to some degree. I know very well, that even though I said this a number of years ago, there are people in certain nations that have not paid much attention or have not believed it, because they still have a very strong national identity. Yet the reality is, that as an ascended master (all of us ascended masters) we are not really concerned with nations, we are concerned with people.

Our task on earth is not to raise up nations, it is not even to raise up civilization as a whole. Our task on earth is to raise up people, this means individual people, but of course also groups of people.

Now, we have explained many, many times, that from an ascended master perspective, all of these outer divisions and characteristics that human beings place such great importance upon, are not important to us. We do not discriminate or judge, based on the sex of the physical body, or the sexuality of the physical body, or the race, the skin color, the hair color, the eye color, the nationality, the political beliefs, the religious beliefs. All of these things are not important to us.

Why is this so? Because you do not ascend as a man or a woman, as a white or a black or a Hispanic or an Asian person. You do not ascend as a Russian, an American, a Chinese or a Japanese. You ascend by transcending all human divisions.

What is the Golden Age of Saint Germain? Well, it is an era that is meant to bring earth closer to the ascension point. What does that mean? It means that humankind, must begin to transcend all of these outer divisions that today, serve primarily to divide people and put them into conflicts with each other.

Look at history and how religion has created conflict after conflict. Look at how political ideologies have created conflicts and how nation states and national identities have created conflicts.

Do you envision that the Golden Age of Saint Germain will be an age of such conflicts? Or do you envision that it will be an age free from such conflicts? I envision the latter. So, if you still see conflicts as part of the future on this planet, you are not seeing the Golden Age of Saint Germain, for I see an age where all war and other conflicts will be transcended. This cannot happen as long as people are divided by these outer divisions, or as long as they consider them so important.

I am not saying that all divisions will disappear. Obviously, there will still be men and women. People will have different skin color and different hair color, although towards the end of the golden age the skin color will become much more uniform, racial characteristics will begin to fade away. Still, it is not going to be an age of total uniformity, but it is going to be an age where these dividing and divisive factors fade in importance.

You might say, if you look at earth, you could say that as part of manifesting my golden age, I have placed, and I am not saying you should take this literally, but it is a symbol meant to illustrate in images you can relate to. I have placed a large space station at some distance from the earth. It is not in the physical octave but in higher octaves. This station has a huge electromagnet that pulls on the earth. It pulls the earth and all people towards the golden age ideals, the golden age ideas and the golden age consciousness. There is a magnetic pull. It is of course a part of the magnetic pull of the upward pull of the entire universe, but it is specifically focused by me with a particular vision for earth. This vision is a planetary vision.

I know very well that you can go back to previous dispensations, the I AM movement and the Summit Lighthouse and see that ascended master dictations were very focused on the United States. Presenting the United States as a very important country and as the forerunner for the golden age. You will also see, if you look at the dictations in this dispensation, that we have simply transcended this national focus. We are not focusing on one particular nation as being important.

This should allow you to see that naturally, my vision of the golden age is not that Russia saves the world, or brings the golden age single handedly. Neither is it my vision that the United States does this or any other nation. My vision is focused on people, regardless of where they live, regardless of whether they live inside this artificially drawn border, or that artificially drawn border. I know you can find expressions in various places, including these teachings that God created certain nations. Truly, do you see the ultimate Creator of the universe drawing national boundaries or borders, on this little planet called Earth?

This is metaphorically speaking, there is of course a certain grouping of lifestreams that embody on earth, based on their history together, where they originated, and so on. What has been happening now for at least a couple of generations, is that we of the ascended masters, the karmic board, we have blurred these lines between groups of people. We have allowed many, many groups of people that have for lifetimes embodied together to soften up, so that the more mature members of certain groups embody with other groups. So that some of the more wounded members of a particular group embody in other groups, for example, in other nations.

When you look at the last hundred years, especially of the Russian nation, you will see that the Russian people have been exposed to tremendous trauma. Many people have been embodying in Russia from the 1800’s and up to recent times. They have therefore been traumatized by the many different events that have taken place. Some of these people, we have moved to other nations where they have an opportunity to heal these traumas. They may, if they heal these traumas in this lifetime, embody in Russia again if they desire to do so.

We have also taken some of the more mature people from Russia, allowed them to embody in nations that are further along towards the golden age than Russia, so they can get the perspective and the ideas of how things can be done differently. Meaning they can come back to Russia and then help bring Russia forward.

When you understand this perspective, you understand that my concern is really not to bring Russia into the golden age, Russia as a nation, but to bring the Russian people into the golden age. What will that require? Well, it will require that the Russian people begin to transcend the national identity that has been created over a long period of time, going back to Czarist times, to the age of serfdom, through communism and even the period after the breakup of the Soviet Union, Putin’s takeover of power and so on.

There is a national identity that has been reinforced over a long period of time. There is a national identity that is deeply elitist, where there is a small elite that rules the general population of Russia. Where the general population are relegated to a particular role as serfs or workers, but certainly not as leaders. There is also very deeply rooted in this national identity, this entire concept that the Russian people are willing to suffer and sacrifice for the good of the nation. This gives them a sense of being special, a sense of superiority, there is also this desire, or this projection that Russia is a very special nation, that has a special role in the world.

Now, is this completely untrue or does Russia have a certain role in the world? Well, as we have said before, there are several nations that have the specific purpose of outpicturing certain things, so that the world might see the effects of this and therefore learn lessons from it.

For example, we have stated before that the Japanese people volunteered to take on this burden of the atomic bombs being exploded in Japan, in order to demonstrate to the world the effects of nuclear warfare. Many other nations have also demonstrated various things. Russia has in a sense, been used by the ascended masters to demonstrate the effects of communism. What communism does to a society, what it does to people. First of all, demonstrate that it is not a sustainable political and economic system. You can say that there are a variety of other lessons that Russia has outpictured, that the world can learn from.

Now when I say this, that Russia and many other nations are meant to help the world learn certain lessons, is it only the rest of the world that needs to learn the lesson, or does Russia itself also need to learn the lesson?

Well, of course, Russia itself is also meant to learn the lesson. When a country vows to teach the world a lesson, it is not because that country has already learned the lesson and therefore is more advanced. It is actually because that country very much needs to learn the lesson, perhaps more than most other nations.

What do I envision as the golden age changes for the Russian people? It is, of course, as other masters have talked about and that I have talked about myself. That the Russian people begin to learn the lesson from the communist past, begin to rise above a certain consciousness that is holding them back to this day, therefore they can transcend this entire period that they have gone through, that they are still going through, because they are still stuck in it.

I am not blaming anyone for this, As we have said, it was very difficult for anyone to be under the communist yoke for seven decades, then suddenly be given freedom and then having to manifest a modern democracy. So again, no blame here. But my vision for a golden age is, of course, that the Russian people, a critical mass of them transcend the mindset. Therefore rise to a level where they are simply done with that phase in their history, they can leave it behind and now they can enter an entirely new phase.

What is that phase that I see? Well, as I said, I am concerned about people. One of the plans that I have had for a very long time, going back to my embodiment as Francis Bacon and even before, is to bring forth technology. Because I saw that technology was the only realistic way to free people from this serfdom, this slavery, where the majority of the population spent all of their time and energy and attention on just surviving physically. In other words, people’s lives were focused on the needs and the demands of the physical body, which prevented them from doing what the earth is designed to do, namely that you use the physical body as a vehicle for your spiritual growth. I saw a long time ago, that for people to make really significant progress spiritually, they need to be freed from the drudgery of physical survival, they need to have free time, free energy, free attention.

Now, if you look at what we have called the modern affluent nations, you will see that people there do have more freedom of time, energy and attention than most people in Russia have today. I am perfectly aware that you can look at most people and see that they are not spending that time on spiritual growth, they are spending it many times on empty entertainment. Spiritual growth is not necessarily linked to the physical activities that people perform. You have to recognize here, that when people are severely burdened by having to sustain their physical bodies and using all their time and attention on this, everything is focused on the body. When they have free time and energy and attention, suddenly changes begin to happen.

For many people they may not happen at the conscious level, although you do see in most modern affluent nations that there is a slow, gradual, upward raising of awareness in all aspects of life but even the spiritual side of life. In many nations today, people are open to yoga, to mindfulness, to other forms of spiritual practices or healthy living. So, there is indeed progress, even though it does not center around a particular spiritual movement or philosophy.

The reality is, that the way people were living in Russia during Soviet times, made it very, very difficult for them to grow spiritually. The way many people still live in Russia, also makes it very difficult for them to grow spiritually. On top of that, you have the fact that so many people were traumatized and this also makes it difficult for them to grow spiritually, when people have a very difficult daily life, it is also very difficult for them to heal their traumas. When you give them an easier daily life, even if they are spending it on seemingly empty entertainment, there is still a healing process that begins to occur. You can just compare this to physical healing.

What is it that doctors throughout the centuries have universally prescribed for people who are physically ill? They need rest. Why do hospitals have beds? Because when the body rests, there is a natural mechanism in the body that is activated so that the body can heal itself. If the person is constantly in physical activity, that process cannot work. Well, there is a similar mechanism in the psychology. Where if people are stressed and living under great strain, where every day is an effort, every day is stress, they are always feeling burdened, they are always feeling there is something opposing them that they have to struggle against, then they cannot heal emotionally, mentally, or at the identity level.

You see what I am saying? A more affluent lifestyle, where people do not have to worry about money for their normal expenses, where they do not have to work too many hours a day, where they can live in decent housing that does not stress them, they have decent working conditions, they are not afraid of their own government, they are not afraid of speaking out, they are not afraid of meeting with other people; when people have these more relaxed, stress free conditions, the healing process will begin. It will of course not be as fast as if they deliberately used tools for healing their psychology but it will be what most people are ready for on the planet.

So, you see that the first step that I would like to see happen for the Russian people, is that they would have the same standard of living or as close to it as what you see in the most affluent nations. This would allow the souls who are still in Russia, and who are wounded from the last hundred years to begin healing. It would allow people to start looking at new ideas, looking at psychological ideas, looking at spiritual ideas and so on.

My first priority in manifesting the golden age in Russia and for the Russian people, is to raise their physical, material standard of living. Many, many people in Russia live in these concrete apartment buildings built during soviet times. They were not built really for human beings. They were built based on a very mechanized, materialistic view of human beings. There is simply a certain stress involved with living in these kind of buildings. There are many people in the rural districts of Russia who do not have modern amenities.  This also gives a certain stress, especially during the cold winters. Of course, the cold winters give a certain stress but this is something that we cannot do anything about in the short term, what we can do something about, is of course the way people live.

This is my primary goal for bringing the Russian people into the golden age. It is of course a goal I have for many other people around the world, who also live under these poor material conditions. I know you can look at Russian society and say that many people in the cities have a more affluent lifestyle, and of course they do. But there are still too many Russians who do not have this kind of a lifestyle.

My goal is to bring up the bottom line (so to speak) where it gets above a certain level as to what you see in some of the more affluent nations, where very few people are truly poor, very few people are homeless, if they are it is because of certain conditions, such as addictions or whatever it might be.

This is the first priority. I know very well that this does not seem very glamorous compared to the dream of Russian superiority. But this has never been my dream. The sooner the Russian people let go of that dream, the sooner they will come to that higher standard of living. The dream is part, as we have already explained, of what blocks the progress, what holds Russia back at the level it is at.

I am very well aware that for this higher standard of living to be manifest for the broad population, there will need to be dramatic changes in the economy of Russia. Naturally, and we have already spoken about this, so I will not go into it in great depth, but naturally, I envision that the current elitist economy will be replaced by an economy that gives more economic opportunity to all people. This will require dramatic changes in the exposure of the corruption, the oligarchs and how they are influencing the political system. It will require dramatic changes in the political system, basically it will require the removal of Putin, or the death of Putin, whatever the growth in the collective consciousness precipitates. It will of course require dramatic changes in Russia’s attitude to other nations.

We have already talked about, how the Russians have this desire to create an artificial tension between Russia and other nations as a way to keep down the Russian people. This needs to be replaced by the recognition that Russia will grow much faster, and have greater affluence if it co-operates with other nations on an equal footing, so that these other nations can trust Russia and trust Russian’s foreign policy.

You could say that, “what is it I envision for the Russian nation?” and again this will be a great shock and disappointment to those Russians who are still trapped in the old nationalist mindset. The reality is, that what I envision for Russia is that it becomes like most of the other modern nations. Modern democracies with a free political system, free elections, freedom of speech, freedom of the press, a free economy, a more equal economic opportunity, greater fairness and justice in the court system, no secret police, no aggressive foreign policy, no intent to take over other nations, no desire to create super weapons that can destroy other nations, all of these things.

In other words, when I look at the world I clearly see as I have said, that as we move into the golden age, nation states will become less important, national divisions will soften up. What does this require? This will require that nations begin to trust each other because they trust that this other nation, regardless of what past we have had, will not attack us, will not manipulate us, will not subvert us. When we make an agreement with that other nation, it will keep its end of the bargain, as we keep ours.

This is what has made the modern nations prosper. This adherence to principles as we have talked about “do unto others.” Naturally, I envision that this will happen for Russia as well, so far Russia has rejected or resisted the upward movement towards the golden age. I said I have this space station that creates a magnetic pull on earth. If you look at the planet, you will see that there are some nations that have responded positively to that pull, have allowed themselves to be pulled up. The other nations that have not yet been able to allow themselves to be pulled up, but they are slowly working towards it. Then there are just a few nations who are actually resisting the pull and refusing to be pulled up, unfortunately Russia is one of those nations.

Naturally, I envision that Russia will transcend this, so that I can do for Russia what I have done for other nations, or rather I can do for the Russian people, what I have done for the people of other nations, bring them up to the next phase which is of course the affluent lifestyle with free time. It does not mean this is the ultimate phase in the golden age but it is the next phase. It is sort of the basis for moving into the golden age, there are other phases.

There is much that will be brought forth, new ideas in all aspects of society, new technology and so on. It is quite frankly, meaningless to talk about these things for Russia, when Russia is at its current level. In other words, there are nations that have entered the beginning phases of the golden age but Russia has not. Until it does it really does not matter what comes after the beginning stages, because you cannot get there without going through the beginning stages.

So, this is the primary vision I wanted to bring out for this conference. This is the next step for the Russian people. It will require dramatic changes, so dramatic that many of the older generation will not be willing to make them. Certainly the political apparatus, the economic elite will not be willing to make them.

Nevertheless, as a critical mass of people begin to accept these ideas and ask themselves why they do not have the kind of lifestyle that they see other nations have. Then the change will happen. It can be delayed by the political economic power elite. It cannot be stopped. It has been delayed only because there are still so many people that have been manipulated into holding on to the old, or feeling hopeless that they cannot change the system. But as the equation shifts and we reach that critical mass of people, then it will change.

In a sense it has already begun to change, because it is of course not so that from one moment to the next we reach that critical mass. We are gradually moving towards it, one person here, one person there, one event here, one event there, so we are already moving towards this, but we have not yet broken through.

When will we break through? Well, difficult to predict what will be the sign of the breakthrough. One of the signs will be Putin, you can watch him. Either he goes out of embodiment, he somehow decides to leave office, or he changes his approach to being the leader of Russia. It is possible that people can shift their consciousness.

You can also watch the economic power elite. Some might decide to leave Russia because they have made enough money and now they want to spend it. Others might realize that it is not sustainable what is happening in the Russian economy. Some of them may fall. Some of these big conglomerates that they have created, may simply go bankrupt and be replaced by another form of corporation or company. These are some of the things to watch out for in the outer. What you can watch out for for in the psychology of the people, is the level of tension that they have internally. Right now it is quite high for many people. Even though many do not recognize it because they think it is normal. It is just the way life has to be.

It will gradually begin to relax as it already has for many people. When you see this spreading, where the people become more relaxed, they do not take the government as seriously, they do not believe most of what is being told to them. Then that is also a sign that we are nearing that shift that will change the equation. I know that there are still ascended master students who are holding on to this dream, that somehow Russia will turn out to be this special nation, even from a spiritual perspective.

I know that what I have said here, what we have said at this conference, what we have said at previous conferences is a disappointment even to such students. But this is the reality of how we of the ascended masters look at the situation. If you are not satisfied with this, go out, find yourself another messenger who is in contact with beings in the mental realm that will tell you what you want to hear.

We are not forcing anyone to stay in these teachings. There was in the Summit Lighthouse a certain trauma, certain schism against leaving. People felt, many people felt that they had found the highest spiritual teaching on the planet, so where could they go. That if they left it was because they were not good enough chelas.

We have again, deliberately not created this kind of mindset, not allowed the creation of this kind of mindset in this dispensation. You are absolutely free to stay or leave as a result of your choices. If you do not like what we are saying, you are free to reject it. You are free to play this little ego game of projecting that the messenger is no longer a true messenger. He is no longer in contact with the real masters that we have seen played so many times in previous dispensations as well.

We are not putting any kind of force, any kind of pressure on you. The reason for this is very simple. If you are forcing yourself to be in an ascended master teaching but not really willing to look at your psychology and transcend your consciousness, then you are not helping manifest the golden age.

As we have said now several times, how can you help pull up the collective consciousness in Russia, unless you yourself transcend the aspects in your own psychology that are holding Russia back, that are part of the national identity. This cannot be forced. It is a creative process as Mother Mary so carefully explained earlier today. We are looking for those who have a positive approach to the path, who as I said are not so identified as Russians, but identify themselves as spiritual people who have chosen to embody in Russia in this lifetime to raise the collective consciousness. You do this by starting to raise your own consciousness.

When you understand this, then you can take advantage of these teachings. You can make tremendous personal progress. You can qualify for your ascension in the rest of this lifetime and you can have a major impact on the collective consciousness of Russia. This is what we look for, these are the kind of people we can help with the teachings we are given today, if you are not among them then find a teaching that appeals to your level of consciousness and follow that.

For those who are open to our teachings, then I congratulate you by having reached this level of consciousness. I thank you from the bottom of my heart for all the effort that you have made over these last years. Where you have been aware of this new dispensation and the teachings given, where you have given  these decrees and rosaries in your groups or alone, because you have already had a decisive impact on Russia, you may not see it physically manifest yet, but you have in the three higher realms. I can assure you that had it not been for your efforts, certain events would have happened, that would have meant that Russia would have been in a much worse place than it is today.

So for this I want to express my gratitude, and I want to say once again, be a little patient with yourselves, be a little patient with your nation. Realize that as Rome was not built in one day, the Golden Age of Saint Germain is not built in one day, one year, one decade, one century, not even one millennium. The golden age stretches from now through the next two thousand years and it is a progressive golden age that will get higher and higher and higher. So much higher by the end of this two thousand year period, that people from today would not even recognize society.

Now, I know you can look back two thousand years ago at Roman society, and say they had a fairly sophisticated civilization among the Romans. The majority of the people lived of course in more primitive conditions. So, you can say there has been some continuity over these past two thousand years. Still, if you took a Roman from two thousand years ago and put them into a modern nation today, they would suffer severe future shock and hardly be able to comprehend the changes that have happened. What I envision for the next two thousand years are far greater changes than have happened in the last two thousand years.

Naturally, I give you this vision to make you realize that this is a very big change. It will take time. Therefore be patient, be patient and allow things to unfold, because they are unfolding. Spring has come, the buds of the flowers may not yet have unfolded, but the sap has risen and created the tension so that any day they can burst forth in this beautiful color of summer. Even in Russia, the flower buds are filled with the life giving energy and it is just a matter of time, before they unfold to a much greater color than you see today.

With this, I am sealing you in the Freedom flame that I AM, the Freedom flame that only a small portion of the Russian people have embodied. But it is a big enough portion that it can do the work that it needs to do, to bring the Russian people towards that greater freedom politically, economically, psychologically, that means they can begin to experience the beginning stages of my Golden Age.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself

How to turn your path into a continual progress


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, April 25, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

Kim: This dictation will be focused on or it will start with a question that was asked. And other people have over time asked somewhat similar questions. So, Mother Mary wants to comment on this and the general term for all people.

Question: Dear masters, how do we deal with depression and losing the meaning of life? I’ve been practicing the teachings for over 10 years already and everything seemed to be fine. But now I feel like it was all meaningless. All my conditions in the psyche, which I thought were gone, are returning now. I feel frustration, loss of the landmark, and the invocations don’t help. How can I rise above this?

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and I use this particular question as the starting point for giving some general comments about what it takes to be on the spiritual path and what it takes to turn your path into a continual progress.

Now, we will start by recognizing a simple fact. You have all grown up in societies that do not acknowledge the existence of a spiritual path. Most of you have grown up in societies that are anti-spiritual, as the messenger has described in his book. You have been brought up with certain attitudes to life, certain beliefs, certain viewpoints, that will make it much more difficult for you to walk the spiritual path until at least you see through them.

There is a very important sentence that Jesus spoke 2000 years ago, “In your patience possess ye your souls”. You need to recognize that you are all pioneers, you are all forerunners. You are part of a movement where it was part of your path, part of your divine plan, to grow up in an anti-spiritual society and to demonstrate that you can still find and walk the spiritual path.

But because of your starting point you cannot expect that this will always be easy. You cannot expect that it will always be smooth progress and therefore it is important to have this attitude that when you hit a crisis or an obstacle, when you hit a certain feeling that is not quite as enthusiastic as you had in the beginning, then you need to be willing to recognize that this is part of the path in today’s world.

There is nothing wrong with you because you are going through this. There’s nothing wrong with the path. But given the circumstances that you have grown up in, that you are living in, the collective consciousness, the kind of society you have grown up in, it’s just part of the path.

I know this doesn’t make it any more pleasant but it can at least prevent a mechanism that we see in some students.

You will recognize, most of you, that when you first found the spiritual path it was like a big relief, a new world opened up. You were very enthusiastic and you had what we could very easily call a honeymoon period where everything was wonderful, everything was positive, you were very optimistic, very hopeful. Then after a while that feeling starts fading and for some people it can go into a more severe depression or doubts, a sense of hopelessness that you’re not making progress, that you’re not getting anywhere. But again, this is almost inevitable given your starting point in an anti-spiritual society. Also, given the fact that you did not grow up with any knowledge of the spiritual path, but you grew up with certain attitudes that are antithetical to the spiritual path.

The first element I want to give you is that it is not easy to be a forerunner in today’s age, in today’s society, and therefore you need to have a little patience with yourself. You need to avoid going into the reaction that when the honeymoon is over and you start feeling more difficulties, then you start blaming yourself for this.

We have a previous dispensation called the Summit Lighthouse and to some degree even in the I AM movement, where there was a certain culture, and I’m not saying that this was not based on the dictations we gave at the time, but still there was a culture that went beyond what was actually said in the dictations.

This culture presented the path as a very strict disciplinary process that required you to be a very strong, stalwart, firm chela that followed all the rules and prescripts and gave all the decrees and went to services and didn’t do this and didn’t drink that and didn’t eat this and followed all of these outer rules. There was a certain culture of whether you were the right kind of chela, whether you were a strong chela, a stalwart chela and there was a very judgmental attitude towards those who didn’t live up to these requirements.

This caused some people, when they started feeling these difficulties on the path, to come down on themselves, to start blaming themselves, to start thinking they were not good enough. It caused other people to deny that they were feeling any problems, to simply push them down into the subconscious and continue following all the outer rules. This was simply part of the whole process of this dispensation at the end of the Piscean Age and so on.

I’m not blaming anybody for this. I am simply describing the conditions that were there, the reactions people had and I’m doing it because I want to point out to you that we have not said anything in this dispensation to encourage this kind of mindset and culture. We have been very careful not to present the spiritual path the same way, not to encourage this kind of, quite frankly a black and white mind evaluation of good chelas and not so good chelas and what it takes to be a good student and not a good student. We have not encouraged this. Some people have taken it on by themselves. Some people have carried it with them from past dispensations but if you look at what we have said in this dispensation we have not encouraged it, neither has the messenger encouraged it.

So, the first thing you can do is you can ask yourself, “Do I have this reaction in me? Do I tend to feel that there is a certain standard for how I should be as a student of the ascended masters? Do I tend to judge myself, perhaps even judge others based on such a standard? If I do, where did this standard come from? Have I been involved with spiritual groups, other ascended master dispensations, other spiritual teachings or have I grown up in a certain religion that also presents a somewhat black and white picture of what it takes to be a good follower of that religion or a person who will be saved?”

You will see when you start looking at this, that many religions have such a standard. You can clearly see it from the formation of the Catholic church and forward where it was presented, that all people were sinners, but those who were good Catholics would be saved and all those who were not good Catholics would not go to heaven but could go either to hell or purgatory. You see how this attitude goes very far back in the spiritual life of this planet.

It is clear that as we transition from the Piscean Age to the Aquarian Age, some spiritual people need to take on this attitude and then demonstrate that you can transcend it, you can overcome it, you can free yourself from it. How do you free yourself from this kind of attitude? Well, you do so by recognizing the teachings we have given on the separate selves. By being exposed to this mindset perhaps for several lifetimes, in fact for most of you for several lifetimes, you have created certain separate selves that judge yourself, that judge your involvement with the spiritual path. And you can then follow the procedure for coming to see these selves.

I do understand very well that there are some people who come to a point where it seems to them that giving decrees no longer works, giving invocations no longer works. But quite frankly, the process for coming to see a separate self is a universal process. It has nothing to do with decrees and invocations even though we have given some invocations to help you go through the process.

The essence of this process is to come to see something that you have not seen before. If we really step back we can say that whenever you come to a point where you start feeling like you are not making progress, you are standing still, everything you did was meaningless – the cause of this reaction is that there is something you have not seen. There is something you have not seen in yourself in the form of a particular separate self but there is also something you have not seen about the spiritual path and even about human psychology in general.

So, let me instill this one thought in your mind and I hope you will accept it and fix it very firmly in your mind, any kind of crisis or slowdown on the spiritual path, it is always because there is something you haven’t seen.

When you recognize this, you can then start looking at what exactly is it I have not seen here in this particular instance? Of course, there are things you have not seen and there will be things you have not seen until you reach the 144th level of consciousness, but that does not matter. What matters is right now, in the situation you are facing right now, in the crisis you are facing right now, “what is it I have not seen?”

When you accept this you can do what we have also told you to do, which is also completely universal, has nothing to do with decrees and invocations, isn’t even particularly a spiritual thing, certainly not tied to any spiritual teaching and that is to look at your own reactions. How exactly am I reacting? There are a variety of reactions that people can have that can cause them to go into a crisis. There are more than I can mention in just one dictation but I will at least give you something to start on.

This will not apply to all of you, it will apply to some of you. Perhaps what I say, there will be some of you that will feel it does not apply to me but then there is something else that you can discover if you keep looking at your reactions, asking yourself what is behind those reactions, trying to look for that separate self and the belief behind it.

The first thing I want to talk about is the concept of the outer path. This is a concept we have talked about before but it has been around for a very long time on this planet. It was of course created by the fallen beings deliberately to distract people from the true spiritual path, which is an inner path. So, there is a very old momentum, there is a collective beast that promotes very aggressively this outer path.

You can see it in the Catholic church for example, where you are presented as a sinner but if you follow the outer rules of the Catholic church, then you will be saved. You are following a set of outer rules and this will guarantee that Jesus will save you. He will come and save you, he will do it for you. The problem with this outer path is that it disempowers you as an individual. Yes, you can follow the outer rules, but as we have said this will not save you and many, many people have lived an entire lifetime believing in the Christian promise whether it is the Catholic or Protestant churches and then after that lifetime found out that they are not going to be saved, they have to go back into embodiment. This is why some people have a distrust of all kinds of religion and spirituality because they have experienced this for a number of lifetimes. The outer path basically says that there are outer requirements you can fulfill and that is enough.

Now there are some students that find the ascended master teachings and they have for several lifetimes been affected by this belief. They have created certain strong separate selves. There are also some students that really do not have this belief, created over several lifetimes, but they choose to take it on in this lifetime or perhaps even for several lifetimes in order to demonstrate how to work through it.

When you find an ascended master teaching, then these selves will say, “Ah, now you have found the ultimate spiritual teaching, the ultimate spiritual path. The Catholic church wasn’t the highest teaching, it wasn’t really able to do it but the ascended masters, their teachings can do it. Now if you just follow all the outer requirements of the ascended master’s teachings and give all the decrees and invocations, then you are guaranteed to be saved, then you are guaranteed to make your ascension.”

Again, there were people who found the Summit Lighthouse teachings or the I AM teachings and they had this attitude and they transferred it to the teachings and they believed that if they kept doing all the teachings, all the decrees, following all the recommendations, all of the rules, they were guaranteed to make their ascension. Some have been disappointed after they passed from the screen of life and realized it wasn’t enough.

But again, we have done nothing in this dispensation to encourage this approach. We have in fact given many teachings on the difference between the outer path and the inner path. We have made it very, very clear that there is only one key to making your ascension and it is the resolution of psychology. There is no other way. There never has been, there never will be. This is what the fallen beings will deny and they have denied primarily because they themselves are not willing to resolve their psychology and because they do not want other people to be free, they can only manipulate people who have not resolved their psychology.

Take note of that sentence, it is only unresolved psychology that allows the fallen beings to manipulate you.

We have given many teachings on the inner path and the outer path that you can study. You can use the teachings about the separate self to realize that you have, if you have this reaction in you, you have certain separate selves that firmly believe in the outer path. And this can bring you, when you keep working with this to a point where you see it, you suddenly see it, you break through it and you accept it.

This is not entirely an easy process, I fully realize that. There are some obstacles that can prevent you from having this breakthrough and one of these obstacles that I want to bring to your attention is the ego.

Yes of course, the ego is always an obstacle but there is a specific aspect of the ego that comes into play here. We have to recognize that the ego wants to keep you trapped in a state of mind where it has control over you so the ego does not want you to discover the spiritual path. The ego would prefer that you did not find an ascended master teaching or that you did not accept it. Or that you did not go into the teaching and start following and practicing the teaching.

Given that you are in an ascended master teaching, your ego was not successful in stopping you but this does not mean, of course, that the ego simply lies down and gives up. The ego will not give up as long as you are in embodiment. What the ego will try to do is, it will try to set you up to fail on the path. It can do this in various ways but I want to mention one particular one here and it is that the ego will try to make you approach the path in such a way that the ego gets something out of it.

The ego will say, “Okay, I will allow you to go on this path but I want something in return, I want something for me.” You are not consciously aware of this but this is what is going on. There are various ways that the ego can set up this bargain with you and one of them is precisely the outer path. The ego will say, “I will allow you to study these teachings, I will allow you to practice the invocations and decrees but do not look into your psychology.” Or perhaps, “Well, you can look into some aspects of your psychology but here is an area you cannot look into.”

In other words, the ego will give you a certain outer view of what the path is about, what it takes to make progress on the path, but it is a limited view.

Still, when you come into the teachings, you feel this wave of enthusiasm and therefore you do not notice the subtleties of what the ego is doing. You just throw yourself at what the path has to offer. You read and read and read on the websites and the books, you give decrees and invocations, and from a certain perspective there is nothing wrong with this. I am not trying to say here, that you are somehow inadequate because of this or that you are making a mistake.

We are the ascended masters, we have tried to explain over and over and over again that we do not judge you the way you judge yourselves. We do not judge you the way the fallen beings judge you, we do not judge you the way other people judge you. We do not judge you at all.

Many of us have been in embodiment on this planet. We know how difficult it is, how heavy the energies are and we know one thing very, very well. You have grown up, as I said, in a difficult environment but there comes a point in your life when now you discover an ascended master teaching and we know very well that you have to start the path wherever you are at in consciousness when you find it. In other words, whatever psychology you have at the time you find the path, this is your starting point. There is nothing else that anyone can do, right?

Think about this very carefully. There is nothing else you can do. You have to start where you are at in consciousness when you find the path and this means that you will have certain attitudes, certain beliefs, certain separate selves that will color how you look at the path.

Do you understand what I am saying? It is inevitable that when you find the path you cannot see the path with the same clarity that you will have at higher levels of consciousness. How can you? You need to start somewhere. You will start the path by looking at it through a certain filter, through a certain coloring. One possible coloring is the outer path, I just need to follow these outer rules and I will make my ascension. But the other is this, that I do not need to look at my psychology or I do not need to look at certain aspects of my psychology. This I will return to later because I want to talk about another aspect of this ego bargain, the bargain the ego strikes with you.

The ego often takes advantage of this initial enthusiasm that you feel. It is a very big contrast for many of you to how you felt before. Many of you grew up, through your childhood and youth, having various difficulties. Feeling like an outsider in society, feeling put down by other people, perhaps even feeling criticized for your spiritual beliefs and the questions you were always asking. You have this sense of you were put down and because you are willing to look at yourself, if you were not willing somewhat to look at yourself you would not find the path, you are wondering whether it is true, whether there is something wrong with you. Then you find a spiritual teaching which says there was not anything wrong with you, you were simply a more evolved, more mature lifestream than most of the people who are not spiritual or who are anti-spiritual.

And this is correct. I am not saying this is not correct. But the ego then will use this, if it can, to make you jump from a certain inferiority complex to the opposite dualistic polarity of the superiority complex.

Now you feel, what the ego feels, that because you are in this ascended master teaching, which is such a high spiritual teaching, you are special, you are someone special. This we have seen over the decades, the centuries, the millennia. This can drive people’s efforts on the spiritual path for quite some time. They become very eager to fulfill all of the requirements, all of the recommendations and the more they do, the more they build this separate self that feels special, superior, very spiritual because of all the outer things that it is doing.

Is there anything wrong with this? Well, as I said, we of the ascended masters do not even look at you or your path in terms of right and wrong. We are simply looking at the mechanism in the psychology that we know from ourselves because we went through it and so we only look at how can we help you with this. It is not that it is right and wrong. It is simply a phase that most people go through when they find an ascended master teaching or find a spiritual path in some other context. It is just part of the planetary conditions and the psychology that many people have taken on. There is nothing wrong with this, there is nothing else you can do.

However, now comes another thought that I would like you to fix firmly in your mind. Do you remember the previous thought? Then you can go back and study the dictation again.

There is always something you have not seen whenever there is a crisis. If you are not at peace, there is something you have not seen.

The next thought I want you to fix firmly in your mind is that the spiritual path has stages. There are stages on the spiritual path.

Why is this so? It is so, precisely because of what I have just said. It is inevitable that when you find a spiritual path, you are at a certain level, you have a certain psychology, you have a certain perception filter, you have a certain coloring of how you look at the path. How could it be otherwise? It cannot be any other way. You have to start where you are at when you find the path and this means that when you first find the path, you are seeing the path in a certain way that appeals to you at that level of consciousness, but you cannot see the path from higher levels of consciousness.

Let us just as an example say that you are at the 48th level when you find an ascended master teaching. We have told you there are 144 levels. Well, at the 48th level you cannot even begin to fathom what these higher levels are, how you look at life at these higher levels. You simply cannot see it, you cannot grasp it and you do not need to. You just need to grasp what it takes to rise to the 49th level and then to hopefully keep going. What I am saying is that the spiritual path has stages, which means that when you start the path, you have a certain limited vision of the path. You can see what you can see, you cannot see what you cannot see.

Now comes another thought. There is nothing wrong with having the vision you have when you find the path but this vision cannot take you to the completion of the path. It does not mean it cannot take you several steps up but it cannot take you to the higher levels of the path. This means that there are certain points on the path where your vision must shift in order for you to go to the next level up.

Now, in this respect, there is another obstacle created by the ego. It is an obstacle that, when the ego projects at you, not only that you are special because you have found this ascended master teaching that is such a high teaching but also that, by finding this teaching you have almost become a perfect being right away. You have at least put yourself firmly on the path and your ascension is guaranteed if you keep following the teaching. In other words, the ego wants to make you believe that either you have shifted by finding a path or you were always special, but you just could not see it until you found this teaching. In other words, the ego wants you to believe that the vision of the path that you have when you find the path can take you to the end.

The ego will want you to think that you do not have to reconsider your vision. You do not have to realize that your vision must necessarily be limited, and that it needs to shift. It wants you to believe that the way you look at the path, at the moment you find it, is the ultimate way and it can take you to the end. It can take you to the end but it will be the bitter end and not the ascension. This you need to recognize.

There are stages of the path. What does it take to go from one stage to the next? You must shift your vision. This is why we, why Jesus had started talking about this bait and switch method that we are using. It is not because we are deceiving people but it is because we realize full well that a person at the 48th level of the path or the 48th level of consciousness can grasp a certain vision of the spiritual path but it cannot grasp the higher visions. We need to say something to give that person something that appeals to the level of consciousness and the vision they have so that they can get motivated to start the path and then we simply have to give teachings that allow the people who apply these teachings to transcend that level of consciousness, to expand their vision.

This does not mean that you suddenly gain the ultimate vision. Is there an ultimate vision of the spiritual path? Well, you could say that when you ascend you see an ultimate vision but on the other hand, people come from many different backgrounds, have many different kinds of unresolved psychology. In a sense, you could say that there is a spiritual path for each person. Each lifestream is walking its individual path that is slightly different from all others. So really, there cannot be just one ultimate vision. It is a meaningless concept.

You need to recognize that as you grow towards higher levels, your vision will continue to expand and refine and that is just part of the path. What this means is that you find the teachings, you become very enthusiastic, you apply yourself, you study the teachings, you give invocations and decrees and perhaps you do this for 10 years, perhaps you do it for five, perhaps you do it for more. But there comes a point where suddenly you are not having the same feeling of enthusiasm. The honeymoon is over, so to speak.

In those beginning years you felt you were making progress. Take very careful note of what I am saying here. You were making progress. You were making progress in that initial enthusiastic phase and as a result of that, you were rising. Let us say you started at the 48th level, perhaps you were rising up in the 60s level and you could rise with the initial understanding of the path that you had. You could rise maybe 5,10, 15 levels with that understanding of the path.

But then there comes a point where that particular calling of the path, the approach you have to the path, cannot take you further. It is like you come to a certain level and now you are actually stagnating. You are treading water, you are not moving forward and you cannot help but feel this in a certain way. Your outer mind, your ego, has to explain this because take note of what is part of the ego’s bargain with you. The ego projects that if you keep doing the outer things that you can see as important at that level, when you find the path, you will make it to the end, you will continue to make progress. So you are thinking with your conscious mind, if I just keep doing what I am doing now and applying the teachings the way I have seen them initially, I will continue to make progress.

Here you are, suddenly you are experiencing, I am not making progress anymore, I am not really getting anywhere, it feels like I am not moving, like it suddenly does not have the same meaning as it used to have.

Now, your outer mind struggles to explain this and your ego is trying to come up with some kind of explanation. For some people, the ego manages to give them an explanation that satisfies them. As I said, some people react by simply denying the feelings and continuing to focus on doing the outer path. Some people, as a result, become very judgmental of others because they are constantly straining inside themselves to follow the outer rules. They become very judgmental of others who are not following the rules the same way. Some people react by switching to the opposite extreme, becoming angry with the teachings giving up on the teachings, giving up on all spirituality.

Some of you are not willing to do either of those extreme reactions. You are not quite willing to give up on a path, but you are not willing to silence the feeling you have. You acknowledge that you are dealing with a crisis and this is, of course, the most constructive reaction. You do not make further progress by giving up on the path, and you do not make further progress by denying that there is a problem and continuing to focus on the other things.

The constructive reaction is to recognize, “I do not feel the enthusiasm, I do not feel like I am making progress, what is happening?” The reason for this is that the vision of the path, the understanding of the path, the approach to the path that you started out with has taken you as far as it can take you. In order to go to the next level up, you have to shift your view, your approach to the path. What does this mean? It does not mean that you shift to the ultimate understanding, but it means you shift to the next level up that can take you another 5, 10, 15 levels of consciousness higher, whatever you can see at that level. This is why as I said, there is always, whenever there is any kind of crisis, any kind of slowdown, there is something you have not seen.

Again, you need to consider: “What is it I have not seen?”

It is something in your outer mind that needs to shift. In a sense, we could say that at the inner levels your growth is ready to step up to the next level but you cannot step up to the left next level because your outer mind is fixated on a certain view of the spiritual path. Until you question that view you cannot consciously move on and that is why you experience at the conscious level the tension, the meaninglessness, the hopelessness, the sense that you are not getting anywhere and it is all because there is a certain viewpoint, a certain belief, a certain image of the path that your outer mind is fixated on.

Again, it is not that it was necessarily wrong. That image took you to your present level from the level you had when you started. It is just time to let go of it and rise to a higher view of the path.

So, there is a multiplicity of these steps you need to go through. There are many individual beliefs that people can have, but again, I will give you some that can at least help you get started on this because many of you will have some of the same patterns because you have taken them on perhaps in past lifetimes in order to demonstrate how people can rise above them. We begin by recognizing that the essential aspect of the spiritual path is to come to see something you cannot currently see. I said the essential aspect is the resolution of psychology, but what is the resolution of psychology?

What is unresolved psychology?

It is that there is some viewpoint, some image that you have in your psychology that your mind is fixated on. It is an image that is holding your mind at a certain level of consciousness, in a certain view of yourself, of life, of the universe, of God and it is limiting you. It is keeping you at that certain level. We have said there is a particular illusion for each of the 144 levels of consciousness but there can be individual versions of these illusions. Even though we have given the course on The Path to Self Mastery where we seek to help you rise from one level to the next, there are still individual illusions you might have at say the 63rd level so that you can have two people who are at that level and they can benefit from reading the teaching that applies to that level, but they still have certain individual beliefs.

That means that, as we have said before, we cannot give you a mechanical process. We cannot, even though we have attempted to give a course that applies to a lot of people with the course to self mastery, it is still not a mechanical process. We cannot have 100 people that follow the course, who  take each book, give the invocations, read the teachings and then in the end they have all reached the 96th level of consciousness. It cannot be done.

There is always a general teaching that can be given, but it needs to be applied individually. In other words, you have a certain belief in your mind and it is expressed in a specific way that has meaning for you. It may not have the same meaning to another person. The other person may have the same belief, but in that person’s mind is expressed with slightly different words. Take note of what I am saying.

What is a word? Go back to Genesis, as flawed as it is, “and God gave Adam the power to name all of the animals and whatever name Adam gave them, that was the name there of.” This does not apply just to Adam. Of course it applies to human beings regardless of the sex of the physical body. The simple fact is that you are naming everything in the material world by using words and words are representations of the thing but they are not the thing in itself, they are a description. They are a description from a distance.

Now, why do you need to name something from a distance? It is because you have gone into the level of consciousness found on earth as an unnatural planet. Therefore, you are not able to project your consciousness into a particular phenomenon. If you could project your consciousness into an apple and experience the consciousness at the emotional, mental and identity levels that precipitated the physical apple, you would experience the consciousness that created the apple. But instead, you are in the state of mind where you see the apple as a thing that is separated from yourself and in order to communicate with others and in order to name it for yourself and feel that you know what an apple is you have to apply a word, you have to describe it with a word.

So words are very much part of the consciousness of earth. Words can be very dualistic and they can be used dualistically but they do not have to be dualistic, they can also be simply descriptions. But even when they are used just as descriptions, as neutral descriptions, then they are still only descriptions, representations of it.

Why is this important? Because in the past, you were exposed to a certain trauma by the fallen beings. This created a reaction in you, an emotional reaction, a mental reaction, an identity level reaction, certainly also a physical reaction. These reactions you had in your mind, they were feelings, they were thoughts, they were a sense of identity but they were experiences.

But it was not these experiences that created the particular self that came out of it, whether it was your original birth trauma that created this primal self or other selves. A self is not created out of the experience. A self is created because the mind grapples to understand the experience because the mind functions in a way that if it can understand something, it thinks it can control it, and then it thinks it can avoid it again.

What actually creates a self is that there is a certain thought, a certain belief expressed in words and words can have similar meanings to different people, but not necessarily completely identical meanings. What I am saying is that you could have two people that both experienced a very similar physical event and they both had very similar feelings or experiences of this event. They both created a self, based on this event, but they used slightly different words to formulate that self and the belief behind it. What does this mean? Well, that means that, what is it going to take for a particular person to resolve a particular self? You have to come to see the belief that defines the self and that means you have to come to see it in words, how it was worded originally. Then when you see it in words you have to come to see that any statement made in words can be neutralized or resolved with another statement made with words.

In other words, you were in a very stressful situation, you formulated a certain belief in your mind because this was the only way you could see it in that particular situation. But if you had been able to step outside of this situation you would have seen it differently you would have formulated a different belief. But because the fallen beings have manipulated you into a very stressful situation, you formulated a very limited belief about yourself and what you were supposed to do, or not do, or what you could or could not do on this planet. This is a limited belief that is holding you back.

What is going to free you from this belief?

Well, it is that you see the limitations. In other words, we might say that the belief that you came up with is like a mathematical formula. The words, the combination of the words, form a formula, a matrix, but as all mathematical formulas it has a solution and the solution is that it can be resolved with another statement in words that neutralizes the previous statement. That means that you now have two people who had a similar experience, experienced the same physical circumstances, but each of them formed a slightly different belief. You can take the statement that would resolve this belief for one person and give it to the other person and it is not going to work for that person. They need to have a slightly different worded statement.

What I am explaining is that the key to resolving a self is to find the particular formula of words, the particular expression of words that shifts your mind, that resolves the previous belief, that neutralizes it and you see it as an illusion. We can go back to a very practical thing, there was a time when people believed, and this was again a statement in words, “The earth is flat.” How can you be free from that belief? You come to accept the statement that says the earth is round. There was a time when people believed that the earth is the center of the universe. You are freed of that by the statement, “No, because the earth revolves around the sun and therefore, it cannot be the center.”

This is of course more complex with these beliefs but you will see that many of you have already gone through this process of discovering a certain worded statement that suddenly shifts your mind. Suddenly you look at a certain issue a different way.

This messenger has described several of them. For example, he came to the point where he suddenly experienced in his mind the statement, “I do not have to do anything on earth.” This resolved a previous self where he thought that there were certain things he had to accomplish on earth, and that he could not leave until he had accomplished them. He suddenly saw, “There is nothing I have to do. I can make my ascension after this lifetime. I do not have to stay with earth indefinitely. I do not have to reembody again and again. I do not “have to” do anything. It does not mean I cannot do things and that I do not want to do things, but I do not have to. I am not compelled to do things.”

For each of you there is that statement that you can discover and this is what you need to do several times on your path because you will come to this point where your view of life, your view of the path, has taken you as high up on the levels of consciousness as it can take you and now you are stagnating, you are standing still.

What you need to do is look at, “What is my basic attitude to the path? What are my beliefs?” Then you need to realize this comes from a certain self that you have taken on and you need to discover the belief behind that self, about what the path is. It could be many, many things, your relationship to God, your relationship to yourself, your view of yourself, the belief that you are a sinner, that you are inadequate, that you did something wrong in past lives. These are general things that you can use to examine yourself and your own reaction.

Now, there are some of you and in fact most of you, who will come to a certain point where you are not only connecting to what we have called the birth trauma, or perhaps you are connecting to the birth trauma, but it is not necessarily that something was done to you.

We have so far mostly talked about the birth trauma as the fallen beings attacking, but this is not the case for all of you. All of you will have had at least certain past lifetimes, that may not have been the birth trauma, but certain other lifetimes where you did something that you later realized was wrong. You might very well have judged this based on the epic mindset projected by the fallen beings that you had made a major mistake. For some of you, this can be such a painful thing that you have buried it deep in your consciousness. Some of you do not even know about it but others have had some insight into what you have done in a past life.

Again, you found the spiritual path and you had a certain view of the path and your ego made a certain bargain with you. So the ego might have said, “If you really apply yourself to the path, you do not have to look at this thing you did in the past. It will just be dissolved by the decrees and you do not have to really go into it and really look at it.” This of course, can work at a certain level because when you first find the path, you are not ready to deal with such a deep trauma from such a long time ago. You need to have an initial period where you deal with lesser traumas. You establish yourself on the path. You get some more understanding.

But there will inevitably come a point where you will have to deal with the deeper traumas. We might say that if you start giving decrees for example, they will dissolve certain energies but they will often dissolve first the less dense energies, the ones that are more easy to resolve. Then after a time you will get to a pool of more dense energy and it takes longer to dissolve.

It is the same thing with these traumas. You start with some of the more simple traumas because that builds you a certain momentum but then there will inevitably come a point where you have to deal with one of the deeper traumas, perhaps the trauma caused by you making what you consider a severe mistake. But if your ego had made you believe that you didn’t have to deal with this particular trauma then your outer mind will resist doing so. In other words, you are coming to a point where the next step on your path is to deal with this trauma but your outer mind is resisting.

This will cause you to stand still. It can even cause you to feel that, “but everything I’ve done so far was meaningless because here I am still facing this trauma that I thought I wouldn’t have to deal with” and there is only one way beyond this. You have to be willing to deal with it. You have to make a decision with your conscious mind that you are willing to deal with it. This may become easier if you can discover a self that resists and discover whatever worded statement defined that self. But you can still accomplish something with the outer mind, deciding, “I am willing to deal with this trauma.”

Another aspect of this is that, what is it that makes a trauma painful? Well, it is partly the emotional reaction, it is just the feelings are very intense. For some people when they find the spiritual path, their ego makes the bargain, “Yes you can follow this outer path and then you do not have to go into the feelings, you do not have to look at the emotions, because that will be taken care of automatically.” This is something that the ego gets because the ego knows that if you do not go into the emotions and resolve them you will not be free of them and that means the ego still has some control over you.

The only way to deal with this is to make a decision with the outer mind, as this messenger did at a certain point, that he will not resist feeling these feelings. Instead of trying to resist them and push them back into the subconscious, he will go right into them no matter how painful it was because he realized that it would only be painful temporarily. Once you have gone into them you would realize it was not really as bad as you thought. The ego projects at you that if you go into these feelings you will die. It will be too much. It will be overwhelming. You go into the feelings and you realize you did not actually die, you are still there and it was not quite as scary.

You can have this willingness. You can use the decrees and invocations to dissolve the energy behind the feelings but behind a certain feeling there is always a self. This self is not just at the emotional level, it is also at the mental level. That means that there comes another level where you need to be willing to look at the thoughts behind the feelings.

Why did you for example, feel embarrassed? You have this very strong feeling of embarrassment at the emotional body but behind it is a mental belief that causes you to feel that “You should feel embarrassed because you did something that was so-and-so stupid.” You also need to be willing to look into that because the ego can make you believe that, “Okay, you can do all these other practices, but you don’t need to look into the thoughts” and you do, you need to look into this. What are the thoughts? What are the beliefs? You might even have to go to the identity level and see that this comes from a certain view of yourself as a person who could make serious mistakes and it is wrong to make serious mistakes. You need to be willing to go into this and look at it.

This is not an easy thing and there are certain stages of the path where this will be difficult to do. I am not saying this applies to everybody. I am not saying you should feel bad if you cannot do it. You need to start where you are and use the tools that are appropriate for that level but there are many of you who are at a point where you can start realizing a very simple mechanism, namely that there is a resistance in you to applying an ascended master teaching to yourself.

As I said, you can go back to the Summit Lighthouse that had a very judgmental culture and in that culture it was so, that when we gave a dictation that exposed a certain psychological mechanism, there were many people that could instantly see how this applied to people they knew but they resisted looking at themselves. In this teaching we have done everything we can to not encourage this kind of attitude because we have made it very clear that it is all about psychology. Nevertheless the ego will always resist you being free and that means the ego is going to try to project at you a certain resistance to seeing something in yourself. That means the ego will try to block your conscious mind from taking a teaching and a specific dictation and looking at yourself and seeing, “How does this apply to me?”

At the lower levels of the path you cannot do this because it is too painful. The ego attempts to put you in a catch-22 where you have accepted a certain sense of superiority because you have found an ascended master teaching and you are applying it very eagerly and this makes you feel special, makes you feel superior. But then the ego projects at you that this feeling could be shattered if you were to acknowledge that you have that particular aspect of the psychology that the ascended masters just talked about. So you should not apply this to yourself. This gives you at the conscious level and even at subconscious levels a certain resistance to seeing something in yourself. But what have I said? The key to progress is to see something you cannot see now. You need, in order to make progress, you need to see certain selves.

When you are at one of these crisis points where you feel like you are not making progress it is because there is a self you have not seen. The only way beyond it is to see it, dissolve it and now you are free. You are free of it. Suddenly those feelings you had that you were not making progress, that you were not getting anywhere, it was all meaningless. They are gone. They are dissolved. But if you do not look, you cannot see. It is like the old story of the English naval commander* who during a battle was told that the flagship had signaled to retreat and he had a patch in front of one eye and he put a binocular in front of that eye and said, “I see no signal – Attack!”

That is what the ego makes you do. You are not opening your eyes to look for these selves. So what can shift this?

You can say it comes from a certain self and it is primarily a self that judges yourself. This is a self or even a conglomerate of selves that are very, very aggressively created by the fallen beings. It is a certain attitude that especially applies to many spiritual students, not all because there are some spiritual students that have such severe blocks, that they are not willing to look at themselves. Most of you and certainly those of you who are making progress on the path, you are willing to look at yourself.

You can look back at your life and you can see that you are not the kind of people who have been always projecting out that it was other peoples’ fault, that other people wronged you. You have to large degree taken responsibility for yourself been willing to look at yourself and say, “What do I need to change?” So you are willing to look at yourself and that is what drives you on the path. But the ego has put a certain mechanism up that there are certain things you should not look at because it is too painful, it is too dangerous, or the ascended masters would condemn you if you had this problem or that you would have to condemn yourself if you had this problem.

So here you are, you have risen through various levels of the spiritual path, now you are at a certain level where you need to deal with a specific self in your consciousness but there is another self, another aspect of ego that makes you feel that if you had this particular tendency, it would be very, very bad. Let us just take an example, among millions of examples, if you were very critical of other people and if you were to acknowledge this it would be very, very bad. We have seen people who are very critical of others but they do not see it. Why don’t they see it? Because if you are critical of others, as we have said, you cannot do to others unless you have first done to yourself. That means you are also very critical of yourself. You are judging yourself very harshly, but you cannot bear this so you push it into the subconscious mind. Right?

So what is the mechanism you have, the self you have in your consciousness? It is a self that judges yourself and for a time you did not have to deal with this. You dealt with the things that were more easy to resolve. But now you have reached a point on your path where you cannot go beyond this level unless you deal with this self that is very judgmental of yourself. But how can you do this?

If you were to acknowledge that you are very judgmental you would judge yourself very harshly through this self. You would feel this was very, very bad. You would have to feel bad about yourself and you would even think, or the ego or the fallen beings will project at you that we the ascended masters would condemn you for having been so judgmental. In other words, you are projecting onto us that we are like the fallen beings or like this self, but we are not.

So what I am saying here is this, all of you have certain mechanisms in yourself. It is not that you have all of the possible mechanisms but you have certain selves that form this catch-22 where you think, this particular self, this particular mechanism is the worst you could possibly have. It is so bad to be this way and if you were to acknowledge that you had this, it would be too much, it would be unbearable. You would condemn yourself so harshly and the ascended masters would condemn you if you had this tendency. Therefore, your ego is projecting at you, “You can look at many other things in your psychology but do not look at this. It is too much! Do not even go there.”

When you follow the path that we have outlined, you will come to a point where you have resolved so many other things that it is no longer overwhelming to deal with this self. You can deal with it but it requires that shift in the outer mind where you decide, I am willing to deal with it. Sometimes you just need to make that decision. This messenger can look back at his path and see how for many years, there were certain things he was willing to look at, but there were certain things he resisted to look at partly because he felt that, “Oh as a good ascended master student there are certain things that I should not have done and if I had done them, I would no longer feel I am a good ascended master student.” Then when he became a messenger, he felt that, “now since I am a messenger for the ascended masters, there is certain unresolved psychology that I should not have” and this gave him a resistance to looking at it.

But whoever said that in order to become a messenger, you have to have completely resolved psychology? Perhaps some previous messengers either said this or believed it or perhaps their followers believed it. But this was not the case and if you take a neutral look at previous messengers you can see that they did not have a completely resolved psychology. They had certain unresolved psychology, which Guru Ma has acknowledged in her book. This required for this messenger, a shift, where he came to see this and he came to see that the real problem is not to have unresolved psychology because it is inevitable on a planet like earth that you have unresolved psychology. You will have some unresolved psychology until you reach the 144th level and resolve that last illusion.

So when he saw this he could make this switch of realizing that what holds you back on the path is not unresolved psychology. What holds you back on the path is unwillingness to look at the unresolved psychology because if you do not look at it, you cannot resolve it. This might require you to step up to another level where you recognize that the primary mechanism used by the fallen beings against the more mature spiritual students is that they want you to believe, as the expression is in the Catholic church that there is that unforgivable sin, there is some psychology that is so bad that it cannot be resolved.

But what have we told you over and over and over again? Nothing in an unascended sphere is permanent. Nothing on an unnatural planet is permanent. Everything is created out of the Mater-light, out of energy that is fixed into a certain matrix but no fear-based lower energy can ever be permanent. It can be dissolved. There is no energy that cannot be raised into purity. There is no belief stated in words that cannot be counteracted by another statement of words.

In other words, there is no unresolved psychology that cannot be resolved. There is unresolved psychology, but there is no such thing as unresolvable psychology. Anything in your psychology can be overcome, but it can only be overcome by looking at it. So what are the fallen beings doing? They are trying to do everything they can to prevent you from looking at the psychology.

And that my beloved is the final thought that I will give you in the time and space that is available. I am not saying it is the final thought we will ever give you but is the final thought I will give you for now. Therefore, I trust that those of you who feel you are standing still, you have reached a certain crisis point, you will carefully study this dictation. Perhaps listen to it many times and really allow the words that I am saying to shift your consciousness.

There is nothing that you cannot resolve. There is nothing you cannot be free from. There is nothing you cannot rise above. There is nothing you cannot transcend!

And when you continue to transcend you will ascend.

 

*Refers to Admiral Horatio Nelson in the 1801 Battle of Copenhagen.  It is believed that his statement gave rise to the saying, “To Turn a Blind Eye” meaning to ignore undesirable information.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself

Russian women need to step forward and demand change


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Astrea through Kim Michaels, April 24, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

I AM the Ascended Master Astrea, the Elohim of the Fourth ray.

Who can change Russian society? Who can change Mother Russia, as it is so often called? Well, who, but the mothers of Russia, the women of Russia. It has been said, “You cannot solve a problem with the same state of consciousness that created the problem.” Well, who have created most of the issues you see in Russian society today, including the abuse of power? Is it not the men? Especially men above a certain age, where you cannot really call them young, you cannot call them necessarily old, but certainly not the young men. So who can change Russia? Women and the younger generation of men, these are the people who are open to new ideas, new ways of looking at things, new perspectives.

There are many, many people that have embodied in Russia especially for this lifetime because they were not part of Russian society in past lives and therefore they are not as traumatized by the many traumas that Russians have experienced in these past decades and century. They therefore come in without the trauma and with a different perspective and less of an attachment to the view of the Russian nation that has been propagated now for several generations. So these are the people that we are primarily talking to at this conference because they are the ones who are most likely to be open to our ideas and to be able to implement them.

I know the majority of them are not ascended master students, but still, when something is spoken in the physical, when you give your invocations and decrees – when you raise your consciousness, these people will become open to the ideas even if they don’t realize where they come from. As we have said many times, it is not a matter of people acknowledging ascended masters, it is only a matter of them acknowledging certain ideas that will bring societies forward and bring themselves forward in their personal growth process, which many of these people are open to.

Naturally, in order for women to really play an active role in changing Russia, they need to be willing to acknowledge that women have for a very long time, been put down in Russia. We have talked about the dynamic that the fallen beings cause people to submit to them because they feel inferior. So what you have is that during Soviet times, for example, it was especially the men that were the subject or the target of the control of the fallen beings. This is because as we have said, men are more open to the epic mindset. Of course, the Soviet Union from the very beginning was very much based on the epic mindset, as is the ideology of Marxism.

So, men were the first target to be put down so that they would submit to the party elite and the fallen beings, but the compensation mechanism was that they were given the sense of superiority. Of course they were, as we have talked about, given the sense that they – Russian men – were superior to all who were not living in a communist country, and even those who were living in other republics of the Soviet Union or in Warsaw block countries.

But that was not the only sense of superiority that Russian men had during Soviet times. They had a group of people right here at home that they were programmed to feel superior to, and it was of course women. Women may have been tolerated in Soviet society because they could also work, even in industry, but they were never really seen as the people who could rule society. You can see how few women during Soviet times were in leadership positions, both at the local and national level, even how few women were in science where certainly women have the same or higher intelligence as men, and the ability to conduct science.

You saw clearly that in Soviet society, women were relegated to an inferior position and the men felt superior to the women. So here is the man who has had to submit himself to the party elite, or to the bosses at his work, but he can at least go home and feel superior to his wife. He can treat her, his wife, with contempt, perhaps even violence, perhaps even putting her down, seeing her more as a sexual slave than an actual partner in life. I am not saying that was the case for all men or women in the Soviet Union, but certainly for many of them.

What do you see in Russian society today? Well, there has been greater freedom and opportunity for women than there was during Soviet times, but not much. You can see in leadership positions, how women have a very low representation in the Duma and other – both local and national, assemblies. There is a much smaller percentage of women in leadership positions than the roughly half of the population that are actually women.

Another factor that you see, both in Soviet times and today is that even though you have these formal bodies where decisions are supposedly made, there has always been a tradition that many decisions are not made in these assemblies, they are not made in a public way. They are made in private gatherings, whether it is in saunas, hunting clubs, fishing clubs, drinking clubs, gambling clubs whatever you have and these institutions were traditionally completely closed to women.

So this means that even beyond the formal organs of government, you have these informal gatherings of men where they would talk together and decide what should be done, and women were largely shut out of this.

Now, then, since this is still the case in Russia today, how can women actually change the situation and play a more active role? Well, they can do it in two ways, as we have talked about during our conference about women. One of them is, of course, that they can talk to the men in their circle of influence and convince the men of the validity of certain new ideas. The other is that women can be open to new ideas that men are not open to.

We have said before that you see in many areas of society that women are more open to doing things differently, to new ideas, they are more open to trying something new than men are. You can see in spiritual New Age teachings that in many cases there are more women than men because they are simply more open to new ideas. So these are the ways that women can begin to have more of an inroad. I realize, and we all realize that this is clearly going to take some time. It is somewhat of an uphill battle because the mindset in the collective consciousness that was solidified and greatly expanded during Soviet times, is still there.

Now of course, those of you who are ascended master students can make the calls for the shattering and consuming of this mindset, for the binding of the collective entities and even the demons and fallen beings behind it and thereby you can have a great impact on women’s situation in Russia. You can of course create an invocation based on this dictation, based on the other dictations we have given at this conference as you have already done with previous dictations we have given in Russia or for Russia.

So I applaud those of you who have done this work, those of you who have given these invocations, and encourage you to continue this work. Even though you may not always feel you see a direct result of it or don’t see results as quickly as you would like, I can assure you that you are producing results, you are producing changes and it is working in the identity, mental and emotional levels and it is just a matter of time before it breaks through to the physical.

Naturally, we have said many times that there is no fundamental difference between men and women when you go beyond the physical body. At the level of the soul or the lifestream you are not even men or women because you can incarnate in both male and female bodies over a number of lifetimes. So it is completely unrealistic, completely out of touch with reality, to see women as being inferior to men in anything but physical strength and they are not always inferior to men in that area, either.

But certainly when it comes to intelligence, the ability to understand concepts and ideas, to implement ideas, to find new ideas, women are very much equal to men but as I said in some ways, even superior to men, because they are more open to new ideas. They are more willing to look at what could be done better, they are more in touch with the mother realm, the material realm, they are often better at figuring out the practical aspects of how life works. That is why you will see that even in traditional societies where women are relegated to a secondary position, still, many men allow their women to run the household, even the economy of the household because women are simply better at this than men. So it is clear that we who are ascended masters, we know that women can make fully as important and as valuable a contribution to any society as men can.

We also see, as we have said before, that we are moving into an age right now, where a society that does not give equal rights and equal opportunity to women simply cannot keep up with those societies who do. You will again see that there is a group of nations that have a higher degree of affluence, higher degree of personal freedom and a higher living standard. Why is this so?

Well, it is in large part because starting in the 1960s they gave more equality to women and it has in some nations gotten to the point where there is a very high degree of equality. This is simply because when you allow women into all positions or all areas of society, you have a better balance between the masculine and feminine energies and the greater balance you have in human life, the more you will be attuned with the balance that some call the balance of nature. But this is really the balance of the spiritual realm, the balance of these laws and principles that guide the growth of human beings and the entire planet.

The more balanced a society is between masculine and feminine, the more it will prosper, the more it will be open to new ideas, and the more freedom there will be. Again, you can look at the world, and certainly Russia is not the only one, but you can look at the nations that do not give equality and freedom to women. You can look at some of the Arab nations and you can see that even some of them have great wealth. But why do they have great wealth? Because they have oil, and there is no other reason that they have great wealth. There will of course come a time, not that the oil will necessarily run out, but that Saint Germain will bring forth new energy technologies that will make oil largely obsolete. What will then happen to these Arab nations?

Likewise, you can see why the Russian economy is at the level it is at today. It is because of the exploitation of oil and gas and other natural resources. Is this sustainable? Well, certainly not, if you cannot anymore sell the oil and gas because other technologies can replace them.

You can see that for the long-term sustainability of the Russian economy, for the raising of the standard of living in the Russian economy, there needs to be an economic diversification. That cannot come unless there is equality between men and women, because many of the small businesses that need to be created will be either created by women, or created in cooperation between women and men who are working in an equal partnership. Again, when you look to the future, when you look to manifesting the golden age in Russia, it is clear that one of the absolutely essential steps is to move towards equality between men and women.

If this does not happen, then the manifestation of the golden age in Russia will be postponed until there is greater equality. Right now, what is happening, what has been happening during the reign of Putin, is holding back the transition into the golden age in large part because women’s situation have not sufficiently improved. If you look at Putin and how he has treated and talked about women during his reign, you will see that the only example lately of women was where he talked about his daughter receiving the vaccination. So this is the role that he sees women playing, this is the use he has out of women. Yes, they can suddenly be pulled forward, receive the vaccination, and then they can fade into the background again.

So just look at the Russian leadership, look at the business leaders look at their attitude to women and their attitude to women being given equal position and equal power in society. You will see that they have a very, very negative attitude to women’s ability to make decisions. In this respect, we must say that Russia is very, very far behind the modern democracies and it is actually at the level of some of the Islamic countries. Even though Russia is not dominated by Islam, it certainly is affected by the Eastern Orthodox Church, but also of course by the communist legacy.

You may ask yourself, why communism, which presented itself as the classless society didn’t give an equal role to women? It simply didn’t partly because Karl Marx of course was a fallen being and he was controlled by fallen beings in the other realms and the fallen beings in general have a very low attitude to women. They decided as we have said, many, many years ago to make men the superior sex and women the inferior sex and we have explained what their agenda was.

So you see that women in Russia are not only kept away from decision making positions, but they are often also treated very poorly by the men in their lives. This can be at their jobs where they are treated harshly, they are not paid the same as men. It can be in the family where they are often relegated to almost being slaves of their husbands or the children. They are the caretakers for the children, for the husband, for the parents and grandparents or this or that and they are often working much, much harder than the men are working.

On top of that, they often endure a certain amount of abuse from men, not only verbal abuse, but also emotional abuse and even physical abuse. Of course, there is a certain aspect of sexual abuse where many Russian men are into what we can only call impure sexual practices, but they nevertheless expect their women to allow this and to always be available for what we can only call sexual exploitation. This is, of course, very much a perversion of the Fourth ray of purity, which is why I am giving this dictation talking about this topic. I will also give a dispensation where I will anchor my presence throughout Russia and the former Soviet republics and Warsaw countries so that I will serve as a support for any woman who decides that she is willing to change, that she wants to change, that she will not accept status quo but wants change.

I will also, of course, give the special dispensation that I will multiply any calls that you ascended master students give for women in Russia and for the consuming of all impurities in Russia, whether it be the ones mentioned here, or many others that you know about yourselves already.

It is, of course, absolutely necessary that the Russian people are cut free from the addictions, drugs, alcohol, sexuality, gambling, internet games and so forth. Men are naturally more susceptible to these addictions, but women can of course, also be pulled into it. But again, women are certainly the ones who are more open to realizing that something needs to be done about this.

I can assure you that they are actually many people, many women, who have not necessarily heard of ascended master teachings, but were open to the fact that there must be some dark force behind the addictions because they see how their husband’s minds are taken over by something when they abused them, when they drink too much, when they take drugs, when they gamble and so forth.

Again, there are women who can be open to these universal ideas that explain why people go into these addictions. This can then in a little longer term, open many women up to the idea that there are also certain dark forces that take over the minds of men in leadership positions in society and cause them to abuse life, to abuse people and become much more harsh in beating down any opposition or protests.

So these are, indeed, some of the things that there is a great potential that this can open up for changes in Russian society. There are many, many women who are very open to looking at the standard of living of people in other nations and who are open to considering, “Why don’t we have that standard of living? What would it take for Russians to have the same standard of living as the people in other nations?”

They are also open to challenging this mindset that the Russian people are superior because they are not so attached to material goods and therefore they are willing to sacrifice for the nation. Women are open to seeing that you are not sacrificing for the nation. You are only sacrificing for the power elite so that they can take all the money for themselves instead of sharing with the people. Women will be the first to see this, they will be the first to take a stand and say, “We will no longer accept this. We want to be able to raise our children in a state of affluence where we are not constantly worried about basic necessities of life, where we do not have to live in these rundown Soviet apartment buildings that are simply inhumane from the start.”

There is a very great potential that women and younger men can bring changes in Russian society. This will certainly be the most optimistic assessment we have given so far at this conference. There is indeed a great potential here. It may take some time before you see physical results but there may be some surprises in the not too distant future that will bring changes that will surprise the current leadership of Russia because they simply were not able to see this as a potential, which is why they are not even able to do anything to stop it or prevent it. They cannot see it because they are so blinded by their perception filters that they cannot even conceive of it as a possibility of what they would see as a threat.

This is what I wanted to give you in this installment.

What I want to leave you with is that we have said that the decade of the 2020s is going to be the decade of women. It is at this point, an open question whether it will be the case in Russia or whether the suppression of women will continue in Russia. But we are certainly optimistic that it can be the decade of women in Russia, where Russian women step forward, demand change, take up different positions in society, change at the level of the family, change the outlook and mindset of their men and therefore have a decisive, positive impact on moving Russia closer to the golden age.

Certainly, this is what we desire to see. This is what the anchoring of my presence is designed to accomplish and I will greatly multiply not only your calls as ascended master students, but the effort of all women who are sincerely open to change in Russia.

So with this, I seal you in the Fourth ray of purity. Anyone who calls to me for the consuming of impurities in Russian society, or in their own families, their own auras, their own lives – I will greatly multiply your calls. With this I thank you for being the open doors for broadcasting this message into the collective consciousness and I seal you in my pure love.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself

Ending the abuse of power in Russia


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Archangel Michael through Kim Michaels, April 24, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

I AM the Ascended Master Archangel Michael.

My plan, my intention for this release is to give you some thoughts about the abuse of power. They are not specific to Russia or the Soviet Union, but they apply to many other situations and many other nations throughout history.

First of all, what is abuse of power? Well, the ultimate law for the universe is the law of free will. The simplest definition is that the abuse of power is when you violate the free will of others. This can be done, of course, in many different ways. You can prevent them from seeing various options – in having the knowledge of what they could potentially choose. But specifically, what you see on earth in many cases is that people are forced to make certain choices and not make other choices. They are put in a situation where, in reality, they have no other choice but to comply with a small elite that defines for them what their life can and cannot be.

In other words, you have a power elite that defines what is life like in this society, what are the citizens of this society supposed to be like, what are the boundaries within which they have to live their lives. This is one aspect of the abuse of power.

The other aspect of the abuse of power is the willingness to force others to comply with that definition of society. If people will not comply, then you are willing to punish them, potentially destroy them. This is the abuse of power I want to address here. Certainly, when you look at world history, you can see that it has taken place in many, many nations – many, many instances.

What I am saying here has a certain universal appeal – but, since this conference is focused on Russia, I will use Russia as an example. Not because I have any desire to put down Russia, but because if the Russian people are to rise above this abuse of power, they need to look at what has been going on in their own nation and learn from it.

Where does the abuse of power come from? Well, it comes exclusively from the fallen beings. Does that mean I am saying that there was no abuse of power before fallen beings embodied on the planet? That is indeed what I am saying. There was no abuse of power. There was the unwise, unaware use of power. There was, what you might even call, misuse of power. But, there was not a specific abuse of power where you want to force others, and you are willing to destroy those who will not be forced.

This is what came with the fallen beings. This is a creation, we might say, of the fallen beings. It is their hallmark. You can look at the history of Russia and you can see that Ivan the Terrible clearly illustrated this willingness to abuse power, to kill and torture those who would not comply. You can clearly see it in Stalin, and how he was willing to destroy all of those who did not submit to him, but actually even willing to destroy those who did submit to him – even those that were completely loyal to him. But, in his paranoia, he still got suspicious and was willing to destroy them.

You look at the present Russian government and you see the reaction that whenever there are demonstrations, public demonstrations in Russia, the police is sent in and they are very, very harsh towards those who are arrested. They beat them up unnecessarily and some are in prison for longer periods of time.

We may say: “Is this as bad as it was during Stalinist times?” No, it is not, but it is still the abuse of power. Given that the leadership of a nation is always a reflection of the consciousness of the people, we must then reason that the Russian people have not overcome the consciousness behind the abuse of power. That is why they need to see it out-pictured again in another version, so they have another opportunity to look at this and come to this decision where they use their willpower to say: “No more! We will have no more of this abuse of power, we will not allow ourselves and our children to be exposed to this abuse of power. We demand change!”

What is the consciousness on behalf of the people that allows this abuse of power to take place? Well, it very much ties in with the topic for this conference, where you have this dualistic polarity between the superiority complex and the inferiority complex – where on the one hand you feel superior and on the other hand you feel inferior. What must the fallen ones do in order to get people to submit to them? Well, they must make the people accept that they are inferior to the fallen beings. In a sense, you have this (that the fallen beings have) an inferiority/superiority complex. In order to get a group of people to follow them, they have to get these people to adopt an inferiority complex – the people are inferior to the leader. You see this in virtually every nation.

If you look far enough back in history, there has always been a group of leaders who claimed to be superior because of whatever – whether it was a religion, they were chosen by God, or whether it was historical necessity. They claimed to be superior, and then the general population that had submitted to them accepted themselves as inferior. It was believed during medieval times in Europe, that the noble class were a different kind of people; they had blue blood. You see many examples of this throughout history. When you take Russia – of course, during Czarist times, there are the serfdom. The serfs were projected as being inferior, and most of them had accepted this. The upper class and the Czars were superior within a different class of people.

Now comes the shift, the Bolshevik Revolution – where you have, supposedly, this ideology that is aimed at creating a classless society. But, was the Soviet Union a classless society? Of course it was not, because you still had the ruling class – those who were at the top of the party apparatus, even those who defined the ideology (Lenin), and then those who were the extreme, abusive leaders such as Stalin. You clearly had different classes. You see that even during Soviet times, there was a clear sense of inferiority that was projected on the general population by a small elite who felt superior. This is what the fallen beings must always do. They must find a way to project that the general population is inferior – they cannot rule the country themselves, and that is why they need the elite. Of course, at the same time, they are projecting that the elite is superior, that is why they are the only ones who are fit to rule.

This is relatively simple to see – that this is what the fallen beings must do in order to get the population to submit to them. But, of course, there are certain subtleties here. One subtlety is this: Can you indefinitely put a group of people down? Well, you can for a long time, as you see in many nations – sometimes for centuries. You see it, even in Europe, where the Catholic church managed people to accept (the general population to accept) that they were sinners for almost 1000 years. It can be done for a long time. But, you cannot do it forever, and the reason for this – as we have explained – is the upward pull from the rest of the universe, the upward pull of the individual. Then, there is the inbuilt drive in the individual to become more, to transcend itself to rise higher.

What have the fallen beings done? Well, they have not necessarily, consciously been aware of what I am saying here, but they have sensed it and so they have, on the one hand, put people down so they would submit to the fallen beings. But, on the other hand, they have attempted to use various ideas to make these people feel that submitting to the elite actually makes these people superior in a certain way, namely, superior to other groups of people who have not submitted to this elite.

In Roman society, you had the belief that the Emperor was God on earth, and therefore, inherently superior. Those around the Emperor were also superior. But, there was this great belief in the superiority of the Roman Empire, so even though the ordinary citizens of the Roman Empire were clearly inferior to their leaders, they were still superior to all those who were not Romans.

You see how this was carried over and taken over by the Roman Catholic church. All people were sinners. They were clearly inferior to the Pope, the church hierarchy, and even the secular hierarchy supported by the church. But they gained a compensation for this inferiority by feeling that they were superior to all non-Catholics. Of course, during the Middle Ages, where the national consciousness grew stronger in many nations, you saw various nations that built this sense that, even though the people in that nation – be it Germany, France, England, Russia – were inferior to the ruling elite, they were still superior to people in other nations. You had some version of that even during Czarist Russia and then, of course, came the Bolshevik Revolution.

Now clearly, the people were unable to interpret the theories of Karl Marx, they were unable to determine the party line and the party goals. They were clearly inferior in terms of ruling the nation or playing a part in it. They had to only submit to the party or they would get destroyed and killed. But the compensation for this was; they were superior to those who were not in a Communist country. With the Soviet Union, the Russians were superior to all non-Russians. Supposedly, Communism was the classless society. Well, what is the classless society? Is it not a society where everyone is equal – meaning none are inferior, none are superior? But, this is not what you saw in the Soviet Union, where there was a clear hierarchy. Anyone outside the Soviet Union was inferior.

Well, there was the Warsaw Pact countries. They were not quite as inferior as those in the West, but they were clearly inferior to those in the Soviet Union. But, even inside the Soviet Union, the Russians were clearly superior to all other Republics, and even within the Russians, clearly the party officials were superior to all ordinary Russians, so to speak. You will see here that the abuse of power always contains this dynamic. Why is this? It is, as we have said before, there is a limit to what you can do with raw force alone. Surely, Stalin took this almost as far as it can be taken in terms of the willingness to kill anyone who objected, or even to kill people randomly. Nobody could ever feel safe. But still, this was not sustainable for that long.

The fallen beings have known this for a long time and that is why they have always combined raw force with some kind of idea that makes people accept the status quo, that makes people accept that they need the ruling elite – they cannot avoid or get away from the ruling elite. This is a set of subtle beliefs, sometimes a religion issue, sometimes a political ideology, sometimes, just some ideas are used – such as the theory of evolution, for example. It comes in many disguises, but there is always this: “You the people are inferior to the elite, but because you have submitted to the elite, you are superior to those who have not, those who are outside the influence of the elite – you are superior to them.” This then ties in with what other masters have talked about – this fear of making a mistake that is deeply ingrained in many people on earth.

This, of course, is again engineered by the fallen beings. It is another mechanism that has been created by the fallen beings in order to get people on earth to follow them. It is this projection, as we have said before – there is a standard for right and wrong. If you are wrong, you are absolutely, epically wrong and the worst possible thing will happen to you – whether it is burning forever in hell, or some other kind of punishment.

If you are epically right, then you will receive the ultimate reward – whether it is entering the Catholic heaven, or the Communist heaven. This has instilled in many people on earth, especially the original inhabitants of the earth, this fear of being wrong. This is because, as I said; before the fallen beings came to earth, there was no abuse of power. But, after the fallen beings came to earth, there was abuse of power, and the fallen beings managed to get many of the original inhabitants to follow them in various abuses of power, such as waging war against other groups of people.

The people, the original inhabitants realized – after they left embodiment, after they looked back and evaluated their life – they realized they had made a mistake in following the fallen beings. They had made, what they could only see as, an epic mistake. Why was it that way? Because they had taken on the epic mindset of the fallen beings, and they were evaluating their actions through this mindset. That is why, when they realized they had followed the fallen beings – even though they did not call them fallen beings – they had followed those who abused power. They felt, they evaluated, that they may have made an epic mistake, and many of them vowed to never again allow themselves to feel the kind of regret, remorse, shame, or guilt that they felt for having made this mistake.

It was not really that they had made the decision: “I will never again follow abusive leaders, leaders who abused power.” Their decision was – and this is what we have explained with the birth trauma and the earth’s trauma: It is not so much related to your actions, It is more related to your feeling, to your experience (“I never want to experience this again!”).

The shock of having followed the fallen beings was so traumatic, that people vowed: “I will never experience this shock, this trauma again!” You have large groups of people around the earth who have this. They are the original inhabitants, and they have this. Avatars have a different dynamic, which I am not going to talk about right now because I will focus on this. You have large groups of people around the world who have this particular dynamic, that they never want to experience being epically wrong again. You can look at a map of the earth and you can see where they are embodied, and you will see that many of them are embodied in nations that have some form of dictatorial ruler ship. In other words, the irony of this is that these people who received their trauma by following the fallen beings are even today embodied in countries that are ruled by fallen beings and by the fallen mindset. In a sense, they are doing precisely today what they vowed not to do many millions of years ago.

What you see here is: Why is this happening? Well, it is happening because – with a shift from the Piscean to the Aquarian Age – there is a unique opportunity for these people to overcome this dynamic in their own psychology. That is precisely why they have, in their divine plans, chosen to embody in countries that both forced them to look at this dynamic in their own psychology and to overcome it. It is to give themselves an opportunity to grow, that they have chosen to embody in such countries.  Naturally, they have in many ways moved on in consciousness from when they made that original decision. Some have healed it to a high degree.

Some have grown in other ways even though they have not touched this original birth trauma. They have grown in many other ways, so they are in a much better position to deal with this trauma today than they were when they originally received it. As a matter of fact they are in a better position today than at any time in their past, so this is not something they have done in order to punish themselves but in order to give themselves an opportunity.

Now what happens of course is that when people take embodiment, they lose the perspective and the clarity they had before choosing to come into embodiment. Now they are burdened by the collective consciousness, by the contents of their own three higher bodies and their perspective changes, they cannot see what made them decide to embody in China or Russia or North Korea. They can now become so burdened by the collective consciousness that they resist learning the lesson that they wanted to learn. And this is of course what you see in many nations around the world, you see it in large parts of the Arab world where they cannot even bear to consider that Islam could be an not entirely pure religion.

But you see it in Russia as well, where many Russians cannot bear to look at the past of Russia and admit that there was a certain abuse of power. Not only by the rulers of Russia but even the people of Russia participated in this abuse of power, because naturally you can look at the party officials in Russia and you can say: “Could they have taken over other nations and forced them into the Soviet Union or forced them into the Warsaw pact? Could they have created this entire power structure that forced everyone in that sphere of influence to submit to the party elite?” Of course they could not have done this physically, they needed many among the Russian people to be complicit and cooperate with them in carrying out this abuse of power. But many among the Russian people, whether they personally participated in this abuse of power or whether their parents did, or whether they did in past lifetimes, they cannot bear to look at this.

And in this respect I would like to give you a perspective that I know very well will be highly provocative to many Russians. But nevertheless, I am of course not concerned about what provokes people on Earth. I am concerned about what might help some, those who are open, because some will understand. Those of you who have grown up during Soviet times, and even later have been programmed with a certain view of history. And this is a view of history that is in some ways somewhat similar to what people in the west have been exposed to. You have been programmed to look back at World War II and focus on the atrocities committed by the Nazis, the holocaust and other atrocities. In other words, the big evil in both western society and in Russian society was Nazism.

However, if you step back from this overlay, both the western and the Russian overlay you must say that although Nazism was a very clear and definite abuse of power, it was not the only example of the abuse of power in history and it was not even the worst one from certain perspectives.

You can even say that the abuse of power by the Nazis was in a way not the same as the abuse of power of the Communist party of Russia and the Soviet Union, because the Nazis did not kill as many of their own people if you count them as Germans, as the communist party officials in the Soviet Union. In other words, of course you will realize the irony of this because the German Jews were also Germans but nevertheless, if you look at the soviet power structure, there was an even greater willingness to kill their own citizens than what you saw in the Nazis.

In a sense you can say that the cost to the Russian population and the population in Soviet states was greater than the cost of the German population under Nazism, so you can therefore say: “Well, what was the greater abuse of power?” And I am not going to say that one was worse than the other, they were both extremes, they were both too far, gone way too far, but I am simply pointing this out to you. There was a huge abuse of power in the Soviet Union, definitely comparable to the abuse of power under Nazism.

Now step back and look at the situation internationally, how do most countries and certainly the modern democracies, the more affluent countries, how do they look back today? How do they look at Russia? How do they look at Germany? I know very well that many Russians will feel that the western nations are very suspicious and hostile towards Russia, but they are all cooperating with Germany, and they will feel that this is unjust given what Germany did because the Russians will feel that forever, many Russians feel that forever, Germany should be put down and ostracised by the international community and punished for what they did in the past.

But if the Germans should be punished indefinitely, why should the Bolsheviks and the Soviets not be punished equally? They also did a lot to other nations, which you may not know about as Russians because you have grown up with a glorified version of history. But just ask the people who grew up in some of the other Soviet Republics and Warsaw countries, or ask yourself why they were so quick to distance themselves from Russia after the dissolution of the Soviet Union.

So we now look at the fact, the simple observable fact, the international community, the more democratic nations are suspicious towards Russia but they are not suspicious towards Germany, they are cooperating with Germany, in the EU and in other ways and they treat Germany just like any other nation. Why is this? Is this some great injustice committed against Russia? Or is this hypocrisy and inconsistency?

Well, if you look at history you will see that there is a very decisive difference between the behaviour of the German people after the fall of Nazism and the behaviour of the Russian people after the fall of the Soviet Union. After the second world war, Germany went through a period of self reflection, self observation, yes many people resisted it, but it still did happen, and Germany as a nation took responsibility for what they had done. They apologized for this and they are still apologizing for it today. They compensated for it in various ways, so in other words, Germany as a nation took responsibility for its Nazi past, took responsibility for what they had done to other nations and made a strong vow to never let this happen again in their nation.

And this is precisely why the other democratic nations feel that they can trust Germany, they can cooperate with Germany, they can treat Germany as an equal because Germany is treating them as an equal. You will see that during Nazi times and even before, Germany had this superiority complex and they did not treat other nations as equal, but after the Second World War they started doing so.

Now, look at the situation in Russia after the fall of the Soviet Union. There has been some self reflection, but not in the way that the German people did it. There has not been this widespread recognition that the Soviet Union abused power in very extreme ways that affected other nations, there has not been a willingness to take responsibility for this, to apologize for it, to compensate for it and first of all there has not been a national commitment to never allow this kind of abuse of power again. And precisely because of this, there has not been the shift in the collective consciousness that there has been in Germany. And because there has not been that shift, the other nations are sensing that they cannot trust Russia as they can trust Germany.

Of course you can go to the leaders of various nations and you can tell them what I have just said and they will give you a blank stare because they will not understand what I am saying, but intuitively they feel that there has been a shift in Germany and therefore they can treat Germany equally as Germany is treating them as equals. They can trust Germany, they can trust that there is no danger that a new Hitler will arise in Germany.

But when those same nations look at Russia, and especially after the rise of Putin, they are saying: “Can we actually trust that there cannot be a new cycle of the abuse of power in Russia? And if we cannot trust this, how can we treat Russia as an equal when Russia is not treating us as equals?”

If you look at the Russian foreign policy, if you look at the statements of the Russian leaders, they are clearly creating this impression that there is an antagonistic relationship between Russia and the West. The West is out to get Russia. As we have said this is an illusion they have created in order to deceive the Russian people into still remaining loyal to them but nevertheless, you can see it by just observing the rhetoric. And thereby you can see that Russia is not treating other nations as equals and Russia is not considering that it is an equal with other nations.

What does this mean? This means that Russia feels no obligation to treat other nations the way they want to be treated. They feel no obligation to keep their word, to keep international treaties, to be a transparent country, to be a trustworthy country. Russian leadership feels they can do whatever they want, that seems to be in their advantage. And of course they can maintain this illusion of hostility so that they have to keep the Russian people restricted in order to avoid this hostile takeover from the West.

What I am saying here is this, we do not need all Russian people to acknowledge what I have said here, but we do need a critical mass of Russian people to accept that the Soviet Union was a very extreme manifestation of the abuse of power. To then accept that Russia has not risen above the potential for this abuse of power because there has not been that willingness to look at the dynamic and decide that: “We, the Russian people will not submit to abusive leaders. We will not submit to the abuse of power because we deserve better. We are not inferior and therefore we do not have

to accept this abuse of power from our leaders.”

This is what needs to shift, because until you decide that you want a better form of leadership, until a critical mass of the population decides this, there cannot be a shift in leadership. The current leadership will continue, it will continue to get more and more abusive, until that decision is made, until that shift happens in the collective consciousness. It is what we have called a seismic shift where you have these tectonic plates and there is an increase in tension until suddenly the tension is released and there is an earthquake that nobody can ignore. All the small rumblings of the earth can be ignored, because you do not feel them, but when the earth starts shaking and buildings start swaying nobody can fail to see it. And it is these kinds of shifts that we need to have in the collective consciousness of Russia for the nation to move forward, just as we have had it in many other nations including the seismic shifts that happened in Germany after the fall of Nazism.

What I offer, besides these teachings and ideas, is that I will also anchor a certain portion of my light over Russia and all of the Republics and nations that were affected by this. And this means that I will again multiply your efforts, your calls by a certain factor. It does not just apply to the Russian people, but the people of all nations who are affected by Russia. When you see something on the part of the Russian leadership, that is an abuse of power, you can make this very simple call: “Archangel Michael consume the dark forces behind this abuse of power.” You can describe it if you want, or you can simply put your attention on it, as you make this statement: “Archangel Michael consume the dark forces behind this abuse of power.”

And then, I will do this to the extent that the law allows, and it can be one of the factors that brings the Russian people closer to being able to make this shift and decide what kind of leaders they really want and what kind of nation they want to live in. Do you understand?

Perhaps, some of you have not yet understood it, it has not actually clicked in your mind, because some of you have been brought up with the Russian mindset where you tend to want to reject anything that sounds like criticism, and any statement that sounds like something needs to change or is not the best possible way in Russia, will be seen as criticism. Your response, your programmed response is to reject it. You think somehow and even ascended master students, some of you think this way that we of the ascended masters have some kind of intent, to put down Russia, to punish Russia, to destroy Russia. But we do not, our only intent is to raise the people of Russia up into the Golden Age, to have the same standard of living that you see in the most affluent countries, to have the same freedom and opportunity for personal growth, that you see in the most affluent countries. This is our only desire.

Now we respect free will, and therefore we say, if the Russian people want to continue living the way they do, we will of course allow this. But we also look at the nation and we look at how many people have embodied in Russia in this lifetime, because they want to be part of bringing change to Russia and we also of course look at the free will of these people and that is why we are balancing, the free will of the older generation with the free will of the younger generation and that is why we are allowed to step forward and give these teachings that the younger generation or those who are willing among the older generation, can take and use to raise their consciousness thereby raising the collective bringing it closer to the point where the Russian people can actually begin to accept that they are worthy of having the Golden Age, because right now as Saint Germain said, most of the Russian people cannot accept that they are worthy to have this.

And we have now given you perspectives and tools that will now allow you, who are the spiritual people to raise yourselves above this consciousness, pull up on the collective so that the general population can begin to escape this consciousness and accept that: “Yes! I do deserve a better standard of living. And I also deserve a form of leadership that can provide the country with this standard of living and do what is needed, change what is needed in order to spread the wealth among the population so that all can be part of the wealth that is generated in Russia.”

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this release and I seal you in the blue flame of the protection of the First Ray of the Will of God, because it is the Will of God that you have a right to listen to the teachings of the ascended masters that we have a right to give those teachings, when we have a messenger who can be the open door and therefore it is the Will of God that you are protected against the backlash that inevitably comes, both from the collective consciousness and from the fallen beings so that you can truly implement, absorb these teachings and spread them into the collective consciousness.

You can also say if you feel personally attacked or burdened, you can say: “Archangel Michael protect me from the dark forces behind this abuse of power.”, or you can say: “Protect my nation from the dark forces behind this abuse of power.”

With this, I seal you in the Will of God, which is a form of love, a form of love, an aspect of God’s unconditional love, an aspect that may seem like it is, has characteristics and therefore is conditional but it is not conditional in a dualistic sense of the word. And you might benefit by pondering the difference, between specific characteristics and dualistic conditions.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself

Anchoring the flame of opportunity in Russia


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Portia through Kim Michaels, April 24, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

I am the Ascended Master Portia. The office, the spiritual office that I hold for earth is that of the Goddess of Opportunity.

Thus, I come to extend an opportunity to all people of Russia, but especially to those among the Russian people who have so far been overlooked, held down, suppressed. I am naturally talking about women.

The opportunity I want to extend is that I will anchor a portion of my flame of opportunity over Russia. It will not be in a specific location for it is, of course, not limited by time and space. Thus, it is everywhere, where anyone has the slightest opening to seeing a new opportunity, an opportunity to bring change, an opportunity to expose what must be exposed, what must be changed. Anyone who has an opening in their minds to the opportunity to bring positive change for the Russian people, I will reinforce their efforts by a considerable factor through this flame of opportunity that I anchor.

Now, you will know that it has been traditionally said that Saint Germain and I have a close association and work together. Can there be opportunity without freedom? Can there be freedom without opportunity? So naturally, there is a connection here, between opportunity and freedom.

This is where we run into another aspect of the collective consciousness of Russia that we need to address. Now, you will notice that the dictations yesterday were quite direct, you might say quite sobering, perhaps even stern. You might even think that my address will be stern as well, but I am the Goddess of Opportunity. What I say here is only said to give an opportunity to those who are willing to awaken themselves and therefore, serve to bring Russia forward. I am not here to criticize, find fault or put down. But how do you point to an opportunity to improve certain conditions without addressing the conditions that need to be improved? How do you explain the opportunity for changing those conditions unless you addressed the cause that precipitated those conditions in the first place?

It has been said that patience is a virtue. One must say that when one looks at history, the Russian people have had great patience, long suffering. But patience is only a virtue up to a point, because any quality can be perverted by the duality consciousness. When patience becomes an excuse for maintaining status quo, and for not bringing change, then patience is no longer a virtue. When you look at the history of Russia, you can see that for some very long centuries, the majority of the population were serfs. They had no opportunity to improve their lives. They were born into a certain station in life and if you were born as a serf, you would remain a serf for your entire lifetime. For that matter, if you were born in the noble class, you would remain in the noble class for that lifetime. Even though it might have been a more comfortable lifestyle, you were just as trapped in playing a particular role.

What you see is not only in Russia, but of course many other societies going past centuries was that, there was very little opportunity for people to decide: “What kind of a being am I and how do I want to live my life?” This was decided by their birth station, by the role that was assigned by their birth. Now, as we have said, there is a general upward trend because the earth is being pulled up by the rest of the universe. When you look at history, you can see that there is this upward trend, the expansion of knowledge, new technology, new ideas, so forth and so on, democratic nations with freedom and rights.

What can we say is happening in world history? Well, we can say that world history, at least for as far as we have recorded history, has been a gradual growth in the opportunity of individual human beings to make the decision: “Who am I? Who do I want to be? How do I want to live my life?” You still see if you look at the world, of course, a wide range where there are societies where people are born into a certain station, and they have virtually no opportunity to improve it during their lifetime. But you see other societies, the modern democracies, where people have a quite wide range of opportunity for deciding what they want to do with their lives.

We have talked about certain natural laws, we have talked about certain inevitable trends in the evolution of the world, and this is one of the inevitable trends. Societies are being pulled up to provide more and more freedom, more and more opportunity for the individual human being to decide: “What do I want to do with this lifetime?” This is inevitable. You can resist it, but only for a time, because if you resist it, you are automatically creating an opposition to yourself so you must resist it even harder, as you see in the leading people and the police becoming more and more brutal in suppressing dissent in Russia. The more you suppress dissent, the more there will be the impetus for dissent, the more you have to suppress it, and so forth and so on.

You can of course, go to the extreme that Stalin went to during the 1930s, of brutally killing anyone who opposes you and thereby you can resist it for a longer period of time. But you cannot resist it forever, as was even proven by the fact that after Stalin’s death, the subsequent leaders could not maintain that same level of brutality. You can see, when you look at this, that what is happening in Russia right now, the authorities are on the losing end of this battle. They cannot continue to resist forever because not even Putin is able to manifest the same brutality that Stalin manifested. It simply would not be possible in today’s age, in today’s Russia, to manifest the same brutality that Stalin manifested so many years ago.

You see, as I said, that during the tsarist times, the era of serfdom, people were born into a certain station and had very little opportunity. Then comes the Bolshevik Revolution. Did people have more opportunity in Soviet times than they had before? Well, some people actually did. You were still born into a certain station in the Soviet Union, but you did have the opportunity to get an education and become, for example, a scientist, or a doctor, or whatever, and you did have the opportunity to go into the party apparatus, and work your way up through the different levels. It was a limited opportunity but it was for many people, a greater opportunity than was there before. There was in fact, even during Soviet times, a certain growth among some people, they took advantage of whatever opportunity was given them in the system and they transcended themselves and therefore they grew. Even from a spiritual perspective, there was some growth. Now this, of course, was only for a few, it was not for the general population, because they were born into a certain station as workers, and they would remain workers for life.

As we have said before, the so-called classless society, was not classless, there was clearly a working class, and there was a leading class and there was a scientific class, and the workers were going to be workers for the rest of their lives if they were not able to take advantage of the opportunities that I talked about. But still, when you look at the Soviet Union, you will see that there was a very limited range of opportunities for people to grow individually, for people to improve their situation, improve themselves, for people to look at the future and consider: “What kind of a life do I want to lead?” There was limited opportunity for this.

What then happens as the Soviet Union dissolves? Well, suddenly there was, at least theoretically, a broader opportunity. There was the possibility of suddenly starting your own business. There was, in other words, more of an opportunity to decide what kind of a life do I want to lead as an individual. It was also an opportunity for the nation to decide: “What kind of a nation do we want to be now that we are no longer a communist nation?” Communism, of course, defined a very strict ideological framework for what Russia could be doing in the Soviet era, just as the mindset of the tsarist times defined strict limitations for what Russia could be back then. You see that in the 1990s, suddenly you removed these limitations, and there was an expansion of opportunity.

How did the Russian people react to this? Well, they largely reacted by going into a state of shock, because the transition from the restrictions of the Soviet era to greater freedom was too much for anyone to handle. As we have said before, how can you make that transition after growing up in such a repressive system, and now you suddenly have an expansion of freedom and opportunity, how do you even know what to do with that freedom?

There is a Danish philosopher called Søren Kierkegaard, who is somewhat known the world around, by some considered the father of existentialism, and one of the points that he brought out was that modern humans as they have gained more freedom, have gotten in touch with a certain fear of freedom, a fear of the choices they can make, a fear of making wrong choices. His example was that if you stand at the top of a tall building, you can decide whether to stay on the building or whether to jump off and kill yourself. There is a fear of the possibilities, the opportunities you have.

This is something that, in a sense, has affected all people as the world has transitioned from more dictatorial societies to democratic nations. Certainly, all of the modern democracies have gone through this, but it has been a more gradual process that has taken more time, so people had more time to adjust.

In Russia it was a very abrupt process and there was not much time to adjust to this. Basically, what you saw in the Russian people was this fear of freedom. “What do we do now? What do we do with the opportunities? Who are we? What kind of people are we now that we are no longer under the communist yoke? What kind of a nation do we want to be now that we are no longer the leading nation of the Soviet Union?” There was a fear that Russia could fail. There was a sense before that Russia had some superiority, because of the Soviet Union. Russia was the leader of the Soviet Union, the leader of the communist movement to change the world. Even though many people may not truly have believed in communism, they still had been so programmed with this national sentiment, that they felt this pride in the superiority of Russia.

Suddenly, there was now the possibility that Russia could become like other nations, but not do as well as those nations, perhaps even make some mistakes and fail. Whereas before, you could maintain the idea that even though life under communism was hard and limited, there was still some superior purpose to Russia. Now, it seemed that Russia was just like any other nation that was ruled by certain economic harshness and realities and Russia might do worse than other nations. There was this fear of freedom, the fear of opportunity, the fear of failure. What was the reaction?

Well, as we have said, there are two groups of people. There are those who saw the opportunity and took advantage of it, but there were many who actually recoiled from their freedom. They were afraid of the freedom. What did they do? Well, what was the condition you had when you were a serf? You knew who you were, you knew what your life was, you knew what was expected of you and you had a certain certainty that if you did what was expected of you, you could not fail, you could not really go wrong. What was it under communism, for the majority of the people? Well, they knew what their station was in life. They knew what was expected of them and if they did what they were told and followed the system, they could not fail. For that matter, even those in the Communist Party could not fail either, because there was always a way to cover over, so it seemed like there was never a finger pointed at individuals. It was the party, and the party could not be wrong by definition.

What you see in the collective psyche of Russia, going back into the mists of history, with serfdom, but reinforced during communist times, was that there was a certain patience with current conditions. In other words, life was harsh. Life was not ideal. Life was not really what people wanted it to be, but they were willing to accept the way life was, and as we have said before, whenever you accept certain conditions, whenever people accept certain conditions, it is because they get something in return, something they want.

What did they get in return? Well, if they accepted the communist system, and accepted the way life was, they got the sense that they could not fail, you could not go wrong. We have talked about before how from ancient times, many among the Russian people have this fear of making the wrong decision. So, you submit yourself to the system, whether it is the communist system or the tsars, and in return for this submission, you get the sense that you cannot be wrong, you cannot go wrong. Therefore, you have this patience with the less-than-ideal living conditions, you have this long suffering, this willingness to suffer, and this gives you a certain sense of status quo.

Now, this sense of equilibrium was shattered when the Soviet Union was dissolved. It was, of course, an opportunity to grow. All of a sudden, there were more opportunities for personal growth than there were during the communist times. But as I said, many people were not able to take advantage of them, because the change was too abrupt. It was too shocking for them. There was a considerable part of the Russian population, who longed back to the former certainty. I am saying that there was a growth in opportunity, but they saw it as a growth in uncertainty and with uncertainty comes the fear of failure, so they were longing back to the former certainty.

What did very Vladimir Putin do? What did the people behind him do? Well, they actually sensed this. They were not necessarily able to think this through consciously or to formulate it in words, but they sensed that Russian people longed back to a certainty and they provided it. However, you cannot recreate the past. There is a saying that once you let the cat out of the bag, you cannot get it back in. There is this old rhyme of Humpty Dumpty, who sat on the wall and then fell off and was shattered and all the king’s horses and all the king’s men cannot put Humpty together again. You cannot recreate the past.

Vladimir Putin may believe that the greatest geopolitical disaster of the last century was the dissolution of the Soviet Union. He may think he can recreate the Soviet Union without the communist ideology, but it cannot be done because history has moved on.  Vladimir Putin has condemned himself to an impossible quest. What he is trying to achieve cannot be done. He of course, cannot see this, is not willing to see it, the people behind him are not willing to see it because they are not trying to recreate the Soviet Union, they only want to extract more and more money from Russia.

Many among the Russian people cannot see it either because in submitting themselves to Putin’s rule, and getting some of the certainty restored, they did what they did during communist times. They said: “We will focus on our everyday lives and leave matters of the state to those who are in charge of the state. This is their business. I will focus on my business.” This mindset of being willing to suffer, in order to get certainty, in order to avoid the fear of failure, is a huge beast over Russia that naturally, you who are the spiritual people, ascended master students, can make the calls on it, for the consuming of it, for the shattering of this consciousness. As you do so, you will see that more and more people will begin to see an opportunity instead of a risk.

Many people in Russia have already done this, many have already made the transition, have started to create their own businesses, educate themselves and so forth and so on. There is as we have said, a tension in Russian society, a creative tension. There was a certain generation of people who had grown up in Soviet times, for whom it was a shock to suddenly have freedom. But there are also many, many younger people who have been born since then, or who were very young when the Soviet Union dissolved, and they are able to lock into the opportunity of changing their lives, taking command over their lives and the possibility that there can be greater freedom and opportunity in Russia.

There is right now a creative tension that has been building ever since the dissolution of the Soviet Union and it is simply a matter of time before it becomes strong enough that the people will no longer use patience to maintain status quo because now it becomes more important for them to have an opportunity to decide what kind of lives they want to lead and as we have said: “What kind of country do we want to live in? What kind of country do we want Russia to be?” When a critical mass of Russians decide that opportunity is more important than certainty, then all the king’s horses and all the king’s men cannot hold back the change that must happen. I am not here talking about a violent overthrow of the current order, although this could be precipitated if there is no willingness to change from the top levels.

I am more talking about a gradual growth, a gradual change, where there is a growing realization among the Russian people and a growing determination that we no longer want to live in Russia as it is today. We want to live in a different Russia. We have said it before that the leadership of a country is a reflection of the consciousness of the people. The current leadership in Russia is a reflection of a critical mass of the consciousness of the people, but it is not a vast majority of the people who are in this consciousness. In fact, it is shrinking. We are coming closer and closer to this tipping point where now all of a sudden, the critical mass has shifted from the people who want certainty to the people who want opportunity. When that change does occur, well, it may still be possible to hold back political and economic reforms for some time, but not for a long period of time.

My contribution to this conference is to anchor this flame of opportunity so that all those who are willing to lock into the flame can have their individual consciousness reinforced and as more people do this, there will be a multiplication factor so that when they come together in wanting greater opportunity, their numbers will be multiplied exponentially by this flame, which will shorten the time before the tipping point is reached and Russia shifts its focus away from providing certainty, towards providing opportunity.

Many of you who are ascended master students have already made that shift but you can certainly again make an effort to look at the national consciousness and to be willing to process this in yourself and overcome these selves, let these selves die, so that you pull up on the collective. You can have a tremendous impact by making the calls.

You may look at these invocations we have had you give during this webinar, you may see that some of the things that were called for 10 or 15 years ago, when these invocations were created, that they have in a sense, gotten worse since then. There is more control of the press, less freedom of the press, less freedom of speech, Russia is more of a police state today than it was 10 or 15 years ago. You may look at this and be discouraged and say: “Well, what good does it do to give these calls?” Well, it does do some good in the sense that it is influencing the collective consciousness and it is reinforcing this momentum towards a shift. As we have said, the more the existing government needs to restrict freedom, the more they actually demonstrate how close they are to falling. The harsher you become in restricting your own people, the more you shorten your lifespan.

In a sense, this is simply an acting out of some tendencies in the Russian collective psyche, in order to make them more visible, so that more people can see them and come to that determination: “No, this is not the kind of country we want to live in. Why should we have to live in a country that is so restrictive when so many other nations in the world, their people have greater freedom? Why should we accept this?” Then people can come to look at: “Well, why have we accepted it?” and they can realize the dynamic in the collective consciousness that all of us have been talking about so far and they can shift, can shift away from these old ways of looking at life, these old psychological mechanisms and they can realize that perhaps Russia will need to go through a period of experimentation, in order to find out what kind of country Russia is when it is not restricted by a totalitarian government. Perhaps this will be a period of turmoil and experimentation, perhaps mistakes will be made. But so what? It is still an opportunity for us to decide what kind of nation we want to be, what kind of people we want to be.

Why is it so important, that the individual human being decides: “What kind of person do I want to be?” Well, we have given so many teachings that make this clear. What is the purpose of life? It is the growth in consciousness, from a point like sense of identity, to an ever-expanding sense of the identity, leading to God consciousness. How does the growth and consciousness happen? On an individual basis. You do not grow collectively. Of course, you can have a group of people who can collectively restrict their growth or they can collectively make it easier to grow, but there is no automatic growth in consciousness. It is an individual matter and it is a creative matter, where the individual must come to see something of how its own psychology is restricting it.

You can look at the world and you can see that again, there has been a trend, there has been a growth in people’s willingness to look at themselves, to follow the call of Jesus, look at the beam in your own eye, instead of looking at the splinter in the eyes of others. In a sense, you could look at the Soviet Union and say it was a total perversion of the call of Jesus, because in the Soviet Union, the finger was always pointed at someone else. The Soviet Union was looking outside its own borders, to all the problems with capitalism and the imperialist West and always pointing that the problem was out there. Putin is doing the same thing. Even though he has all power, he is still pointing the finger. There is this problem, there is that problem. There is the West that are seeking to undermine Russia and so forth and so on. But if you have all power, what excuse do you have to point the finger somewhere else?

You see this tendency, that during Soviet times, people were brought up to always point the finger somewhere else, to always look for the splinter in the eyes of their brothers and sisters, even to the point of reporting their neighbors to the authorities when they did not follow the rules, or when they were not true believers in the communist ideal. You see this entire consciousness, but the reality is that the purpose of life is growth. Growth happens on an individual level and it only happens when the individual looks at its own psychology and says: “What is it that is limiting me in life? Is it the outer conditions? Is it the authorities? Or is it conditions in my own psychology?”

Many people in Russia actually gravitated to the Soviet Union because they were not ready to look at themselves. The older generation that we are talking about are not ready and willing to look at themselves. This is not the case for the younger generation. Many among the younger people in Russia are willing to look at themselves, whether they are ascended master students or not. But they are willing to look at themselves and say: “What can I change? What can I change in myself, in order to change the way I look at life, the way I experience life?” This is the entire purpose, the entire purpose of life is individual opportunity for growth, psychological spiritual growth, psycho-spiritual growth.

There is an inevitable upward trend in the universe that pulls the entire universe in this direction and it is pulling the earth in this direction. It is an expression of this tendency that has manifested the modern democracies and this tendency is also pulling on Russia to become a country that gives individual opportunity for growth. And my beloved, the only way that nations can survive economically, is by giving as much economic opportunity to the individual as possible. That is what drives economic growth, because many people grow tremendously by having a business or being involved with a smaller business where they have an impact on the business. This is the key to sustainability, to the survival of any nation. To what degree does it give the individual human being the opportunity to decide what kind of beings they want to be, what kind of lives they want to live. This is in a sense, the essential measure, at least seen from the viewpoint of the Goddess of Opportunity. I realize other masters can take other perspectives, but it is very clear that opportunity is one of the deciding factors.

Those nations who will not provide opportunity for their people, who are seeking to restrict the opportunities of their people cannot survive in the coming age, they can, of course, not manifest a golden age and if they do not manifest a golden age, they will inevitably go into a dark age, there really is nothing in between there. There are different degrees of a golden age, but the nations who resist the golden age, will create a dark age for themselves, but it cannot last indefinitely. There will not, as we move further into the golden age, be the kind of division that you saw during the Soviet era, where you had a communist bloc and a more free bloc of nations. This cannot be sustained in a golden age. Those who are not following the trend of giving opportunity, well, if you restrict opportunity, you will restrict growth. Sooner or later, this will have disastrous consequences for the economy. You cannot have a sustainable economy by extracting natural resources. You can have a sustainable economy only when there is creativity, when something new is brought forth. How do you bring something new forth? Through individual opportunity and creativity.

With this, my beloved, I have given you what I wanted to give you from the perspective of the office that I hold. Truly, I have no other desire than to give the Russian people the greatest possible opportunity, the greatest opportunity they can handle. Of course, as the Goddess of Opportunity, I work with the people who are open to opportunity. I cannot work with people who are not open. I must allow them to exercise their free will and enter the school of hard knocks and learn their lessons that way when they are not willing to learn from the flame of opportunity that I am.

With this, I seal you in that flame of opportunity and I encourage you, all people in Russia, all people in former Soviet nations and Warsaw Pact countries, to tune in, just spend a few seconds every day to tune in to the flame of opportunity that I have anchored, for it is not only anchored in Russia, but in all nations that were affected by the Soviet Union, so that you all have an opportunity to put this era of restriction behind you and decide what kind of nation you want to live in. Many of these nations have already decided, have already made considerable progress. But still, there is now a greater opportunity to move that progress forward.

I thank you for your attention, for your willingness to be the anchors in the physical for this flame of opportunity.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself

Russia – en equal nation among other nations?


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Master MORE through Kim Michaels, April 23, 2021. This dictation was given during the 2021 Webinar for Russia – Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself.

I Am the Ascended Master MORE.

It is my joy and my privilege to take this opportunity to give my perspective on what I see as the potential for the awakening of the Russian nation, the Russian people, and a true change in this nation. I will of course, build on what Mother Mary and Saint Germain have spoken about. We naturally are not individual masters who exist separately up here in the ascended realm. It is not so that I am only confining myself to Darjeeling, and Saint Germain to the Cave of Symbols. We are of course always One, always in contact. We often have the equivalent of what you call meetings or councils on earth. Naturally, we have such a council before any conference, where we compare and coordinate what we are going to say and talk about.

What I would like to begin with is to point out, that if you step back and take a neutral look at the mindset of most Russians, you will see that they all have a particular tension in their minds. Many are not aware of it, because they have become so used to it, that they think this is just the way life is. Many, think that all other people are like that as well, and this is the only way to be as a human being. You will see that most Russians are very quick to take offense, they are almost always on the defense, on the defensive, they are almost waiting for some insult, something that other people do to them that is not right. They are ready to go into this defensive posture, which can range from pure defensiveness, to more aggressive means of interacting with other people, whether it is with each other or with non-Russians, but there is this tension.

You can even see this, when you look at the Russian leaders whenever they speak out in some international venue, or in some international forum. You will see even recently, how there has been a certain tension in Putin, in the Foreign Minister, the Defence Minister. Where they have spoken out about those who criticize Russia, who are always criticizing Russia. This shows you that the Russians are always feeling criticized. They are always feeling that someone is out to criticize them.

The question is, is the rest of the world sitting there watching everything that the Russians do and ready to criticize them at every opportunity? Or, is it that the Russians feel this way about the rest of the world? Again, which came first, the chicken or the egg? Again, it does not matter what came first.

What matters is what is the mindset of the Russian people, and how does it affect the Russian people? Can you be happy, can you be at peace, can you be content if you are always on the defensive. If you feel that everybody else is out to get you, out to criticize you, you feel that you always have to be on guard, you cannot trust anybody because you never know when they will criticize you. How can you be at peace with this mindset? Well, the answer is of course that you cannot, and so the question is whether people want to be at peace, whether they see this as a desirable goal.

What I would like to point out to you, is that there are of course certain nations that feel threatened by Russia. Ukraine is the most obvious example today. It is clear that the majority of the people in Ukraine are very uncertain about what the Russians will do, are doing, and have been doing since 2014 in the eastern provinces. If you go a little further away to countries that are not as close to Russia, you can certainly say that they are not looking to criticize Russia. They have no particular desire to criticize Russia. They would in fact prefer that they never had to say anything about Russian actions.

How could this happen? How could you come to a point, where what we have called the modern democracies would never have to say anything about what Russia is doing internationally?

Well, that would happen very simply, if Russia as one question mentioned previously, started acting in a non-aggressive way. If Russia started acting towards Western democracies, the way Western democracies act towards each other, then why would these Western democracies criticize Russia more than they criticize each other? I am not trying to portray that the modern democracies are one big happy family, that there are not differences and sometimes conflicts. But you rarely see a country like Norway or Denmark, criticize what Spain or Italy or Greece are doing.

Why is that? Because these countries are not taking aggressive actions against other countries. They are not seeking to undermine their democracies, they are not threatening them militarily. They are not sending war planes into their airspace, sending spies into their country, infiltrating their computer systems, they are not doing any of this. They are acting in a very simple way. It is a way that is found in all religions of the world, including the Eastern Orthodox Church. It is simply this: “Do unto others what you want them to do unto you.” Or rather: “Don’t do to others what you don’t want them to do to you.” Now, you may say: “Ah, this is just some religious mumbo jumbo.” But it is not. It is what Mother Mary and Saint Germain called a “natural law.” It is a natural, or we would say rather a “spiritual law” that guides human interactions.

What have we said many, many times through this messenger? The universe is the cosmic mirror. We have also said that the earth is a reality simulator. What does the reality simulator do? It mirrors back to you physical circumstances that are a reflection of your state of consciousness. Whatever you send into the mirror, the mirror sends back to you in the form of physical circumstances. It is very simple.

What a group of people, a nation or otherwise carry in their identity, mental and emotional bodies and project onto the mother light, that matter light will out-picture it in the form of physical circumstances. However, part of what the cosmic mirror mirrors back to you, is not just physical circumstances. Because even though you may create a certain physical circumstance, you are not looking at that physical circumstance in a neutral way. You are, as we have said many times, looking at the physical circumstance through the very consciousness that you are projecting out.

What you see going on in the relationship between Russia and the modern democracies is very simple. The Russian government, to some degree the Russian people, but first of all the leaders of Russia, are projecting a certain image of Russia and a certain image of other nations. Now, if the universal mirror worked exactly on a one-to-one basis, then it would be so that all other nations would be hostile, would be aggressive towards Russia. This is in fact what you saw during the Cold War. The Soviet Union was very hostile towards other nations, constantly seeking to undermine them, without having direct war. As a result, the other nations felt that they had to respond in kind.

You can go back to the Cold War and say that the United States was exposed to a certain aggressive espionage from the Soviet Union. It certainly gave as it got, it certainly returned the favor (so to speak) and it was also engaged in espionage, this of course is to some degree still the case with the United States. However, let me point something out to you.

The vast majority of the modern democracies are not taking hostile actions against Russia, they do not have a hostile attitude towards Russia. There are some in the intelligence and defense community in the United States who have such an attitude, and are taking various actions. They are doing this because they see that they cannot relax and treat Russia the way they treat democratic nations. If Russia, as Saint Germain said in the answer to this question, if Russia stopped performing any aggressive actions towards other nations, then even the United States would also stop any hostile actions towards Russia.

The vast majority of the modern democracies want only one thing, cooperation on an equal basis with Russia. They have no desire to put Russia down, they have no desire to exploit Russia, they only have a desire to raise the standard of living of the Russian people to the same standard they have in their own countries. This is a fact. I am very well aware, that if you told this to most Russians, they would disbelieve it, they would refuse to believe it, they would say it is naive, it is not true. But I tell you, it is true, this is the mindset of the modern democracies.

As Saint Germain said after the collapse of the Soviet Union, there was a collective sigh of relief. There was a genuine hope that the cold war would be over, that it would be possible for the modern democracies to have the same relationship with Russia, as they had with each other. Why is this? Well, it is because these nations have to varying degrees, but to a quite high degree embodied the principle that I talked about: “Do unto others what you want others to do to you.” This applies first of all, to their own people. Treat your own people the way you want to be treated. Give them all equal rights, give them all equal opportunity, give them freedom of speech, freedom of the press, political and economic freedoms. Treat people the way you want to be treated. Then when you have applied this to your own people, you can naturally apply it and you will naturally apply it, to how you treat other nations.

The only exception, is if you feel that other nations are hostile towards you. Therefore you cannot trust them not to take advantage of you. Then you will have to be more careful, stand back, be on guard and not fully engage this other nation the same way as you would engage a nation that you do trust. It is very simple, if the Russian nation started to act in a way that was trustworthy, then they would gain the trust of the modern democracies, they would treat Russia as they treat each other. It is very simple.

Now, as we have already mentioned, you can take a simple look at the modern democracies, Western Europe, Canada, to a large degree the United States, South Korea, Australia, New Zealand, to some degree Japan, other nations around the world. You can look at these nations and you can see that in all of them, the average person has a better standard of living than the average Russian. You can ask yourself why this is? You may see that, again, there are certain natural laws, spiritual laws for how the economy works. It again relates to: “Do unto others what you want them to do unto you.”

When you go back in time, you can go back to the feudal societies of Europe, the serfdom of Russia, you can go to other nations and see the same thing. You can even go to nations and see the same thing today. You will see, that when the leadership of a nation does not apply the principle of treating its people as they want to be treated, there is a limit to what kind of prosperity and affluence can be created in that nation.

You go back to the feudal societies and you can see that the Russian land owners had great wealth compared to the population, the population had virtually nothing. So, it was not really a great scale for comparison. If you look at it today, you can see that they did not actually have great wealth. The reason for this was, that in the kind of societies you had that were mainly agricultural societies, there was a limit to how much wealth could actually be created in those societies.

Now, as countries moved into the democratic era and started treating their people according to spiritual principles: “Do unto others as you want them do unto you,” there economies grew to a much higher level and you see how this led to a greater and greater prosperity. In many of the democratic nations, the standard of living of the average person is still growing, is still increasing.

The United States as we have said before is an exception, because the power elite of the United States has managed to steal wealth away from the population and concentrate it in their own hands by manipulating the financial system. That is why the standard of living of many Americans is no longer growing but is actually shrinking. In most of the modern democracies, the standard of living is actually increasing still. This shows you that when a nation gives freedom and human rights to its people, prosperity increases. Yet, there does come a point where a nation has gone as far as it can go internally. From now on the growth and prosperity will slow down, it can still increase, but it will not be as much.

What then can take a nation to a higher step? Well, it is of course that the nation starts trading with other nations. You are not only treating your own people right, you are also treating other people right. What you see, is that you have a group of nations in the world that are the affluent nations. Why are they affluent? Because they are treating each other with equal respect for their rights. Nobody is trying to deliberately exploit other nations, there are some international corporations that are, but in general the democratic nations are not seeking to exploit other nations. They were a hundred or two hundred years ago, but they are not today.

There has been a real change, bringing these countries in alignment with spiritual principles. The principle that you activate when you do this, is the principle that Jesus described in his parable about the three servants who received certain numbers of talents from their master, who then went away. When the master came back, he asked the servants what they had done with the talents. Two of the servants had multiplied the talents and they received more as a reward. Whereas one servant had buried the talents in the ground, and from him was taken even what he had. This is a spiritual principle. When you multiply your talents by doing something that benefits others, you will receive more.

When a nation trades with another nation, both of the nations when they treat fairly and with equal rights, with respect and without exploitation, both of the nations will increase their affluence. They are not only multiplying their own talents, they are multiplying each other’s talents. This is simply a spiritual principle, it works as unfailingly as the law of gravity.

It is simply a fact of life, that there is a group of nations in the world who have aligned themselves with this principle. They may not be conscious of what they are doing, they may not understand why, they may not understand what I have just told you, but they have aligned themselves with this principle. Most of them have done this out of a sense of what is right, what is the right thing to do. This has increased their affluence, their prosperity and it has been shared with the people, so that the people’s prosperity has also been increased.

Again, you may ask the average citizen in these nations, even most of the leaders in these nations and they would not be able to explain what I have explained to you. Nevertheless, they have started treating each other this way, and they would treat other people the same way if they felt that they could trust to get the same treatment back. You cannot expect nations to be unintelligent. You cannot expect them to trade with another nation when they are repeatedly cheated by that nation and then continue to trust that nation, that is an unrealistic expectation.

Again, it applies to the principle “to do unto others.” If you are constantly being suspicious of other people, treating them in inconsistent or unfair ways, not keeping your word, not keeping appointments, not keeping agreements. If you treat other nations this way and at the same time you expect these nations to trust you, then you have an unrealistic expectation. I must tell you that the Russian leadership and many among the Russian people, have an unrealistic expectation regarding their relationship to other people. This goes back to what Mother Mary and Saint Germain talked about, the programming during Soviet times, that Russia is a special nation that has a special role in the world, that the Russians are superior people that deserve to be treated in a special way.

Now, as we have said, this comes from the fallen beings. Regardless of where it comes from, just take this attitude: “We are special people, we are superior and other people should realize this and treat us accordingly.” Just take this attitude and compare it to the principle of “doing unto others what you want them to do to you.”

Is it realistic that other people will treat you the way you think they should treat you? Nay! That is not the principle, it is not the principle that if you project that you are superior and deserve special treatment, then all other people should give you that special treatment. That is not the principle. The principle is that if you treat other people fairly, they will treat you fairly according to a neutral observation.

If you take a look at world history, at all of the conflicts that there have been between various groups of people, whether you call them nations or something else. Look at these conflicts, what is the cause of most of these conflicts? It is that two different groups of people have different perception filters. They each expect that the other group is going to treat them according to the way they see themselves.

So, if Russians see themselves as being superior people and Russia as a special nation that deserve to be treated in a certain way by other nations, this is what the Russian people expect. Of course, democratic nations have a different perception filter and they are saying: “Nobody is special, nobody deserves special treatment, everybody deserves the same treatment as what they are giving to others.”

If you demand to be treated a certain way and take offense immediately when you are not treated that way, you are not following the principle “to do unto others.” You are not grasping what this principle is all about. You cannot want to be special and be in alignment with this most fundamental principle for human interactions. You cannot treat yourself as being special and treat other people as being inferior and expect them to accept this.

What have I just said? The modern affluent nations have brought themselves into alignment with this spiritual law, “do unto others.” They are not looking down upon Russia but they are not looking up to Russia either. They are saying, we will apply the same standard to Russia that we would apply to all other nations, including ourselves and each other. You behave like a trustworthy, responsible nation and we will treat you that way. You behave as a nation that is not trustworthy, that does not keep your word, and we will of course have to step back. We cannot treat you as an equal when you are not behaving as an equal.

Do do you not see? Which I know many Russians cannot see, but when you think Russia is special or superior, when you think the Russian people deserve special treatment, when you take offense when you do not get that treatment, you are not behaving as an equal, you are not treating other people equally, you are not treating them according to the principle of “doing unto others.”

It is understandable during Soviet times that the Russian people had a certain perception filter, that they were absolutely convinced that this was the only way to look at life. It is understandable, not in the sense that it was acceptable, but it is understandable because they had no frame of reference from outside of Russia. They had no news, they had no experience of how other countries were. You could understand that they could believe that all other people looked at Russia the same way that they looked at themselves.

There were of course, possibilities for shattering this, or questioning this perception filter because there was a certain interaction between Russia and Soviet Republics, and even Warsaw countries. It would have been possible for Russians, and of course some achieved this, but very few achieved this. To realize that other Soviet states do not look at Russia the way Russia looks at itself. Most of the former Soviet Republics considered Russia an occupier of their independent nation. They did not consider themselves as being under the Russian nation or the Russian people. They did not consider themselves as being inferior, nor for that matter superior. They wanted to live their own life and they felt that they had been occupied by Russia. Which is why you see that when the Soviet Union was dissolved, many of these nations pulled back, demanded autonomy and aligned themselves with nations that respected democratic rights and freedoms.

Nevertheless, during Soviet times it was understandable that the Russian people did not see an alternative to their way of looking at themselves. Today, with the greater communication, the greater interaction, of course Russian people have a far greater opportunity to realize that other nations, other people do not look at Russians the way you look at yourselves. Many Russians have of course realized this. Many of the people who have traveled, who have done business with people in other nations, they have realized this. They have started to make changes, both physical changes but also adjusting their attitude towards other nations.

Again, as Saint Germain said, there is certainly a momentum building in the collective consciousness of Russia. Where there is more of a willingness to compare Russia to other nations, look at how people are living in other nations, and start considering what it would take for the Russian people to have that same standard of living. It is clear that this momentum is building. Gradually, but it is building.

You who are ascended master students, whether you follow this messenger or other dispensations, have contributed to this, you have especially contributed if you have been willing to challenge your own perception of the Russian mindset. Because, unless you transcend the mindset yourself, how can you pull up on the collective?

What we see here is that, it is by no means so, even though we have in these three first dictations given a rather sobering and somber message about the consciousness of Russia, it is by no means so that we have a pessimistic view of Russia. We see that there is a building momentum that is bringing Russia closer and closer to a series of shifts. Some have already happened, others can happen in the not too distant future.

We also of course, see that there is a considerable opposition to this. The opposition comes partly from the Russian people who are not willing to reconsider their attitude. Partly from the Russian leadership. Now, as we have said, there is an older generation who grew up during Soviet times, who have accepted their life, their lot in life, their station in life, they are just hoping that things will not get worse. They are hoping that they can maintain some normal, what they consider normal standard of living, for the rest of their lives.

Quite frankly, some of these people will not be willing to change their attitude in this lifetime. That is why one of the factors that are holding back the changes in Russian society, is these people. Unfortunately, the only realistic outcome is that they pass away, they are no longer pulling down on the collective when they are not in physical embodiment.

Then of course you have the leadership. As we said, there is a power elite of people in Russia who are running almost every aspect of the Russian economy, based on the principle of raw greed, that it is never enough for them, never enough.

What you can do, if you are willing to take a look at this. It is that you can look at the actions of these leaders. First of all, of course you can look at Putin, who has not been willing to change, has manipulated through this change of the Russian constitution so that he can run for office and stay in office until 2036. Which I can tell you that he will not survive that long in physical embodiment, but that is another matter. He has been willing to manipulate the Russian constitution in order to keep himself in the position he has.

Now, many people in Russia believe that Putin is ultimately in control. He is the strong man that rules Russia, not necessarily with the iron fist of Stalin but certainly with a firm hand. The reality is, that Putin is largely a front figure who is doing the hard political work that the real power elite behind the scenes do not want to do, because they want only to extract money from the economy. They do not even want to engage in politics, because where is the money in that? Not enough for them to bother with.

You have this power elite, and what you see of course, is what you can see in every country that has an authoritarian or a dictatorial rule. Every country that is ruled by a power elite throughout history, you will see their reign cannot endure indefinitely. There will come a period where there is a rising tension in the collective consciousness. Even though it may seem as if the power elite still has a firm grasp on the country, they are feeling the tension, they are feeling threatened. How can you tell? By their actions. Look, for example, how they are suppressing free speech, freedom of the press, any kind of dissent. Anyone who speaks out against them is put down. This becomes more and more brutal. Just look at the reaction over the last few years to any kind of demonstrations and dissidence.

Look at this objectively. It has been stated by competent medical personnel in Western nations that Navalny was poisoned with Novichok, a nerve agent developed during Soviet times by the Soviet government, controlled by the Soviet government. If you take an objective look at this, there is no reason to doubt this. The question is simply, who has access to this nerve agent, strictly controlled by the Russian state? Well, there are two possibilities here. Either someone else got a hold of this agent from the Russian government, which means the Russian government is not really in control, is not really competent of keeping track of their poisons. Or the other option is that it was someone from the Russian government with the approval of the Russian leadership, who poisoned Navalny. There are really no other realistic scenarios here.

When Putin then says that if the Russian government had wanted to kill Navalny, they would have succeeded. It really is not a credible statement, but it shows you this increasing tension, this increasing desperation. When you see the way demonstrators have been brutally put down by the police, you also see the increasing tension. This is a government treating its own people with unnecessary brutality. It is unnecessary to achieve the goal of keeping public order. It is done in order to discourage or scare other people from objecting to the government.

If you look at it historically, the more brutal a government becomes, the more it creates opposition to itself. Even though such a government may survive for a time, they always fall, they cannot survive indefinitely. I can assure you, that you can look at the past and see some of these brutal regimes that have survived for quite a long time, but in today’s age, no regime can survive as long as they could in the past. The more brutal they become, the more they shorten their own lifespan. The brutality is always a sign of desperation.

What you can realize here, is that there is a power elite ruling Russia and what is the consequence? Well, in line with what we have been talking about, the Russian people’s attitude towards other nations. Why is there this suspicion in the Russian people about what other nations will do to them? Why is there this quickness to take offense, to almost want to be offended, to almost look for a reason to be offended and go into a defensive posture and perhaps even strike back aggressively?

Why is this there in the collective consciousness? Well, it is there because the fallen beings who are attempting to control the Russian people, who have controlled the Russian people through the Czarist era and the communist era, and who are controlling them today as well. They are trying to do everything they can, to create a barrier between the Russian people and other people outside of Russia. They want the Russian people to remain suspicious of other people, they use all means available to them, including making the Russian people feel they are special, or making them feel that everybody else is out to get them.

Now, we have said before that there is a very simple mechanism that comes into play in authoritarian or dictatorial governments. When you have the kind of power that most Russians think that Putin has, you would say from a neutral perspective that Putin should be able to solve all problems in Russia. After all, he has all the power. There is nobody in Russia who can really object to what Putin wants to do. So, Putin has the power to solve every problem in Russia. Yet, you can of course, observe that he has not solved every problem in Russia.

This leaves what you might call an explanation problem. How does Putin explain to the Russian people that he cannot solve all of their problems, even though they have allowed him to gain all power? Well, he explains this very simply, there is an international conspiracy to put down Russia, to limit Russia, to isolate Russia, to take over Russia and take power away from Putin. This is the simple explanation. The power elite in Russia are using Putin to create this completely artificial tension between Russia and other nations. It only has the purpose of keeping the Russian people trapped in thinking there is nothing they can do to improve their situation beyond certain limits.

What have we talked about? A nation transcends authoritarian rule, has greater freedom and democracy, meaning also greater economic freedom and prosperity increases. This can only continue to increase, when the prosperity is shared with the population so that the standard of living of all people is increased. If a nation whether democratic or not, allows a small power elite to concentrate wealth in their own hands, then the increase in affluence and prosperity will decline.

How could the standard of living of the Russian people be raised? Well, you might say, you would have to have more affluence, you would have to have more money in the Russian economy. The reality is, that you already have the money in the Russian economy to significantly improve the standard of living of all of the people. The money is there but it is concentrated in the hands of the power elite, the oligarchs, and certain government representatives. How could the prosperity of the average Russian be increased? Well, only if there was a more equal distribution of wealth. That would mean that the power elite would lose their position, where they can siphon off the majority of the wealth coming from the natural resources.

If you look at a country like Norway, you will see that a number of years ago they discovered large oil reserves and they have been using those oil reserves. But they set up a system, so that all people in Norway share the wealth from these oil revenues. This is not the only way it can be done. But the fact of the matter is that there is enough wealth in the Russian economy to significantly improve the wealth or the standard of living of all Russians but it would have to be distributed equally, that is of course what the power elite does not want to happen. That is why they are maintaining a certain mindset in the Russian population, a certain suspiciousness towards others.

That is also why they do not want Russia to cooperate with other nations as an equal. They want Russia to be special, so they can continue to have the kind of position that nobody can have in a modern democracy.

This is simply facts, my beloved. If you find yourself reacting to this, I submit to you that it is because you have not freed yourself from the precise mindset that has been programmed into the Russian collective consciousness by the fallen beings. Again, if you are an ascended master student, why would you want to be affected by a mindset created by the fallen beings? How can you expect to serve two masters, as Jesus said. How can you expect to follow the ascended masters teachings and qualify for your ascension, if you maintain a mindset created by the fallen beings?

The mindset of the fallen beings cannot enter the ascended realm. As long as you allow it in your four lower bodies, you cannot enter the ascended realm. You must transcend it in order to ascend. There is no other way.

Stalin had the mindset that Soviet scientists could bend the laws of nature. Unfortunately, there is a mindset in the Russian people that makes them think that they can bend the spiritual laws. We even see this in ascended master students from the Summit Lighthouse and forward. There are people, Russian students of the ascended masters, who think they can bend the spiritual laws.

They think they can fool the ascended masters. They think that we of the ascended masters look at them as they look at themselves. They think that if a messenger says something that they do not like, then they can come up with a set of arguments for why the messenger is no longer a messenger and is not in contact anymore with the real ascended masters. Because they think they know better than the ascended masters, what the ascended masters will or will not say. Therefore they think they are capable of judging: “Oh, the ascended masters would never say that.”

Well, my beloved I have no issue with people wanting a certain type of experience of feeling superior and feeling special. If you need the experience that you are the most sophisticated spiritual people in the world, or certainly in Russia, then I will gladly let you have that experience. All I am saying is, that if that is the experience you want, then you do not need me or any other ascended master. Therefore, you lose touch with the ascended masters when you go into this mindset.

How would you expose a false messenger? Well, one way is, certainly, that if the messenger said what you want to hear, then it is likely to be a false messenger, speaking from false masters who want to keep you trapped in the consciousness that keeps you out of the ascended realm. How do you know a true messenger? A person who is willing to say what challenges your perception, therefore gives you a frame of reference for rising above the perception that keeps you out of the ascended realm. A true messenger allows the ascended masters to say whatever we want to say, and therefore allows us to challenge people’s perception filters, even if it makes the messenger unpopular, or rejected by these people.

You will know if you have studied what I have said, that one aspect of the First Ray and the Flame that I hold for earth, is honesty. Well, I have now been honest with you, this gives you the opportunity to be honest with yourself, if you are willing. This is not just for you as the spiritual people, as ascended master students, but for all people in Russia. The attitude that we have talked about, Mother Mary, Saint Germain and myself, is all based on a certain mindset. It is based on creating a mental image of Russia being a special nation, the Russians being special people who deserve a certain treatment from the world. This image is based on a lie and therefore it is dishonest.

How will Russia truly move forward? Only when a critical mass of people are willing to be honest and look at Russian society, compare it to other nations and say: “Why don’t we have what other nations have manifested?” “What is it that is preventing us from having the standard of living that we see in the West?” If you look at a Western nation and see that here are workers, who are not any more skilled than Russian workers, who are not particularly working harder than Russian workers. Or you see people with education who are not better educated than people in Russia, yet these people in the West have a standard of living that are several times higher than people in Russia. Then you must ask yourself: “Why don’t we have this. We obviously deserve it. We are as skilled and as willing to work as other people. Why don’t we have the reward for our labor and our skills?”

The honest answer is that it is being taken away from you. It is being taken away not just because there is a power elite, but because the Russian people are allowing that power elite to run the country the way they are doing. Why are they allowing this? Because of the attitude that we have now exposed. This boils down to the need to be honest and say: “Have we as the Russian people, dared to look with brutal honesty at our nation and dared to acknowledge: “This is not the kind of nation we want to live in. This is not the kind of society we want to live in. We will to have something better than this.”

The First Ray is the ray of willpower. What is lacking in the Russian people is the willpower to demand a better standard of living. You do not even have to go out and challenge the authorities. You do not have to say: “We want to get rid of Putin.” You just have to say: “Putin, we want a better standard of living, and you who have all the power, it is your job to give it to us. So, do your job.” There has to be that firm decision, that firm will, that we will no longer accept that we are far behind other nations that requires the honesty to recognize that you are behind other nations. How will you catch up until you acknowledge that you need to catch up. If you think what you have is all you have. Or if you think that it is no worse than what other nations have. If you continue to live in this illusion, this lack of determination, this lack of realism, how will you improve? How can you improve? As Saint Germain so eloquently said: “If nothing changes, nothing will change.”

I know very well that many among the Russian people are feeling disempowered. You are feeling disempowered. I did not say you are disempowered, you are feeling disempowered? Why is the power elite still in power? Not because you are disempowered but because you are feeling disempowered. What is their first priority? To continue to keep you feeling disempowered.

I understand that you look at the system and you say: “What can I do. I am just one person, I have no power. What can I do against corruption. What can I do about Putin?” You are right. You alone can do nothing. But a critical mass of the people in Russia, united in demanding better living conditions, you can do much, much more than you think, much more than the power elite thinks. But it has to start with a determination, the will to do better, the will to improve and the will to no longer accept status quo.

My question is: “Do you who are ascended master students, do you have the will to change?” Then you can be the forerunners, the catalyst for change. It will not happen overnight but it will happen. If you have the willpower to take command over your own state of consciousness and transcend the attitudes, the mindsets in the collective consciousness, that are deliberately engineered by the fallen beings to keep the Russian people as their serfs, as their slaves. If you are willing to transcend it, then it will be transcended.

With this I have given you what I wanted to give you. I have given you enough to bring change. If what I have given you is not enough, then nothing will be. Take note of that remark and consider carefully what it actually means.

With this, I seal you in the blue flame of the Will of God. Because I have the will for the Russian people to have a good standard of living, I am determined to see it manifest so that Saint Germain can release the golden age ideas that he has for Russia and the Russian people.

With this, it is finished.

 

Copyright © 2021 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Overcoming the consciousness of superiority and the sense of being unwhole, traumatized and focused outside oneself